📜 Verbum · 聖言
原文誦讀聖經與教父文獻

← 回書卷目次 · 希臘教父 › 傳道書註釋

盲人狄迪穆斯

傳道書註釋 第 1 章

希臘文原文.2827 節.部分字詞可點開查義

1:1
καὶ περισσεία γῆς ἐν παντί ἐστιν βασιλευ`̣ς τοῦ ἀγροῦ εἰργασμένου
地的出產在萬物之中;耕耘過的田地有一位君王。
And the abundance of the earth is in all things; a king belongs to the field that has been cultivated.
1:2
οὐδεὶς κύριος καὶ δεσπότης καὶ ἄρχων ἀγροῦ ἐστιν ἠρη μωμένου ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους̣ φέροντος·
凡荒蕪、長滿荊棘和蒺藜的田地,沒有主人、沒有業主、也沒有治理者;
There is no lord, no master, and no ruler of a field that lies desolate and bears thorns and thistles;
1:3
τοῦ εἰργα̣σμε´̣νου δὲ ἀγροῦ ἐστι̣ν βασιλεύς
唯有耕耘過的田地才有君王。
but of a field that has been cultivated there is a king.
1:4
βασιλέα δὲ τὸν κτήτορα λέγει
他所說的「君王」,指的是田地的擁有者。
By 'king' he means the owner.
1:5
ε̣α`̣ν ἴδῃς εἰργασμένον ἀγρόν, ἴσθι ὅτι ἔχει δεσπότην̣ καὶ βασιλέα, ὥσπ̣ερ, ε̣α`̣ν̣ ἴδῃς τέθριππον διευθυνόμενον ἡνιοχικῶς, φαν τασίαν ἡνιόχου λαμβάνεις, καὶ ἐα`̣ν ναῦν θεωρήσῃς οἰακιζομένην καὶ ὁ`̣ν δεῖ τρόπον πηδαλιουχουμένην, λαμβάνεις ἔννοιαν κυ̣βερνήτου, κἂν μὴ ὁρᾷς αὐτο´̣ν
你若看見一塊耕耘過的田地,就當知道它有業主、有君王;正如你若看見一輛四馬戰車被以馭者之技駕馭,你便會想到有一位馭者;你若看見一艘船被操舵、按當有的方式掌舵而行,你便會領悟到有一位舵手,縱然你並未看見他。
If you see a cultivated field, know that it has a master and a king—just as, if you see a four-horse chariot being driven with a charioteer's skill, you form the impression of a charioteer; and if you observe a ship being guided and steered in the manner it ought, you conceive the notion of a helmsman, even though you do not see him.
1:6
κα̣ὶ ἁπαξαπλω῀̣ς οἱ εἰσάγον̣τ̣ε̣ς̣ τ̣ὸ πρόνοιαν θεοῦ ἄρχειν τῶν ὅλων λέγουσιν, ἐὰν κατασκευάζωσιν, ὅτι ἔστιν πρόνοια, ὅτι·
簡而言之,那些主張神的護理統管萬有的人,當他們要證明護理確實存在時,便說:
And, quite simply, those who introduce the teaching that God's providence governs all things say, when they set out to prove that providence exists, that:
1:7
ὥσπερ ὕφασμα φανερῶς δε̣ι´̣κνυσιν, ὅτι ἔστιν ὑφάντης, κἂν μὴ φανῇ κἂν φαί νηται, οὕτως ἀγρὸν εἰργασμένον βλέπων φαντασίαν δέχεται, ὅτι ἡγού μενον καὶ ἄρχοντα ἔχει
正如一匹織成的布明明顯出有一位織工,無論他顯現與否;照樣,凡看見耕耘過之田地的人,也就領受一種印象,知道它有引領者和治理者。
Just as a woven fabric plainly shows that there is a weaver, whether or not he is visible, so too the one who beholds a cultivated field receives the impression that it has a governor and a ruler.
1:8
περὶ τίνος οὖν λέγει κατὰ τὸ ῥητόν; περὶ τῶν ἀγρῶν τῶν α̣········τ̣ων βασιλέα λέγων, τὸν δεσπότην, τὸν κτήτορα, τὸν γεοῦχον, ο̣νομ̣α´̣ζ̣ει καταχ̣ρ̣ηστικώτερον βασιλέα
那麼按字面意義,他是在說誰呢?他既說田地有君王,就把業主、擁有者、地主,以較寬泛的用法稱之為「君王」。
About whom, then, does he speak according to the literal sense? Speaking of a king over the fields that have been cultivated, he names the master, the owner, the landholder—by a somewhat extended usage—a 'king.'
1:9
τὸν κύριον καὶ δεσπότην ποτε`̣ οὕτω λέγομεν
我們有時就這樣稱呼那主人和業主。
The lord and master we do sometimes call by this name.
1:10
δυνα̣τ̣ο`̣ν̣ δὲ καὶ οὕτω δημοσιώτερον εἰ πεῖν·
也可以用更通俗的方式這樣說:
But it is also possible to speak in this more ordinary way:
1:11
ὅταν ἴδῃς ψυχὴν ὥσπερ ἀγρὸν εἰργασμ̣ένην, τεθηλυῖαν, γενήματα καὶ ξύλα καὶ ·····
當你看見一個靈魂如同耕耘過的田地般欣欣向榮,結出果實、樹木和……
When you see a soul cultivated like a field, flourishing, bearing produce and trees and ...
1:12
μὲν γὰρ ἑκατόν, δὲ ἑξήκοντα, δὲ τριάκοντα ἐκαρ̣ ποφόρησεν
因為這個結了一百倍,那個六十倍,那個三十倍的果子。
For one bore fruit a hundredfold, another sixtyfold, and another thirtyfold.
1:13
ὅταν ἴδῃς οὖν ψυχὴν οὕτω γεωργουμένην καὶ σπείρασαν ἐν δάκρυσιν καὶ καὶ ἑτοίμως ἔχουσαν πρὸς τὸ ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θερίσαι, τούτου τοῦ εἰργαςμένου ἔστιν βασιλεύς, λόγος ἡγούμενος, λόγος κρατῶν καὶ βασιλεύων
所以當你看見一個靈魂如此被耕種,流淚撒種,並且預備歡呼收割時,這耕耘過之靈魂便有一位君王,就是那引領的理性,那掌權作王的理性。
When, then, you see a soul thus tilled, and having sown in tears, and being ready to reap in gladness, of this cultivated soul there is a king: a governing reason, a reason that holds sway and reigns.
1:14
λημπτέον δὲ καὶ κατὰ ἄλλην ἀναγωγήν·
還當按另一層屬靈的意義來領會:
But it must also be taken according to another anagogical sense:
1:15
ἐκκλησία τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὰ δόγματα τὰ εὐσεβῆ καὶ τὰ ἠθικὰ ἔργα καὶ οἱ μετίοντες αὐτὰ λέγονται ἀγρός
神的教會──就是那按著虔敬的教義和道德的行為而立的教會──連同那些追求這些的人,都被稱為「田地」。
The Church of God—that which exists according to the pious doctrines and the ethical works—together with those who pursue these things, is called a 'field.'
1:16
ὅταν ο̣ὖν κατὰ κανόνα ἐκκλησιαστικὸν καὶ θεσμὸν καὶ τὰ φρονήματα ἐ´̣χ̣ῃ καὶ πρακτικὸς βίος, τούτου τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἔστιν βασιλεύς·
所以,當它的信念與實際的生活都合乎教會的準則與定規時,這田地便有一位君王;
When, then, both its convictions and its practical life are in accordance with the ecclesiastical rule and ordinance, of this field there is a king;
1:17
ὅταν δὲ ἴδῃς ἑτεροδιδαςκαλοῦντας καὶ ἐκκλησίαν πονηρευομένων, ἴσ̣θι̣ ὅτι̣ μὴ ἀληθῶς εἴργασται οὗτος ἀγρός, οὐκ ἔχει βασιλέα̣ τοῦ τον τὸν ἐπα̣ι̣ν̣ούμενον, ἀλλὰ τύραννόν τινα λ̣ῃ̣στη´̣ν̣
但當你看見有人傳異端的教訓、有作惡者的會眾時,就當知道這田地並未真正被耕耘,它沒有那可稱讚的君王,反倒有某個暴君或強盜。
but when you see people teaching strange doctrines, and a church of evildoers, know that this field has not been truly cultivated; it does not have that praiseworthy king, but rather some tyrant or robber.
1:18
οἱ γὰρ λῃσταὶ μὲν̣ καὶ οἱ τύραννοι μάλιστα τὰ ἔρημα μ̣ε̣ταδιώκουσιν
因為強盜和暴君尤其追逐那些荒蕪之地。
For robbers and tyrants especially pursue the desolate places.
1:19
καὶ κατὰ διαφόρους ἐπιν̣οίας ψυχὴ ὁτὲ μὲν ἀγρός, ὁτὲ δὲ πο´̣λ̣ι̣ς λέγεται
按不同的構想,靈魂有時被稱為田地,有時被稱為城。
And according to different conceptions the soul is sometimes called a field, and sometimes a city.
1:20
λε´̣γ̣εται̣ δ̣ὲ περὶ αὐτῆς·
論到它,經上說:
And it is said concerning it:
1:21
τοῦ ποταμοῦ τα`̣ ὁρ̣μ̣ήματα εὐφραί νουσιν τὴν π̣όλιν τοῦ θεοῦ
有一道河,這河的水流使神的城歡喜。
The rushings of the river gladden the city of God.
1:22
δεδοξασμένα ε̣λαλήθη περὶ σοῦ, πόλις τοῦ θεοῦ
神的城啊,有榮耀的事論到你。
Glorious things have been spoken of you, O city of God.
1:23
οὕτω διακειμένη ψυχὴ κα̣ι`̣ ο̣ κ̣α̣νο´̣να ἔχων̣ λ̣ο´̣γ̣ο̣ν̣ ὀρ̣ θ̣ο`̣ν̣ ἑτοίμως δ̣ε´̣χ̣ετα̣ι·····
這樣安置的靈魂,並持守那合乎準則、正直之理性的人,便樂意領受……
The soul thus disposed, and the one who possesses the canonical, upright reason, readily receives ...
1:24
φυλάττετα̣ι γοῦν ἐνίοτε καὶ ο̣ κόσμος τῆς̣ λέξεως καὶ ἐκ τῶν κατ' ἀνα γωγὴν λ̣α̣μβανομένων, ἐνίοτε δὲ ἑτέρως ὡς ἀκολούθη̣σ̣ις βούλεται, τινὰ ἀφορμὴν λάβωμεν ἀποστῆναι τῆς ἱστορίας
總之,有時即使在按屬靈意義所取的解釋中,字句的次序仍得以保存;但有時卻與文意的順序不同,我們便藉某個由頭離開字面的歷史意義。
At any rate, sometimes the order of the wording is preserved even in the things taken according to the anagogical sense; but sometimes, otherwise than the sequence requires, we take some occasion to depart from the historical sense.
1:25
αγα ἀγαπῶν ἀργύριον οὐ πλησθη´̣σεται ἀργυρίου
貪愛銀子的,不因得銀子知足。
He who loves silver will not be satisfied with silver.
1:26
ὀρεκτικὸς τ̣ῶν χρημάτων οὐδέποτε πληροῦται, α̣λ̣λ̣' εἰ οἷόν τε ἦν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντ̣α ὑφ' ἑαυτὸν ἔχειν, ἠγάπησεν ἂν τοῦτο·
那貪求錢財的人永不滿足;倘若他有可能將萬物都據為己有,他必會貪愛這事。
The one who craves money is never satisfied; but if it were possible for him to have all things under himself, he would have loved this.
1:27
οὐκ ἀνόρεκτος οὖν ἐστιν τούτων
所以他對這些並非沒有慾望。
He is therefore not without desire for these things.
1:28
δύναται λεχθῆναι περὶ ἀργυρίου ὧδε οὐκ ἐπαινετοῦ
這話可用來論及此處不值得稱讚的那種銀子。
This can be said concerning silver here—the kind that is not praiseworthy.
1:29
γὰρ ἀγαπῶν τὰ λόγια κ̣υ̣ρ̣ι´̣ο̣υ̣ ὄντα ἀργύριον πεπυρωμένον πληρωθήσεταί π̣ο τε
因為那貪愛主的言語(就是煉過的銀子)的人,終必得著滿足。
For the one who loves the words of the Lord, which are silver refined by fire, will at some point be satisfied.
1:30
οὐ γὰρ α̣ε̣ὶ ε̣κ μέρους γιγνώσκει οὐδὲ τ̣ῶν̣ ἐκ̣ τοῦ πληρώματος̣ μεταλαβὼν με´̣νει ἐν τῷ α̣πὸ το̣υ῀̣ π̣ληρώματος̣, ἀλλὰ καταντήσεταί πο τε εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον π̣ροσβαλεῖν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ κα̣ὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πλήρωμα̣ τῆς γνώμης τοῦ Χριστοῦ κ̣τ̣α῀̣σθαι
因為他不會永遠只知道一部分,也不會在領受了出於那豐滿的之後,仍停留在那出於豐滿的局部裡;而是終必達到與真理面對面相遇,並得著那基督心意的豐滿。
For he does not always know in part, nor, having partaken of the things from the fullness, does he remain in what comes from the fullness; but he will at some point arrive at meeting the truth face to face, and at possessing the very fullness of the mind of Christ.
1:31
περὶ ψεκτοῦ τοίνυν ἀργυρίου ἐστὶν̣ λο´̣γ̣ος̣
所以這話是論到那可責備的銀子。
The discourse, then, is about blameworthy silver.
1:32
··δ̣ι̣ς πᾶς φαῦλος̣ λ̣·········
……凡卑劣的人……
... every base person ...
1:33
εὑρισκόμενος̣ ···δ̣······
……被發現……
... being found ...
1:34
···κα̣ταλύεται πᾶν σόφισ̣μ̣α αὐτ̣ο̣υ῀̣ ·····
……他一切的詭辯都被拆毀……
... every sophistry of his is dissolved ...
1:35
ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ὥστε οὕτω̣ς̣ κ̣ορέννυται ἀεὶ ἔχων τὸ θεραπεῦον τ̣ο`̣ δίψος
……在他自己裡面,以致他如此常得飽足,永遠擁有那醫治乾渴的。
... in himself, so that in this way he is ever satisfied, always having that which heals his thirst.
1:36
πί νων, φησίν, ἐκ τοῦ ὕδ̣ατος τούτου διψήσ̣ει πάλιν
他說:「凡喝這水的,還要再渴。」
'He who drinks,' he says, 'of this water will thirst again.'
1:37
εἰ μετὰ τὸ πιεῖν διψᾷ, ο̣υ̣ κορέννυται
他若喝了以後仍舊渴,就是沒有得飽足。
If after drinking he thirsts, he is not satisfied.
1:38
ἀλλὰ ἄκουε πάλιν ἑτέρᾳ διανοίᾳ τοιαῦτα λεγόμενα ῥήμ̣ατα̣·
但你要再聽這樣的話按另一種意義而說:
But hear again words of this kind spoken in another sense:
1:39
πίνων με πάλιν διψάσει καὶ τρώγων μ̣ε πάλιν πεινάσει
「那喝我的,還要再渴;那吃我的,還要再餓。」
'He who drinks me will thirst again, and he who eats me will hunger again.'
1:40
ἐπειδὴ πίνων τῆς σοφίας οὐ τὸ τέλειον αὐτ̣η῀̣ς ἄφνω πίνει, ἀλλὰ καθ' ὁλίγον θεωρήματα προσλαμβάν̣ει κ̣αὶ θεραπεύει τὸ προ λαβὸν δίψος, πάλιν διψήσει οὐκ αὐτ̣ῶν ἐκε̣ι´̣νων̣ ὧν ἔπιεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν μετ' ἐκεῖνα, ἱ´̣ν̣' δύναμιν ἔχον τὸ λεχθὲν παρα´̣ τινι·
因為那喝智慧的人,並非一下子就喝盡它的全備,而是漸漸地領受各樣的洞見,醫治先前的乾渴;他還要再渴──不是渴慕他已喝過的那些,乃是渴慕在那之後的事物──好叫某人所說的話得以應驗:
Since the one who drinks of wisdom does not drink its perfection all at once, but little by little takes on insights and heals his previous thirst, he will thirst again—not for those very things which he drank, but for the things that come after them—so that the saying of a certain writer may hold force:
1:41
μεμάθηκας, διατή ρει ταῖς μελέταις, προσλάμβανει δὲ ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις
「你所學的,要藉操練持守;還要藉知識不斷加增。」
'What you have learned, preserve by exercises, and add to it by studies.'
1:42
εἰ προσλαμβά νει, κορεσθεὶς πάλιν διψᾷ, πάλιν πεινᾷ
他若加增,飽足後便再渴,再餓。
If he adds to it, then, having been filled, he thirsts again and hungers again.
1:43
καὶ τίς ἠγάπησεν ἐν πλήθ̣ει αὐτοῦ γένημα; καί γε τοῦτο ματαιότης
「誰曾貪愛豐盛的出產呢?這也是虛空。」
And who has loved produce in its abundance? This too is vanity.
1:44
ἔστιν ὅστις ἠγ̣άπη̣σε̣ν πλῆθ̣ο̣ς γενήματος
有誰曾貪愛豐盛的出產呢?
Is there anyone who has loved an abundance of produce?
1:45
τὸ τὶς ὧδε τὸν λεγόμενον παρά τισιν ι̣δίως̣ ποιὸν σημαίνει, ὃν ἕτεροι ἄτομον καλοῦ σιν
這裡的「誰」(τις)一字,表明某些人所謂特有的「性質」,就是另一些人所稱的「個體(不可分者)」。
The word 'who' (tis) here signifies what some properly call the 'quality,' which others call the 'individual' (the atom).
1:46
ἔδει δὲ κα̣τὰ γένη̣μα τ̣ὸ τῆς διοικούσης προνοίας̣ ἐν πλήθει̣ εἶ ναι και`̣ τοῦ γενήματος, τῷ α̣νθρώπῳ π̣ρόνοια παρέχει, ἐπιθυμῆσαι
本當按著那治理之護理的出產,在護理供給人的出產的豐盛中知足,並渴慕它才是。
But it would have been fitting, in accordance with the produce of the governing providence, to be content in the abundance also of the produce which providence supplies to man, and to desire it.
1:47
οὐ περὶ τὸ πνεῦμα, περὶ δὲ τὴν σάρκα
這不是論到靈,乃是論到肉體。
Not concerning the spirit, but concerning the flesh.
1:48
σπείρων οὖν εἰς τ̣ὴν σάρ κα πολλὰ σπείρει, τουτέστιν πέρα τοῦ δέοντος
所以那撒種在肉體上的,撒得多,就是說撒得超過所當有的。
He, then, who sows into the flesh sows many things—that is, beyond what is needful.
1:49
ἔχομεν σάρκα, καὶ δεῖ αὐτῇ οὕτως χρᾶσθαι ὡς σαρκί, ὑπωπιάζειν αὐτήν, δουλαγωγεῖν
我們有肉體,就當把它當作肉體來使用,攻克己身,叫身服我。
We have flesh, and we must use it as flesh, buffeting it and bringing it into subjection.
1:50
ὅταν δὲ προσπα´̣θωμεν τῇ σαρκί, καὶ προαίρεσιν σαρκίνην καὶ διάθεσιν κτώμεθα
但當我們貪戀肉體時,便也養成肉體的意向和心態。
But when we become attached to the flesh, we acquire also a fleshly purpose and disposition.
1:51
εἰς τὴν σάρκα ταύτην σπείρων καρποὺς φέρειν ἀπωλεία̣ς
那撒種在這肉體上的,是要結出敗壞的果子。
He who sows into this flesh is to bear fruits of destruction.
1:52
κατέιλεξεν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκὸς ἀπόστολος, ὡς ἔρις καὶ φαρμακίαι καὶ αἱρέσεις καὶ ἐρισχελίαι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα εἰσίν
使徒列舉了肉體的作為,如紛爭、邪術、異端、爭競以及其他等等。
The Apostle enumerated the works of the flesh—such as strife and sorceries and heresies and contentiousness and the rest.
1:53
ο̣υ̣ δὲ ἐννοῆσαι δυνάμεθα πλῆθος δυνάμεως ἐπαινετῶς; διὰ τὸ ματαίως τοῦτο σπουδάζεσθαι
我們豈不能以可稱讚的方式想到權力的豐盛嗎?因這事乃是徒然被追求的。
Are we not able to conceive of an abundance of power in a praiseworthy way? Because this is pursued in vain.
1:54
τὸ γὰρ γένημα ἐκεῖνο μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶναἐσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν·
因為那出產存到永遠──「他施捨錢財,賙濟貧窮;」
For that produce remains unto the age—'He has scattered abroad, he has given to the poor;'
1:55
δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶναεἰ μὴ ἄρα καὶ ἐπὶ αἱρετικῶν γνωμῶν λάβωμεν τὸ τοι οῦτο, ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι ἐπαγγέλλονται σπείρειν εἰς δικαιοσύνην, οὐ τὴν ἀληθινήν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπίπλαστον̣, τὴν δοκοῦσαν δικαιοσύνην·
「他的公義存到永遠」──除非我們把這樣的話也用在異端的見解上,就是那些人聲稱要為公義撒種,不是真的公義,乃是虛假的、貌似公義的公義。
'his righteousness remains unto the age'—unless indeed we take such a saying with reference to heretical opinions as well, namely that those men profess to sow unto righteousness—not the true righteousness, but the counterfeit, the seeming righteousness.
1:56
τοῦτο υ τὸ γ̣ένημ̣α οὖν ματαιότης ἐστίν, κἂν πολὺ δοκῇ εἶναι
所以這種出產乃是虛空,縱然看似豐盛。
This produce, then, is vanity, even if it seems to be much.
1:57
λαβέ μοι τινὰ κε κτημένον πολλὰ γενήματα κατὰ τὸ ῥητόν, αὐτὸν δὲ ἐκεῖνα ἔχοντα μόνα ·····
你且為我設想一個按字面意義擁有許多出產的人,而他所擁有的卻只有那些……
Take for me someone who has acquired much produce according to the literal sense, but who possesses those things alone ...
1:58
ε̣π̣ι̣θ̣υμη῀̣σαι αὐτ̣ὸν καὶ χορτάσαι κ̣ατ' ὀλίγον ἔξεστι̣ν, οὐκ ἔστιν ·····
他可以漸漸地渴慕並得飽足,卻不能……
It is possible for him to desire and to be fed little by little; it is not possible ...
1:59
οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ´̣λ̣ο̣ν̣ ἀναλῶσαι ταῦτα δύναται
因為他不能把這一切都消耗盡。
For he cannot consume the whole of these.
1:60
σκοτίαν, καὶ μάταια ἐκείνου σπουδὴ καὶ πόθος κενὸς γέγονεν
……黑暗,那人的熱心成為虛妄,他的渴望也成了空。
... darkness, and that man's zeal has become vain, and his longing has become empty.
1:61
ἐν πλήθει ἀγαθοσύνης ἐπληθύνθησαν οἱ ἐσθίον τες αὐτήν
貨物增添,吃的人也增添。
In the abundance of goodness those who eat it were multiplied.
1:62
καταλλήλως ἀγαθοσύνην τὴν ἡδονὴν λαμβ̣άν̣ομεν·
相應地,我們把「美善」領會為快樂。
Correspondingly, we take 'goodness' as pleasure.
1:63
ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἀδιάφορά ἐστιν τὰ ἀγαθάτ̣ὰ μὲν περὶ ψυχήν, τ̣α`̣ δὲ περὶ σῶμα, τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰ ἐκτός
因為既然諸般美善都是無關緊要的──有的關乎靈魂,有的關乎身體,有的關乎身外之物──
For since good things are indifferent—some concerning the soul, some concerning the body, and some concerning external things—
1:64
τὰ περὶ ψυχὴν οὐ τοσοῦτον ἡδονὴν ἐγείρει, ὅσον πόνον καὶ ἱδρῶτα πρὸς τὰ κα̣λ̣ά
那關乎靈魂的,並不激起那麼多的快樂,反倒為著美善的事引來勞苦與汗水。
the things concerning the soul do not rouse so much pleasure as toil and sweat toward what is noble.
1:65
τὰ γὰρ περὶ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἡδονῆς εἰσιν πεπληρωμένα καὶ ποιητικά
因為那關乎身體和身外之物的,卻是充滿快樂、又能生出快樂的。
For the things concerning the body and external things are full of pleasure and productive of it.
1:66
ἐάν τις ο̣ὐ῀̣ν ἔχῃ τὰ ἐγείροντα πολλὴν ἡδονήν, πλῆθος ἀγαθο σύνης ἔχει, νομιζομένην ἀγαθοσύνην, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ ἐφ' οἷς ἡ´̣δεται, δο κεῖ ἀγαθὰ εἶναι, οὐκ ὄντα ἀληθῶς καὶ κυρίως ἀγαθά
所以,人若擁有那激起許多快樂的事物,他便擁有豐盛的美善──一種被認為是美善的美善──因為連他所喜悅的事物也看似美善,其實並非真正、確切的美善。
If, then, someone has the things that rouse much pleasure, he has an abundance of goodness—a supposed goodness—since the things in which he takes pleasure also seem to be good, though they are not truly and properly good.
1:67
οὐδὲν οὖν ἀγαθόν ἐστι̣ν̣, μὴ ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν τὸν ἔχοντα
所以,凡不能使擁有它的人成為善的,就不是善。
Nothing, then, is good which does not make its possessor good.
1:68
οὐδὲν ἀγαθὸν σὺν ἁμαρτίᾳ εἶναι δ̣ύναται, σὺν ὑγιείᾳ δὲ καὶ ἰσχύι καὶ εὐμορφίᾳ δ̣ύ ναται εἶναι ἁμαρτία
沒有一樣善能與罪並存;但罪卻能與健康、力量和俊美並存。
Nothing good can coexist with sin; but with health and strength and beauty of form sin can coexist.
1:69
οὐδεὶς σὺν ἀγαθῷ ἁμαρτάνει, σὺν ὑγιείᾳ δὲ ἁμαρ τάνομεν
沒有人在有善的同時犯罪,我們卻在有健康的同時犯罪。
No one sins together with a good, but we do sin together with health.
1:70
ὧδε καὶ συλλογισμῷ ἐδείχθη τ̣ὸ πρό βλημ̣α
這樣,這問題也藉三段論法得以證明。
Thus, too, the problem was demonstrated by a syllogism.
1:71
μέμεικται ἀναγωγὴ τῷ ῥητῷ; τό, ὅτι πολλοὶ σπουδα´̣ζουσιν περὶ παίδευσίν τινα καὶ ἡ´̣δ̣ο̣νται πάνυ ἐπ' αὐτὴν τη`̣ν ψευδώνυμον γνῶσιν
此處靈意的解釋是否與字面意義相摻雜?就是說:許多人熱衷於某種學問,並且極其喜愛那假冒為知識之名的所謂『知識』。
Is the anagogical sense here mixed with the literal? Namely, this: that many are zealous for a certain kind of learning and take great delight in that falsely-named knowledge.
1:72
ἐν τῷ π̣λήθε̣ι τῆς ἡδονῆς ταύ της πλη̣θύνονται
在這種享樂的豐盛之中,他們便增多起來。
In the abundance of this pleasure they are multiplied.
1:73
οἱ ἐσθίοντες αὐτὴν δοκοῦσιν ἔχε̣ιν τι´̣·····η̣ν̣····
那些以此為食的人,似乎擁有某種東西……
Those who feed upon it seem to have something...
1:74
κατα λαμβάνε̣ι̣ τὸ πλῆθος ·····
眾人便把它抓取過來……
The multitude lays hold of it...
1:75
ν καὶ τί ἀνδρεία τῷ παρ' αὐτῆς –– τὰ ἀγαθὰ αἱρετώτερόν ἐστιν τ̣οῦ ἐλαττοῦντος
……那出於她的人有何等的勇力——美善之物實比那使之減損者更為可取。
...and what courage belongs to him who comes from her—the good things are more to be chosen than that which diminishes them.
1:76
ὅτι ἀρχὴ τοῦ ὁρᾶν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ
……看見的起始乃在乎他的眼目。
...that the beginning of seeing lies in his eyes.
1:77
ἐλέγομεν ὅτι κυρίως̣ ἀνδρεία ἕξις ἐστὶν παρασκευαστι̣κὴ τ̣οῦ γενναίως φέρειν τὰ ἐπίπονα
我們曾說過,嚴格意義上的勇力乃是一種品格,使人預備好能勇毅地承受艱苦之事。
We were saying that courage, properly speaking, is a disposition that prepares one to bear painful things nobly.
1:78
ἔχει γὰρ ἀρετὴν σὺν αὐτῇ καὶ τὸ κρίνει̣ν
因為它連帶著具有德行,也具有明辨的能力。
For it has virtue together with it, and also the power of judgment.
1:79
πολλάκις γὰρ ἐλέχθη, ὅτι αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἔχονται ἀλ̣λήλων
因為屢次說過,諸般德行是彼此相繫、互相依存的。
For it has often been said that the virtues are bound to one another.
1:80
πάντως ἔχων ἀν δρείαν ἔχει καὶ λόγον θεωρητικόν·
凡有勇力的人,也必兼有默觀之理性。
In every case, he who possesses courage possesses also contemplative reason.
1:81
ὑπομείνῃ καὶ ποιὰ μή, ἀδοξί αν οὐχ ὑπομένει
……他或能忍受某些事,卻不能忍受另一些事;至於羞辱,他卻不肯忍受。
...he may endure some things and not others; but dishonour he does not endure.
1:82
οὐ σ̣εμνύνεται δ̣ὲ ἐπὶ τῷ πάνυ ἀκολασταίνειν καταπονεῖν τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους·
他卻不以極度放縱、或欺壓比自己軟弱之人為誇耀。
But he does not pride himself on being utterly licentious, nor on wearing down those weaker than himself.
1:83
ἐπιτα´̣σεως δέ ἐστιν τοῦτο
然而這乃屬於過度。
But this belongs to excess.
1:84
ὑπερβολὴ τῆς ἀνδρείας πολλάκις ἐλέχθη εἶναι θρασύτης
勇力的過度,屢次被稱為魯莽。
The excess of courage has often been said to be rashness.
1:85
ἔστιν τις οὖν ἀνδρεία τινός ἀνδρεία, ο̣υ̣κ ἀπολελυμ̣ε´̣νως ἀνδρεία
因此,有一種勇力乃是『針對某事』的勇力,而非絕對意義上的勇力。
There is, then, a certain courage that is courage 'of' something, not courage in the absolute sense.
1:86
ὧδε οὖν οὐ περὶ τῆς κυρίως ἀνδρείας λέγει, ἀλλὰ ἧς ἐ´̣χ̣εταί τις, ὅτε νομίζει ἔχειν ἀνδρείαν
所以在此他所論的,並非嚴格意義上的勇力,而是人自以為擁有勇力時所抓住的那一種。
Here, then, he does not speak of courage in the proper sense, but of that which someone lays hold of when he supposes himself to possess courage.
1:87
μᾶλλον θρασύς ἐστιν οὗτος
這樣的人反倒不過是魯莽罷了。
Rather, this man is merely rash.
1:88
λαμβάνομεν δὲ πολλάκις καὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν με τά τινος προ̣σ̣θήκης, ἀνδρεῖος περὶ τὰ ἀγωνίσματα, περὶ τοὺς πολέμους, ἀνδρεῖος περὶ τ̣ὸ ναυτιλλεύεσθαι·
我們也常在勇力上附加某種限定:於競技中勇敢,於戰事中勇敢,於航海中勇敢。
We often take courage, too, with some qualification: brave in contests, brave in wars, brave in seafaring.
1:89
καὶ οὐκ ἔχε̣ι ἔπαινον̣ αὕτη ἀνδρεία
這樣的勇力並不配受稱讚。
And this sort of courage receives no praise.
1:90
κἂν ἀσθενής τις γένηται τῷ σώματι, τ̣λη̣τικῶς δὲ καὶ μακροθ̣ύμως φέρῃ τὰ ἐπίποναὑπογραμμο`̣ς γέγονεν τούτου ·······
縱然有人身體變得軟弱,卻能堅忍而恆久地承擔艱苦之事——這事已有了一個榜樣……
Even if someone becomes weak in body, yet bears painful things with endurance and long-suffering—a model of this has appeared...
1:91
Ι̣ω´̣β, ὃς α̣σθενῶν καὶ λελωβημένος ὅλον τ̣ο`̣ σῶμα καὶ σχέδον ἐν θανατῷ γενόμενος̣ ···αν τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνδ̣ρείαν εἶχ̣εν
……就是約伯,他全身患病、遍體殘毀,幾乎瀕臨死亡,卻仍保有那同樣的靈魂之勇力。
...namely Job, who, sick and disfigured over his whole body and all but brought to death, yet kept that same courage of soul.
1:92
ἀρχὴ ζωῆς ἄρτος καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἱμάτιον καὶ ο̣ἶκος περιβάλλων ἀσχημοσύνην
生命之首要,乃是餅、水、衣服,並遮蓋羞體的房屋。
The beginning of life is bread and water and a garment and a house that covers one's nakedness.
1:93
τὰ αἴτια τοῦ ζῆν ταῦτά ἐστιν
這些便是維生的緣由。
These are the causes of living.
1:94
καὶ οὕτω ἀρχὴ ζωῆς̣ εἴρηται τὰ τοιαῦτα τὰ φυ λακτικά
因此,這類保全性命之物被稱為生命之首要。
And thus such preserving things are called the beginning of life.
1:95
και`̣ ἐνταῦθα τὴν αἰτίαν σημαίνει τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὄνομα
在此,『起始』一詞同樣是指緣由。
And here too the word 'beginning' signifies the cause.
1:96
τὸ αἴτιον οὖν τοῦ ὁρᾶν ὄψις ἐστίν, οἱ ὀφθαλμοί
如此,看見的緣由乃是視覺,就是眼目。
The cause, then, of seeing is sight, that is, the eyes.
1:97
τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὅτιἵνα καὶ συνημμένως αὐτὸ νοήσωτοῦτο λέγει ὅτι·
他所說的乃是這意思——好叫我能連貫地領會它——他所說的乃是:
This, then, is what he says—that I may grasp it in a connected way—this is what he says:
1:98
φέρε εἰπεῖν, ἀνδρίζεταί τις χρώμενος ταῖς συνφύτοις αἰσθήσεσιν·
譬如說,有人藉著他與生俱來的官能而行事勇敢。
For example, someone acts bravely by using his innate senses.
1:99
τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ αἰσθάνεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν αἰςθήσεων ἔχει·
他感知的起始乃是出於諸般官能。
He has the beginning of perception from the senses.
1:100
οὐκ ἐξ ἰδίας δὲ ἀνδρείας ἔχει ταύτας φυλαττομένας
然而,他能保有這些官能,並非出於他自己的勇力。
But it is not by his own courage that he has these preserved.
1:101
πολλοὶ γὰρ κ̣αὶ ἀνδρεῖοι καὶ ἰσχυροὶ ἀπέβαλον τὰς ὄψεις, ἐστερήθησαν ἀκο ῆς, τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων
因為許多既勇敢又強壯的人,都失去了視力,喪失了聽覺,以及其他的官能。
For many who were both brave and strong have lost their sight, and been deprived of hearing and of the other senses.
1:102
οὐ λέγω πάλιν τὴν ἀνδρείαν τὴν ἀρετήν τινος εἶναιεἰ δὲ καὶ λέ γεταί ποτέ τινος σωφροσύνη ὡς̣ τοῦ Ἰωσήφἀλλὰ τὴν περὶ τὰ μάταια ἀνδρείαν τινος λέγω ἀνδρείαν, οὐκ ἀπολελυμένως
我再說,我並不是說作為德行的勇力是『屬乎某物』的——雖然節制有時被說成是『屬乎某人』的,如屬乎約瑟——我乃是把那關乎虛妄之事的勇力,稱為『針對某事』的勇力,而非絕對意義上的勇力。
Again, I do not say that courage the virtue is 'of' something—though temperance is sometimes said to be 'of' someone, as of Joseph—but I call the courage that concerns vain things a courage 'of' something, not in the absolute sense.
1:103
πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν τὸ ἀρχὴν τοῦ ὁρᾶν ὀφθαλμοί
至於『看見的起始乃是眼目』這話的靈意解釋:
As for the anagogical sense of 'the beginning of seeing is the eyes':
1:104
λέγω ὅτι εἰσὶν πε φωτισμένοι τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμοί, περὶ ὧν γράφει ἀπόστολος πεφωτισ μένοι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν
我要說,靈魂另有蒙光照的眼目,論到這眼目,使徒寫道:『照亮你們心中的眼睛。』
I say that there are enlightened eyes of the soul, concerning which the Apostle writes: 'the eyes of your heart being enlightened.'
1:105
πρὸς σὲ ἦρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου τὸν κατοικοῦντα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ
『坐在天上的主啊,我向你舉目。』
'To you I have lifted up my eyes, you who dwell in heaven.'
1:106
τούτων τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀρχὴ τοῦ ὁρᾶν ἐστιν
看見的起始,乃是就這些眼目而言的。
It is of these eyes that the beginning of seeing consists.
1:107
εἴ τις οὐκ ἔχει νοῦν Χριστοῦ, οὐδὲ ὀρθῶς ὁρᾶν δύναται, εἴ τις οὐ πεφώτισται ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀληθινο̣ῦ φω̣τ̣ός ··
人若沒有基督的心思,就不能正確地看見;人若未曾被那真光光照,也是如此。
If anyone does not have the mind of Christ, neither can he see rightly, if he has not been enlightened by the true light.
1:108
ν γλυκὺς ὕπνος τοῦ δούλου, εἰ ὀλίγον καὶ εἰ πολὺ φάγε ται·
『勞碌的人不拘吃多吃少,睡得香甜。』
'Sweet is the sleep of the servant, whether he eats little or much.'
1:109
καὶ τῷ ἐμπλησθέντι τοῦ πλουτῆσαι οὐκ ἔστιν ἀφί ων αὐτὸν τοῦ ὑπνῶσαι
『但富足人的豐滿,卻不容他安睡。』
'But to the one who is glutted with becoming rich, there is nothing that permits him to sleep.'
1:110
τὸ μὲν ὑπνῶσαι ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ λαμβάνει, τὸ δὲ φαγεῖν καὶ π̣ι̣εῖν παρ' ἄλλου λαμ βάνει
睡眠他是從自己得著的,吃喝卻是從別人得著的。
Sleeping he receives from himself, but eating and drinking he receives from another.
1:111
κἂν ο̣λίγον οὖν φάγῃ, κἂν πολύ, παρ' αἰτίαν τοῦ δεσπότου τοῦτο γίνεται
如此,他無論吃多吃少,這都是藉著主人的緣故而成的。
Whether, then, he eats little or much, this comes about by reason of the master.
1:112
τὸ μέντοι ὑπνῶσαι ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ἔχει, ἐκ τῆς φύσεως
但睡眠他卻是從自己、從本性得著的。
Sleeping, however, he has from himself, from nature.
1:113
καὶ ἐπεὶ σὺν ἀμεριμνίᾳ κοιμᾶται οὐκ ἔχων φροντίδα περὶ κτῆσιν καὶ φυλακὴν πλούτου, γλυκὺν ἔχει τὸν ὕπνον
因他無憂無慮地安睡,對於積聚並守護財富毫無掛慮,所以他睡得香甜。
And since he sleeps free from care, having no anxiety about the acquiring and guarding of wealth, he has sweet sleep.
1:114
ἀλλὰ χρήματα πολλὰ ἔχων οὐδὲ τούτου ἀπολαύει
至於那擁有許多錢財的人,連這香甜的睡眠也不得享受。
But the one who has much money does not enjoy even this.
1:115
γλυκὺς ὕπνος τοῦ δούλου
勞碌之僕的睡眠是香甜的。
Sweet is the sleep of the servant.
1:116
ἐλέγομεν τοῦτο, ὅτι δοῦλόν ἐστιν τὸ σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς
我們曾說過這話,就是身體乃是靈魂的僕人。
We were saying this, that the body is the servant of the soul.
1:117
τὸ σῶμα αὐτὸ καθ' ἑαυτὸ σῶμα οὐκ ἔχει φροντίδα, σὺν ἀναπαύσει ἔχει τὴν κοίμησιν τὴν κατάλληλον
身體本身,就其為身體而言,並無掛慮,反倒帶著安息,享有它所當得的歇息。
The body itself in itself, insofar as it is body, has no anxiety, but has its appropriate repose together with rest.
1:118
δὲ ψυχὴ ὅταν περὶ κτῆσιν ἔχῃ, πολλὴν ψευδώνυμον γνῶσιν συνάγῃ, τὰ ἀργύρια ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἀποδεδοκιμασμένα, ἀπόλλυσιν καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὸν ὕπνον, τὴν φυσικὴν ἀνάπαυσιν
但靈魂一旦專注於積聚,蒐集許多假冒為知識之名的『知識』——那些被棄絕的銀子——便連同財富與睡眠,那本性中的歇息,一併喪失了。
But the soul, when it is occupied with acquisition and gathers up much falsely-named knowledge—those rejected pieces of silver—destroys both its wealth and its sleep, that natural rest.
1:119
ἑκάστου γὰρ κατὰ φύσιν ἀνάπαυσις ὕπνος αὐτοῦ λέγεται καὶ κοίμησις
因為凡物按其本性而有的歇息,都被稱為它的睡眠與安眠。
For each thing's rest according to nature is called its sleep and its repose.
1:120
ἰδοὺ μισθός, φησίν, ἀγνω̣μονηθεὶς ἐργάτου, ἐὰν κοιμηθῇ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ κτήτορος, κατηγορεῖ αὐτοῦ
他說:『看哪,那被虧欠之工人的工價:這工價若在物主的家中安眠,就要控告他。』
'Behold,' he says, 'the wage of the labourer, which has been wrongfully withheld: if it sleeps in the house of the owner, it cries out against him.'
1:121
τὸ μεῖναι ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ οἴκοι ὕπνον αὐτοῦ εἴρηκεν
他以『留在家宅之中』來指稱它的睡眠。
By 'remaining at home in the house' he has meant its sleep.
1:122
τὸ σῶμα οὖν ἔχει τὴν κατὰ φύσιν διανάπαυσιν, οὐ τὴν ἀκόλαστον λέγω, οὐ τὴν ἄπληστον ἐπιθυμίαν περὶ τροφάς, ἀλλὰ τὴν κατάλληλον ·····
如此,身體有它按本性而有的歇息——我所指的並非那放縱的歇息,亦非對食物貪得無厭的慾望,而是那合宜的歇息……
The body, then, has its rest according to nature—I do not mean the licentious kind, nor the insatiable desire for food, but the appropriate kind...
1:123
τὰ ἠθικῶς λεγόμενα ἀγαθά ····
……就道德意義而言所稱的美善之物……
...the goods spoken of in the moral sense...
1:124
ἐπεὶ πάλιν οὐδὲ φρονου῀̣σιν περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ω̣ς ὑφεστηκυίας
……因為他們再次連靈魂之為實有存在,也不加思想。
...since again they do not even conceive of the soul as having real subsistence.
1:125
τινὲς δὲ τὰς ἀλληγορίας, ὧν ἐστιν καὶ Ἀπολινάριος, ἀναζωγραφήσεις αὐτὰς νομίζουσιν εἶναι ε̣π̣ι̣πολλὺ ἐκ τῶν αἰσθητῶς γινομένων
但有些人——亞波里拿留也在其中——認為寓意的解釋大體上不過是把感官界所發生之事重新描摹一番罷了。
But some—among whom is Apollinaris also—suppose allegories to be, for the most part, mere re-paintings drawn from things that happen at the level of the senses.
1:126
ἐὰν ἀκούσῃ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη νε κρός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὴν ψυχὴν ἀποβαλών, ἀσεβοῦσα εἰς ἔσχατον θάνατον καταβέβηκεν
人若聽見死人復活的事——並藉此正把靈魂棄置一旁——那行不敬虔之事的靈魂,便已下到最終的死亡裡去了。
If one hears that a dead man was raised—and by this very thing casts away the soul—that impious soul has descended into the uttermost death.
1:127
εἰδὼς τὴν ψυχήνπαράδοξον λέγω ἀντικειμέ νως φρονοῦντα ἄρτι τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιστάμενος καὶ τῆς σω τηρίας αὐτῆς, παρ' οὐδὲν τίθεται τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὸ εἰς ὄψιν ἀποκαταστα θῆναι ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἐξ χωλότητος εἰς τὸ ἀνεμποδίστως περιπατεῖν
那認識靈魂的人——我要說一件出人意表、與方才所想正相反的話——那洞悉靈魂之偉大及其救恩的人,視身體如無物,也視人得以復明、並從跛足變為行走無阻,如同無物。
He who knows the soul—I say something paradoxical, contrary to what was just now being thought—he who understands the greatness of the soul and of its salvation, counts as nothing the body, and a man's being restored to sight, and his passing from lameness to walking unhindered.
1:128
δικαιω θεῖσα γὰρ θυγάτηρ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου οὐ τέθνηκεν
因為那管會堂之人的女兒,既已稱義,就沒有死。
For the daughter of the synagogue-ruler, having been justified, has not died.
1:129
πάλιν οἱ δὲ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀναστάντες εἰς ἀεὶ αὐτὴν ἔχουσιν
再者,那些照著靈魂復活的人,便永遠擁有這靈魂。
Again, those who have risen according to the soul possess it for ever.
1:130
ἐκεῖνα μάταιά ἐστιν, ὡς πρός τινα λόγον, οὐχ ἁπλῶς μάταια, ἀλλα`̣ ὡς̣ πρὸς ὑπεροχὴν τῶν μειζό νων, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ ματαιότης τῶν ματαιοτήτων ἀποδέδοται, ὅτι τὰ πρόσκαιρα τοῦ θεοῦ δημιουργήματα πολὺ κάλλος ἔχουσιν
那些事物是就某種觀點而言為虛空,並非全然虛空,乃是相對於更大之事的卓越而言為虛空——正如『虛空的虛空』一語也是如此解說的——因為神那些暫時的受造之物,仍具有極大的美麗。
Those things are vain in relation to a certain consideration, not simply vain, but in relation to the superiority of greater things—just as 'vanity of vanities' too was rendered in this way—since the temporal creations of God possess much beauty.
1:131
αὐτῷ γοῦν τῷ σώματι κα̣ι`̣ τ̣α̣ῖς ἁρμονίαις αὐτοῦ ὄψει, ὅτι ἔργον ἐστὶν οὐδενὸς δυνα μένου ποιῆσ̣α̣ι̣ εἰ μὴ τοῦ θεοῦ
至少單就身體本身及其和諧的結構,你便能看出:它乃是除神以外無人能造之工。
In the body itself, at any rate, and in its harmonious proportions, you will see that it is a work of none who is able to make it, save God.
1:132
ὡς μέντοι πρὸς τὰ ἀόρατα καὶ τὰ ἄνω ματαιότ̣ης̣ ἐστ̣ι´̣ν̣
然而,相對於那不能看見的以及在上的事物而言,它便是虛空。
In relation, however, to the invisible things and the things above, it is vanity.
1:133
οὐ δ̣ε`̣ αὐτῇ οὖν ψυχὴ ὑπετάγη·
如此,靈魂並非是屈服於這虛空之下的。
Not to this vanity, then, was the soul subjected.
1:134
οὐκ ἔστιν πρόσ καιρόν τι λέγει ὅτι τρόπον τινὰ δοῦλός ἐστιν, ὑπήκοός ἐστιν καὶ ἰδ̣ιώτης τῇ γνώσειπλουτεῖ δὲ πολλὰ θεωρήματα συνάξαςκαὶ γλυκύς ἐστιν τούτου τοῦ δο κοῦντος εἶναι δούλου καὶ δουλοπρεποῦς ὕπνος, κἂν ὀλίγα νοήσῃ κἂν πολλά
並無任何暫時之物——他的意思是,這人在某種意義上是個僕人,是順服的,在知識上是個平凡人——反倒是那積聚了許多默觀之理的人才是富足的——而這看似為僕、卑微如奴之人的睡眠卻是香甜的,無論他所領悟的是少是多。
There is nothing temporal—he means that in a certain manner he is a servant, is obedient, and a layman in knowledge—whereas the one who has gathered many contemplations is rich—and sweet is the sleep of this one who seems to be a servant and servile, whether he understands little or much.
1:135
καὶ ἐὰν ἔχῃ τὴν πρᾶξιν, ἵνα ᾖν οὗτος δοῦλος τῷ δουλείας ἔχειν πνεῦ μα, οὔπω υἱός ἐστιν
縱然他有正當的行為,以致因懷有為奴之心而作了僕人,他卻仍未成為兒子。
And even if he has the right practice, so that he is a servant by possessing a spirit of slavery, he is not yet a son.
1:136
ὑπόκειται τῷ φόβῳ τῆς κρίσεως καὶ ἀπέχεται τοῦ κακοῦεἴ γε ἀπέχε̣σθαι αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν δεῖφόβῳ κολάσεως
他伏在審判的懼怕之下,遠離惡事——若果真該說他是『遠離』的話——乃是出於對刑罰的懼怕。
He is subject to the fear of judgment and abstains from evil—if indeed one ought to say that he abstains—out of fear of punishment.
1:137
οὗτος οὖν δοῦλός ἐστιν φόβῳ ἐπηρμένου νόμου
如此,這人乃是因懼怕那高懸在他之上的律法而作僕人。
This man, then, is a servant through fear of the law that has been raised over him.
1:138
ἄλλος δὲ δοκῶν ἐν πολλοῖς εἶναι, ἐσφαλμένος δέ, ἔχει τὸν μὴ ἐπιτρέποντα αὐτὸν κοιμηθῆναι, τὴν μέριμναν τὴν ματαίαν
但另有一人,看似豐足富有,其實卻是走差了路,他有一物不容他安睡——就是那虛妄的憂慮。
But another, who seems to abound in many things, yet is in error, has that which does not permit him to sleep—namely, vain anxiety.
1:139
ἔστιν ἀρρωστία, ἣν εἶδον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, πλοῦτον φυλατ̣τόμενον τῷ παρ' αὐτοῦ εἰς κακίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπολεῖται πλοῦτος ἐκεῖνος ἐν περισπασμῷ πονηρῷ
『我見日光之下有一宗禍患,就是財主積存資財,反害自己;那資財也必在艱難的勞煩中消滅。』
'There is a sickness which I have seen under the sun: wealth kept by its owner to his own hurt; and that wealth will perish in an evil distraction.'
1:140
πρὸς τί ἐστιν πλοῦτός τινος; ἔστιν δηλονότι κἀκεῖ ν̣ος τοῦ πλούτου κ̣ύριος
人的財富究竟是為著甚麼?顯然那人也不過是財富的一個主人罷了。
For what purpose is anyone's wealth? Clearly that man too is a lord over his wealth.
1:141
οὗτ̣ος οὖν παρά τινι γλυκασμὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, καὶ αὐτὸς κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ πλούτου̣·
如此,那對某人而言是他的甘甜之物,正是屬於他自己的;他自己也就是這財富的主人。
This, then, which is to a certain man his sweetness, is his very own, and he himself is lord of his wealth.
1:142
ὥσπερ αὐτὸς δύναται χρήσασθαι κα λῶς τῷ πλούτῳ, κρατῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ δουλεύων αὐτῷ, τουτέστιν τῷ μαμωνᾷ, τοὕτω καὶ πλοῦτος δύναται κρ̣ατῆσ̣αι τοῦ ἔχοντος·
正如他能善用財富,掌控財富而不作它的奴隸,也就是不作瑪門的奴隸,照樣,財富也能反過來掌控那擁有它的人。
Just as he is able to use his wealth well, mastering it and not being enslaved to it—that is, to mammon—so too can wealth master the one who possesses it.
1:143
ἔστιν ὅταν φιλάργυρος γένηται, ὅταν δο̣ῦλος μαμωνᾶ
有時他成了貪愛錢財的人,成了瑪門的奴隸。
There are times when he becomes a lover of money, when he becomes a slave of mammon.
1:144
λέγει γοῦν, ὅτι ἐστὶν τοιοῦτος πλοῦτος φυλατ̣τ̣όμενος τῷ παρ' αὐτοῦ
所以他說,有這樣一種財富,是被擁有者為自己看守起來的。
He says, then, that there is such a wealth that is guarded up by its owner for himself.
1:145
οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτο`̣ν̣ πλοῦτον εἴ ρηκεν, ἀλλὰ φυλαττόμενον αὐτῷ
他並非單單稱它為財富,而是稱之為為他自己看守起來的財富。
He did not simply call it wealth, but wealth guarded up for himself.
1:146
οὗτός ἐστιν πλοῦτος̣ τοῦ ἔχον̣ το̣ς
這就是那擁有者的財富。
This is the wealth of the one who possesses it.
1:147
ὡς πάντα τὰ ἐπίπονα ὑπὲρ κτήσεως αὐτοῦ ἀναδέχεσθαι
以致他為了取得這財富,甘願承受一切的勞苦。
So that he takes upon himself all the toils for the sake of acquiring it.
1:148
καὶ τό γε δεινὸν τῆς ἀρρωστίας ἔνιδε·
你且要看清這病症何等可怕。
And observe indeed the grievous nature of the malady.
1:149
οὐδὲ αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ ἀπολαύει οὐδέ τις τῶν̣ διαδόχων αὐτοῦ
他自己既不能享用,他的任何繼承人也不能享用。
Neither does he himself enjoy it, nor does any of his successors.
1:150
οὐχ πλοῦτος ἐκεῖνος ἀπολεῖται ἐν περισπασμῷ πονηρῷ; ἔστιν πλοῦτο̣ς ἀπολλύμενος ἄφνω ἁρπαγῆς γενομένης ὑπὸ πολε̣μί ων λῃστῶν ἰσχυσάντων λαθεῖν καὶ λαβεῖν αὐτόν
那財富豈不要在惡劣的紛擾中消滅嗎?有一種財富會忽然消滅,或因仇敵的搶奪,或因強盜得勢,暗中埋伏而將它奪去。
Will not that wealth perish in an evil affliction? There is wealth that perishes suddenly, when a seizure occurs at the hands of enemies, or of robbers who have had the strength to lie in wait and to carry it off.
1:151
οὐκ ἔστιν ο̣ὗτος λαμβανόμενος ἐν περισπασμῷ
而這一種卻不是在紛擾中被奪去的。
This one is not taken away in an affliction.
1:152
ὅταν δέ τις κινητὸν πλοῦτον ἕνεκα κερδῶν πολλῶν ναυκληρῇ τὰ ἄλλα ποίῃ, πολλάκις ἀπόλλυται ἐν τῷ περισπασμῷ
然而每當有人為了求得大利,將可移動的財貨經海路運送,或從事其他營生,這財富往往就在那紛擾中喪失了。
But whenever someone, for the sake of much gain, ships movable wealth by sea or engages in other ventures, it is often lost in the affliction.
1:153
λέγομεν δὲ τὸ περισπᾶσθαι τὸ ἔχειν περὶ ἐκεῖνα̣
我們所說的「被紛擾」,就是指忙碌纏繞於那些事物。
By 'being afflicted' we mean being occupied about those things.
1:154
ἔστιν ὅτε εἴχομεν ἐν χερσίν·
有時我們原本已將它握在手中。
There are times when we had it in our hands.
1:155
περισπασμὸν πονηρὸν ἔδωκεν θεὸς τοῖς υἱοῖς τοῦ ἀνθρώ που
神將惡劣的紛擾賜給了世人之子。
God has given an evil affliction to the sons of men.
1:156
ἀγοράζει πολλάκις παῖδας καὶ ἀποθνῄσκουσιν, πλοῖα ποιεῖ καὶ ναυαγοῦσιν, σπείρει καὶ ἀπόλλυσιν καὶ τὸ σπέρμα
他常常買了奴僕,奴僕卻死了;造了船隻,船隻卻沉沒了;他撒了種,連種子也失去了。
Often he buys slaves and they die; he builds ships and they are wrecked; he sows, and loses even the seed.
1:157
ἐν περισπασμῷ οὖν ἀπολεῖται, οὐκ ἐν ἀσωτίᾳ, οὐκ ἐν ἀργίᾳ χειρῶν
所以它是在紛擾中喪失的,並非因揮霍放蕩,也非因雙手懶惰。
In an affliction, therefore, it will be lost—not in profligacy, not in the idleness of hands.
1:158
καὶ ἐγέννησεν υἱόν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν χειρὶ αὐ τοῦ οὐδέν
他生了兒子,手中卻一無所有。
And he begot a son, and there is nothing in his hand.
1:159
καθὼς ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ γαςτρὸς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ γυμνός, ἐπιστρέψει τοῦ πορευθῆναι ὡς ἥκει
他怎樣赤身出了母胎,也必照樣歸回,如他來時一樣而去。
Just as he came forth naked from his mother's womb, he shall return to go as he came.
1:160
προφασίζονται οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ὅτε πλοῦτον συνάγουσιν, τέκνα
人聚斂財富時常找藉口,說是為了兒女。
Men make excuses, when they gather wealth, alleging their children.
1:161
καὶ ἀδι κοῦσιν γοῦν ἐνίοτε καὶ ἁρπάζουσιν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ποιοῦσιν καὶ λέγου σιν, ὅτι τῶν παιδίων ἕνεκα τοῦτο ποιῶ
於是他們有時行不義、搶奪,行其他惡事,還說:「我做這事是為了孩子們的緣故。」
And so sometimes they act unjustly and seize and do the rest, and they say, 'I do this for my children's sake.'
1:162
ὥσπερ δὲ τ̣α`̣ ἄλλα ἡδέα πολλ̣α´̣κ̣ις ·····
然而正如其他令人快意之物,往往……
But just as the other pleasant things often ...
1:163
εἰς οὐρα̣νὸν ὡ´̣στε ἐπὶ γῆς περιπατοῦντα ἔχειν τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανῷ
……歸於天上,好叫他雖行走在地上,卻有天上的國籍。
... into heaven, so that while walking upon earth he may have his citizenship in heaven.
1:164
εἶ δον οὖν σπ̣ο̣υ̣δάζοντα περὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ οὐδὲν ὤνησεν αὐτὸν πλοῦτος
我見有人為財富勞碌奔忙,而那財富對他毫無益處。
I saw, then, one busying himself about wealth, and the wealth profited him nothing.
1:165
οὐδὲ γὰρ α̣πέλαυ̣σεν αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ὃν ἔσχεν υἱὸν ἐνκρατὴς τούτου γέγον̣εν, ἀλλὰ πάντῃ πένης ἐστὶν καὶ οἷός ἐστιν γεννηθείς
因為他自己既未曾享用,他所生的兒子也未曾掌管過它,反倒全然貧窮,與他生下來時一模一樣。
For neither did he himself enjoy it, nor did the son whom he had become master of it; but he is utterly poor, and just such as he was when he was born.
1:166
ἐγεννήθη δὲ οὐ μετὰ χρη μάτων, οὐ μετὰ ἀμφίων
他出生時既沒有帶著錢財,也沒有帶著衣服。
He was born not with money, not with garments.
1:167
ἐν χειρὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ; ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ υἱοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν
「在兒子的手中」——意即在兒子的權柄之下一無所有。
'In the hand of the son'—that is, in the authority of the son there is nothing.
1:168
εἰώθαμεν γοῦν λέγειν, ὅτι ὑπὸ χεῖρα ἔχει τὸν πλοῦτον
無論如何,我們慣常會說,某人把財富掌握在手下。
We are accustomed, at any rate, to say that a man has his wealth under his hand.
1:169
μετὰ ἀρχῆς, μηδὲν αἴρων τῶν ἐκ τοῦ βίου·
帶著權柄,卻絲毫不能帶走屬今生的任何東西。
With rule, taking up nothing of the things of this life.
1:170
μόνα τις ἀγαθὰ τὰ τῆς̣ ψυχῆς ἆραι δύναται
唯獨屬乎靈魂的美善之物,人才能帶得走。
The good things of the soul alone can a man take up.
1:171
περὶ δὲ τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων λέγεται·
至於可感知的、屬人的事物,經上說:
But concerning the perceptible and human things it is said:
1:172
μὴ φοβοῦ, ὅταν πλουτή σῃ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὅταν πληθυνθῇ δόξα τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ ποθνῄσκειν αὐτὸν λήμψεται τὰ πάντα
見人發財、家室增榮的時候,你不要懼怕;因為他死的時候,什麼也不能帶走。
Do not fear when a man grows rich, and when the glory of his house is multiplied; for when he dies he shall carry off none of it all.
1:173
ὧδε πρόφα̣σις λέγουσα οὐ λήμ ψεται τὰ πάντα οὐκ ἔστιν μερικὴ ἀπόφασις, ἀλλὰ καθόλου ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ δέν
在這裡,「他不能帶走一切」這話並不是部分的否定,而是全然的否定,等於說「一無所有」。
Here the excuse that says 'he shall not carry off all things' is not a partial denial, but a universal one, equivalent to 'nothing at all.'
1:174
ἐὰν δὲ θελήσῃς καὶ κυριο̣λεκτῆσαι καὶ στερητικὴν μερικὴν αὐτὴν λαβεῖν, τοῦτο λέγει, ὁ´̣τι ἔστιν, λαμβάνει τις·
但你若願意按字面嚴格理解,把它當作部分性的否定,那麼它的意思就是:有些東西人確實能帶走。
But if you wish to take it strictly and understand it as a partial privative, then it means this: that there are things which a man does carry off.
1:175
ἐὰν εὐεργητήσῃ χρήματα ἔχων, ἐὰν δόξαν ἔχων καὶ ἀξίωμα ὀρέξῃ ἀδυνάτοις πει̣ρ̣αθῇ βοηθεῖν, ἀπὸ τῶν σπουδασμάτων, αἴρει μεθ' ἑα̣υ̣του῀̣ τ̣α̣υ῀̣τ̣α̣, τὴν εὐποιίαν ·····
他若有錢財而行善,若有榮耀與地位而伸手竭力幫助無力自助之人,那麼從這些殷勤的善行中,他就把這些帶走了,就是他的善行……
If, having money, he does good; if, having glory and rank, he reaches out to try to help the powerless—out of these earnest endeavours he takes these things with himself, namely his beneficence ...
1:176
οἷος ἐγεννήθη μέχ̣ρι θανάτου
他生下來是怎樣,直到死時仍是怎樣。
Just as he was born, so he remains until death.
1:177
εἰ οὖν περισσείᾳ αὐτοῦ ε̣ι̣ς ἄνεμον μο̣χθεῖ, οὐ μένει, συνάγε̣ι
所以,他若在豐盈之中,卻是為風而勞碌,那麼他所聚斂的都不能存留。
If, then, in his abundance he toils for the wind, the things he gathers do not remain.
1:178
καί γε πᾶσαι αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ ἐν σκότει καὶ ἐν πέν θει καὶ θυμῷ πολλῷ καὶ ἀρρωστίᾳ καὶ χόλῳ
他一生的年日都在黑暗中,在憂傷、盛怒、疾病與愁苦之中度過。
And indeed all his days are in darkness and in mourning and in much wrath and sickness and bitterness.
1:179
δύναται περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι καὶ περὶ ἀμφοτέρων
這些話可以指著兒子說,或也可以指著父子二人說。
These things can be said concerning the son, or indeed concerning both.
1:180
καὶ ἐγέννησεν τὸν υἱόν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ οὐδέν
他生了那兒子,手中卻一無所有。
And he begot the son, and there is nothing in his hand.
1:181
καθ̣ὼς ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ γαστρο`̣ς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ γυμνός, ἐπιστρέψει τοῦ πορευθῆναι ὡς ἥκει
他怎樣赤身出了母胎,也必照樣歸回,如他來時一樣而去。
Just as he came forth naked from his mother's womb, he shall return to go as he came.
1:182
πολλοὶ κεκτημένοι τὰ τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς φιλοσο φίας οὐκ ἔσχον τοὺς υἱοὺς τούτων ἐραστάς, ἀλλὰ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν συναπέρχονται αὐτοῖς, οὕτω μηδὲν κεκτημένοι
許多人得著了那假稱為知識的東西,或希臘哲學的東西,他們的兒子卻不曾愛慕這些;反倒他們的兒子與他們一同離去,照樣一無所有。
Many who have acquired the things of the knowledge falsely so called, or of Greek philosophy, have not had their sons as lovers of these things; rather their sons depart together with them, possessing nothing in this way.
1:183
πολλοὶ γοῦν ἰδιῶται σοφῶν γεγόνασιν υἱοί
的確,許多智慧人的兒子倒成了無知無學之人。
Many, indeed, have become the untutored sons of wise men.
1:184
οὗτος οὖν υἱὸς ὡς ἦλθεν οὕτω ἀπέρχεται
這樣,這兒子怎樣來,也就怎樣去。
This son, then, as he came, so he departs.
1:185
ἄνευ παιδεύσεως τοιαύτης ἦλθεν, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτῆς ἀπέρχεται
他來時沒有那樣的教養,去時也照樣沒有。
Without such instruction he came, and without it he departs.
1:186
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, ὅτι γεννᾷ τις αὐτὸν οὕ τω νομιζόμενος σοφός, γεννᾷ τινα κατὰ κακίαν, κατὰ ἀκολασίαν, τὰ ἄλλα ε̣ἴ δη τῆς κακίας, καὶ ἐξέρχεται γυμνὸς ἀφ' ὧν πατὴρ ἐσπούδασεν
然而這也是可能的:一個被人視為有智慧的人生了他,卻生出一個滿有邪惡、放蕩以及其他各種惡行的人,而這人赤身而去,與父親所殷勤追求的一切無分。
But this too is possible: that one reputed to be wise begets him, and begets someone marked by vice, by licentiousness, and the other forms of vice, and he goes forth naked of the things about which his father was earnest.
1:187
ἐσπου´̣ δα̣σεν δὲ πατὴρ οὐ πάντως πε̣ρ̣ι`̣ τ̣ὰ ε̣ἰ´̣δη τῆς κακίας, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὴν δ̣ο´̣ξαν καὶ ψευδώνυμον γνῶσιν
而那父親所殷勤追求的,絕非那些惡行,乃是虛榮與假稱為知識的東西。
Now the father was earnest not at all about the forms of vice, but about glory and the knowledge falsely so called.
1:188
δοκεῖ δὲ ἐκεῖνός πως, κἂν αιρει τῇ ··ει··λ̣ε̣·····
不過那人似乎在某種意義上,即或他取……
It seems, however, that that man in some way, even if he takes ...
1:189
··τα ὅπως ποτὲ ἐνταῦθα μ̣ε´̣ν̣ῃ ταῦτα
……好叫這些事物在某種程度上能在此存留。
... so that these things might somehow remain here.
1:190
τοῦ πατρός; οὐ ψεκτῶς κεκλημένον, α̣λ̣λ̣α`̣ γ̣ο̣ῦν ἀντὶ τ̣οῦ ἐπαινετοῦ λ̣έγ̣ε̣ι̣ ·····
論到那父親:這稱呼並非可責備的意思,而是取「可稱讚的」之意,他說……
Of the father: called not blamably, but rather in place of 'praiseworthy' he says ...
1:191
λέγω δέ, ὅτι σοφία μήτηρ ἐστὶν τοῦ σοφοῦ
我且說,智慧乃是智慧人的母親。
And I say that wisdom is the mother of the wise man.
1:192
ἐδικαιώθη γὰρ σοφία̣ ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς
因為智慧藉著她的兒女得稱為義。
For wisdom was justified by her children.
1:193
καὶ ὁδηγήσει σε μήτηρ σου, σοφία
你的母親,就是智慧,必引導你。
And your mother, wisdom, shall guide you.
1:194
καὶ πάλιν αἱ ἕξεις καὶ αἱ χειρίσται καὶ αἱ κρείττους λέ γοντα̣ι μητέρες τῶν πεποιωμένων κατ' αὐτάς
再者,那些習性,無論是最壞的還是較好的,都被稱為照著它們被塑造之人的母親。
And again, the habits—both the worst and the better—are called mothers of those who have been formed according to them.
1:195
οὕτω γοῦν καὶ υἱὸς ἀπωλεί ας τις λέγεται καὶ υἱὸς ἐχιδνῶν καὶ θανάτου, καὶ υἱὸς φωτὸς καὶ ἄλλος υἱὸς εἰρήνης
正是如此,有人被稱為滅亡之子、毒蛇之子、死亡之子;也有人被稱為光明之子,另有人被稱為和平之子。
In this way, then, someone is called a son of perdition, and a son of vipers, and of death; and a son of light, and another a son of peace.
1:196
ἐνταῦθα μητέρα τὴν ψεκτὴν λαμβάνομεν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔστιν πρόσωπον σπουδαῖον τὸ περὶ οὗ λόγος
在這裡我們把母親理解為可責的那一位,因為這番話所論及的並非一個良善的人。
Here we understand the mother to be the blameworthy one, since the person about whom the discourse speaks is not a virtuous one.
1:197
κατὰ τὴν ἀναγωγὴν ψεκτὴν ἔχει μητέρα·
按靈意的解釋,他有一位可責的母親。
According to the anagogical sense he has a blameworthy mother.
1:198
καθ̣ὼς ἀπετέλεσεν οὖν μήτηρ αὐ τοῦ, κακία, οὕτως εἰσέρχεται οὐδὲν ὧδε̣ κε κεκτημένος ἐναντία οἷς πάρ εσχεν πατὴρ αὐτοῦ συναγαγῶν πλοῦτον μοχθηρὸν καὶ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ, τε κοῦσα αὐτὸν ἕξις
正如他的母親,就是邪惡,把他塑造成形,照樣他來到這裡,一無所得——與他父親所供給的正相反;他父親聚斂了那可悲的財富,他的母親,就是那生他的習性。
Just as his mother, vice, brought him to completion, so he enters here having acquired nothing—things contrary to those which his father provided, who gathered wretched wealth, and his mother, the habit that bore him.
1:199
ἐπιστρέψει τοῦ πορευθῆναι ὡς ἥκει, καὶ οὐδὲν λήμψεται ἐν μοχθῷ αὐτοῦ
他必照樣歸回,如他來時一樣而去,並且在他勞碌中什麼也不能帶走。
He shall return to go as he came, and he shall carry off nothing in his toil.
1:200
οὐδὲν λαμβάνει ὧν ἐμόχθησεν
他所勞碌得來的,一樣也帶不走。
He takes nothing of the things for which he toiled.
1:201
ἀφίησιν αὐτὰ καὶ οὐκ οἶδεν ἐνίοτε, εἰ καὶ ἐπ̣' ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ἔρχεται
他撇下這些,有時甚至不知道它是否落入了他仇敵的手中。
He leaves them behind and sometimes does not even know whether it comes into the hands of his enemies.
1:202
θησαυρίζει, φησίν, καὶ οὐ γιγνώσκει, τίνι συνάγει αὐτά
經上說,他積蓄財寶,卻不知將來為誰聚斂。
He lays up treasure, it says, and does not know for whom he gathers it.
1:203
τὸ δ̣ὲ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς ἐλέχθη ἤδη, ὅτι οὐδὲν ὧν πλουτεῖ κατὰ κακίαν πα τὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ ἀποφέρει
靈意的解釋前面已經說過了:就是這兒子從他那按邪惡而行的父親與母親的財富中,什麼也帶不走。
The anagogical sense has already been stated: that the son carries off nothing of the riches of his father according to vice and of his mother.
1:204
λοιπὸν δύναται καὶ ἐπαινετὴ μήτηρ λ̣η̣μφ̣θῆναι·
此外,這母親也可以被理解為值得稱讚的一位。
Furthermore, the mother can also be taken as a praiseworthy one.
1:205
ὧδε προσελήλυθεν τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ, ἱ´̣ν̣α κτήσηται ·········
在這裡他已親近了對神的敬畏,為要得著……
Here he has drawn near to the fear of God, in order that he might acquire ...
1:206
ν καί γε τοῦτο πονηρὰ ἀρρωστία·
而這確實也是一種惡疾。
And indeed this too is an evil malady.
1:207
ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεγένε το, οὕτω καὶ ἀπελεύσεται
因為他怎樣來到,也必照樣離去。
For just as he arrived, so also shall he depart.
1:208
ἐὰν τὸ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τόπον τοπικὴν εἴσοδον σημαίνει, καὶ τὸ ἐξελθεῖν
若「進入一地」是指著地方性的進入而言,那麼「出去」也是同樣的意思。
If entering into a place signifies a local entrance, then so does going out.
1:209
οὐ γὰρ λέγω, ὅτι εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν πόλιν ταύτην ἐξῆλθεν ἀπὸ κακίας, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ ἄλλης χώρας πόλεως εἰσ̣ῆλθεν ὧδε
因為我並不是說,進入這城的人是從邪惡中出來的,而是說他從另一地方或另一座城進到這裡來。
For I do not say that the one who entered into this city came out of vice, but that he entered here from another country or city.
1:210
καὶ τίς περισσεία αὐτοῦ, μοχθεῖ εἰς ἄνεμον
他為之向風勞碌的那份豐盈,究竟有什麼益處呢?
And what is his abundance, for which he toils into the wind?
1:211
μόχθος αὐτοῦ εἰς ἄνεμον γίνεται, τουτέστιν διὰ φύσημον ἀνατρεπόμενός ἐστιν πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ·
他的勞碌化為風,就是說,他的財富彷彿被一陣氣息所傾覆。
His toil comes to nothing but wind; that is to say, his wealth is overturned as though by a mere breath of air.
1:212
οὐ γινόμενος αὐτοῦ ἐνκρατής, οὐ κατέχων, ὥστε καὶ εἰς υἱὸν παραπέμψαι
他既不能掌管它,也不能保有它,甚至無法把它傳給兒子。
He gains no mastery over it, nor does he hold onto it, so as even to pass it on to a son.
1:213
καί γε πᾶσαι αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ ἐν σκότει καὶ ἐν πέν θει
「並且他一生的日子都在黑暗與哀傷之中。」
'And indeed all his days are in darkness and in mourning.'
1:214
σκότος ὧδε τὴν ἄγνοιαν λέγει καὶ τὴν ἀσάφειαν τῶν πραγμάτων
他在此以「黑暗」指無知,以及事物的晦暗不明。
By 'darkness' here he means ignorance and the obscurity of things.
1:215
πενθεῖ δὲ ἀποτυγχάνων ὧν ποθεῖ, ἐξ ὧν νομίζει καὶ ἱλαρὰν ζωὴν ἔχειν
他哀傷,是因為得不到他所渴望的事物,而他原以為藉這些事物便能享有歡愉的生活。
And he mourns because he fails to attain the things he longs for, from which he supposes he would also have a cheerful life.
1:216
πένθος γὰρ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἐγείρεται
因為哀傷乃是為死亡而興起的。
For mourning is stirred up over a death.
1:217
τέθνηκεν, καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι ἐν σκότει καὶ πένθει εἰσίν
他已死了,而他一生的日子都在黑暗與哀傷之中。
He has died, and all his days are in darkness and mourning.
1:218
δὲ σπαταλῶ σα, φησίν, ζῶσα τέθνηκεν
經上說:「那放縱宴樂的婦人,活著的時候也已經死了。」
'But she who lives in self-indulgence,' Scripture says, 'is dead even while she lives.'
1:219
εἰ τέθνηκεν, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀξία τοῦ πενθεῖσθαι, οὐ πένθος ἐπ' αὐτὴν ε̣γ̣είρειν δεῖ
她若已死,就不配受人哀悼;不當為她興起哀傷。
If she has died, she is not worthy of being mourned; one ought not to raise up mourning over her.
1:220
ζῇ μὲν γὰρ τὸ κενὸν ζῆν, τέθνηκεν δὲ ἀπο βαλοῦσα τὸ σωτήριον ζῆν, τὴν μακαρίαν̣ ζ̣ωήν, ὡσεὶ μὴ ἐσπατάλα ζῶσα κατ̣ὰ τ̣ὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωη`̣ν αὐτῆς̣
因為她確實活著那空虛的生命,卻在丟棄那救恩的生命、那有福的生命上死了,彷彿她並未按她的人間生活放縱宴樂而活過。
For she indeed lives the empty life, but she has died in casting away the saving life, the blessed life, as though she had not lived in self-indulgence according to her human life.
1:221
ἐξ ὧν ἐμόχθησεν, κ··ο·η ἐστιν
出於他勞碌的那些事物……。
From the things over which he toiled, ... it is.
1:222
ἰδοὺ εἶδον ἐγ̣ω`̣ ἀγαθόν, ἔστιν καλόν
「看哪,我見了一件美善的事,它是美好的。」
'Behold, I have seen a good thing; it is beautiful.'
1:223
τοῦτ̣ο τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὠφέλιμον ἅμα καὶ ἐπαινετὸν ὄν·
這善既是有益的,同時也是值得稱讚的。
This good is at once both profitable and praiseworthy.
1:224
ἅμα γὰρ καὶ ἀγαθὸν καὶ καλὸν αὐτὸ ἐ´̣λεγεν
因為他同時稱它為善,又稱它為美。
For he called it at once both good and beautiful.
1:225
ἔστιν δε`̣ το`̣ μὲν ἐπαινετὸν καλόν, τὸ δὲ ὠφελητι κὸν καὶ αἱρετ̣ὸν ἀγαθόν
凡值得稱讚的乃是美的,而凡有益的、可取的乃是善的。
Now the praiseworthy is the beautiful, while the beneficial and the desirable is the good.
1:226
ἐα´̣ν τ̣ις φάγῃ τὸν ἄρτον τ̣η῀̣ς̣ ζ̣ωῆς τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς̣ ζω̣ῆς καὶ τὰς σάρκας Ἰησοῦ, δείκνυσιν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ ἀγαθὸν καὶ καλ̣όν, λ̣ε´̣γ̣ω δὲ μετερχομένῳ ἀγαθόν
人若吃那生命的糧、那生命樹的果子,以及耶穌的肉,就向自己的靈魂顯出美善的事物——我是說,向那追求善的人而言。
If anyone eats the bread of life, the fruit of the tree of life, and the flesh of Jesus, he shows to his soul something good and beautiful—I mean, to him who pursues the good.
1:227
αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ σπουδαζό μενον ἐ´̣χ̣ε̣ι̣ν̣ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν
那被人熱切追求要擁有的事物本身,就是善。
The very thing that is eagerly sought after to have is a good.
1:228
μὴ γὰρ πᾶς ω̣φ̣ε̣λούμενος ἐπαινεῖται παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων
因為並非每個受益的人都受眾人稱讚。
For not everyone who is benefited is praised by men.
1:229
π̣ο̣λλ̣οὶ γοῦν τῶν φιλοσάρ̣κων οὐκ ἐπαινοῦσ̣ιν οὐδὲ ἀποδέχον̣ ται τὸ τέμνεσθαι ἰατρικῶς καὶ καίεσθαι
誠然,許多貪愛肉體的人,既不稱讚也不接受按醫術受刀割與火烙。
Indeed many who love the flesh neither praise nor accept being cut and cauterized by the physician's art.
1:230
ἀγαθόν ἐστιν, ου̣ καλόν τῷ ὑφισταμένῳ ὠφελείας ἐκ τούτων φέρειν γίνεται
對那承受這些的人而言,從其中得益處乃是善的,雖不是美的。
It is good, though not beautiful, for the one who undergoes it to derive benefit from these things.
1:231
μὴ γὰρ πα῀̣ν ἀγαθὸν κα λὸν καὶ αἱρετ̣όν ἐστιν
因為並非每一件善事都是美的、可取的。
For not every good is beautiful and desirable.
1:232
λέγεται ε̣ι̣ς̣ τ̣ὸ δ̣·····
這是就……而說的。
It is said with regard to ... .
1:233
τ̣ο`̣ ἐπ̣αινεῖσ̣θ̣αι, οὐ μὴν ἀγ̣αθ̣όν ἐστιν
那受人稱讚的——然而這並非善。
The being praised—yet this is not a good.
1:234
ἐν μόχθῳ αυ̣τοῦ, μοχ̣θεῖ υ̣π̣ὸ τὸν ἥλιον
「就是他在日光之下所勞碌的勞苦中。」
'In his toil, in which he toils under the sun.'
1:235
μοχθεῖ πονῶν καὶ κάμνων ὑπὲρ κτήσεως ἀρ̣ετῆς κ̣αὶ ε̣π̣ι̣σ̣τη´̣μης θεί ας
他勞碌,為要得著美德與屬神的知識而辛勞困乏。
He toils, laboring and wearying himself for the acquisition of virtue and of divine knowledge.
1:236
καὶ διὰ τὸ ἁμαρτ̣α´̣νειν̣ ἀπολείπεταί τίς̣ ποτε σο̣φ̣ι´̣α̣ς̣ ··τι τῷ ·····
並且因著犯罪,人有時便缺乏智慧,……。
And because of sinning someone at times falls short of wisdom, ... .
1:237
ἁπλῶς καὶ οὐδὲν ···οντος̣ ·····
單純地,而毫無……。
Simply and ... nothing ... .
1:238
ε̣ὰν οὖν τοιοῦτόν τι ἐσθίῃ καὶ π̣ι´̣νῃ, μοχθεῖ
那麼,他若吃喝這樣的事物,就是勞碌。
If, then, he eats and drinks something of this kind, he toils.
1:239
καὶ κ̣α̣τ̣ὰ τη`̣ν̣ ἀναγωγὴν τὸ αὐτὸ γίνε̣ται δ̣ι̣α`̣ τὸ ἐνδεῆ τροφη῀̣ς̣ ε̣ἰ῀̣ν̣α̣ι̣ καὶ π̣οτοῦε̣ὰν̣ γοῦν οὕτω φά γῃ καὶ διψῇ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἀγαθοσύνην
而按屬靈的引申義,情形也是一樣,因為靈魂需要食物與飲水——倘若他的靈魂如此地飢渴慕義善。
And according to the anagogical sense the same holds true, because the soul is in need of food and drink—if indeed his soul thus hungers and thirsts after goodness.
1:240
ὅσοι γὰρ εὖ μεταχειρίζονται ἀρε τὴν καὶ θέλουσ̣ιν δῆθεν εἶναι φρόνιμοι οὐ δι' αὐτ̣ὸ τὸ καλόν, ἀλλ' ἕνεκα τοῦ νομίζεσθαι εἶναί τ̣ι̣, ἐσθίουσιν μὲν καὶ πίνουσιν, ἀναγιγνώσκουσιν καὶ ἐπιστάνουσιν τοῖς ἀναγνώςμασιν, οὐ δεικνύουσιν δὲ τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτῶν ἀγαθόν
凡善於操練美德、並想要被看為明智的人——不是為著美善本身,乃是為要被看為有些分量——他們固然吃喝、誦讀、專注於所讀之物,卻沒有向自己的靈魂彰顯出善。
For as many as handle virtue well and wish to be thought prudent—not for the sake of the beautiful itself, but for the sake of being reckoned to be something—do indeed eat and drink, read and apply themselves to their readings, yet do not show forth any good to their own soul.
1:241
οὐ γάρ, ὅτι ἀγαθόν ἐστιν, μεταχειρίζονται αὐτό, ἀλλ' ὅτι φέρει αὐτοῖς ἔπαινον·
因為他們操練它並非因它是善的,乃是因它能為他們帶來稱讚。
For they do not handle it because it is good, but because it brings them praise.
1:242
οὐκ ἀγαθόν, ἐὰν μὴ οὕτως ἔχωσιν τὴν ἀρετήν, ὡς δεῖ αὐτὴν ἔχειν
這並非善,除非他們照著應當持守美德的方式來持守它。
It is not good, unless they possess virtue in the way one ought to possess it.
1:243
ἐσθίουσιν μὲν καὶ πίνουσιν τοῦ περισπᾶσθαι
他們吃喝,實在是為了叫自己分心。
They eat indeed and drink for the sake of being distracted.
1:244
ἀριθμὸν ἡμερῶν ζωῆς αὐτοῦ, ὧν ἔδ̣ωκεν αὐτῷ θεός, ὅτι αὐτὸ μερὶς αὐτοῦ
「他一生的年日之數,就是神所賜給他的,因為這是他的分。」
'The number of the days of his life, which God has given him, for this is his portion.'
1:245
τοῦτο λέγει πρὸς τὸ ῥητόν·
這是他就字面的意思而說的。
This he says with regard to the literal sense.
1:246
ἐκ π̣ρ̣ο̣νοίας ἐπεμετρήθη, χρόνος τοῖς ἀνθρώ ποις τῆς ζωῆς·
按神的護理,人生命的年日是被量定的。
By providence the span of life was measured out to men.
1:247
καὶ οἱ μὲν̣ πολλὰ ἔτη ζῶσιν, οἱ δὲ ὀλίγα
有些人活許多年歲,有些人卻活得短少。
And some live many years, others few.
1:248
μακάριον γάρ ἐστιν τὸν ε̣σχηκότα πλοῦτονπρὸς ἐκείνους λέγωἀπολαῦσαι αὐτοῦ ἐν̣ τοῖς πλ̣είστοις ἔτεσιν̣, οἷς ζῇ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ·
因為對那已得財富的人而言——我是指那些人說的——能在他於今生所活的極多年歲中享用它,乃是有福的事。
For it is a blessed thing for the one who has obtained wealth—I speak with reference to those men—to enjoy it in the very many years that he lives in this present life.
1:249
τουτέστιν ἡδὺ αὐτῷ ἐστιν τυχόντα ἐξ ὧν δυ´̣ναται φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν, ἀπολαύειν αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀριθ μ̣ὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ
就是說,他既得了資財,能從所能享有的當中吃喝,並在他一生年日之數中享用它,這對他乃是甜美的。
That is to say, it is pleasant for him, when he has obtained the means, to eat and drink of the things he is able to, and to enjoy it throughout the number of the days of his life.
1:250
οὐχ ἑαυτῷ πολυετὴς ὀλιγοέτης ἦν, κρί σει θεοῦ ἐπεμετρήθη ἑκάστῳ ἔτη̣ τοσάδε
他之為長壽或短命,並非出於他自己;乃是照神的審判,給各人量定了這麼多年歲。
It was not of himself that he was long-lived or short-lived; by God's judgment there was measured out to each so many years.
1:251
τοῦτο οὖν μερὶς αὐτου῀̣ ἐστιν τὸ διὰ βίου ἀπολαύε̣ι̣ν τ̣ῶν ἡδέων, περὶ ὧν πονε̣ῖ καὶ κάμνει
所以這就是他的分:在一生之中享用那些甜美之物,就是他為之辛勞困乏的。
This, then, is his portion: to enjoy throughout life the pleasant things, over which he labors and wearies himself.
1:252
ἐὰν κατὰ ἀναγωγήν, τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ἐὰν πο̣ν̣ήσῃ τις ὑπὲρ κτήσεως τῶν α̣ληθῶς̣ ἀγαθῶν καὶ ἔχῃ αὐτὰ παραμένο̣ντα πάντα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἑαυτου῀̣ βί ον, πρὸς καλοῦ αὐτῷ ἔσται
若按屬靈的引申義來看,他的意思是這樣:人若為得著那真正善的事物而勞苦,並使這些事物存留在他一生的年日之中,這對他必有益處。
If taken according to the anagogical sense, he means this: that if someone labors for the acquisition of the truly good things, and possesses them abiding throughout the whole course of his life, it will be to his benefit.
1:253
με̣τ̣ατεθήσεται γὰρ ἀπὸ ἀρετῆς ε̣ι̣ς̣ ἕτερον τ̣όπον̣, ε̣ι̣ς̣ ἕτερον χωρίο̣ν
因為他必從美德被遷移到另一個地方,到另一境界。
For he will be transferred from virtue to another place, to another region.
1:254
ὅτε̣ ε̣ν̣ τ̣ῇ γραφῇ κεῖται πολυχρονιωτέροις̣ ἐπα̣ι̣νουμένη ψεγομένη̣ ζ̣ωὴ κεῖται ὀλιγοχρονι̣ω̣τέροις, οὐ κατὰ τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον τὸν πρόχειρον τὸν μετρούμενον ὑπὸ η̣λι´̣ου̣ λαμβάνωμεν̣ τ̣α̣ῦτα, ἀλλα`̣ δίκαιοι, φη̣σίν, ποιήσουσιν ἐν̣ πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά
當聖經中把受稱讚的生命歸於那些年日較長的人,或把受責備的生命歸於那些年日較短的人時,我們不要照這由日頭所量、顯而易見的時間來領會這些,乃要如經上所說:「義人必在豐富中度過許多年歲。」
When in Scripture a praised life is set down as belonging to those of longer duration, or a blamed life as belonging to those of shorter duration, let us not take these things according to this obvious time measured by the sun, but rather, as Scripture says, 'the righteous shall make many years in wealth.'
1:255
ἔτη ἀσεβω῀̣ν ὀλιγωθή σ̣ε̣ται
「惟有惡人的年歲必被減少。」
'But the years of the ungodly shall be shortened.'
1:256
οὐ φαίνεται τ̣οῦτο κατὰ τη`̣ν̣ ἱστορίαν
按字面的歷史看,這事並不顯得如此。
This does not appear to be so according to the literal history.
1:257
οὕτω γοῦν λαμβάνομεν αὐτά·
所以我們是這樣來領會這些話的。
Thus, then, we take these words.
1:258
εἰ δίκαιοι πλουτοῦσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά, πλοῦτος αὐτῶν οὗτος φωτισμός ἐστιν
義人若在豐富中富足許多年歲,他們這財富乃是光照。
If the righteous are rich in wealth for many years, this wealth of theirs is illumination.
1:259
δὲ φωτισμὸς ἐπ̣ι̣μετρεῖ αὐτοῖς ἔτη, ἔτη οὐ ταῦτα τὰ ἐξ ἡλίου τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ μετρούμενα̣, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης
而這光照為他們量定年歲——不是那由可見的日頭所量的年歲,乃是由公義的日頭所量的。
And the illumination measures out to them years—not those years measured by the perceptible sun, but by the Sun of righteousness.
1:260
οὕτω γοῦν τὸν τιμήσαντ̣α τὸν πατέ ρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα λέγει εὖ ἔχειν ὅτι ὅτι μακροχρόνιος και`̣ π̣ολυ ήμερός ἐστιν
所以他說,那孝敬父母的人得福,因為他長壽,或甚至度過許多日子。
Thus, then, he says that the one who honors father and mother fares well, because he is long-lived, or even lives many days.
1:261
κ̣αὶ οὐκ εὑρίσκεται τοῦτο ἀδιάπτωτον ἐπὶ τῆς ἱστ̣ορίας
但按字面的歷史看,這事並非毫無例外地成立。
And this is not found to be without exception in the literal history.
1:262
πολλοὶ γοῦν τιμ̣ῶντες γονέας ὠκύμοροι ἐξῆλθ̣ο̣ν ἐκ τ̣οῦ βίου
誠然許多孝敬父母的人,卻早逝離世。
Indeed many who honored their parents departed from life untimely.
1:263
ἐν πλούτῳ π̣οι̣ο̣υ῀̣σιν ἔτη πολλά, τῶν δὲ ἀσεβῶν τὰ ἔτη, κἂν πολυχρόνιον ζωὴν ἐ´̣χωσιν ἐνταῦθα, ὀλιγοῦται
他們在豐富中度過許多年歲;至於惡人的年歲,縱使他們在此有長久的生命,卻被減少。
They make many years in wealth; but the years of the ungodly, even though they have a long-lasting life here, are made few.
1:264
ἔχει τις πλοῦτον ἐν ψε̣υδέσιν νοήμασιν·
有人在虛假的觀念中擁有財富。
Someone has wealth in false notions.
1:265
οὐ παραμενεῖ αὐτῷ φωτί ζο̣ν̣τα̣ μετὰ ταῦτα·
這財富必不存留與他同在,日後也不再照亮。
It will not abide with him, giving light thereafter.
1:266
ὠλιγώθη ἄρα τὰ ἔτη τοῦ οὕτω φωτιζομένου·
所以那如此受光照之人的年歲被減少了。
The years, then, of the one so illumined were made few.
1:267
μέχρι γὰρ τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς ἀπολαύει τοῦ δοκοῦντος φωτισμοῦ·
因為他只在今生享用那看似光照的東西。
For only until the present life does he enjoy the illumination that merely seems to be such.
1:268
οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι καὶ μετὰ τ̣αῦτα ἔχουσιν τὸν φωτισμόν
惟有義人,甚至在此後仍有光照。
But the righteous have the illumination even thereafter.
1:269
ἐκλάμψουσιν γὰρ οἱ δίκαιοι ὡς ἥλιος
「因為義人必發光如同太陽。」
'For the righteous shall shine forth as the sun.'
1:270
ἥλιον τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης λέγει
他所說的「太陽」,是指公義的日頭。
By 'sun' he means the Sun of righteousness.
1:271
καί γε πᾶς ἄνθρωπο̣ς̣, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ θεὸς πλοῦ τον καὶ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ φα γεῖν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ λαβεῖν το`̣ μέρος αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐφρανθῆναι ἐν μόχθ̣ῳ αὐτοῦτοῦτο δόμα θεου῀̣ ἐστιν
「並且凡神賜給他財富、產業,並賜他權柄可以享用、可以取自己的分、可以在勞碌中喜樂的人——這乃是神的恩賜。」
'And indeed every man to whom God has given wealth and possessions and authority over it to eat of it and to receive his portion and to rejoice in his toil—this is a gift of God.'
1:272
ἀνθρώπῳ ἐδόθη πλοῦτος, ἵνα φάγ̣ῃ καὶ εὐφρανθῇ ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ του῀̣το τὸ δό μα ἐκ̣ θ̣εοῦ ἔσχεν
財富賜給人,為要他從中吃用並歡樂,而他是從神領受這恩賜的。
Wealth was given to a man that he might eat and rejoice from it, and he received this gift from God.
1:273
καὶ πολλάκις χρᾶται τῷ δ̣ο´̣ματι καὶ ἀπολαύει τῶν ἐνόν των, ἐνίοτε δὲ ἀποτυγχάν̣ε̣ι̣ τ̣ούτων, πῇ μὲν αὐτὸς διὰ πολ̣λὴν φειδωλίαν μηδὲν πρὸς τὸ ευ̣φραν̣θ̣ῆν̣α̣ι̣ ἀναλίσκων, πῇ δὲ υ̣πὸ ν̣όσου κωλυόμενος ὑπὸ ἄλ̣λη̣ς τινὸς περιστάσεως
他常常運用這恩賜,享用他所擁有的;但有時卻得不著這些——一種是因他自己過度的吝嗇,毫不為自己的享受花費,另一種是被疾病或某種別的境況所攔阻。
And often he uses the gift and enjoys the things he possesses, but sometimes he fails to obtain these—in one case through his own excessive stinginess, spending nothing toward his own enjoyment, and in another case being hindered by sickness or by some other circumstance.
1:274
εἰ ἐ´̣λαβέν τις χρήματα, ἵνα ω̣φελῇ, καὶ τοῦτο ἔδο ξεν εἶναι δόμα θεοῦ
人若領受了錢財,為要行善,這也被算為神的恩賜。
If someone received money in order that he might do good, this too was deemed to be a gift of God.
1:275
δίδωσιν δὲ ··πρὸς τὰς π̣··αι····ς̣ τῶν αἰτουμένων
而他照著求討之人的……而賜下。
And he gives ... according to the ... of those who ask.
1:276
τί ἐστ̣ι̣ν τὸ ἐν μόχθῳ;ἐ´̣καμε̣ν ἐκ̣ μόχθο̣υ
「在勞碌中」是甚麼意思?——我們因勞碌而困乏了。
What is 'in toil'?—We have grown weary from toil.
1:277
εἰ δόμα θεοῦ ἠ῀̣ν; ἔλεγον κ̣αὶ ἀπόσ̣τολος λέγει·
這若是神的恩賜,他們就會說使徒所說的話:
If it were a gift of God, they used to say what the Apostle also says:
1:278
ὅτι πρ̣ο̣ε̣θέμην πολλάκις ἐλθεῖν πρὸς̣ ὑμᾶς
「因為我屢次定意要到你們那裡去。」
'For I often purposed to come to you.'
1:279
δ̣ιὰ τί οὖν; ἵνα̣ τι μεταδῶ ὑμῖν̣ χάρισμα πνευματικόν
那麼是為著甚麼緣故呢?「為要把些屬靈的恩賜分給你們。」
For what reason, then? 'That I might impart to you some spiritual gift.'
1:280
καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐ πάντ̣α τ̣α`̣ δ̣ιδόμενα πνευματικὰ ὑπὸ θεοῦ χαρίσματά εἰσιν
他們又說,並非一切由神所賜、屬乎靈的事物都是恩賜。
And they used to say that not all the things given by God as spiritual are gifts of grace.
1:281
ὅτ̣α̣ν̣ τις λαμβάνῃ λόγον σοφίας, λόγον γ̣νώσεως καὶ ἄλλην τινὰ ἀρετήν, πνευματικὴν χάριν ἔλαβεν·
當一個人領受智慧的言語、知識的言語,或某種其他的德行時,他便領受了屬靈的恩典;
When someone receives a word of wisdom, a word of knowledge, or some other virtue, he has received a spiritual grace;
1:282
οὐ μέντοι, ἐὰν πλοῦτόν τις ὑγίειαν τι τῶν τοιούτων λ̣άβῃ·
然而,若有人領受財富、健康,或諸如此類的事物,情況卻並非如此。
not so, however, if a man receives wealth or health or anything of that kind.
1:283
δο´̣μα μὲν θεοῦ καὶ χ̣άρισμα ἔλαβεν, οὐ πνευματι κὸν δέ
他確實領受了神的賜與和恩賜,但那並不是屬靈的。
He has indeed received a gift of God and a bestowal, yet not a spiritual one.
1:284
κύριος θανατοῖ καὶ ζῳοποιεῖ
耶和華使人死,也使人活。
The Lord puts to death and gives life.
1:285
ἐὰν ζῳοποιῇ, σῖτον, οἶνον, τοῦτο τὸ ζ̣ῇν παρέσχηκεν, οὐ δόμα τι πνευματ̣ικ̣ὸν δέ
祂若使人活,便供給五穀、美酒,就是這現世的生活,但那並不是甚麼屬靈的賜與。
If He gives life, He has furnished grain and wine—this present living—but not any spiritual gift.
1:286
κύριος καθιστᾷ βασιλεῖς καὶ μεθιστᾷ
主設立君王,也廢去君王。
The Lord appoints kings and removes them.
1:287
αἱ ἀρχαὶ αἱ διδόμεναι τοῖς ἡγεμονεύουσιν, οὐ μὴν χαρίς ματα πνευματικά εἰσιν̣
賜給執掌權柄之人的官職,斷不是屬靈的恩賜。
The offices given to those who govern are certainly not spiritual graces.
1:288
καὶ τὸ ὧδε ὂν χάρισμα, η τὸ δόμα, οὐκ ἔστιν πνευματικόν, τὸν αἰσθητὸν καὶ ἀνθ̣ρώπινον
所以那在此世的恩賜,或賜與,並不是屬靈的,而是可感知的、屬乎人的。
And the gift that is here below, or the bestowal, is not spiritual, but perceptible and human.
1:289
καί γε πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἔδωκεν θεός
「並且每一個蒙神所賜的人。」
'And indeed every man to whom God has given.'
1:290
ἔτι τέως τοῦ ῥητοῦ ἔχομαι
目前我暫且仍持守字面的意思。
For the present I still hold to the literal sense.
1:291
ἐὰν ἔχῃ χρήματα πολλά, ἐὰν ἔχῃ μυριάδας σίτου καὶ οἴνους π̣ολλούς, οὐχ ὅλα δύναται φαγεῖν πιεῖν, ἀλλ' ἔχει τι δόμα·
人若有許多錢財,若有無數的五穀和許多的酒,他也不能將這一切吃盡喝盡,卻只有一份可享用的;
If a man has much money, if he has myriads of grain and abundant wine, he cannot eat or drink it all, but he has a certain portion;
1:292
δύναται δέξασθαι, τὴν αὐτάρκη τροφήν, τὴν μέχρι τοῦ κορέσαι, καὶ τὸ πο τὸν ὡσαύτως, τοῦτο μὲν δόμα θεοῦ ἐστιν
就是他所能受用的,即足夠的飲食,直到飽足為止,飲料亦然,這才是神的賜與。
that which he can take in, namely the sufficient nourishment, up to the point of satiety, and likewise his drink—this is a gift of God.
1:293
ἐάν τις οὖν πέρα τοῦ δέοντος ἐσθίῃ πίνῃ, οὐχ ὡς δόμα θεοῦ αὐτὰ ἔχει, ἀλλ' ὡς δόματα ἡδονῆς
所以人若吃喝超過所需,他所有的便不是神的賜與,而是縱慾之樂的賜與了。
If then anyone eats or drinks beyond what is needful, he does not have these as a gift of God, but as gifts of pleasure.
1:294
πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀναγωγὴν οὕτως·
至於那更高的、屬靈提升的意思,則是這樣:
But with regard to the higher, anagogical sense, it is as follows:
1:295
δίδωσιν θεὸς σοφίαν καὶ τὸν ἐν σοφίᾳ πλοῦ τον̣
神賜下智慧,以及智慧中所含的豐富,
God gives wisdom and the wealth that lies in wisdom,
1:296
κ̣α̣ι`̣ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, τὰ θεωρήματα τῆς σοφίας, ἵνα φάγῃ καὶ πίῃ ἄνθρω πος ἀφ' ὧν ἔλαβεν, τὸν ἄρτον τῆς σοφίας, ἵν' τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτῆς, ὃν ἐκέρασεν εἰς κρατῆρα οἶνον
又賜下產業,就是智慧的觀照,使人可以從所領受的享用,吃智慧的餅,好使有智慧的水,以及她所調在盆中的酒。
and the possessions, that is, the contemplations of wisdom, so that a man may eat and drink from what he has received—the bread of wisdom—so that there may be its water, and the wine which it has mixed into the bowl.
1:297
καὶ τοῦτό γε δόμα θεοῦ ἐστιν
這實在也是神的賜與。
And this indeed is a gift of God.
1:298
ἐὰν ὡς δεῖ λάβῃ τὸ πνευματικόν, ἔστιν λοιπὸν τὸ χάρισμα τοῦτο μερὶς αὐτοῦ
人若照著所當領受的領受了屬靈之物,那麼這恩賜此後便成為他的分。
If a man receives the spiritual gift as he ought, then this grace becomes his portion.
1:299
οἰ῀̣δας, ὅτι τὰ μέρη κυρίως κατὰ ἀναλογίαν δίδονται
你知道那些分乃是按著相稱的比例分配的。
You know that portions are properly given according to proportion.
1:300
οὐ πᾶς ἔχων ταύτην, ἣν εἶπον, κτῆσιν καὶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα τὰ ἀλληγορούμενα καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον, οὕτως ἔχει ὡς ἄλλος, ἀλλ' ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν δύνα μιν ἐπιμερ̣ι´̣ζ̣ε̣ται
並非凡有我所說的這產業,就是那被寓意的財物與財富的人,都像別人一樣領有它,乃是按著各人的能力分給各人。
Not everyone who has this possession of which I spoke—the goods that are allegorized and the wealth—holds it as another does, but to each it is apportioned according to his capacity.
1:301
ἐὰν οὖν ἀθλοθέτης παρέχῃ τρο̣φὰς ἀθληταῖς καὶ τοῖς περὶ ἀ῀̣θλ̣ονἔχ̣ει γὰρ καὶ ἄλλους ὡσανεὶ δορυφόρουςἑκάστῳ κατὰ ἀναλογίαν δίδωσι̣ν, ἀ´̣λ̣λ̣ῳ μὲν ἀθλητῇ λι κρέως λίτρας ἑπτάκαὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ δόμ̣α αὐτοῦἄλλῳ τέτταρα·
譬如競賽的主辦者供給選手和參賽者飲食,因他還有別人,好像是他的隨從,他便按比例分給各人,給這選手七磅肉,這就是他的賜與,給另一位四磅;
For if a steward of the games provides food to the athletes and to those about the contest—for he has others too, as it were his attendants—he gives to each according to proportion: to one athlete seven pounds of meat—and this is his gift—to another four;
1:302
καὶ τῷ μὴ ἀθλοῦντ̣ι̣ δ̣ι´̣δωσιν δύο
又給那不參賽的兩磅。
and to the one not contending he gives two.
1:303
δ̣ο´̣μ̣α οὖν̣ ἑκάστῳ δίδοται πρ̣ο`̣ς τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ἕξιν α̣ὐ τοῦ
所以賜與是按著各人的能力和狀態分給各人的。
A gift, then, is given to each according to his capacity and his condition.
1:304
οὕτω καὶ παραβολὴ τῶν ταλάντων ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ γέγονεν
福音書中那按才幹受託銀子的比喻也是如此。
So too has the parable of the talents come to be in the Gospel.
1:305
δέδω κεν ἑκάστῳ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ τὰ θητ̣ικὰ αὐτοῦ ἀργύρια, ἑκάστῳ κα τὰ τη`̣ν ἰδίαν δύναμιν, τῷ μὲν πέντε, τῷ δὲ δύο, τῷ δὲ ἕν
他將他那生利的銀子交給他的僕人,按各人的才幹,給這人五千,那人二千,另一人一千。
He gave to each of his servants his silver put out to work, to each according to his own capacity: to one five, to another two, to another one.
1:306
ἐπειδὴ δὲ πώς ποτε χρᾶται λε´̣ξει ἀνθρωπικωτέρᾳ, οἶδας ὅτι εἰσὶν εἰς ε̣υ̣ωχίας αἰσθητὰς καλούμενοι οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ μόνον φαγεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ λύπας ἆραι·
既然他有時使用較為屬人的說法,你便知道,人受邀赴那可感知的筵席,不僅是為了吃喝,也是為了消除憂愁;
And since he somehow makes use of rather human language, you know that there are those who are invited to perceptible feasts, not only for eating, but also for lifting away their sorrows;
1:307
καὶ ταῦτα οὖν τὰ πνευματικὰ τροφεῖα
所以這些也就是屬靈的滋養。
these too, then, are the spiritual nourishments.
1:308
καὶ λαμβάνει τις ε̣ὐφρανθῆναι καὶ μέρος λαμβάνει, ἵν̣α παραμένῃ αὐ τῷ
人領受了喜樂,也領受了一分,使這喜樂常存於他。
And a man receives gladness and receives a portion, that it may abide with him.
1:309
οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῆς ε̣π' ὀλίγον προ̣σβολῆς μόνης εὐφραίνεται καὶ τρέφεται καὶ πίνει, ἀλλὰ καὶ παραμονίμως
他不只是從那短暫片刻的觸及而歡喜、得餵養、得飲,乃是持久不斷地如此。
Not only from a brief and momentary encounter alone does he rejoice and is nourished and drinks, but abidingly.
1:310
πίνων ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς καὶ τοῦ ὕδατος, οὗ Ἰησοῦς δίδωσιν, καὶ μένει αὐτῷ
他喝耶穌所賜的泉源和活水,這水便存留在他裡面。
Drinking from the spring and the water which Jesus gives, and it abides with him.
1:311
ἔχε̣ι γ̣α`̣ρ ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενομένην εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον πηγήν
因為他在自己裡面有一泉源,湧流成為永生。
For he has within himself a spring that has become in him unto life eternal.
1:312
διάνοιξον το̣ὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου καὶ ἐνπλήσθητι ἄρτων
睜開你的眼睛,你必得飽足,有餅充飢。
Open your eyes and be filled with bread.
1:313
διοίγων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου πλησ̣θήσεται ἄρτων
凡開了裡面之人眼睛的,必得飽足,有餅充飢。
He who opens the eyes of the inner man shall be filled with bread.
1:314
καὶ οἱ ἄρτοι οὖν οὕτω μένουσιν ὡς πηγὴ ἀλλομένη εἰς ζωη`̣ν α̣ι̣ώνιον
所以這餅也照樣存留,如同那湧流到永生的泉源。
And so the loaves too abide, like the spring that leaps up unto life eternal.
1:315
γέγονεν δὲ και`̣ ἐφ̣' ἱστορίᾳ χρησίμως τοῦτο, ὅτε ὀλίγην δραχμὴν ἔχου σα ἀλεύρου χήρα ἐν Σάραπτε τῆς Σιδωνίας θρέψασα καὶ τὸν Ἠλίου ν ἐ´̣σ̣χ̣εν ἐκείνην ἀνέκλειπτον, ἕως οὗ εὐθηνία ἐξ ὑετοῦ γεγένηται
這事在歷史的層面上也有益地成就了,就是那西頓撒勒法的寡婦,只有一小把麵粉,卻養活了自己和以利亞,並且那麵粉存留不竭,直到雨降下、豐裕來到之時。
And this came to pass usefully also in the historical sense, when the widow at Zarephath of Sidon, having but a little handful of flour, nourished both herself and Elijah, and had that supply unfailing, until abundance came from the rain.
1:316
ὅτι οὐ πολλα`̣ μ̣νησθήσεται τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι θεὸς περισπᾷ αὐτὸν ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ καρδίας αὐτοῦ
他不多思念自己一生的年日,因為神使他忙於心中的喜樂。
That he will not much call to mind the days of his life, because God keeps him occupied in the gladness of his heart.
1:317
ἔδ̣ει ἐν τῇ ἡμε´̣ρᾳ τῆς ζωῆς πολλὰ μνημονεύειν τὰ μετὰ τα̣ῦτα, τὰ διαδε̣ο´̣ μ̣ε̣ν̣α̣, ὅτι τοῖς ἐνταῦθα σπουδαζομένοις ἐπιγίνεταί τ̣ινα μείζονα
在有生之日,理當多多記念此後的事,就是那接續而來的事,因為對於在此殷勤努力的人,必有某些更大的事臨到。
It was needful, in the day of life, to call much to mind the things that come after, the things that follow in succession, because for those who are diligent about the things here there come to be certain greater things.
1:318
οὐ πολ λὰ οὖν μνημονεύει, ἀλλὰ μέχρι τοῦ π̣άροντος ἔχει τὴν ἐλπίδα λέγων·
所以他並不多加記念,反倒只將盼望停留在眼前,說:
He does not, then, call much to mind, but holds his hope only up to the present, saying:
1:319
φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμ̣ε̣ν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν
「我們吃喝吧,因為明天就要死了。」
'Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die.'
1:320
τοῦτο οὖν ὅτι θεὸς περισπᾷ αὐτόν; περισπᾷ ἐν τούτοις, ἐπεὶ τὰ προηγούμενα οὐ θέλει κτήσασθαι, οὐδὲ πονεῖ περὶ ἀναλήμψεως αὐτῶν
那麼,這就是神使他忙碌的緣故嗎?神使他忙於這些事,因為他不肯獲取那更首要的事物,也不肯為得著它們而勞苦。
This, then, is why God keeps him occupied? He keeps him occupied in these things, since he is unwilling to acquire the things that are of first importance, nor does he take pains for their attainment.
1:321
ὅπως μὴ ἀκίνητος ψυχὴ γένηται, δίδοται αὐτῇ ἄλλα
為要使靈魂不至陷於停滯不動,便將別的事物賜給它。
In order that the soul may not become motionless, other things are given to it.
1:322
εἶπον δὲ τ̣οῦτ̣ο̣ ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ βιβλίου, ὅτε εἰχόμη̣ν̣·
我在本書的開頭講論時已經說過這話:
I said this at the beginning of the book, when I was holding forth:
1:323
περισπασμὸν πονηρὸν ἔδωκεν θεός
神已賜下一項勞苦的操勞。
God has given an evil occupation.
1:324
ὅτι οὐ πολλὰ μνημονεύει τ̣ὰς̣ ἡμέρας̣ τ̣ῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι θεὸς περ̣ισπ̣ᾷ αὐτὸν ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ καρ̣δι´̣ας α̣υ̣του῀̣
他不多思念自己一生的年日,因為神使他忙於心中的喜樂。
That he will not much call to mind the days of his life, because God keeps him occupied in the gladness of his heart.
1:325
κυρ̣ίως καὶ ἀληθῶς ζωη`̣ τ̣ο̣υ῀̣τ̣ο̣ τ̣ὸ κ̣ατ̣α`̣ φιλοσοφίαν καὶ ἀρετήν ε̣σ̣τ̣ιν ζῆν
那真正而本然的生命,就是照著智慧與德行而活。
The true and proper life is this: to live according to wisdom and virtue.
1:326
οὐ πολλὰ δὲ μνημο̣ν̣ε̣υ´̣ο̣υσιν ο̣ἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὐ περὶ πολλοῦ του῀̣το ποιοῦσιν·
然而世人並不多加記念,也不看重這事;
But men do not call much to mind, nor do they make much account of this;
1:327
τοῖς περισπ̣ῶσιν καὶ τὰ ἥδ̣ε̣α̣ φέρουσιν ἐπιστάνουσιν μόνοις κα̣ὶ συνάγουσιν, μόνα περὶ ταῦτα σπ̣ουδ̣άζουσιν
他們只專注於那些使他們忙碌並帶來歡愉的事,以及所積聚之物,唯獨為這些殷勤勞碌。
they attend only to the things that keep them occupied and bring them pleasures, and to what they gather up; about these alone are they diligent.
1:328
ἔδει δὲ πολλὰ μνηςθῆ ναι π····
但理當多多記念……
But it was needful to call much to mind ...
1:329
τῶν ἐνόντων τὰ ἐσόμενα τῇ ζωῇ ἑαυτοῦ τῇ ἀληθῶς
在現有的事物中,那些將屬於他真正稱得上生命的事。
of the things present, the things that are to be for his life truly so called.
1:330
καὶ ὧδε οὖν κοι̣νή ἐστιν ζωὴ καθ' ἣν αἰσθανόμεθα, καθ' ἣν συνε ζευγμένην ἔχομεν τὴν ψυχ̣ὴν τῷ σώματι καὶ καθ' ἣν κινεῖται καὶ αἰσθ̣ητι κῶς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα
所以在此也有一種共有的生命,藉此我們有知覺,藉此我們有靈魂與身體相連結,並且無理性的走獸也照樣藉此活動、有知覺。
And here, then, there is a common life according to which we perceive, according to which we have the soul yoked to the body, and according to which the irrational animals also move and perceive.
1:331
ἰδία δε`̣ το̣υ῀̣ ἀνθρώπου ἐστὶν κατὰ λόγον καὶ θεωρίαν θεϊκήν
但人所特有的,乃是那照著理性與屬神觀照的生命。
But proper to man is the life according to reason and divine contemplation.
1:332
ταύτης οὐ μέμ̣νηται; οὐ μέμνηται τῶν συντελούντων εἰς ταύτην τὴν ζωήν, ἐὰν μάταιόν̣ τι ἔχῃ
他難道不思念這生命嗎?他若有甚麼虛妄的事,便不記念那些有助於此生命的事。
Of this he takes no thought? He does not call to mind the things that contribute to this life, if he has anything vain.
1:333
πάλιν ὧδε καρδία ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἀληθῶς νοῦς ο̣ ὁρῶν τὸν θεόν
在此,心對我們而言又是那看見神的真正心智。
Again here, the heart is for us the true mind that sees God.
1:334
ἀμέλει γοῦν ἅγιος ἐν παρρησίᾳ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λέγει·
確實,那聖徒坦然無懼地對神說:
In fact, then, the holy one says with boldness to God:
1:335
οὐκ ἐκολλήθη μοι καρ δία σκανβή
「乖僻的心必不黏附我。」
'A crooked heart did not cleave to me.'
1:336
πάλιν ἄλλοι ἔχουσιν καρδίας σαρκίνας, ἐν αἷς γράφει τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος
另一方面,還有人有屬肉的心,在其上有永生神的靈書寫。
Again, others have hearts of flesh, on which the Spirit of the living God writes.
1:337
σαρκίνας δὲ λέγει τὰς εὐείκτους, τὰς τα χέως δεχομένας τὴν γραφὴν του῀̣ πνεύματος
他所說「屬肉的」,是指那柔順的心,就是迅速領受聖靈書寫的心。
By 'of flesh' he means the pliable ones, those that swiftly receive the writing of the Spirit.
1:338
δύναται δὲ καὶἐαν ὑπὸ τῶν† κατὰ τὸ ῥητόν, ὥστε τὴν αὑτοῦ καρδίαν εὐφραι´̣νει
也可能是†倘若被那些†按字面的意思,使他喜悅自己的心。
It is also possible † if by those † according to the literal sense, so that he gladdens his own heart.
1:339
εἵλατο γὰρ καρδίαν ἔχειν θηρεύουσαν ἡδονάς
因為他寧願有一顆追逐宴樂的心。
For he chose to have a heart that hunts after pleasures.
1:340
δεῖ τοὺς λόγους̣ π̣ρὸς τοὺς λέγοντας ἐκλαμβάνειν
人必須參照說話者來領會言語。
One must interpret words with reference to those who speak them.
1:341
εἰ σοφός ἐστιν λέ γων, σοφῶς αὐτῶν ἀκούειν δεῖ
說話的若是智慧人,就當智慧地聽他。
If the one speaking is wise, one must hear him wisely.
1:342
εἰ σοφὸς ὢν προσωποποιεῖται καὶ ἕτερον πρόσωπον καὶ κατάλληλον φέρει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ, ὁμιλίαν δεῖ πάλιν ἐκεί νου ἀκοῦσαι
他若身為智者卻扮演一個角色,戴上另一個與那人相稱的面具,就當再按那角色來聽他的言談。
If, being wise, he assumes a persona and puts on another character suited to that man, one must again hear the discourse of that person.
1:343
ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς ἀπόστολος λέγ̣ε̣ι·
因為使徒自己說:
Since the Apostle himself says:
1:344
κἂν φάγωμεν, κἂν πίωμεν, οὔτε ὑστερούμεθα οὔτε π̣ε̣ρ̣ι̣σσεύομεν, Χριστιανοί ἐσμεν σοφοὶ δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ, οὐκ ἔχομεν προσθήκην ἀφαίρεσιν ἐκ τοῦ φαγεῖν ἔτι τ̣ι
「我們或吃或喝,既不缺甚麼,也不多甚麼;因為既然我們是基督徒、或是有智慧的、或是基督的僕人,多吃了甚麼,對我們既無增益,也無虧損。」
'Whether we eat or whether we drink, we are neither the worse off nor the better; inasmuch as we are Christians, or wise, or servants of Christ, we have no addition or diminution from eating anything further.'
1:345
φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν, ο̣ αὐτός ἐστιν γράφων, αὐτός ἐστιν λέγων, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀπὸ ἰδίου π̣ροσώ που, οὐχ ὡς ἀπόστολος λέγει, ἀλλὰ πρόσωπον ἐδέξατο τῶν λεγόντων, ὅτι πέρα τοῦ πάρο̣ν̣τος βίου τούτου οὐκ ἔστιν μετὰ ταῦτα ζωή
「我們吃喝吧,因為明天就要死了」,說這話的是同一位執筆者,是同一位發言者,但這話並非出於他自己的身分,也不是他以使徒的身分所說的,而是他採用了那些人的面具,就是那些說「除了今生之外,此後別無生命」的人。
'Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die'—it is the same one who writes, the same one who speaks, yet not from his own persona, not as an apostle does he say it, but he took on the persona of those who say that beyond this present life there is no life to come.
1:346
ἔστ̣ι̣ν̣ πονηρία, ἣν εἶδον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ πο̣λ̣λ̣η´̣ ἐστιν παρὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον·
有一件禍患,是我在日光之下所見的,並且在人間甚為普遍:
There is an evil which I saw under the sun, and it is prevalent among men:
1:347
ἀνήρ, δώσει αὐτῷ θεὸς πλοῦτον καὶ ὑπάρχοντ̣α καὶ δόξαν
就是一個人,神賜給他財富、產業和尊榮,
a man to whom God will give wealth and possessions and honour,
1:348
ταύταις κ̣ατ̣έχεται πονηρίαις·
他卻被這些禍患所轄制;
he is held fast by these evils;
1:349
καὶ ταύτην εἶδον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον̣ κ̣α̣ὶ μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς α̣ν̣θρώποις π̣ε̣ρ̣ισσε̣ύει
這事我也在日光之下看見了,並且在人間尤其充斥。
and this too I saw under the sun, and it especially abounds among men.
1:350
καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ἔστιν διαφορὰν εὑρεῖν·
在無理性的走獸中,人也能找到分別;
And among the irrational animals too one may find a distinction;
1:351
οὐ πάντες οἱ ἵπποι οὕτω φιλοκαλοῦνται ὡς ο̣ἱ εἰς ἀγῶνας εἰς πολέμους παριστα´̣μενοι
並非所有的馬都受到如此細心的照料,惟有那些被派去參加競賽或作戰的馬才如此。
Not all horses are so lavished with grooming as those set apart for the games or for wars.
1:352
καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὄνων καὶ κυνῶν ὁμοίως
在驢和狗的身上也是同樣的情形。
And it is the same in the case of asses and dogs.
1:353
πολλὴ δέ ἐστιν διαφορὰ περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον
然而在人的身上,這差別卻是極大的。
But great is the difference in the case of man.
1:354
ἐκεῖνα μὲν γὰρ ἀλλοίως ἔχουσιν
因為那些牲畜的情況乃是另一回事。
For those creatures are otherwise disposed.
1:355
τὸ οὕτως ἀναπαύεσθαι ·····εια ἐστιν ἐκκα·ο̣υ̣μένη
如此得享安息……乃是那被點燃的〔心靈〕。
To find rest in this manner ... it is the [soul?] that is kindled.
1:356
ὧδε δὲ προαίρεσίς ἐστιν προαίρεσις περισπω̣μένη, προαίρεσις οὐ δυνα μένη κρῖναι τὰ ὠφελοῦντα καὶ μὴ ὠφελοῦντα·
但在此處所涉及的乃是抉擇——一個被紛擾牽扯的抉擇,一個無法分辨何為有益、何為無益之事的抉擇。
But here it is a matter of choice — a choice distracted, a choice unable to discern between the things that profit and the things that do not profit.
1:357
παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώ πους, ὅτι ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων καταδύεται, ἐξ ἀδοίας καὶ πενίας
與眾人相反,因為他被相反的事物所沉沒——被羞辱與貧窮所沉沒。
In contrast to men, because he is sunk by opposite things — by dishonour and by poverty.
1:358
μεγάλη οὖν ἐστιν, ἐπε̣ι`̣ τῇ π̣ροαιρέσει λαμβάνεται
因此這是一件大事,既然它是憑著抉擇之能而被把握的。
It is therefore a great thing, since it is grasped by the power of choice.
1:359
δοκεῖ δὲ λαμβάνειν τὸ οὐδ' εὐποιοῦν οὐδὲ κακοῦν·
但它似乎是取用那既不行善也不行惡之物。
But it seems to take up that which neither does good nor does harm.
1:360
κάκωσιν δὲ ταύτην, ἣν δύναταί τις λαβεῖν, οὐ φέρει
然而這一個人所能承受的苦難,他卻承擔不起。
Yet this affliction, which one is able to receive, he does not bear.
1:361
ἐὰν ἔχῃ λογισμὸν ὀρθόν, δ̣ο̣κεῖ παρὰ τὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων γένος ἔχειν τι προὔ χον ἀνήρ
他若擁有正確的理性,這人就被看為在全人類之上擁有某種超越之處。
If he has right reasoning, the man is seen to possess something surpassing, above the whole race of mankind.
1:362
οὐχ οὕτω ἐστὶν η̣ γυνὴ ὡς ἀνήρ, οὐχ οὕτως παῖς ὡς εἰς ἄνδρα ἐληλυθω´̣ς
婦人不像男人那樣,孩童也不像那已長成男子的人那樣。
The woman is not such as the man, nor is the child such as one who has come to full manhood.
1:363
εἰ τοίνυν ἀνὴρ ταῦτα καλῶς φέρει, πολλῷ πλέον οἱ ὑπο δεέστεροι τοῦ ἀνδρός
那麼,倘若一個男子高尚地承受這些事,那些比男子低下的人就更當如此了。
If, then, a man bears these things nobly, much more do those inferior to the man.
1:364
ἔστιν, φησίν, αὐτῷ πλοῦτος καὶ δόξα, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐκ τούτων πλέον ἔχει
經上說,他擁有財富與榮耀,卻從這些之中得不著甚麼益處。
He has, it says, riches and glory, and gains nothing more from these.
1:365
ἐνῆν ἔχειν πλέον ἐξ αὐτῶν
本來是可以從它們得著更多的。
It was possible to gain more from them.
1:366
σοφός, ἐὰν ἔχῃ πλοῦτον, ἑτέρως χρᾶται τῷ πλούτῳ πολὺς ἄνθρωπος·
智慧人若有財富,他運用財富的方式與一般人不同。
The wise man, if he has wealth, uses his wealth otherwise than the common man does.
1:367
δόξαν ἔχων, οὐ μέγα φρονεῖ ἐπὶ τῇ δόξῃ, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνεπικοσμεῖ αὐτη´̣ν
有榮耀的人不因自己的榮耀而自高,反倒使它更增光彩。
He who has glory is not proud on account of his glory, but rather adorns it still further.
1:368
ἔσχεν ποτὲ δόξαν Ἰωσήφ, καὶ συνεπεκόσμησεν αὐτὴν ἰδία ἀρετή
約瑟曾經有過榮耀,他自己的美德又使那榮耀更加增彩。
Joseph once had glory, and his own virtue further adorned it.
1:369
καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι σοφο̣ι`̣ κ̣α̣θ' ἡμᾶς τοῦτ̣ο ἐποίησαν
在我們中間其他的智慧人也做過同樣的事。
And the other wise men among us did this same thing.
1:370
μέντοι κεχηνὼς περὶ τὰ τείχη καὶ ἄλλως τῶν προσκαίρων κ̣ἀ`̣ν̣ καὶ ὀλίγα φροντ̣ίσας, ἐκεῖνος ἐν τούτοις ναυαγεῖ·
但那對城牆張口凝望、又貪戀種種短暫之物、卻對它們少加思量的人,那人就在這些事上遭遇船破。
But he who stands gaping after walls and otherwise after transient things, and gives little thought even to them — that man suffers shipwreck in these things.
1:371
καὶ ἐν τοῖς ναυαγίοις οὐδὲ πενι´̣αν καλῶς φέρει οὐδὲ πλοῦτον ο̣ὐδὲ δόξαν·
在這些船破之中,他既不能高尚地承受貧窮,也不能承受財富,也不能承受榮耀。
And amid these shipwrecks he bears neither poverty nobly, nor wealth, nor glory.
1:372
ἐξ οὗ παρίσταται ταῦτα τῷ ι̣δ̣ίῳ λόγῳ ὄντα ἀδια´̣φορα
由此便顯明,這些事物就其本性而言乃是中性無別的。
From which it is established that these things are, in their own nature, indifferent.
1:373
εἰ γὰρ δύνα̣ταί τις αὐτοῖς εὖ χρη´̣σασθαι καὶ χειρόνως, τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ οὔτε̣ ἀγαθὰ οὔτε κακά ε̣ἰσιν
因為人若能善用它們,也能惡用它們,那麼就其本性而言,它們既非善也非惡。
For if one is able to use them well and also worse, then in their own nature they are neither good nor bad.
1:374
δύνα̣νται μέν τοι̣ χρῆσιν ἔχειν ἀγαθὴν καὶ χρῆσιν ἐπίλημπτον, λημ̣π̣τὴν καὶ ψεγομένην
它們的確可以有美好的用法,也可以有可責的用法,一種當受指摘、當受非議的用法。
They can indeed admit of a good use and a blameworthy use, one that is culpable and reproved.
1:375
καὶ οὐ θαυμαστόν, εἰ ἡμεῖς τοῦτο λέγομεν
我們若說這話,也不足為奇。
And it is no wonder if we say this.
1:376
καὶ Αἰγύπτιος ἐκεῖν̣ο̣ς ὃν λέγουσιν, Τρισμέγιστος λέγει, ὅτι οὐ λύει τὴν εἱμαρμένην σο φός·
因為連他們所提及的那位埃及人——即三重偉大者〔崔斯墨吉斯忒斯〕——也說,智慧人不能解開命運的束縛。
For even that Egyptian of whom they speak, Trismegistus, says that the wise man does not loose the bond of fate.
1:377
ο̣υ̣κ̣ ἐ´̣στιν ὑπ̣ο`̣ τ̣η`̣ν̣ α̣ν̣άγκην, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τὸν κόσμον ἔστιν, ἀλλὰ ἄνω γέγο̣νεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἄνω γέγ̣ον̣εν δι̣α´̣νοια τῶν φαινομένων
他不在必然之下,也不在世界之下,反倒升到了諸天之上;智慧人的心思已升到那可見之物之上。
He is not under necessity, nor is he under the cosmos, but has risen above the heaven; the mind of the wise has come above the things that appear.
1:378
τοὺς ἀγελαίους οὖν ἀνθρώπους λέγουσιν ὑπ' αὐτὴν εἶναι
他們說,那平庸的眾人乃是伏在它之下。
The common herd of men, then, they say are under it.
1:379
οὖν ὑπεραναβε βηκὼς τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον κα̣ὶ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν·
那麼,那已升越人間生活、並能說出下面這話的人:
He, then, who has ascended above the human life and is able to say:
1:380
σκοπῶ οὐ τὰ φαι νόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα τῷ τὰ φαινόμενα πρόσκαιρα εἶναι, αἰώ νια δὲ τὰ μὴ φαινόμενα, οὐκ ἀρρωστεῖ ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ πλοῦτος αὐτὸν ἐπαίρει ου̣δὲ πενία καταδύει, οὐκ ἐξ ἀδοξίας δοκεῖ μέγα κακὸν κε κτῆσθαι
「我所顧念的不是那看得見的,乃是那看不見的」——因為所看得見的是暫時的,所看不見的才是永遠的——那人在這些事上並不衰弱,財富不使他自高,貧窮也不使他沉沒,他也不因羞辱而覺得自己遭了大禍。
'I look not upon the things that appear, but upon the things that are not seen' — because the things that appear are transient, while the things not seen are eternal — that man does not sicken in these things, neither does wealth exalt him nor poverty sink him, nor because of dishonour does he seem to have gotten a great evil.
1:381
ἐκ δὲ τιμῆς καὶ εὐκλείας τῆς παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς οὐδε`̣ν̣ νομί ζει ἔχειν
至於那從眾人而來的尊榮與美名,他也算為自己一無所有。
And from the honour and good repute that come from the many he reckons that he possesses nothing.
1:382
τὴν ἀναγωγήν; εἰσὶν πλουτοῦντες καὶ δοξαζομένοι ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν καταργουμένων
那高升麼?有些人在這世代的智慧裡、在那將要歸於無有的執政者的智慧裡,既富足又得榮耀。
The exaltation? There are those who are rich and glorified in the wisdom of this age and of the rulers who are being brought to nought.
1:383
οὗτοι οὐ δεόντως χρῶνται οὐδὲ τῇ δόξῃ οὐδὲ τῇ φρονήσει
這等人既不正當地運用自己的榮耀,也不正當地運用自己的聰明。
These do not use rightly either their glory or their prudence.
1:384
καὶ διὰ τ̣οῦτο ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ μεγάλῃ ἐξετάζονται
也因此他們被查驗出犯了大罪。
And on this account they are found guilty of great sin.
1:385
γὰρ σοφός, κἂν λείπηταί τινος τούτ̣ων, μεγαλοψύχως φέρων, οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπὸ πονηρίαν·
因為智慧人縱然缺少這些事物中的某一樣,他寬宏大量地承受,就不在邪惡的權下。
For the wise man, even if he lacks something of these things, bearing it magnanimously, is not under wickedness.
1:386
ὅλως οὐ νοσεῖ καὶ ὑγιαίνων ἐστίν, κατὰ ἀρετὴν ὑγιαίνει
他絲毫不患病,反倒是健康的;他是照著美德而健康。
He is not sick at all but is in health; he is healthy according to virtue.
1:387
πλοῦτον καὶ ὑπάρχοντα οὕτω ἄκουε·
你要如此領會「財富」與「產業」:
Understand 'wealth' and 'possessions' thus:
1:388
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ὑπάρχοντα λέγεται τὰ κινητ̣α´̣·
「產業」多半是指可移動的財物而言。
for the most part 'possessions' are said of movable goods.
1:389
οὐ μόνον δὲ ταῦτα οὗτος κέ κτηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλοῦτον τὸν ἐν περιουσίᾳ, τὸν ἐν κτήμασιν, ἐν χωρί οις, ἐν οἰκίαις
而這人所擁有的不僅是這些,還有那存於豐盈之中、存於資產、田地、房舍之中的財富。
And this man possesses not only these, but also wealth that lies in abundance, in properties, in lands, in houses.
1:390
πρὸς τῷ πλούτῳ οὖν και`̣ τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν καὶ δόξα αὐτῷ δέ δοται
所以,除了他的財富與產業之外,榮耀也賜給了他。
In addition, then, to his wealth and his possessions, glory too has been given him.
1:391
πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν εἴρηται, ὅτι πολλάκις τις ἐν ψευδωνύμῳ γνώσει καὶ ἐπὶ δόξῃ δοξάζεται καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις μεγαφρονῶν, ὅτι σοφός ἐστιν, ὅτι δοκεῖ συνετὸς εἶναι καὶ οὐκ ἐξουσιάζεται ἐν τούτοις·
但就心思而言,經上說:常有人在那假冒為知識的知識裡、又在榮耀裡得著誇耀,並因這些事而心高氣傲——以為自己有智慧,以為自己顯得聰明——卻沒有得著支配這些事的權柄。
But with respect to the mind it is said that often someone is glorified in a knowledge falsely so called and upon glory, and being high-minded on these accounts — that he is wise, that he seems to be intelligent — yet he is not given authority over them.
1:392
ἐνίοτε ὧν θέλει ἀπο τυγχ̣α´̣νει
有時他所想望的事竟落了空。
Sometimes he fails of the things he wills.
1:393
καὶ δοκεῖ οὐδὲν αὐτοῦ ὑστερεῖν τῇ ψυχῇ, νομίζει πάντα πλοῦτον ψυχικὸν κεκτῆσθαι, πᾶσαν δόξαν, καὶ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν τοῦ χρήσασθαι αὐτοῖς
他似乎在自己的心靈裡一無所缺;他自以為擁有一切屬靈的財富、一切榮耀,卻沒有權柄去運用它們。
And he seems to lack nothing in his soul; he reckons that he possesses all wealth of soul, all glory, yet he has no authority to make use of them.
1:394
λαβέ μοί τ̣ινα λαβόντα ἀρχὴν μεγάλην, περιπεσόντα δὲ κακώσει, ὥστε πρόϊτον ε̣ἶν̣αι·
你且看那領受了高位、卻陷入禍患、以致寸步難行的人:
Take me the case of someone who has received a high office, but has fallen into misfortune, so as to be prevented from going forward:
1:395
οὐ χρᾶται τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τῆς ἀρχῆς
他無從運用他那職位的權柄。
he does not make use of the authority of his office.
1:396
καὶ ἔγνωμεν γοῦν ἡμεῖς πολλάκις το̣ι̣ο̣υ´̣τους
而我們自己也確實常常認識這樣的人。
And indeed we ourselves have often known such men.
1:397
ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἄνθρωπον πλουτοῦντα, ὡς εἴρηται κατ' ἀλληγορίαν, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν πλέον τι
人可以找到一個富足的人,正如按寓意所說的那樣,然而他們卻一無所增。
One may find a man who is rich, as has been said by way of allegory, and yet they have nothing more.
1:398
οὐδεὶς αὐτοὺς ἀποδέχεται, οὐδεὶς ἐπαιν̣ε̣ι῀̣, ου̣ φε´̣ρ̣ουσιν ὄνησιν
無人接納他們,無人稱讚他們,他們也帶不來甚麼益處。
No one welcomes them, no one praises them, they bring no benefit.
1:399
ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ τοιούτους ἀνθρώπους ἔγν̣ωμεν πολλὰ ἐπιστ̣α̣μ̣ε´̣νους·
然而我們也認識這樣的人,他們通曉許多事:
But we have known also such men who understood many things:
1:400
θεωροῦντες ὡς δεῖ καὶ τίποτε, καὶ ὣς̣ α̣η δεῖς εἰσιν
他們明察當如何行、何事合宜,卻又是何等令人生厭。
beholding how one ought to act and what is fitting, and yet how disagreeable they are.
1:401
καὶ οὐκ̣ ἔστιν ὑστερῶν τῇ ψυ̣χῇ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων, ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ, καὶ οὐκ̣ ἐξουσιάσει αὐτῷ θεὸς φαγεῖν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ
「他心裡所願的一切,一無所缺,神卻不使他有權柄從其中取用。」
'And there is nothing lacking to his soul of all that he desires, yet God will not give him authority to eat of it.'
1:402
ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ οὐδὲν πρόσεστιν αὐτῷ
他所渴慕的事物,沒有一樣臨到他身上。
Of the things he desires, none is present to him.
1:403
τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι θεὸς οὐ δέδω κεν αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν, εἰ καὶ ὣς β̣ούλεται χ̣ρήσασθαι αὐτοῖς̣, ὅτι οὐ καλῶς̣ μετέρχεται τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν̣
這話的意思是:神沒有賜給他權柄,好照自己所願的去運用它們,因為他追求自己所欲望之事的方式並不正當。
This it means: that God has not given him authority, even so, to use them as he wills, because he does not rightly pursue his desire.
1:404
ὧδε πλούσιος μετὰ Λαζάρου μνημονευόμενος εἶχε πάντα, κ̣α̣ὶ ὑπ άρχον̣τα καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν
在此,那與拉撒路一同被提及的財主樣樣都有——產業、財富、榮耀都有。
Here the rich man who is mentioned along with Lazarus had everything — both possessions and wealth and glory.
1:405
ἐξουσιάσαι αὐτῶν ἐνταῦ θα, μετὰ ταῦτα δ̣ε`̣ ἀφαίρεσις αὐτῶν γέγονεν̣ καὶ τῆς ἐπ' αὐτο̣ι῀̣ς̣ ἡδονῆς·
他在今生對這些擁有支配之權,但此後這些便被奪去了,連同那在其中的享樂也被奪去。
He had authority over them here, but afterwards the taking away of them came about, and of the pleasure that was in them.
1:406
ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἀπαιτοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπό σου
「無知的人哪,今夜必要向你索取你的靈魂。」
'Fool, this night they require your soul from you.'
1:407
δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται; ἕτεροι δὲ ἔχοντες ταῦτα δαψιλῶς καὶ πλουσίως πάνυ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπονται αὐ τῶν πλησθῆναι·
「你所預備的要歸誰呢?」而另有一些人,雖然豐豐富富、極其充裕地擁有這些,卻不得以之飽足。
'And the things you have prepared, whose shall they be?' But others, though they have these things lavishly and very richly, are not permitted to be filled with them.
1:408
κωλύονται ἀπόλαυσιν αὐτῶν ἔχειν ἤτοι διὰ νόσου δι' ἄλ λην περίστασιν
他們或因疾病,或因別種境遇,而被攔阻,不得享用這些。
They are hindered from having enjoyment of them, whether through sickness or through some other circumstance.
1:409
ὅτι ἀνὴρ ξένος φάγεται αὐτόν·
「因為外人要吞喫它。」
'Because a stranger shall devour it.'
1:410
καί γε τοῦτο μα ταιότης καὶ ἀρρωστία ἐστίν
「這也是虛空,也是疾病。」
'And this too is vanity and sickness.'
1:411
ταῦτα τὰ σπουδάσματα, τὸν πλοῦτον, ὃν συνηγίοχεν, τὰ ὑπάρχοντα φάγεται
他所熱切追求的這些事物——他所聚斂的財富、他的產業——〔那外人〕都要吞喫。
These objects of his zeal — the wealth which he has gathered together, the possessions — [the stranger] shall devour.
1:412
κατὰ πολλοὺς δὲ τρόπους καὶ τοῦτο συμβαίνει·
而這事的臨到有許多不同的方式。
And this comes to pass in many ways.
1:413
ἐνίοτε λῃσταῖς πε ριπίπτει καὶ αἴρεται αὐτοῦ πλοῦτος
有時他落在強盜手中,他的財富就被劫掠而去。
Sometimes he falls among robbers and his wealth is carried off.
1:414
πολλάκις ἐνκληθεὶς παρὰ βασιλεῖ ἀφαιρεῖται, καὶ εἰς ἄλλους ἔρχεται τὰ αὐτοῦ καὶ καταδυναστεύεται πα ρά τινος, καὶ ἕτερος ἀπολαύει ἐκείνων, εἰς ἔκαμεν αὐτός
常有人在君王面前被控告而遭剝奪,他的財物轉歸他人,他也被某人所欺壓,而別人卻享用了他自己勞苦所得的那些。
Often he who is accused before the king is deprived, and his goods pass to others, and he is oppressed by someone, and another enjoys those things for which he himself toiled.
1:415
πολλοὶ πολλάκις κέχρηνται οἷς ἄλλοι συνεγράψαντο λό γοις οὐκ ὄντες τῆς γν̣ω´̣μ̣ης καὶ τῆς δόξης αὐτῶν
常有許多人使用別人所撰寫的著作,儘管他們並不領會那些人的心意與見解。
Often many make use of writings which others composed, though they are not of their mind and opinion.
1:416
πολλάκις γοῦν σοφοὶ εὑ ρίσκουσιν βιβλία, εἰς ἐπόνεσαν ἄλλοι, καὶ χρῶνται αὐτοῖς καὶ οἱ ἀ´̣λ̣ λ̣οι ἐντρέφονται αὐτοῖς καὶ δοξάζονται, ὅταν δύνωνται αυ̣τ̣ὰ ἀνατρέψαι
無論如何,智慧人常常尋得別人辛勞寫成的書籍,就加以使用,而另有些人卻靠著這些書得著滋養、得著榮耀——就是每當他們能將這些書駁倒的時候。
Often, at any rate, the wise find books over which others laboured, and use them, and yet others are nourished by them and are glorified — whenever they are able to overturn them.
1:417
ματαιότης ἐστὶν τὸ μὴ κρατεῖν καὶ μὴ ἀπο λαῦσαι τῶν ἰδίων
不能掌握自己的產業、不能享用自己的產業,這乃是虛空。
It is vanity not to have mastery over one's own things and not to enjoy them.
1:418
ἐὰν γεννήσῃ ἀνὴρ ἑκατόν, καὶ ἔτη πολλὰ ζήσεται καὶ πλῆθος, ὅτι ἔσονται ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ
「人若生了一百個兒女,又活了許多歲數,日子甚多」——
'If a man beget a hundred, and live many years, and great be the multitude, so that his days shall be many' —
1:419
εἶπεν τὰ ἐκτὸς σπουδάσματα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, πλοῦτον, ὑπάρ̣χο̣ντα, δό ξαν
他已論到人所熱切追求的那些外在事物——財富、產業、榮耀。
He spoke of the external objects of men's zeal — wealth, possessions, glory.
1:420
εἶτα λέγει καὶ περὶ τὸ τεκνοῦν·
接著他也論到生養兒女的事。
Then he speaks also concerning the begetting of children.
1:421
αὐτὸ γίνεται ἀρρωστία μεγάλη
這事本身反成了一場大病,且到了過度的地步。
This very thing becomes a great sickness, and is carried to excess.
1:422
κ̣α̣ι`̣ ὑπερβολῇ κέχρηται·
並且被推向了過度的地步。
and it is carried to excess.
1:423
δῶμεν δέ, ὅτι τις ἑκατὸν δύναται γεννῆσαι ἐκ διαφόρων γυ ναικῶν·
但我們姑且承認,有人能從不同的婦人生養一百個兒女;
But let us grant that a man is able to beget a hundred children from different women;
1:424
οὐδ̣ὲ τοῦτο πλέον τι αὐτῷ παρέχει
然而連這也並沒有給他帶來甚麼更多的益處。
not even this affords him anything more.
1:425
οἱ βασιλεῖς γοῦν πολλῶν παί δων γίνονται πατέρες, καὶ ὄνησιν οὐ προ̣οίσει τοῦτο
君王固然作了許多兒女的父親,然而這卻不會帶來益處。
Kings, at any rate, become fathers of many children, yet this brings no benefit.
1:426
μὴ γὰρ ε̣α`̣ν ἓν παιδίον ἔχῃ, πάντως ἀποτυγχάνετα̣ι·
因為並非說,人若只有一個孩子,就必定全然失望;
For it is not the case that, if he has a single child, he is altogether disappointed;
1:427
π̣λ̣έο̣ν̣ δ̣ε`̣ ο̣ὐκ̣ ἔχει αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐὰν χίλιά τις ἐ´̣χ̣ῃ·
縱使有人擁有一千個孩子,他所得的也不比這更多。
and he has nothing more than that even if a man should have a thousand.
1:428
μὴ γὰρ πα´̣ν̣τ̣ω̣ς σώζονται ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις
因為他們並非人人都能在戰爭中得以保全。
For it is not the case that they are all preserved in wars.
1:429
καταλλήλως εἶπεν τὰ τοιαῦτα, πλοῦτον, ὑπάρχοντα, δόξαν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα
他恰當地論到了這些事,就是財富、產業、榮耀,以及其餘的一切。
He fittingly spoke of such things — wealth, possessions, glory, and the rest.
1:430
καὶ λέγει τὰ σωματικὰ ἀγαθά
他所說的乃是屬肉身的好處。
And he speaks of bodily goods.
1:431
κἂν μὴ ἐν λ̣ύπαις τις γένηται καὶ ἔτη πολλὰ ζήσῃ, ἐπειδὴ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ πολὺν χρόνον ἔμεινεν, ματαία ἐστιν μέχρι τοῦ πάροντος βίο̣υ̣ ἔχουσα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν
縱使有人未曾陷於憂愁,又活了許多年歲,因他的生命持續了長久的時日,這仍是虛空的,因為它的應許只到今生為止。
And even if a man be not caught in sorrows and should live many years, since his life has endured for a long time — it is vain, having its promise only until the present life.
1:432
διὰ τοῦτο μα ταίως σπουδάζει
正因如此,他所勞碌乃是枉然。
For this reason he strives in vain.
1:433
τὴν ἀναγωγήν; ἐάν τις διὰ παιδεύσεως πολλοὺς τέκῃ καὶ δόξῃ πολυχρόνιος εἶναι ἐν σπουδάζει ἔχειν ζωῇ, οὐ γίνεται ἀμετάπτωτος
至於屬靈的引申義呢?人若藉著教導生養了許多,又在他所渴望持守的生命中看似長久,他卻不因此就成為不能失落的。
The anagogical sense? If a man, through instruction, begets many, and seems to be long-lived in the life he is eager to possess, he does not thereby become unfailing.
1:434
δύναται ἀφαιρε θῆναι τῶν τέκνων·
他可能被奪去他的兒女;
He can be deprived of his children;
1:435
οἷον Ἄρειος οὗτος καθ' ἡμᾶς ἐγέννα πολλοὺς κα τὰ διδασκαλίαν καὶ μίμησιν βίου
例如我們這時代的這位亞流,藉著他的教訓和生活方式的仿效,生養了許多人。
for instance, this Arius of our own day begot many through his teaching and the imitation of his manner of life.
1:436
σχε̣δο`̣ν γ̣οῦν πάντες ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἦσαν, καὶ ἐτράπη, καὶ πάντες αὐτὸν κατέλει̣ψαν, καὶ οὐκ ἔσχεν ἄλλους ἀν θρώπους οὕτω μισοῦντας ὡς τοὺς γεννηθέντας ὑπ' αὐτοῦ
幾乎眾人都曾在他手下,但他偏離了正道,眾人都離棄了他,再沒有別人像那些由他所生養的人那樣恨惡他。
Nearly all, at any rate, were under him; but he turned aside, and all forsook him, and he had no other men who hated him so much as those who had been begotten by him.
1:437
πλῆθος τι ἔσονται ἡμέραι ἐτῶν αὐτοῦ
「數量——就是他一生年歲的日子有多少。」
'A multitude — however many the days of the years of his life shall be.'
1:438
ἔζησεν ἐτῶν χιλίων καθόδους
他活過了一千年的循環週期。
He lived through the courses of a thousand years.
1:439
πλῆθος ἡμερῶν αὐτῷν γεγένηται
他們的日子已成了眾多。
A multitude of their days has come to pass.
1:440
τὸ πολυήμερον δὲ οὐδὲν αὐτὸν ω̣φ̣ελήσει, ἐπεὶ οὕτως αὐτὸ λαμβάνει κατὰ τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον τὸν ὑπ̣ὸ ἡλίου μετρούμενον
然而日子的長久對他毫無益處,因他這樣領受它,乃是按著這被日頭所量度的時間。
But the abundance of days will profit him nothing, since he receives it thus, according to this time which is measured by the sun.
1:441
ἄλλος δὲ μακροχρόνιος γίνεται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τῆς ἀγαθῆς, καὶ ὠφελεῖ τοῦτον τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἡμερῶν
但另一個人在美善之地上得享長壽,日子的眾多就使他得益。
But another becomes long-lived upon the good land, and the multitude of days benefits him.
1:442
ἀμέλει γοῦν ἐπαγγελίας τρόπῳ λέγεται·
無疑地,這乃是以應許的方式說的:
Assuredly, then, it is said by way of promise:
1:443
μακρότητι ἡμερῶν ἐμπλήσω αὐτόν
「我要使他享長久的日子而滿足。」
'With length of days I will fill him.'
1:444
εἰ κάλλιον ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι κα̣ὶ ἀποκλαίεται παραμείνας ἐν τῷ σώματι χρόνον πολὺν ὥστε λέγειν·
若離世與基督同在原是更好的,那麼久住在身體裡的人便哀哭,以致說:
If it is better to depart and be with Christ, then he who remains in the body for a long time laments, so as to say:
1:445
οἴμοι ὅτι παροικία μου ἐμακρύν θη, πῶς εὐλογίας τρόπῳ δέδοται τὸ μακροήμερον καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἡμερῶν; τοῦτο οὖν λέγει·
「我有禍了,因我寄居的日子延長了!」那麼,長壽與日子的眾多怎能算作祝福而賜下呢?他所說的就是這意思:
'Woe is me, that my sojourning is prolonged!' — how, then, is length of days and the multitude of days given by way of blessing? This, then, is what he says:
1:446
ὁπόσα ἐὰν ζήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἔτη ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ, περιγράφε ταί ποτε·
無論人在今生活了多少年歲,終有一日必被限定;
However many years a man may live in this life, it is at some point circumscribed;
1:447
καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτὸν ὠφελήσει τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἡμερῶν
而日子的眾多對他毫無益處。
and the multitude of days will profit him nothing.
1:448
ἐνίοτε γὰρ ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἡμερῶν α̣υ̣τοῦ καὶ πλείονα ἁμαρτήματα αὐτοῦ εὑρίσκεται καὶ τὰ ὑψ̣ω´̣ματα π̣ολλά
因為有時在他日子眾多之際,他的罪過反倒愈發增多,他的高傲自大也甚多。
For sometimes, in the multitude of his days, his sins too are found to be more numerous, and his exaltations many.
1:449
δὲ ἐκείνα̣ς τὰς ἡμέρας ἔχων πληθυνομένας τὰς ἀνα τολαῖς̣ ἡλίου τ̣ῆς δικαιοσύνης κατασκευαζομένας, ὡς προεῖπον ὀλίγῳ πρό τερον, ὑπερβὰς τὸ εἶναι ὑπὸ τὸν αἰσθητὸν ἥλιον ἔχει ἀπόλαυσιν τω῀̣ν̣ ἄνω
但那擁有那些日子並使之增多的人,就是那由公義之日頭的升起所成就的日子(正如我稍早所說),既超越了在有形可見之日頭以下的境地,便得享那在上之事的福樂。
But he who has those days multiplied — the days prepared by the risings of the Sun of Righteousness, as I said a little earlier — having transcended being under the sensible sun, has the enjoyment of the things above.
1:450
ὅσ̣ον προσε̣λήλυθέν τις τῇ ἀρετῇ, ἐφωτίσθη ὑπ' αὐτῆς
人在德行上長進到甚麼地步,就被它照亮到甚麼地步。
In proportion as one has advanced in virtue, he has been enlightened by it.
1:451
καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι π̣ολ̣λ̣α̣ι`̣ γ̣ι´̣ν̣οντ̣α̣ι̣, ὅσον διακατέχει τὴν α̣ρετήν
他持守德行到甚麼地步,日子就成為眾多到甚麼地步。
And the days become many in proportion as he holds fast to virtue.
1:452
ἐὰν τούτ̣ου α̣ποστῇ τοῦ βίου, ἀπὸ ταυ´̣της π̣λ̣η῀̣θ̣ο̣ς̣ η̣μ̣ε̣ρῶν ἔχει
他若從此生離去,便從這德行得著日子的眾多。
If he departs from this life, he has from it a multitude of days.
1:453
ἡμέρας οὖν λέγο̣μεν ὧδε τὰς υ̣πὸ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης φωτιζομένας
所以在此我們所稱的「日子」,乃是那被公義之日頭所照亮的日子。
Here, then, we call 'days' those illumined by the Sun of Righteousness.
1:454
γῆς ἐπικυ κλουμένης̣ πολλάκις καὶ ·······ς πολλάκις τὸν ἡλιακὸν κύκλον, οὑ´̣τ̣ω̣ κ·····
如同大地多次環繞旋轉……又多次〔繞行〕日頭的軌道,這樣……
As the earth revolves round about many times and ... many times the solar circle, thus ...
1:455
ἐκ τοῦ βί ου μ̣ε̣τὰ ἀρετ̣ῆς μακροήμερος γίνετα̣ι καὶ πολυχρόνιος καὶ μακάριος
藉著與德行相偕而度的生活,他成為長壽、久存而有福的。
From a life lived with virtue he becomes long-lived and enduring through many years and blessed.
1:456
ε̣ι̣ τ̣ῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων ἐν ἀρ̣ε̣τῇ πειρα῀̣ται, οὐδέπω ἐτῶν ἄλλων ε̣π̣ιθυ μεῖ
他若在德行中歷經這些日子,就不再貪求別的年歲。
If he makes trial of these days in virtue, he does not yet long for other years.
1:457
ἐὰν ματαιότ̣ης γ̣ε ἀποστῇ α̣π̣ὸ τῆς ζωῆς, ἐπεὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχει ἐπ̣ὶ τῷ θεῷ, ν̣ κ̣ ρ̣ω π̣α̣σῶν αὐτῶν γίνεται καὶ μάταιόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ τὸ ἔτ̣η πολλ̣α`̣ ζ̣ῇν
虛空若真從他的生命中離去(因他把盼望寄託於神),他便成了……這一切〔之上的〕,而活許多年對他反成了虛空的事。
If vanity indeed departs from his life — since he has his hope in God — he becomes ... of all of them, and to live many years is a vain thing for him.
1:458
ἔτη πολλὰ περιγράφεται γάρ, δὲ μακαρία ζωὴ μα κραίων ἐστίν, αι̣ώνιός ἐστιν
因為許多年歲終有其限,惟有那有福的生命是綿延不絕的,是永恆的。
For many years are circumscribed, but the blessed life is age-long, it is eternal.
1:459
τὸ ἀποστολικὸν βούλομαι παραγαγεῖν δοκοῦν τισιν εἶναι κατὰ τὴν ἱστο ρίαν
我願引出使徒的話,這話在某些人看來似乎是照字面(歷史)的意思。
I wish to bring forward the apostolic saying, which seems to some to be according to the literal (historical) sense.
1:460
εὐσέβεια, φησίν, πρὸς πάντα ἐστὶν ὠφέλιμος, ἐπαγγελίαν̣ ζωῆς ἔχουσα τῆς νῦν καὶ τῆς μελλούσης
他說:「敬虔在各方面都有益處,因有今生和來生的應許。」
'Godliness,' he says, 'is profitable unto all things, having the promise of the life that now is and of that which is to come.'
1:461
τη῀̣ς νῦν, οὐ ταύτης λέ γει̣, περὶ ἧς ἀπόστολος λέγει·
「今生」——他所指的不是這現今之生,就是使徒所論到的那生:
'Of the life that now is' — he does not mean this present one, concerning which the Apostle says:
1:462
εἰ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ζωῇ ἠλπικότες ἐσμὲν μό νον̣, ἀλλὰ τὴν δυναμένην κατὰ ἀρετὴν ἐνταῦθα ὑπάρξαι, περὶ ἧς ἄν τις εἴποι ἐκ μέρους εἶναι
「我們若只在今生有指望」——他所指的乃是那按著德行能在此地成就的生命,人論到它或可說它是部分地存在的。
'If in this life only we have hoped' — but rather the life which can, according to virtue, come to be here, concerning which one might say it exists in part.
1:463
ὅτι δὲ ἔχουσιν ἀπεντεῦθεν οἱ μακάριοι ταύτην τὴν ζωήν, σαφῶς δείκνυται ἐκ τοῦ·
至於那有福之人從今生此地就已擁有這生命,這由以下的話清楚顯明:
That the blessed already possess this life from here below is clearly shown from the words:
1:464
πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ αὕτη δέ ἐστιν αἰ ώνιος ζωή, ἵνα γιγνώσκωσίν σε τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεὸν καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν
「信我的人有永生」;又說:「認識你獨一的真神,並且認識你所差來的耶穌基督,這就是永生。」
'He that believes in me has eternal life'; and 'This is eternal life, that they may know you the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom you have sent.'
1:465
οὐ ταύτην μόνη̣ν̣ ἔχει τὴν ζωὴν ἐπαγγελία τῆς εὐσεβείας, τὸ ὧδε μακαρί ως ζῆσαι, τὸ ὧδε ἐν πρακτικῷ καὶ θεωρητικῷ βίῳ διαγαγεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δ̣ια̣ δέχεται ταύτην ζωή, ὡς τὸ ἐκ μέρους τ̣ὸ ὅλον καταδέχεται, ὡς τὸ δι' ἐσόπτρου τὸ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπ̣ον, εἴ τίς ἐστιν αἰώνιος, εἴ τις μα κραίων ἐστίν·
敬虔的應許所擁有的並不只是此生的生命——就是在此地度福樂的日子,在此地度實踐與默觀的生活——乃是還有另一生命接續而來,正如全體接續部分,正如面對面接續那藉著鏡子觀看的,若那是永恆的、若那是綿延不絕的話。
The promise of godliness does not possess only this life — to live blessedly here, to pass one's course here in the practical and contemplative life — but there also succeeds this a further life, as the whole succeeds the part, as face to face succeeds the seeing through a mirror, if it is anything eternal, if it is anything age-long.
1:466
τὴν δὲ ζωὴν ταύτην τὴν π̣ρόσκαιρ̣ον οὐ διαδέχεται ἄλλη ζωή, ἐκείνοις λ̣ε´̣γω̣ τοῖς μόνην ταύτην νομ̣ίσασιν εἶνα̣ι
但這暫時的生命並沒有另一生命接續而來——我是指著那些以為只有此生存在的人說的。
But this temporal life is not succeeded by another life — I mean for those who have supposed this alone to exist.
1:467
ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ τῇ ζωῇ ἠλπικότες μ̣όν̣ῃ εἶπαν·
因為他們所說的,乃是指那只在今生有指望的人:
For it was of those hoping in this life only that they spoke:
1:468
εἰ δὲ καὶ διαδέ χε̣ται ο̣ὑ´̣τ̣ω̣ς̣ τ̣ι̣, ἀλλ' οὐχ μακραίω̣ν ζωή
縱然真有甚麼接續它而來,那也不是那綿延不絕的生命。
And even if something does thus succeed it, yet it is not the age-long life.
1:469
εἰς τὴν λίμνην γοῦν τοῦ π̣υρὸς ἀπέρ̣χονται καὶ δι´̣κην πυρὸς ὑπ̣ έχουσιν μεγάλην, ὅπου ἐν μοίρᾳ τοῦ θανάτου γεγένη̣νται, τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης δηλονότι δ̣ίκας δόντες
因為他們要往那火湖裡去,受那火的大刑罰,在那裡他們落入了死亡的份,顯然是為這今生付出了刑罰的代價。
For they depart into the lake of fire and undergo a great penalty of fire, where they have come to be in the portion of death, plainly having paid the penalties of this life.
1:470
καὶ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐνπλ̣ησθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγα θοσύνης, καί γε τ̣αφὴ οὐκ ἐγένετο α̣ὐτῷ
「他的心不得因美善而滿足,並且他也得不著埋葬。」
'And his soul shall not be filled with goodness, and moreover no burial came to be for him.'
1:471
ὡς συνβ̣εβ̣ηκότα λέγει πλοῦτον καὶ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ δόξαν
他把財富、產業和榮耀說成是附帶偶然之物。
He speaks of wealth and possessions and glory as things incidental.
1:472
ὡς ἀγαπῶν ἀργύριον ἔτι πλείονα ἔχειν θέλει χρή ματα καὶ τ̣ὰ ἄλλα, οὕτω καὶ δαψιλῶς θέλων ζῆν
正如貪愛銀子的人想要有更多的錢財及其餘之物,那想要豐足度日的人也是如此。
As he who loves silver wishes to have yet more money and the rest, so too does he who wishes to live in abundance.
1:473
οὐδέπω γὰρ θέλει φαν τασθῆν̣αι θάνατον
因為他甚至還不願想像死亡。
For he does not yet wish even to imagine death.
1:474
καὶ ἀναγωγὴ δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦτο·
它屬靈引申的意思乃是這樣:
And the anagogical sense of it is this:
1:475
ὃς ἂν δοξάζηται δῆθεν ὡς σοφὸς ψευ δώνυ̣μον ἔχων γνῶσιν, ἔτι πλέο̣ν θέλ̣ει δ̣ο̣ξάζεσθαι
凡被人當作有智慧而得榮耀的(其實只有徒有虛名的知識),總想得更多的榮耀。
Whoever is supposedly glorified as wise, having a knowledge falsely so called, wishes to be glorified yet more.
1:476
ἐὰν ζῇ δ̣ῆθεν κα̣τὰ ψευδώνυμον γνῶσιν, ἤθελεν ἀεὶ οὕτως ἔχ̣ειν
他若真按著那徒有虛名的知識而活,就巴不得永遠如此。
If he lives, forsooth, according to a knowledge falsely so called, he would wish always to be thus.
1:477
καί γε̣ οὐκ ἐγένετο αυ̣τῷ ταφή
「並且他也得不著埋葬。」
'And moreover no burial came to be for him.'
1:478
λ̣έγ̣ε̣ι ὅτι ἔζησεν πολλῶν ἐτῶν καθόδους
他說此人活過了許多年的循環週期。
He says that he lived through the courses of many years.
1:479
ἐγένετο ἔτη χίλια, πάντων τῶν ἡδέων πεπλήρωται, οὐδενὸς ἀποτυγχάνει·
他活到了一千歲,飽享了一切歡愉之事,一無所缺;
He came to be a thousand years old, is filled with all pleasant things, fails of nothing;
1:480
καὶ πολλάκις ἀ´̣νευ ταφῆς βάλ λεται
然而他卻常常被拋棄,得不著埋葬。
and often he is cast out without burial.
1:481
α̣γαθὸν τὸ ἔκτρωμα ὑπὲρ τοῦτον, μηδὲν ἡδὺ υ̣π̣ῆρχεν·
「那未足月而墜的胎比這人強」,因這人未曾有過任何甘甜之事;
'Good is the untimely birth beyond this man,' for whom nothing sweet existed;
1:482
οὐδὲ πλοῦτον εἰ῀̣χεν τὸ ἀνάβλωμα οὐδὲ ὑπάρχοντα οὐδὲ ἐδοξάσθη, καὶ ἀγαθότερόν ἐστιν ὑπὲρ τοῦτον, ὅτι οὐ πεπείραται ὅλως τούτων
那墜胎既無財富,也無產業,也未曾得榮耀,卻比這人更有福,因為它全然未曾嘗過這些事。
the abortion had neither wealth nor possessions, nor was it glorified, and it is more fortunate than this man, because it made no trial at all of these things.
1:483
ὡς δὲ πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν τοῦτο, ὅτι πεπλούτηκεν ἐν πολλοῖς ἐκείνοις, τὴν τα φὴν οὐχ εὗρεν τὴν περιγράφουσαν τὴν προτέραν ζωήν
但就屬靈引申的意思而言——他在那許多事上發了財,卻沒有尋得那限定前一生命的埋葬。
But as regards the anagogical sense — that he grew rich in those many things, yet did not find the burial that circumscribes the former life.
1:484
ἐξ οἴκου θεοῦ σου ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ γλυπτὰ καὶ χωνευτά·
「我要從你神的殿中除滅雕刻與鑄造的偶像。」
'Out of the house of your God I will utterly destroy the graven and molten images.'
1:485
τινὲς οὕτω ἔστιξαν, ὅτι τὰ γλυπτὰ θήσομαι ταφήν σου, οὐχὶ δὲ ἐξολεθρεύσω ταῦτα
有些人這樣斷句:說「那雕刻的偶像我要作你的埋葬」,而不是「我要除滅這些」。
Some have punctuated it thus: that 'the graven images I will make your burial,' and not 'I will utterly destroy these.'
1:486
καὶ ὅταν τ̣ὸ τῇ ψυχῇ σου συμφέρῃ, τ̣ο´̣τε τίθεμαί σου ταφήν
「幾時對你的靈魂有益,我就在那時作你的埋葬。」
'And whenever it is profitable for your soul, then I make your burial.'
1:487
βαπτίζῃ γὰρ καὶ συνθάπτῃ μετὰ τῶν ἐξωλε θρευμένων
因為你受洗,並與那些已被除滅之物一同埋葬。
For you are baptized and buried together with the things that have been utterly destroyed.
1:488
ἀμέλει γοῦν μετὰ τ̣ο`̣ θήσομαι ταφήν σου λέγει·
所以在「我要作你的埋葬」之後,他確乎說:
Assuredly, then, after 'I will make your burial,' he says:
1:489
ἑόρταζε Ἰούδα τὰς ἑορτάς σου
「猶大啊,你要守你的節期。」
'Keep, O Judah, your feasts.'
1:490
λοιπὸν ἐν ἑορτῇ γίνεται εὐχὰς σπουδάζειν
如此,就當在節期中殷勤祈禱。
It remains, then, in the feast to be earnest in prayers.
1:491
πάλαι πεπληρωμέ νος γλυπτω῀̣ν καὶ χωνευτῶν ἐν ταφῇ ὑπεβλήθη ὥστε συνταφῆναι τῷ Χριστῷ
那從前充滿了雕刻的偶像與鑄造的偶像的人,被放入墳墓中,好與基督一同埋葬。
He who of old was filled with carved and molten images was laid in a grave, so as to be buried together with Christ.
1:492
λοιπὸν δὲ κέκ̣ληκεν εἰς τὸ ἑορτὴν ποιεῖσθαι, εἰς τὸ εὖ πράττειν
至於其餘的,祂呼召我們去守節,就是去行善。
For the rest, he has called us to keep festival, that is, to do well.
1:493
οὐ δὲν γὰρ ἕτερ̣ο´̣ν ἐσ̣τ̣ι̣ν̣ ἑορτὴ ἠ`̣ τὸ τὰ δέοντα̣ πράττειν, προστίθεμεν δὲ ἡμεῖς καὶ τὸ τα´̣δ̣ε̣ τάδε πονεῖν
因為節期無非就是行當行之事;而我們又加上勞力去做這事或那事。
For a festival is nothing other than the doing of what is fitting; and we add to this the labouring at this or that particular task.
1:494
πρὸς τὴν ἀναγωγὴν οὖν τό·
那麼,就屬靈的引申意義而言,這段話:「
So then, with a view to the higher (anagogical) sense, the text:
1:495
ἐσπούδασ̣εν πολλὰ καὶ ἐπλούτησεν, ὡς ἐνόμι ζεν ἐν ψ̣ευδεῖ γνώμῃ, οὐ γ̣νώσ̣ε̣ι̣ ἐναρέτῳ συν̣π̣ε̣πλ̣η̣ρωμένος, καὶ οὐκ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ ταφή
他在許多事上熱心,並且致富——正如他以虛謊的意見所想的那樣,而非充滿了德性的知識——並且他沒有得著埋葬。
He was zealous in many things and grew rich — as he supposed in a false judgement, not being filled with virtuous knowledge — and there was no burial for him.
1:496
εἶπον̣ ἀγαθὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν τὸ ἔκτρωμα, ὅτι ε̣ν μα ταιότητι ἦλθεν καὶ ἐν σκότει πορεύεται
我說那早產墮胎的比他更好,因為它是在虛空中來的,又在黑暗中行走。
I said that the untimely birth is better than he, in that it came in vanity and walks in darkness.
1:497
μὴ κινητόν, μὴ ἀκίνητον, μὴ δό ξασμα̣, μὴ ἀξίωμα·
既非動的,也非不動的,既非榮譽,也非尊位;
Neither movable nor immovable, neither reputation nor rank;
1:498
καὶ τεθν̣ηκὼς ἐὰν του´̣των ἐκτὸς πάντων εὑρεθῇ, εἶ π̣α τ̣ὸ ἐ´̣κτρωμα ὑπὲρ τοῦτον̣ α̣γαθόν, ἐστιν̣ μὴ ὅλως πειραθεὶς τοῦ β̣ίου τούτου
而他若在死後被發現在這一切之外,那麼你就要說那早產墮胎的比他更好——就是那全然未曾嘗過此生的。
and if, once dead, he be found outside all of these things, then you would say that the untimely birth is better than he — that is, the one who has not experienced this life at all.
1:499
πρὸς δὲ τη`̣ν α̣ναγωγὴν οὕτ̣ω λημπτ̣έον, ὡς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὀλίγῳ πρ̣όσθεν ἐλέγετο τ̣ὸ καλὸν̣ ἦν αὐτῷ, εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη
但就屬靈的引申意義而言,當如此領會,正如稍前所說的:他若不曾出生,對他倒好。
But with a view to the higher sense it must be taken thus, as was said a little before: it were better for him if he had not been born.
1:500
ἀγαθὸν οὖν ὑπὲρ ἀμ φοτέρους, τοὺς βίον ἀ´̣γον̣τας ἔτ̣ι καὶ τοὺς τεθνηκότας̣, ὁ`̣ς̣ οὔπω ἐγέ νετο
那麼,那尚未存在的,就勝過這兩者——就是那仍活著的,和那已死的。
It is better, then, than both — those still leading a life and those who have died — the one who has not yet come into being.
1:501
ὅτι ἐν ματαιότητι ἦλθεν̣ κ̣αὶ ἐν σκότει π̣ορεύεται
因為它在虛空中來,又在黑暗中行走。
For it came in vanity and walks in darkness.
1:502
οἱ ἄλ̣λοι ἄνθρωποι, ὅταν εὖ τεχθέντες καὶ εὐ῀̣ ἀνατ̣ραφέντες ὦσιν, κα̣κῶς χρησάμενοι τοῖς δοθεῖσιν ὧδε ἔσχον τὴν ματαιότη̣τα·
其他人,當他們生得美好、養育得美好,卻誤用了所賜給他們的,因此陷入了這虛空;
Other men, when they have been well born and well reared, but have made ill use of what was given them, have come to have this vanity;
1:503
τὸ δὲ ἔκτρωμα καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν γένεσιν ματαίως ἔσχεν·
但那早產墮胎的,其存在本身就是徒然的;
but the untimely birth has its very coming-into-being in vain;
1:504
συνελήμφθη ο̣ὐχ ἵνα ζήσῃ, οὐχ ἵνα ἔνβρυον γένηται, ἀλλ' ἵνα εὐθέως φθαρῇ γονή, εὐθέως ὁ´̣τα̣ν παρῇ σύνλημψις
它受孕並非為要存活,並非為要成為胚胎,乃是使那精種立時敗壞,就在成孕的當下立即敗壞。
it was conceived not that it might live, not that it might become an embryo, but that the seed might straightway perish, straightway when the conception is present.
1:505
ἐν σκότει οὖν πάλιν οὐκ ἦλθεν εἰς ἀνθρώπους, οὐκ ἐγνώσθη, ὅτι̣ ἐν ματαιότη τι ἦλθεν καὶ ἐν σκότει πορεύεται
所以它又是在黑暗中,未曾臨到眾人中間,未曾被人認識,因為它在虛空中來,又在黑暗中行走。
So again it did not come among men in darkness, it was not known, in that it came in vanity and walks in darkness.
1:506
οὐδὲν ἔπραξεν οὐδὲ ἐνόησεν ου̣δ̣ε`̣ ἐγνωκώς τι τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἔσχεν γνῶναι
它毫無所作,毫無所思,也未曾認識、也不曾得知任何屬人的事。
It did nothing, it thought nothing, nor did it come to know anything of human affairs having known it.
1:507
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἦλθεν μετὰ ἀγνοί ας καὶ τῷ μὴ πεπείρασθαι τούτων, οὕτω πάλιν πορεύεται
為此,正如它在無知中、在未曾經歷這些事的情況下而來,照樣它又如此離去。
And for this reason, as it came in ignorance and in the not having experienced these things, so again it departs.
1:508
πολύς ἐστιν περὶ ὧν λόγος καὶ ζητούμενος παρὰ πολλοῖς τοῖς ἀδ̣ηλοῦσιν ὅτι, εἰ τὰ συνλήμματα γίνεται, ἵνα γεννηθῶσιν ἄνθρωποι, εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ θεῷ ἐστιν τὸ δοῦναι τέκνον καὶ μή, καὶ τὸ πολυχρόνιον εἶναι ὀλιγοχρόνιον, πῶς τι να εἰς συνλήμματα οὐ τελεσφορεῖται, οὐκ ἀποτίκτεται, ἄλλα δέκαὶ τοῦτο πραχθένδύο τριῶν ὡρῶν ζῇ, δῶμεν δέ, ὅτι καὶ δέκα ἔτη
關於這論題有許多可說的,也為許多困惑的人所探究:既然成孕是為了使人得以出生——縱然賜子與否、長壽與否都在於神——那麼為何有些孕不能成全、不能生出,而另一些——縱使已然生出——卻只活了兩三個時辰,就算容讓活到十年好了?
There is much concerning that of which the discourse treats, and it is inquired into by many who are perplexed as to this: if conceptions come to be in order that men may be born — even if it rests with God to grant a child or not, and to be long-lived or short-lived — how is it that some conceptions are not brought to completion, are not brought to birth, while others — even after this has taken place — live but two or three hours, though let us grant even ten years?
1:509
μὴ ἀκρίτως̣ ταῦτα γίνεται; οὐκ ἔστιν τὰ κρίματα ταῦτα ἀβύσσῳ πολλῇ ἐοι̣κότα; μόνον καθ όλου ἴσμεν, ὅτι οὐ ματαίως γεγένηται·
這些事豈是毫無審斷地發生的嗎?這些判斷豈不像一個深大的無底深淵嗎?我們只是籠統地知道這一點:它並非徒然而生;
Do these things happen without judgement? Are not these judgements like a great abyss? Only this do we know in general, that it has not come to be in vain;
1:510
εἰ καὶ ματαιότητα ἔσ̣χεν τῷ μηδὲ γεννηθῆναι μηδὲ ἀνατραφῆναι, μάλιστα ἡμῶν γεννητὴς οὐ ματαίως ταῦτα ποιεῖ
因為縱使它在未曾出生、未曾養育這一點上有虛空,那生我們的主斷不會徒然行這些事。
for even if it had vanity in that it was neither born nor reared, most certainly our Begetter does not do these things in vain.
1:511
διὰ τί οὐ γιγνωσκόμενον ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν; ὅτι̣ ἔχομεν̣ λογ̣ι̣σμο̣υ`̣ς̣ ἀν θρώπων
為何那事不為人所知?因為我們只有屬人的推理。
Why is that thing not known? Because we have the reasonings of men.
1:512
ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας̣ δὲ κα̣ι`̣ το̣υ῀̣τ̣ο̣ γ̣ι´̣ν̣ε̣τ̣α̣ι̣, ἣν δίδωσιν θεὸς̣ ἑκάστῳ
然而這事也是為了神所賜給各人的救恩而發生的。
But this too comes to pass for the sake of the salvation which God gives to each one.
1:513
λύει δὲ τ̣αῦτα πάντα τὸ μη`̣ τη`̣ν̣ αὐτὴν δίκην δοῦναι τὴν̣ ψυχὴν αὐτου῀̣
解開這一切難題的,乃是他的靈魂並不受相同的刑罰。
And what resolves all these things is that his soul does not pay the same penalty.
1:514
εἰ γὰρ συνσπείρ̣εται, μάταιά εἰσιν ὅλα ταῦτα
因為靈魂若是與身體一同播下的,這一切就都是徒然的了。
For if it were sown together (with the body), all these things would be in vain.
1:515
ἀλ̣λὰ κρίσει θεοῦ τὰ συνλήμ ματα γίνεται·
然而成孕乃是照著神的審判而成就的;
But conceptions come to be by the judgement of God;
1:516
καὶ θεὸς λέγει διδόναι τέκ̣να
並且神說,兒女是祂所賜的。
and God says that He gives children.
1:517
καὶ εἴ πο̣τε γοῦν τι νες αἰτοῦσιν παρὰ αὐτοῦ τέκνα, τ̣ὰ δόμα̣τα τοῦ θεοῦ συνκρίσε̣ις
所以,若有人向祂求兒女,神的賞賜乃是經過審斷衡量的。
And if ever, then, some ask children of Him, the gifts of God are things judged (measured out).
1:518
εἰ πολλα χῶς ἔτυχέν τις αὐτῶν, λόγῳ εὔχετ̣αι, λόγῳ δὲ τῷ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσε ως, δόματα ἔχειν
人若以多種方式得著這些,他便憑理性祈求——憑智慧與知識的理性——好擁有這些賞賜。
If one obtains them in many ways, he prays with reason — with the reason of wisdom and knowledge — to possess these gifts.
1:519
λ··σ̣ο̣···που̣··λ̣ε̣·ς̣ λόγος ἀκολουθία ὑπ̣ο̣β̣·····
……論述……其連貫脈絡……暗示……(此處原文殘缺)。
... the discourse ... the sequence ... suggests ... (the text here is defective).
1:520
κατα`̣ τὴν ἀναγωγὴν λ̣οιπ̣ὸν̣, ὅτι ἐγενν̣ήθ̣η̣σαντίνες δῆθεν αἱ τῆς θείας διδασκαλίας γοναίσυνλ̣η̣μ̣φ̣θ̣ε̣ι῀̣σ̣α̣ι̣, ἱ´̣να τ̣εχθῶσιν, καὶ ε̣ὐθέως ἐβλάβησαν
至於其餘的,就屬靈的引申意義而言,意思是他們出生了——他們究竟是誰呢,豈不就是屬神教導的後裔?——他們既已受孕,好被生出,卻立時受了損害。
According to the higher sense, for the rest, it means that they were born — who indeed, if not the offspring of divine teaching? — having been conceived that they might be brought to birth, and were straightway injured.
1:521
οὕτως οὖν ἀνήχθη καὶ τὸ ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ λεγόμενον̣
所以,福音書中所說的話也照樣被提升到屬靈的意義上。
In this way, then, that which is said in the Gospel was also brought up to the higher sense.
1:522
θλ̣ίψεως πολλῆς ἐρχομένης λ̣έγει·
當大患難來到時,祂說:「
When great tribulation comes, He says:
1:523
οὐαὶ ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλα ζ̣ούσαις
當那些日子,懷孕的和奶孩子的有禍了。」
Woe to those who are with child and to those who give suck in those days.
1:524
ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα τὴν θλῖψιν λαβοῦσα καὶ μὴ ἐνέγκασα ἐξα̣μ βλίσκει
那懷孕的婦人,一遇患難就承受不住,於是流產墮胎。
The woman with child, having received the tribulation and not enduring it, miscarries.
1:525
καὶ ματ̣αι´̣ως ἐκ̣εῖνο συνελήμφθη
那胎便是徒然受孕的了。
And that thing was conceived in vain.
1:526
ἐνίαι δὲ ἐγεννήθησαν μέν, ἀλλὰ οὐ τέλειαι γεγένηνται, ἀλλὰ τὴν θηλαζουσῶν ἐ´̣φερον †ηλιαν†·
但有些確是生下來了,卻未成足月,反倒帶著吃奶者的†……†(此處原文訛誤)。
But some were indeed born, yet did not come to be perfect (full-term), but bore the ... of those who suck (the text is corrupt here).
1:527
καὶ πάλιν ταχὺ τῆς ψυχῆς γε̣νομένης εἰς θλῖψιν ἐβλάβησαν, νεοπαγῆ ἐχούσης ἀρετήν, ἐν κατηχήσει πρώτῃ τ̣υγχ̣ανούσης
再者,那靈魂一速速陷入患難,他們就受了損害,因為他們所有的德性乃是新近才立定的,正處於最初的教理受教階段。
And again, the soul quickly coming into tribulation, they were injured, having a newly-fixed virtue, being in their first catechesis.
1:528
δυ̣νατ̣ὸν δὲ καὶ ὡσ̣α̣νεὶ ἱστορίαν λαβεῖν τοῦτο·
也可以把這事當作一段史實來領會:
It is possible also to take this as it were as a piece of history:
1:529
τῆς θλίψεως ἐκ̣είνης τῆς μνημονευομένης ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἐπελθούσης χρεία ἦν φυγῆς
當福音書所記的那患難臨到他們時,就需要逃亡。
when that tribulation mentioned in the Gospel came upon them, there was need of flight.
1:530
ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν τὸ ὅλον λαβ̣ε´̣·
按字面的意思領會整段經文:
Take the whole passage according to the literal sense:
1:531
αἱ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσαι ἐνεποδίζοντο ὀξεῖ δρόμῳ χρήσασθαι καὶ κατελαμβάνοντο
那些懷孕的無法急速奔逃,就被追上了。
Those with child were hindered from making swift flight, and were overtaken.
1:532
ἠρέμα δὲ καὶ τὸν Ῥωμαίων πόλεμον αἰνίττεται τὸν κατὰ τῶν Ἑβραίων
他又隱隱暗指羅馬人攻打希伯來人的戰爭。
And gently he also hints at the war of the Romans against the Hebrews.
1:533
ἐν γα-στρὶ ἔχουσα οὐ δύναται κ̣ακοπαθῆσαι ἐν τῷ φεύγειν ἐν τ̣ῷ μὴ τρέφεσθαι ὡς ἄλλη γυνὴ θηλάζουσα
那懷孕的婦人,無論是在逃亡中,或是在得不著飲食這一點上,都不能像那另一個奶孩子的婦人那樣忍受困苦。
The woman with child cannot suffer hardship either in fleeing or in not being fed as the other woman, the nursing one.
1:534
τὴν ἐπ̣ι´̣τ̣ασιν οὖν τοῦ λιμοῦ καὶ τὰς μεγάλας κακίας ἐν τοῖς θ̣ρήνοις αἰνίττεται, ὅτι καὶ γυναῖκες οἰκτίρμονες ἔφαγον τὰ παιδία ἑαυτῶν
所以他暗指饑荒的劇烈以及《耶利米哀歌》中所記的大災禍——就是連慈心的婦人也吃了自己的兒女。
So he hints at the intensity of the famine and the great evils in the Lamentations — that even compassionate women ate their own children.
1:535
ε̣νεχώρει γὰρ ἄλλας μὴ οἰκτίρμονας οὔσας χρήσασθαι ἁπλῶς τροφῇ τῷ εὑρις κομένῳ, κἀ`̣ν̣ παιδίον ᾖν αὐτόυ·
因為那些沒有慈心的人本可以隨便拿所找到的任何東西當食物,即或那是她們自己的孩子;
For it was open to others, not being compassionate, simply to use for food whatever was found, even were it their own child;
1:536
ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπίτασιν τῆς κακώσεως καὶ τοῦ σπανίζειν τὰ ἀνα̣γκαῖα σημαίνει
但這是要表明那苦難的劇烈以及必需之物的匱乏。
but it signifies the intensity of the affliction and the scarcity of necessities.
1:537
αἱ συνδιατιθέμεναι οὖν οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὰ τέκνα, ἀλλὰ κ̣α̣ι`̣ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους, τὰ παιδία ἑαυτῶν ἑψήσασαι ἔφαγον
所以那些不但對自己的兒女、也對別人懷有同情之心的婦人,竟煮了自己的兒女來吃。
So those who were affected in sympathy not only towards their children but also towards others, boiled their own children and ate them.
1:538
τοιαύτην μνημονεύετ̣αι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ Μαριάμμῃ ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῆς ἁλώσεως τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ
在關於耶路撒冷陷落的記載中,記述了那位瑪利亞美有這樣的事。
Such a thing is recorded of that Mariamme in the accounts concerning the capture of Jerusalem.
1:539
αὕτη φιλόπαις ἦνμόνον δὲ ἦν παιδίονἦν δὲ καὶ τῶν εὐπόρων καὶ τῶν πάν̣υ̣ π̣λ̣ο̣υσ̣ι´̣ω̣ν̣
她鍾愛自己的孩子——她只有一個孩子——而且她也是富裕、極其有錢的人。
She was fond of her child — she had but one child — and she was also of the well-to-do and the very rich.
1:540
πολὺ δέ, οἶμ̣αι, εὐπορίας α̣νήλ̣ω̣σ̣ε̣ν̣ εἰς τ̣ροφη´̣ν̣·
我想,她把許多財產都花在食物上了;
And she spent much of her wealth, I suppose, on food;
1:541
ἐνίοτε αἶγα ἠγόραζεν ἔριφόν τινα
有時她會買一隻母山羊或某隻小山羊。
sometimes she would buy a she-goat or some kid.
1:542
τῶν ἁρπαζόν των ἐν τῇ σ̣τ̣α´̣σ̣ει καὶ χειρόνως τοῖς πολεμικοῖς γέγονεν α̣π̣ορία
但由於那些在動亂中搶掠的人,更因著那些兵丁,就發生了匱乏。
But because of those who were plundering in the sedition, and worse still because of the men of war, there arose a scarcity.
1:543
καὶ εἰ ἦσαν αἰσθηθέντες̣ κάπνου οἱ στασιασταὶ εἰσήρχοντ̣ο καὶ κα̣θ̣ε̣ῖλον τὰ δει῀̣π̣να
那些暴亂分子若嗅到炊煙,就闖進來把飯食搶走。
And if the insurgents caught the smell of smoke, they would come in and carry off the meals.
1:544
λαβοῦσα οὖν τὸν παῖδα ἑαυτῆςἦν δὲ ὡς τριετήςἔδωκ̣ε̣ν αὐτῷ λόγους τ̣ιν̣α´̣ς, ἐν οἷς καὶ τοῦτο ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ἀ´̣μ̣ε̣ινόν ἐστίν σε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ φαγῆναι κακὸν δι̣α´̣λλαξαι̣ καὶ δουλείαν ὑπο̣μ̣ε̣ι῀̣ν̣αι παρὰ τω῀̣ν πολεμίων
於是她抱起自己的孩子——他約三歲——對他說了些話,其中也說了這話:『你被我吃了,總比落入災禍、在仇敵手下受奴役要好。』
So, taking her own child — he was about three years old — she said to him certain words, among which she also said this: 'It is better for you to be eaten by me than to fall into evil and endure slavery at the hands of the enemy.'
1:545
ἰ´̣θ̣ι οὖν καὶ γίνου μοι τροφή
『所以來罷,做我的食物。』
'Come then, and become food for me.'
1:546
καὶ σφαγιάσα̣σα ὤπτησεν α̣ὐτό
於是她把孩子殺了,烤了來吃。
And having slaughtered it, she roasted it.
1:547
μ̣ικρῷ δὲ ὕστερον ε̣ι̣σ̣ε̣π̣η´̣δων οἱ στασιασταὶ καὶ οὐκ ἐκώ λ̣υ̣σ̣εν αὐτοὺς εἰσιέναι, ἀλλ' ἔλ̣ε̣γε̣ν̣ αὐτοῖς, ὅτι·
過了不久,那些暴亂分子闖了進來,她並不阻止他們進來,反倒對他們說:
A little later the insurgents burst in, and she did not prevent them from entering, but said to them:
1:548
δεῦτε, φάγ̣ε̣ τε τὸ ἥμισυ
『來罷,吃這一半。』
'Come, eat the half.'
1:549
καὶ ὡσανεὶ ἐνίκησεν αὐτούς
她就這樣彷彿制伏了他們。
And so she as it were vanquished them.
1:550
καὶ ἐν σκ̣ότει ὄν̣ομα̣ αὐτο̣ῦ καλυφ̣θήσεται, καί γε ἥλιον οὐχ εἶδεν καὶ οὐκ ἔγνω ἀνάπαυσιν, τούτῳ ὑπὲρ τοῦτον
他的名要被隱藏在黑暗中,並且它未曾見過日頭,也未曾識得安息——這一個比那一個更好。
And his name shall be covered in darkness, and it has not seen the sun nor known rest — better is this one than that one.
1:551
τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ὅλως οὐδέν ἐστιν οὗτος
這意思是說,這一個全然算不得甚麼。
This means that this one is altogether nothing.
1:552
τὸ σ̣κότος δὲ δ̣η̣λ̣ο̣ῖ το`̣ ἄγνωστον το`̣ ὄνομα, τ̣η`̣ν̣ ἀ´̣γνοιαν τὴν πε̣ρι`̣ αυ̣τ̣οῦ διὰ τ̣ο`̣ μὴ γνωσθαι
那黑暗表明那不為人知的名,就是對它一無所知,因為它未曾被人認識。
The darkness signifies the unknown name, the ignorance concerning it, because of its not being known.
1:553
ἦλθεν εἰς ἡμᾶς οὐδὲ αἰσθητὴν οὐδὲ ἀνηγ̣μένην ἐν σκότει ὁδόν
它臨到我們,所行的道既非可感知的,也非引出黑暗的。
It came to us by a way neither perceptible nor led up out of darkness.
1:554
οὐδὲ αἰσθήσει κέχρητ̣αι οὐδὲ ἀνάπα̣υσιν ἄλλην ἔσχεν
它既未曾運用知覺,也未曾得著任何別的安息。
Nor did it make use of perception, nor did it have any other rest.
1:555
τὸν γὰρ ἥλιον ὄψει ἔστιν θεάσασθαι
因為日頭是可以用眼目觀看的。
For it is possible to behold the sun with the sight.
1:556
εἰ δὲ ταύτης τῆς αἰσθήσεως οὐκ ἔσχεν ἀντίλημ̣ψιν, φανερόν, ὅτι οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων
但它若連這一種知覺(視覺)都未曾領受,顯然它連其餘各種知覺也都沒有。
But if it did not have the apprehension of this sense (of sight), it is manifest that it did not have that of the other senses either.
1:557
οὐ καθόλου δὲ λέγω τοῦτο·
然而我這樣說並非全然絕對地說;
But I do not say this in an unqualified, universal sense;
1:558
τούτῳ ὑπὲρ τοῦτον, τὸν παρὰ τὸν ἡγησάμενον πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν καὶ πολυπαιδίαν ἐσχηκότα καὶ ζωὴν πολυχρόνιον, ἐπεί περ τούτων πειραθεὶς ἔξω πάντων γέγονεν καὶ οὐδὲ ταχέως ἠξιώθη
『這一個比那一個更好』——就是勝過那擁有他所看重的財富、榮耀、多子多孫並長壽的人,因為他嘗過這些之後,卻淪落於這一切之外,甚至未曾速速蒙悅納。
'better is this one than that one' — than the one who has possessed the wealth, glory, and abundance of children he esteemed, and a long life, since having experienced these things he came to be outside them all, and was not even quickly counted worthy.
1:559
τὸ ἔκ τρωμα οὐδὲν ἔσχεν αὐτω῀̣ν τούτων, ἐκεῖνος οὐδὲ τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτῷ πέπονθεν
那早產墮胎的一樣也沒有這些,而那另一個人甚至未曾遭遇與它相同的事。
The untimely birth had none of these things, while that other man did not even suffer the same things as it.
1:560
συμφώνως πάλιν λαμβάνεις τὴν ἀναγωγήν, ὅτι πολλοὶ πειραθέντες τῶν ἡδέ ων τῶν μεταδιώκουσιν δόξαν, ἄλλος δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν̣ αὐτῶν ἐπειράθη
你又要以相應的方式領會其屬靈的引申意義:許多人嘗過那些追逐榮耀之人所競逐的快樂,而另一個人卻連從一開始就未曾嘗過這些。
Again you take the higher sense in a corresponding manner: that many, having experienced the pleasures which those who pursue glory chase after, while another has not even from the outset experienced them.
1:561
οὗ τος ἀγαθότερός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνον
這人比那人更好。
This man is better than that one.
1:562
ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ὑπὲρ ὧν ε̣σπούδασεν καὶ ἐ´̣σ̣χεν, λόγον δώσει καὶ τιμωρ̣ηθήσεται
因為那人必為他所熱切追求並得著的事交帳,並且要受刑罰;
For that one will give account for the things he pursued and possessed, and he shall be punished;
1:563
οὗτος δὲ τοῦτο ο̣υ̣χ̣ ὑφίσταται οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐντραπεὶς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κ̣···νοις πεῖραν αὐτῶν ε̣σχη̣ κώς
但這人卻不承受這事,他起初既未在人面前蒙羞……也未曾親歷這些事。
but this man does not undergo this, having neither at the outset been put to shame before the man ... nor having had any experience of them.
1:564
π̣α´̣λιν οὐδὲ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ τελευτήσαν̣τ̣α̣ ἄνθρωπον κρείττονα εἶν̣α̣ι ἡγ̣εῖ τ̣αι παντός, του῀̣ δ̣ὲ ἐν τῇ ψευδωνύμῳ γνώσει κρι´̣ναντος ἔχειν πάντα
再者,他並不認為在無知中死去的人勝過眾人,反倒論斷那在假冒之名的知識裡自以為擁有一切的人。
Again, he does not judge the man who has died in ignorance to be better than everyone, whereas he judges the one who in falsely-named knowledge supposed he possessed all things.
1:565
Πέτρος αἰνίττετα̣ι̣ ε̣ν̣ τῇ ἐπ̣ι̣στολ̣ῇ τῇ δευτέρᾳ·
彼得在他第二封書信中暗示了這一點:
Peter hints at this in his second epistle:
1:566
κρεῖττον ἦν αὐτ̣ο̣ι῀̣ς̣ μὴ ἐγνωκέν̣αι τη`̣ν̣ ὁδὸν τῆς δι καιοσύνης ἐπιγνοῦσιν ἀνακάμψαι εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἀπὸ τ̣ῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς
他們不曉得義路,倒比曉得了之後,卻離棄那傳給他們的聖誡命而退後好。
It would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness, than, having known it, to turn back from the holy commandment delivered to them.
1:567
μὴ γὰρ καθάπαξ λέγει καλὸν εἶναι τὸ μη`̣ ε̣γ̣νω κε´̣ν̣αι τὴν̣ ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ἀλλὰ κρεῖττον μὴ ε̣γ̣νωκέναι γνόντα κ̣ατα̣φρονῆσαι αὐτῆς
因為他並非斷然說「不曉得義路」是好事,乃是說:不曉得,比曉得了之後又輕看它更好。
For he does not say outright that it is a good thing not to have known the way of righteousness, but rather that it is better not to have known it than, having known it, to despise it.
1:568
οὐκ ἄλλα εἴρηκεν ὥσπερ περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδ̣α ὥσπ̣ερ σωτήρ·
他所說的並無二致,正如救主論到猶大所說的:
He has not said anything different, just as concerning Judas, even as the Saviour did:
1:569
καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, εἰ οὐ γεγέννητο
他若不生在世上倒好。
It would have been good for him if he had not been born.
1:570
καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, εἰ μη`̣ κέκλη το·
他若不曾蒙召倒好;
It would have been good for him if he had not been called;
1:571
εἰ μὴ κέκλη̣το, οὐ προέδωκεν̣
他若不曾蒙召,就不至於出賣了。
if he had not been called, he would not have betrayed.
1:572
οὐκ ἂν ἑτ̣έρως καλὸν ἦν τῷ Σαο̣υ´̣λ̣, ει̣ μ̣ὴ βασιλεύσας ἦν·
掃羅的好處別無他途,除非他不曾作王;
It would not have been good for Saul in any other way, except if he had not become king;
1:573
οὐ περ̣ιέπιπ̣τ̣εν γ̣ὰρ τοῖς ἀνο´̣μοις, οἷς περιέπ̣εσεν βασιλεύσας
因為他若不作王,就不至於陷入他作王後所陷入的那些不法之事。
for he would not have fallen among the lawless deeds into which he fell when he became king.
1:574
καὶ τί ἔζησεν χιλίων ἐτῶν καθόδους, καὶ ἀγαθο σύνην οὐκ εἶδεν; ε̣ι̣ ἔζη̣σεν χιλίων ἐτῶν κ̣αθόδ̣ο̣υς̣, τ̣ότε πατὴρ χιλίων παιδίων ἦν·
縱然一個人活過千年之久的循環,卻未見福樂,又如何呢?他若活過千年之久的循環,那時他便是千個孩子的父親;
And what if one lived through the recurrences of a thousand years, yet saw no good? If he lived through the recurrences of a thousand years, then he was a father of a thousand children.
1:575
ἐὰν γεννήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἑκατόν
人若生了一百個孩子。
If a man beget a hundred.
1:576
τὸ ζ̣ῆσα̣ι οὖν̣ ὡς̣ ὀ´̣ν̣ο̣μ̣α̣ σύμφωνον τῇ γεν̣ν̣ήσει λαβέ
所以,當把「活著」本身當作與「生育」相合的名目來領會。
Take, then, the living itself as a name corresponding to the begetting.
1:577
οὐχὶ δὲ ἂν̣ γένοιτο σύνλημ̣ψις σπέρματος̣ καὶ βρέ φ̣ους οὐ γινομένης σπορᾶς αὐτοῦ·
豈不是唯有他撒種發生時,才會有精血與胎兒的成孕嗎?
Would there not be a conception of seed and of an infant only if his sowing takes place?
1:578
οὕτως οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο ταῦτα μὴ κατ ελθούσης ψυχῆς
照樣,若非有靈魂降下,這些事也不會發生。
So too these things would not come to pass unless a soul has descended.
1:579
κατὰ τῆς συνστάσεως τῆς γε̣ν̣ο̣μένης τὰ αἴτια δύο εἰ σίν·
論到已成之組合,其緣由有二:
Concerning the constitution that has come to be, there are two causes:
1:580
τοῦ δὲ σώματος γάμος, τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς κάθοδος
屬乎身體的是婚配,屬乎靈魂的是降下。
of the body, marriage; of the soul, its descent.
1:581
πάλιν λέγουσιν οὕτως καθόδους περιόδους ἐτῶν
他們又如此論及「循環」,就是歲月的週期。
Again they speak thus of 'recurrences,' the periods of years.
1:582
ἕκαστος ἐνιαυτὸς ἔχει τινὰ ἀρχήν, ἣν καλοῦμεν κάθοδον αὐτοῦ
每一年都有某一開端,我們稱之為它的「降臨」。
Each year has a certain beginning, which we call its 'descent.'
1:583
κἂν πολυέτης οὖν τις γέ γονεν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους ἐνιαυτῶν, διέπεσαν ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ἔσχεν τῇ περι σπουδαστῷ, ἥτις ἐλεεινοὺς ποιεῖ τοὺς μεταδιώκοντας·
所以縱然有人因年歲眾多而成了高齡之人,他們卻在自己所度的那生命裡消磨殆盡——就是那令追逐它的人可憐可歎、備受渴慕的生命;
So even if someone has become advanced in years by the multitude of years, they have wasted away in the life he had — that much-coveted life which renders pitiable those who pursue it;
1:584
οὐδὲν ἐκ τούτου κερδαίνει ἵνα ἴσον τὸ γενέσθαι χιλίων ἐτῶν τῷ ζῆσ̣α̣ι̣ χιλίων ἐτῶν καθόδους·
他從中一無所得,以致活到千歲與活過千年之久的循環乃是一樣。
he gains nothing from this, so that becoming a thousand years old is the same as living through the recurrences of a thousand years.
1:585
ὡς κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν καὶ ἀπίθανο̣ν̣ καὶ ἀδύνατον; οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπίθανον οὐδὲ ἀδύνατον·
按字面而言,這豈不是既不可信又不可能嗎?其實這既非不可信,也非不可能;
Is it, according to the literal sense, both improbable and impossible? It is neither improbable nor impossible;
1:586
ὑπερβ̣ολῆς τρόπῳ ε̣ἰ´̣ρ̣η̣ται
這是以誇張的說法講的。
it is said by way of hyperbole.
1:587
τ̣ὰ δὲ κατ' ὑπερβολὴν λεγόμενα οὐκ εἰσὶν ἀπίθανα καὶ ἀδύναταἀδύνατα μὲν ἐνίοτε, οὐ μὴν ἀπίθανα
以誇張所說的事並非不可信、不可能——有時是不可能,卻不因此就不可信。
Things said hyperbolically are not improbable and impossible — impossible sometimes, yet not on that account improbable.
1:588
εἰ δύναται̣ ἄνθρωπος γεννῆσαι δ̣έκα̣, δύναται καὶ ἑκατὸν γεννῆσαι, καὶ τοσαῦτα ἔτη ζῆσαι, εἰ ἔζησεν πεντήκοντα
人若能生十個,便也能生一百個;他若活了五十歲,便也能活到那許多年。
If a man is able to beget ten, he is able also to beget a hundred, and to live so many years, if he lived fifty.
1:589
ἐγγὺς γοῦν τῶν χιλίων ἔζησαν οἱ πρότερον Μαθουσαήλ
無論如何,古時的人,如瑪土撒拉,都活到將近千歲。
At any rate, those of former times, such as Methuselah, lived close to a thousand years.
1:590
ὑπ̣ε̣ρ̣α̣ι´̣ρ̣ω̣ν̣ τὸ ἀληθές
誇大了實情。
Overstating the truth.
1:591
ὅταν τὸ ὕψος τῶν κατασκευασθέντων πόλεων ὑπ̣ο`̣ τῶν πρὸ τ̣ο̣ῦ Ἰσραὴλ κατεχόντων τὴν γῆν λέγητ̣αι̣, ὁ´̣τ̣ι̣ εἴδομεν πόλεις ἐκεῖ τειχήρεις, ὧν τὰ τείχη ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὑπερβο̣λ̣ι̣κ̣ω῀̣ς̣ ε̣λ̣έχθη
當論及以色列之前占據那地的人所建造之城的高度,說「我們看見那裡有堅固的城,城牆高及於天」,這乃是以誇張說的。
When the height of the cities built by those who held the land before Israel is spoken of — that 'we saw there cities walled up, whose walls reach to heaven' — it was said hyperbolically.
1:592
οἶδεν δὲ καὶ ἀπόστολος τὸν λ̣ο´̣γ̣ο̣ν̣ τῆς ὑπερβολῆς καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν τοῦ ὀνο´̣μ̣α̣τ̣ο̣ς̣
使徒也曉得誇張的說法以及這名目的用法。
The Apostle too knows the manner of hyperbole and the use of the term.
1:593
καὶ ἔτι καθ' ὑπερβο̣ λὴν ο̣δ̣ὸν̣ ὑμῖν δίδωμι·
我還要指示你們一條最妙的道,是超乎一切的。
And yet I show you a still more excellent way, beyond measure.
1:594
ἐὰν ἐ´̣χ̣ω πᾶσαν τὴν γνῶσιν καὶ εἰδῶ τὰ μυ̣στή ρια πάντα, ἀγα´̣π̣ην δὲ μὴ ἔχω, οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦμαι
我若有全備的知識,明白各樣的奧祕,卻沒有愛,仍是與我無益。
If I have all knowledge and understand all mysteries, but have not love, I gain nothing.
1:595
μὴ γὰρ συμφέρει γνῶσ̣ιν γ̣ινώσ̣κειν κα̣ὶ τὰ μυστήρ̣ι̣α πάντα ἄνευ θείας ἀγάπης
因為若沒有屬神的愛,曉得知識和一切的奧祕也是無益的。
For it does not profit to know knowledge and all the mysteries apart from divine love.
1:596
εἰ πᾶσαν ἔχομεν τὴν πίστιν ὥστε μ̣ε̣θ̣ιστάνε̣ι̣ν̣ ὄρη ἀγάπην οὐκ ἔχοντες, καὶ τὸ μέγεθος πίστεως ου̣δε´̣ν̣ ἐστ̣ι̣ν̣
我們若有全備的信,甚至能移山,卻沒有愛,那麼信的偉大也算不得什麼。
If we have all faith, so as to remove mountains, but have not love, then even the greatness of faith is nothing.
1:597
λέγει ἀγ̣άπην μείζ̣ονα̣ καὶ πίστεως εἶναι·
他說愛甚至比信更大;
He says that love is greater even than faith;
1:598
καὶ δ̣ὸς αὐτὴν εἰπεῖν τὰ ὄρη μεθιστάνειν̣·
且說信能對山吩咐它挪移;
and grant that it can say to the mountains to remove;
1:599
ου̣ ψεύδεται τοῦτο, εἰ καὶ ὑπεραίρει τὸ ἀληθές, ὥστε τυχεῖν ἀπιστίας
這並非謊言,縱然它誇大了實情,以致看似難以置信。
this is no falsehood, even if it overstates the truth so as to appear to be incredible.
1:600
καὶ ἦν̣ Ἀσ̣α̣ὴλ κο̣υ῀̣φος τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτου῀̣ ω̣σεὶ δορκὰς ἐν ἀγρ̣ῷ
亞撒黑腳快如同野地的羚羊。
And Asahel was light on his feet, like a gazelle in the field.
1:601
καὶ κατὰ ἀλληγ̣ο̣ρι´̣αν̣ πολλάκις βίος τῶν ἀν̣θρώπων καὶ πολι τεία̣ αὐτω῀̣ν θάλαττα ὀνομάζεται
並且,按寓意而言,人的生活及其為人常被稱作「海」。
And, according to allegory, the life of men and their manner of living is often named 'a sea.'
1:602
δύναται ὧδε κύματα δ̣η̣λ̣οῦν̣ τὰ συμ βα̣ι´̣ν̣ο̣ντα ἀνθρώπῳ
在此「波浪」可指臨到人的各樣遭遇。
Here 'waves' can signify the things that befall a man.
1:603
τῶν κριμάτων τῶν αυ̣τ̣ῷ συμ βα̣ι̣νόντων ἕως εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀναβαίνε̣ι κ̣α̣ὶ κατ̣αβαίνει ἕως ει̣ς ἀβύσσους
論到臨到他的審判:他上到天上,又下到深淵。
Of the judgements that befall him: he goes up to the heavens and goes down to the depths.
1:604
τ̣ι´̣ π̣ε̣ρι̣σσὸν̣ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ; ·····
人有什麼益處呢?……
What advantage has the man? ...
1:605
·οὖν̣ καθόλου π̣ερὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λε´̣γ̣ει, ο̣υ̣κ̣ ····α̣ι̣ οὐκ̣ εἰσὶν̣ κ̣αθόλου···
……所以他是就人普遍地說的;……並非普遍……
... therefore he speaks universally concerning man; ... are not universal ...
1:606
ἔτους κ̣αὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ τ̣ο̣υ῀̣ ·····μους̣ ·μ̣········
……論到年與歲……
... of a year and of a season ...
1:607
ὧδε δὲ περὶ ···καθόλου ·····
但在此論到……普遍地……
but here concerning ... universally ...
1:608
····ε̣···ν οἱ Ἰο̣υ̣δα̣ῖοι ἰσχυρότεροι ····αι ···
……猶太人更強……
... the Jews stronger ...
1:609
το̣ῖς αὐθένταις τὰ λ̣όγ̣ι̣α τ̣ο̣ῦ θεοῦ καὶ ·····
神的聖言交託給那些掌權者,並且……
to the authorities the oracles of God and ...
1:610
ἐκλήθη̣σ̣α̣ν̣ δὲ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑλ̣λη´̣ν̣ω̣ν̣ π̣ι̣στ̣εύσαντες ·····
那從希臘人中信主的也蒙了稱呼……
And those from among the Greeks who believed were called ...
1:611
·······ε̣ρ̣ωσιν π̣·λ̣··λ̣ο´̣γων οἱ Ἰουδαῖο̣ι̣ ὡ῀̣δε̣ μ̣ερὶς ὄντες̣ ····σ̣ε̣···
……猶太人,在此既是一分子……
... the Jews, being here a portion ...
1:612
πολίτ̣ευμα ἅγιον καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ἀλλ' ἥτ̣τ̣ω ····ε̣υ̣ον̣ τες τὰ πράγμ̣α̣τα̣ τ̣ὰ ·····
聖潔的國度以及其餘,然而較為次等……那些事務……
a holy commonwealth and the rest, but inferior ... the affairs ...
1:613
φωνηθέντα ἐφ' οἷς ἐκλήθ̣η̣σαν ··
因著他們蒙召的緣由而得了稱呼。
named for the things on account of which they were called.
1:614
κ̣α τὰ τοῦτο οὖν τί π̣ε̣ρ̣ισσο´̣ν ε̣σ̣τιν εἰπ̣εῖν, ἐὰν πρῶτόν τις κληθ̣ῇ καὶ μ····
照此而論,若有人先蒙召又……那麼說這話有什麼益處呢?
According to this, then, what advantage is there to say, if someone is first called and ...
1:615
περὶ τῆς ἐνταυ῀̣θ̣α διαγ̣ωγῆς καὶ ζωῆς λέγει·
他是論到此處的生活與生命而說的。
He speaks concerning the manner of life and living here.
1:616
τὸ ζῆν τοῦτο ἔχομεν μετὰ σαρκὸς ὄντες καὶ ἐ´̣τ̣ι ἐν̣ τ̣α̣ύτῃ δ̣ιάγοντες
這生命是我們在肉身之中、仍在其內度日時所有的。
This life we have while being in the flesh and while still passing our time in it.
1:617
ὑπὸ χρόνον ἐστίν, ὑπὸ ἀριθμὸν ἡμερῶν ἐστιν
它是在時間之下,在日子的數目之下。
It is under time, it is under the number of days.
1:618
τὸ δὲ ἀληθῶς ζη῀̣ν αἰώνιόν ἐστιν·
但真正的活著乃是永恆的;
But to live truly is eternal;
1:619
αἰώνιος δέ ἐστιν καὶ ἀπέραντος τοιαύτη ζωή
這樣的生命是永恆而無盡的。
and such a life is eternal and unending.
1:620
περὶ τ̣ῆς οὖν ἐνταῦθα ζωῆς τῆς ἐνύλου λέγει
所以他是論到此處的生命,就是物質的生命而說的。
So he speaks concerning the life here, the material life.
1:621
καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὰς ἐν σκιᾷ·
他造它們如影兒;
And he made them in shadow;
1:622
ὅτι τίς ἀπαγγελεῖ τῷ ἀνθρώ πῳ τί ἔσται ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον
誰能將日光之下、身後將有何事告訴人呢?
For who will declare to the man what shall be after him under the sun?
1:623
ζωὴ τῶν̣ ἀνθρώπων, ἣν ἐνταῦθα περιέπουσιν, σκιώδ̣ης ἐστίν
人在此處所度的生命乃是如影兒般的。
The life of men, which they lead here, is shadowy.
1:624
ἔχεις ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ πρ̣ὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος λεγόμενον·
你在福音書中有救主所說的話:
You have in the Gospel that which is said by the Saviour:
1:625
ζητεῖτε̣, φ̣ησίν, πρῶτον τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τη`̣ν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ πάντ̣α ταῦτα π̣ροςτεθήσε ται ὑμῖν
他說:你們要先求神的義和祂的國,這一切都要加給你們了。
Seek, he says, first the righteousness and the kingdom of God, and all these things shall be added to you.
1:626
ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν σκιὰν εἶναι μὴ προϋπάρχοντος̣ σώματος
若沒有身體先存,就不可能有影兒。
It is impossible for there to be a shadow if a body does not previously exist.
1:627
δεῖ εἶναι σῶμα, ἵν' οὕτως ἐπακολουθήσῃ σκιά
必須先有身體,影兒才能隨之而生。
There must be a body, so that thus a shadow may follow.
1:628
βίος οὖν ἐνταῦθα σκιά ἐστιν οὔσης προηγουμ̣ένης ζωῆς, ἧς ἐπακολούθημά ἐστιν ὧδε γινομε´̣νη
如此,此處的生命乃是影兒,先前另有一在先的生命,此處所生成的乃是其後續。
The life here, then, is a shadow, there being a prior life which precedes it, of which that which comes to be here is a sequel.
1:629
διὰ τ̣α̣υ῀̣τα λέγετ̣α̣ί που·
為此緣故,某處記著說:
On account of these things it is said somewhere:
1:630
καὶ ἔτι ἔλεγεν Ἰὼβ πρότερον·
並且約伯從前也曾說:
And moreover Job said formerly:
1:631
σκιά ἐστιν β̣ι´̣ο̣ς τ̣ῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς
人在地上的生命乃是一個影子。
The life of men upon the earth is a shadow.
1:632
ἐπ̣ὶ τῆς γῆς βίος ἔν υλος ζωή, πρόσκ̣αιρος, μετὰ σαρκός, αὕτη σκιά ἐστιν τῆς ἄνω ζωῆς
這地上的生命,或說物質的生命,就是那短暫的、與肉體相連的生命,乃是那上面生命的影子。
This life upon the earth, or the material life—the transient life, the life lived with the flesh—this is a shadow of the life above.
1:633
γε̣νητὸν πρᾶγμά ἐστιν, εὐκι´̣νητον, εὐπαράγωγον
它是受造之物,易於變動,易於被引偏。
It is a created thing, easily moved, easily led astray.
1:634
οὕτω καὶ ἀπόστολος τὴν σκιώδη ζωὴν δεῖαι θέλων ἔλεγεν·
使徒也是如此,他要顯明這如影般的生命,便說:
So too the Apostle, wishing to show forth this shadowy life, said:
1:635
εἰ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ζωῇ ἠλπικότες ἐσμὲν μ̣όνον, ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐσμέν
「我們若靠著這生命只在今生有指望,就算比眾人更可憐。」
'If in this life only we have hope, we are of all men most to be pitied.'
1:636
ἔστω γ̣οῦν τις ἐλπίδα ἔχων ἐπὶ σκιὰν φαινο̣μένου βοηθοῦντος, ἐν ἐσόπ τρῳ τὶς κ̣ατανοῶν τὸ πρόσωπον βασιλέως οὐ πάρο̣ντος, εἰ ὠφελήσει αὐτὸν σκιὰ τὸ φαινόμενον
那麼,設想有人把指望寄託在一個可見的幫助者的影子上——就如有人在鏡中端詳一位並不在場之君王的面容——試問那影子或那外表能否使他得益?
Let there be, then, someone who sets his hope upon the shadow of a visible helper—as one who contemplates in a mirror the face of a king who is not present—[and ask] whether the shadow or the mere appearance will profit him.
1:637
μὴ γὰρ δύναται αὐτῷ ὑπαρχθῆναι, δύναται ὑπαρχ θῆναι αὐτ̣ῷ παρ̣α`̣ β̣ασιλέως ἀληθοῦς το̣ῦ κα̣τὰ νο´̣μους ἄρχοντος
因為一個依律法治理的真君王所能為他成就的事,那影子豈能為他成就麼?
For can there be secured for him the things that can be secured for him by a true king who rules according to the laws?
1:638
βίος οὖν ἡμῶν σκιώδης ἐστίν
如此,我們的生命乃是如影一般的。
Our life, then, is shadowy.
1:639
ἀγαπητὸν δὲ γ̣νόντα τοῦτο, ὅτι σκιώδης ἐστὶν βίος οὗτος, αὐτῷ προσσχεῖν ὡς πράγματι μὴ παραμόνῳ, ὡς ἄλλοθεν ἀρκούμενον̣, καὶ το̣υ῀̣τ̣ο̣ δ̣ε̣ι῀̣ σ̣κοπ̣εῖν ὁ´̣τι ἄλλος ἐστὶν βίος, ἐπακολουθεῖ σκιώδης, καὶ κατ' ἐκ̣εῖν̣ον ζῆν καὶ πράττειν
然而,人既認明了這事——就是這生命乃是如影一般——就當視它為不能長存之物而看待它,如同一個從別處得著滿足的人;並且他還當思想這一點:另有一種生命,那如影的生命乃是隨從它而來的,並要照著那生命而活、而行。
But it is a good thing, once a man has recognized this—that this life is shadowy—to attend to it as to a thing that does not abide, as one content to draw his sufficiency from elsewhere; and this too he must consider, that there is another life, upon which the shadowy one follows, and to live and act according to that one.
1:640
οὕτ̣ω̣ γὰρ ἀρέσαι τὶς θεῷ δύ νατ̣α̣ι
因為人惟有如此才能討神的喜悅。
For thus can a man please God.
1:641
διὰ τοῦ τίς ἀπαγγελεῖ ἀνθρώπῳ τί ἐπακολουθεῖ αὐτῷ ἔτι ὄντι υ̣πὸ τὸν ἥλιον, ἀναιρεῖται ἔνθεν πᾶσα μαντική, πᾶσα πρόγνωσις ἀνθρωπίνη
藉著「誰能告訴人,在他還活在日光之下時,日後有甚麼事臨到他」這句話,一切占卜、一切屬人的預知都被除去了。
By the words 'who shall declare to a man what shall come after him while he is yet under the sun,' there is thereby removed all divination, all human foreknowledge.
1:642
γὰρ προσκεῖται τὸ ὑπο`̣ τ̣ὸν ἥλιον
因為經文加上了「在日光之下」這句話。
For the phrase 'under the sun' is added.
1:643
οἱ γὰρ ὑπεραναβεβηκότες τὸν ἥλιον τοῦ τον καὶ τῷ ἡλίῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης προσπελάσαντες ὡς λεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν ὅτι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ἥλιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν, ἀπαγγεῖλαι δύ νανται, τί ἔσται ὀπίσω, τί διαδέχεται αὐτούς
因為那些已超越這日頭、並親近了公義之日頭的人——以致論到他們說「他們要在他們父的國裡發出光來,像太陽一樣」——這等人便能宣告日後之事,宣告接續他們而來的是甚麼。
For those who have risen above this sun and drawn near to the Sun of righteousness—so that it is said of them that 'they shall shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father'—these are able to declare what shall be hereafter, what succeeds them.
1:644
καὶ ὅπερ εἶπον̣ καὶ νῦν ἐρῶ·
我從前所說的,如今也要再說:
And what I said [before], I will say also now:
1:645
ἐλέγομεν, ὅτι ἄγνοιαν ἔχο̣μ̣εν τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ κριμάτων, ἐπεὶ τυγχάνουσιν̣ ἀνεξερεύνητα
我們曾說,我們對神的審判是無知的,因為那些審判本是測不透的。
We were saying that we are in ignorance of the judgments of God, since they prove to be unsearchable.
1:646
τὰ κρίματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἄβ̣υσσός ἐστιν πολλή
「神的審判是深不可測的大淵。」
'The judgments of God are a great deep.'
1:647
δὲ ἄβυσσος ἀκατάλημ̣πτός ἐστιν δυσκαταλημπτός
而那大淵是不可測度的,或說是難以測度的。
And the deep is incomprehensible, or hard to comprehend.
1:648
κ̣αὶ ἔλ̣ε γον, ὅτι ἔστωσάν τινες ὑπὸ βασιλε´̣ως δικαιοτάτου καταδ̣ικασθέντες̣ ἐν νή σῳ, ἕκαστος κατὰ τὸ ἁμάρτη̣μα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ πάντες ἴσμεν, ὅτι κατεδικάσθη σαν δικαίως, οὐ μὴν ὅσδε διὰ τί
我們曾說:設想有些人被一位極公義的君王判處流放海島,各人是照著自己的過犯受判;我們都知道他們是被公義地定了罪——只是我們並不曉得某一人究竟是為著甚麼緣故。
And we were saying: let there be certain men condemned to an island by a most just king, each according to his own sin; and we all know that they were condemned justly—yet not indeed why this particular one [was condemned].
1:649
οὕτω καὶ ὧδε ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν
在此我們也可以照樣說。
So too here we may say [the same].
1:650
καὶ ἔνπαλιν ἐξ ἀρχόντων πολλοὶ εἰς ἰδιωτισμὸν ἐτ̣ρ̣άπησαν
反過來說,也有許多本是掌權者的人,落到了平民百姓的地步。
And conversely, many from among rulers have been reduced to the state of common men.
1:651
αὐτὸς οὗτος ἐκκλησιαστὴς λέγει·
這位傳道者也親自說:
This same Preacher says:
1:652
εἶδο̣ν δου´̣λους ἐπὶ ἵππους καὶ ἄρχοντας περιπα τοῦντας, καὶ οὐκ ἔχομε̣ν̣ εἰπεῖν, διὰ τ̣ί ὅσδε τόδε ἔχει
「我見過僕人騎馬,王子卻步行」;我們卻說不出為何這一個得著這樣的境遇。
'I have seen servants upon horses, and princes walking on foot'; and we cannot say why this one has this [lot].
1:653
ἔχο̣μεν δὲ καθόλου τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ὅτι διαπίπτει τ̣ὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων
然而我們總可以概括地說:人間的事乃是變幻無常的。
But this we can say in general: that the affairs of men are subject to reversal.
1:654
ἐὰν δὲ ὑπερβαίνοντες ταῦτα ἄνω γενώμεθα μηκέτι σκοπο̣υ῀̣ντες τὰ πρόςκαιρα καὶ φαινόμενα, τότε̣ ἀναρ τήσομεν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ θεῷ, τὰ τηνικάδε δυνάμενοι γνῶναι, ἐπακολ̣ουθεῖ τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα
但我們若越過這些事而升到高處,不再注目於那短暫而可見的事物,那時我們就必把自己聯於神,並能明白隨著此後之事而來的是甚麼。
But if, passing beyond these things, we come to be on high, no longer regarding the temporal and the visible, then shall we attach ourselves to God, being then able to know the things that follow upon what comes after.
1:655
ἕκαστος δὲ πρὸς τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐργασίαν μισθὸν ἀπο λαμβάνει
各人都要照著他的行為與工作而領受賞賜。
And each man receives his wage according to his deed and his work.
1:656
εἴρηται δὲ τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ ψαλμῳδοῦ·
詩人向神說了這話:
And this is said to God by the psalmist:
1:657
σὺ α̣π̣οδ̣ω´̣σεις ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ
「你必照各人的行為報應他。」
'Thou shalt render to every man according to his works.'
1:658
κἂν γοῦν φανερὰ ὦσιν τὰ ἔργα, ἀλλά γ' ο̣υ̣κ̣ π̣ι̣σ̣τάμεθα, ποίᾳ διαθέσει αὐτὰ ἐνεργοῦσιν
縱然那些行為是顯而易見的,我們卻不知道他們是懷著怎樣的心意去行的。
For even if the works are manifest, yet we do not know with what disposition [men] perform them.
1:659
καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὰς ἐν σκιᾷ
「並且他在影子裡造了它們。」
'And he made them in shadow.'
1:660
ἀνα̣γ̣ω̣γ̣η´̣; λέγει τοῦτο·
屬靈的引申義:它說的是這意思:
The anagogical sense: it says this:
1:661
οἱ ἐκλάμψαντες ὡς ἥλιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς ἑ- αυτῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀληθιναῖς ἡμέραις διήγαγον
那些在他們父的國裡發光如太陽的人,是在那真實的日子中度過了他們的一生。
Those who have shone forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father passed their lives in the true days.
1:662
ἐπαγγελίας γοῦν τρόπῳ πρός τινα εἶπεν περί τινος·
於是他以應許的方式,向某人論到某人說:
By way of a promise, then, he spoke to a certain one concerning a certain one:
1:663
μακρότητι ἡμερῶν ἐνπλήσω αὐτόν
「我要使他享足長壽。」
'With length of days will I fill him.'
1:664
α̣ι̣ μ̣ακραὶ αὗται ἡμέραι αἱ πρὸς τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ γινόμεναι οὐκ εἰσὶν σκιώ-δεις, πρωτότυποί εἰσιν·
這些出於真光的長日子,並不是如影一般的,乃是那原型:
These long days, which come from the true Light, are not shadowy; they are the archetypes:
1:665
σκιώδεις δέ εἰσιν ἡμέραι, ἃς δυνάμεθα ἔτι σάρ-κα περικείμενοι ἀναδέξασθαι
至於那如影般的日子,乃是我們仍披戴著肉體時所能領受的。
but shadowy are the days which we are able to receive while still clothed about with flesh.
1:666
τότε ἐκ μέρους τις γιγνώσκει, ὅτε οὔπω τὸ τέλειον ἐλήλυθεν, ὅτε ἐν ἀρραβῶνι πνεύματος καὶ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ τυγχάνει
那時人所知道的乃是有限的,是在那全備的還未來到之時,是在他還處於聖靈與真光之憑據(初熟果子)之中的時候。
Then a man knows in part, when the perfect has not yet come, when he is [living] in the earnest of the Spirit and of the true Light.
1:667
ἐποίησεν οὖν ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν σκιᾷ τις, ἀλλ' οὐκ οἶδεν, τί ο̣πίσω̣ αὐτοῦ ἔσται, εἰ ὑπερβήσεται τὴν σκιὰν καταπεσεῖ-ται κατ' αὐτῆς
如此,人是在影子裡造就了這些日子,卻不知道他日後的光景如何——是要超越那影子呢,還是要墜落於其下。
So a man made these days in shadow, but he does not know what shall be after him—whether he shall pass beyond the shadow, or fall down beneath it.
1:668
καὶ ἵνα ἐξ ἄλλου παραδείγματος τὴν θεωρίαν λάβωμεν·
為要從另一個例子來領會這屬靈的默想:
And that we may take the contemplation from yet another example:
1:669
οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι γε- γένηνται ἐν σκιᾷ ἐν σκιᾷ ἡμερῶν, οὐκ ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις
猶太人乃是活在影子裡——在日子的影子裡——並不是活在那些日子本身之中。
The Jews came to be in a shadow—in a shadow of days—not in the days themselves.
1:670
ἑρ-μηνεύει γὰρ τὰς ἡμέρας τὰς προηγουμένας καὶ ἀληθινὰς Μωΰσης λέγων·
因為摩西解明那在先的、真實的日子,說:
For Moses interprets the days that go before and are true, saying:
1:671
αὕτη ζωή σου καὶ αὕτη μακρότης τῶν ἡμερῶν σου, ἀγαπᾶν κύριον̣ τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σ̣ου καὶ ὅλης ψυχῆς σου
「這是你的生命,這是你日子的長久,就是要盡心盡性愛耶和華你的神。」
'This is thy life and this is the length of thy days: to love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul.'
1:672
ἀγάπη δὲ πρὸς θε-ὸν ε̣ξ ὅλης ψυχῆς καὶ ἐξ ὅλης διαθέσεως γινομένη οὐκ αὔξησιν τῶν ἡμε̣ρ̣ῶν̣ τούτων ἐργάζεται
而那出於全心全意、發自整個心志的、向著神的愛,並不使這些屬肉身的日子得以加增。
And love toward God, arising from the whole soul and from the whole disposition, does not work an increase of these [material] days.
1:673
πολλοὶ γὰρ σπουδαῖοι καὶ θεοσεβεῖς ἄνθρω-ποι ταχέως μετετέθησαν τοῦ βίου, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐμακροημέρευσαν φαυλότατοι̣
因為許多殷勤敬虔的人很快就從今生被取去,而另一些極其卑劣的人反倒長壽。
For many earnest and God-fearing men were swiftly taken out of this life, while others, most wretched, lived to a great age.
1:674
ὅτι τίς ἀπαγγελεῖ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, τί ἔσται ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον
因為「誰能告訴人,在日光之下他身後將有甚麼事呢?」
For 'who shall declare to a man what shall be after him under the sun?'
1:675
ἀμφιβόλου οὔσης τῆς λέξεως ἑκατέρως αὐτὴν ἐκλαβεῖν δεῖ, ἵνα τοῦτο τί ἀπαγγελήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τίς̣ ἔτι ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον ὢν δύναται ἀπαγγεῖλαι
由於這句話有雙關的含義,就當從兩方面來理解,使它兼有這意思:在日光之下有甚麼事要向他宣告,以及誰還在日光之下時能夠宣告出來。
Since the phrase is ambiguous, it must be taken in both senses, so that it means this: what shall be declared to him under the sun, and who, while yet being under the sun, is able to declare it.
1:676
ἀναγ̣ωγη´̣; ἀναγωγὴ αὕτη ἐστίν·
屬靈的引申義:這引申義乃是如此:
The anagogical sense: this is the anagogical sense:
1:677
καὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ σπουδάζοντι τὰ αὐτῷ ἀλη-θῶς ἡδέα ἔχειν τίς ἀπαγγελεῖ αὐτῷ, τί ἔσται ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλι-ον
至於那竭力追求那些真正使他喜悅之事的人,誰能告訴他,在日光之下他身後將有甚麼事呢?
And to the man who strives after the things that are truly sweet to him, who shall declare to him what shall be after him under the sun?
1:678
δύναται ὧδε λέγεσθαι τὰ διαλάμποντα, τὰ ἀνάγοντα ἀπὸ τῆς σκιᾶς, τὰ χειραγω̣γοῦντα ἐκ τῶν̣ προσκαίρων ἐπὶ τὰ αἰώνια
這裡所指的,可以是那些透光發亮之物,那些把人從影子中引上去之物,那些牽著人的手、從短暫之事引向永恆之事的。
Here may be meant the things that shine through, the things that lead up out of the shadow, the things that lead a man by the hand from the temporal to the eternal.
1:679
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς σκιᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐκ̣λαβεῖν τοῦτο, ὅτι τίς αὐτῷ ἀπαγγέλει, τί ἔσται αὐτῶν ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον, ἔτι π̣λ̣ησιάζοντι τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ
但也可以把這話用在公義的影子上來理解:就是當他還在親近公義之時,誰能告訴他,在日光之下這些事的結局將如何。
But it is possible also to take this with reference to the shadow of righteousness: that who shall declare to him what shall be of these things under the sun, while he still draws near to righteousness.
1:680
οὐκέτι γὰρ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐστὶν αὐτὸς ο̣ὑ῀̣-τ̣ος ὑπερβὰς τὴν σκιὰν καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ γενόμενος πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον αὐτὴν ὁρῶν
因為這人本身——就是那已越過影子、進入真理本身、面對面觀看真理的人——已不再是在公義之日頭之下了。
For this very man—the one who has passed beyond the shadow and come to be in the truth itself, beholding it face to face—is no longer under the Sun of righteousness.
1:681
ἀγαθὸν ὄνομα ὑπὲρ ἔλαιον καὶ ἡμέρα τοῦ θανάτου ὑπὲρ ἡμέραν γενέσεως αὐτοῦ
「美名勝過膏油,死亡的日子勝過出生的日子。」
'A good name is better than oil, and the day of death than the day of one's birth.'
1:682
προτρέπει ἐπιμέλεσθαι καλῆς φήμης
他勸勉人要留意得著美好的名聲。
He urges [us] to give heed to a good reputation.
1:683
ὄνομα λαμβάνειν τὸν φαύλως διάγοντα
至於那行事卑劣之人也能得著名聲——
[As for] the one who conducts himself basely acquiring a name—
1:684
προτρέπεται οὖν φήμης ἐπιμέλεσθαι
所以他勸勉人要留意名聲。
he therefore urges [us] to give heed to reputation.
1:685
ὑπὲρ γὰρ τὸ ἔλαιον τὸ δοκοῦν ἡδὺ εἶναι ἀγαθόν ἐστιν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο
因為勝過那看似甘美的膏油的,正是這名聲之為美。
For above the oil, which seems to be pleasant, this name is good.
1:686
φανερὸν τὸ ῥητόν; ἐλεειν̣ο̣ὶ δοκοῦσιν οἱ ἐν τῷ βίῳ εὖ διάγοντεςἔστιν δὲ μετὰ κακοδο ξίας τοῦτο ἔχειν·
字面的意思是明顯的:那些在今生享福之人看似可憐——然而人也可能一面享福、一面卻背負惡名:
The literal sense is plain: those who fare well in this life seem to be objects of pity—yet it is possible to have this along with ill repute:
1:687
οἷος ἦν μετὰ Λαζάρου μνημονευθεὶς πλούσιος καὶ μὲν ἀκούσας·
就如那與拉撒路一同被記念的財主;他就是那聽見這話的人:
such as was the rich man remembered together with Lazarus; the one who heard [the word]:
1:688
ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἀπαιτοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπὸ σοῦ
「無知的人哪,今夜他們必要你的靈魂;
'Fool, this night they require thy soul of thee;
1:689
δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τινί ἔσται; τούτου οὖν τοῦ δοκοῦντος ἐλαίου τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ἀγαθὸν προτιμᾶτε καὶ προκρί νετε
你所預備的要歸誰呢?」所以,你們要在這看似膏油之物以上,寧取並揀選那美名。
and the things thou hast prepared, whose shall they be?' Therefore, above this seeming oil, prefer and choose the good name.
1:690
δυνατὸν δὲ τὸ ὄνομα τὸ καλὸν ἀναλαβεῖν, τὸ αἱρετὸν ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ χρη ματίζειν
也可以把這美名理解為:得以稱為神所揀選的名。
It is possible, too, to understand the good name as [meaning] to be called by the chosen name of God.
1:691
ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα ψιλὸν ᾖν, τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ἀγαθὸν κατὰ ἀρετὴν συνίστα ται
為使這名不至於徒有其名,那美名乃是照著德行而得以成立的。
So that the name be not a bare [name], the good name is established according to virtue.
1:692
σὺν καμάτῳ δὲ καὶ πόνῳ καὶ ἱδρῶτι τοῦτό τις κτᾶται
人得著這美名,乃是憑著勞碌、辛苦與汗水。
And with toil and labour and sweat does a man acquire this.
1:693
τὸ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμα γινόμενον ἡδὺ ἀκμητὶ πολλάκις παραγίνεται καὶ ἔξωθεν τῆς αὐ τῶν σπουδῆς
至於那頃刻之間便得著的快樂,卻往往是不費力氣就臨到的,是在他們自己的努力之外得來的。
But that pleasant thing which comes on the instant often arrives effortlessly and apart from any effort of their own.
1:694
τοῦτό ἐστ̣ι̣ν̣ παραιτεῖται ἅγιος λέγων·
這正是那聖徒所拒絕的,他說:
This is that which the holy one deprecates, saying:
1:695
ἔλαιον ἁμαρ τωλῶν μὴ λιπανάτω τὴν κεφαλήν μου, νομίζουσιν αυ̣τοι῀̣ς̣ ἡδὺ καὶ ἐλαι οῦν αὑτούς, μὴ ὑπαρξάτω μοι
「不要讓罪人的膏油塗抹我的頭」——就是他們自以為甘美、用以膏抹自己之物:願它絕不臨到我。
'Let not the oil of sinners anoint my head'—that which they deem pleasant to themselves, and [with which] they anoint themselves: let it not be mine.
1:696
μὴ γὰρ πᾶσα φήμη ἐπαινετή ἐστιν
因為並非每一種名聲都是值得稱讚的。
For not every reputation is praiseworthy.
1:697
τὸ δὲ ὄνομα ὧδε ἴσον φήμῃ δύναται
而這裡的「名」可以等同於「名聲」的意思。
And 'name' here can be equivalent to reputation.
1:698
πολλοί εἰσιν εὐφημούμενοι, οἳ δύ νανται καταπονεῖν ἄλλους, ὅτι πλούσιοι, ὅτι ἄρχοντες
有許多人備受讚譽,卻能欺壓別人——因為他們有錢,因為他們是掌權的。
There are many who are well spoken of, who are able to oppress others—because they are rich, because they are rulers.
1:699
τοῦτο οὖν τὸ ὄνο μα οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἔλαιόν ἐστ̣ιν
如此的名聲,就算不上勝過膏油了。
This name, then, is not better than oil.
1:700
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλο τοῦ ἐλέους ἐστίν
因為它不過是一件可憐可歎之事罷了。
For it is nothing other than a thing to be pitied.
1:701
τὸ δὲ ἀληθῶς αἱρετὸν καὶ τ̣·····
然而那真正值得選取的、以及那寶貴之物……
But that which is truly to be chosen, and that which is [precious]...
1:702
·····ετ̣ον φέρων τῷ κεκτημένῳ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἥδεα τοῦ βίου ἐστίν
……為擁有它的人帶來遠勝於今生逸樂之物。
...bringing [good repute] to its possessor above the pleasures of life.
1:703
ὁμοίως λέγει περὶ ἡμέρας, ὅτι οἱ ὄντως τὰ πρεσβεῖα φέροντες κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον κ̣αὶ οἱ ἄγοντες βίον ἀκηλίδωτον ἀγαθὸν ὄνομα ἔχου σιν
他論到日子時也照樣說:那些照著內在的人真正持守尊榮地位、並過著無瑕生活的人,必得美名。
In like manner he speaks concerning the day, namely, that those who truly hold the place of honour according to the inner man, and who lead an unstained life, possess a good name.
1:704
καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ὑπὲρ ἐ´̣λα̣ι̣ον, ὑπὲρ τὰ ἥδεα
這正是那「勝於膏油」、勝於逸樂的。
And this is that which is 'above oil,' above the pleasures.
1:705
ἐνίοι δὲ κτῶνται τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, οὐκ ἐκ βίου, ἀλλ' ε̣κ πρ·····θης καὶ σπου δῆς τινων
但有些人得著這名,並非出於行為,也非出於生活,而是出於某些人的討好與熱心奔走。
But some acquire this name not from works, not from their manner of life, but from the [favour] and eagerness of certain persons.
1:706
οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὄνομα αἱρετώτερον τοῦ ἐλαίου
那樣的名並不比膏油更值得選取。
That name is not more to be chosen than oil.
1:707
ἑαυτόν τι να δεῖ ἐλεῆσαι·
人當憐憫自己。
A man ought to have mercy upon himself.
1:708
σὺν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ ἐλέει ἐὰν κατορθώσῃ τὸν βίον, αἱρετώ τερον τὸ ἀληθινὸν ὄνομα, προκριτέον ἐστίν
而伴隨這憐憫,倘若他將自己的生活導正,那真實的名便更值得選取,且應當被優先看重。
And together with this mercy, if he sets his life aright, the true name is more to be chosen and is to be preferred.
1:709
καὶ ἡμέρα τοῦ θανάτου ὑπὲρ ἡμέραν γενέσεως αὐτοῦ
「並且死亡之日勝過他出生之日。」
'And the day of death is better than the day of his birth.'
1:710
ἀρχὴ θλίψεώς ἐστιν καὶ κακοπραγίας ἡμ̣έρα τῆς γενέσεως
出生之日乃是患難與不幸的開端。
The day of birth is the beginning of affliction and of misfortune.
1:711
ἡμέρα τῆς γενέσεως εἰσάγει ἄνθρωπον ···
出生之日將人帶入……
The day of birth brings a man in...
1:712
εἰς βίον̣, ἐ´̣ν̣θ̣α̣ πολλά ει̣σ̣ιν̣ π̣ονη̣ ρ̣ὰ καὶ κακά·
……進入今生,那裡有許多邪惡與凶險之事;
...into life, where there are many wicked and evil things;
1:713
δὲ τοῦ θανάτου ἡμέρα τ̣ε´̣λ̣ος̣ ε̣πιτίθησιν τῇ ἐπιμόχθῳ ζωῇ
而死亡之日則為這勞苦的生命劃上終點。
but the day of death sets an end to the toilsome life.
1:714
τοίνυν μὴ προσσχὼν τὰ πρόσκαιρα μηδὲ μ̣ε´̣γ̣α ἐπ' αὐτοῖς φρονῶν, ἀλλ' εἰδὼς ὅτι κάλλιον ἀναλύσαντα σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι, τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ θανάτου προκρίνει τῆς ἡμέρ̣α̣ς τῆς γενέσεως
因此,那不依戀暫時之物、也不因這些而自高的人,反倒曉得「離世與基督同在」是更美的,便寧取死亡之日過於出生之日。
He, then, who does not cling to temporal things nor think highly of himself on their account, but knows that it is better to be dissolved and to be with Christ, prefers the day of death to the day of birth.
1:715
μὲν γὰρ πολλῶν κακῶν ἀρ χή ἐστιν, δὲ τέλος καὶ περιγρα̣φὴ τῶν κακῶν
因為前者是眾多災禍的開端,後者卻是災禍的終結與界限。
For the one is the beginning of many evils, while the other is the end and the bounding-limit of evils.
1:716
κα̣κὰ δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὰ ἐπί μοχθα λέγομεν, τὰ ἀδιάφορα·
在此我們所說的「災禍」,是指那些勞苦之事,即那些無關善惡的事:
And here by 'evils' we mean the toilsome things, the indifferent things:
1:717
πενίαν, κακοδοξίαν καὶ τὰ συγγενῆ τούτοις
如貧窮、惡名,以及與這些相類之事。
poverty, ill repute, and things akin to these.
1:718
ἀγαθὸν πορευθῆναι εἰς οἶκον πένθους ὅτι πορευθῆναι εἰς οἶκον ποτοῦ
「進入哀哭之家,勝過進入宴飲之家。」
'It is good to go into the house of mourning rather than to go into the house of feasting.'
1:719
ὑδαρότης ἤθους οὐ γίνεται, ἔνθα πένθος ἐστίν
凡有哀哭之處,品格便不致鬆散淡薄。
There is no dilution of character where mourning is.
1:720
ἐκτρέπονται γὰρ ἐκεῖ τὸ γεγηθέναι καὶ γελᾶν·
因為在那裡人都遠避歡樂與嬉笑;
For there men turn away from rejoicing and from laughter;
1:721
αὕτη συμφορὰ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει τοῦτο γίνεσθαι
這樣的災禍不容許這等事發生。
this calamity does not permit such things to happen.
1:722
ἐνί οτε δὲ καὶ ἀρεσκείᾳ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς δυστυχοῦντας καὶ πάσχοντας τὴν συμ φορὰν φυλαττόμεθα τὸ κἂν ἱλαροὶ ὀφθῆναι
有時,我們也為著顧念那些遭逢不幸、身受災禍之人,而謹守自己,免得被人看見我們竟顯出愉悅。
And sometimes also, out of consideration toward those who are unfortunate and who suffer the calamity, we guard ourselves against being seen even cheerful.
1:723
ἐν δὲ τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ ποτοῦ τἀναν τία γίνεται, καὶ ὄρχησις καὶ ᾄσματα φέροντα ψόγον, χυδαιότητος βι´̣ου̣ σύμ βολα ὄντα
但在宴飲之家,所發生的卻是相反的事:又是舞蹈,又是那招致責備的歌唱,都是庸俗生活的表徵。
But in the house of feasting the opposite things happen: dancing too, and songs that bring reproach, being tokens of a vulgar life.
1:724
ἀγαθὸν οὖν ἐστιν τῷ σοφῷ πορευθῆναι εἰς οἶκον πένθους εἰς οἶκον ποτοῦ
所以,對智慧人而言,進入哀哭之家勝過進入宴飲之家。
It is good, therefore, for the wise man to go into the house of mourning rather than into the house of feasting.
1:725
τοῦτο τὸ συνποτίζειν, ὅταν μὴ ἀγαγῇ κακόν, οὔτε ἀγαθὸν φέρει
這樣的同席共飲,縱使不致引出惡事,卻也不帶來任何益處。
This drinking together, when it does not lead to evil, yet neither brings any good.
1:726
ἵνα πένθος ψεκτὸν μὴ λάβωμεν; ἐκεῖνο, μακαρίζει σωτήρ
使我們不致陷入那應受責備的哀哭;而是要得著那救主所稱為有福的哀哭。
That we may not incur blameworthy mourning; rather that mourning which the Saviour pronounces blessed.
1:727
καὶ πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν εἴπομεν, ὅτι τὸ συνεῖναι συμφορὰν ὑφισταμένους οὐ βλάπτει
至於字面的意思,我們已說過:與那些身受災禍的人在一起,並不會造成損害。
And with regard to the literal sense we have said that to be together with those undergoing calamity does no harm.
1:728
ὑπόμνησιν ποιεῖ ὅλως τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν οἶκος πένθους δηλῶν̣ ὅτι οὐδὲ πρῶτοι οὐδὲ μόνοι δυστυχοῦντες τὸ πένθος̣ ἔχομεν·
哀哭之家整體上使我們想起自己的本性,明明指出:在不幸中懷抱哀傷的,我們既非頭一個,也非唯一的一個;
The house of mourning altogether serves as a reminder of our nature, making clear that we are neither the first nor the only ones who, in misfortune, have mourning;
1:729
οἶκός ἐστιν πένθους, ἔνθα ἠθικα`̣ ἁμαρτημάτων δόγματα καὶ οἱ ἐπ' αὐ τοῖς κολάσεις
那裡就是哀哭之家:其中有關於罪的倫理教訓,以及隨之而來的刑罰。
there is a house of mourning where the ethical doctrines concerning sins are, and the punishments that follow upon them.
1:730
ταῦτα γὰρ ἀκούοντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι κακο·····
因為人聽見這些事的時候,便……
For when men hear these things they [are moved]...
1:731
···λα̣ μὲν καὶ πενθεῖν καὶ ὀλοφύρεσθαι ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς
……為自己憂傷、哀哭、悲嘆。
...to grieve and to mourn and to lament over themselves.
1:732
ἀγαθὸν οὖν τί ε̣στιν πένθος̣
如此看來,哀哭乃是美善之事。
Mourning, then, is something good.
1:733
μακάριοι γὰρ οἱ πενθοῦντες νῦν, ὅτι αὐτοὶ πα̣ρακληθήσονται
「因為現今哀哭的人有福了,因為他們必得安慰。」
'For blessed are those who mourn now, for they shall be comforted.'
1:734
προοίμιον καὶ ἀρχὴ παρακλήσεώς ἐστιν τὸ π̣ένθος
哀哭是安慰的序曲與開端。
Mourning is the prelude and beginning of comfort.
1:735
μα καρίζει δὲ σωτὴρ οὐ τοὺς ὅπως ποτὲ πενθοῦντας
但救主並非稱那些以任何方式隨意哀哭的人為有福。
But the Saviour does not pronounce blessed those who mourn in just any manner whatsoever.
1:736
ἐνίοτε γὰρ καὶ ὑπαί τιοι αὐτ̣οὶ πίπτουσιν τοῦ λόγου λέγοντος·
因為有時哀哭的人自己也是有可責之處的,正如聖言所說:
For sometimes they themselves who mourn are also culpable, since the Word says:
1:737
μὴ κλαίετε τεθνηκότα μηδὲ θρη ν̣εῖτε̣ αὐτόν·
「不要為死人哀哭,也不要為他悲嘆;
'Weep not for the dead, neither lament him;
1:738
κλαύσατε κλαυθμῷ τὸν ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ προσώπου κυρίου, ὅτι οὐκέτι ἐπιστρέψει
卻要為那離開耶和華面前的人痛哭,因為他必不再回來。」
weep sore for him that goeth forth from the presence of the Lord, for he shall no more return.'
1:739
οὗτος ἄξιός ἐστιν κλαυθμοῦ
這樣的人才是值得為他哀哭的。
This one is worthy of weeping.
1:740
τεθνηκότα ἐκπεσόντα ἀπὸ τῆς μακαρίας καὶ αἰωνίου ζωῆς
就是那從那有福且永恆的生命中墮落下來、如同死去的人。
The dead man who has fallen away from the blessed and eternal life.
1:741
κατὰ πολλοὺς οὖν τρόπους δύναται̣ ἑα̣υτόν τις ἐν ἁμαρτίαις γενόμε νος πενθεῖν, ἐὰν αἰσθηθῇ
因此,一個陷在罪中的人,只要他有所醒覺,便能以多種方式為自己哀哭。
In many ways, then, one who has fallen into sins is able to mourn for himself, if he becomes aware of it.
1:742
καὶ μακαρίζεται ἑαυτὸν πενθῶν ἄξια πένθους πεποιηκὼς καὶ ἐκπεσὼν τῆς μακαρίας ζωῆς, ἵνα παρακληθῇ
那為自己哀哭的人便被稱為有福——他既作了當受哀哭之事,又從那有福的生命中墮落,如今為要得著安慰。
And he is pronounced blessed who mourns for himself, having done things worthy of mourning and having fallen from the blessed life, in order that he may be comforted.
1:743
πενθεῖ δὲ καὶ ἄλλους, ὅταν φιλ̣όπαις ᾖν
但他也為別人哀哭,就是當他是一個愛惜自己兒女的人。
But he mourns for others also, when he is one who loves his children.
1:744
οὕτω γοῦν Παῦλος ἔλεγεν·
保羅正是如此說:
So indeed Paul said:
1:745
μὴ εἰσελθὼν πενθήσω πολλούς
「恐怕我來的時候,要為許多人哀哭。」
'lest, when I come, I should mourn for many.'
1:746
πολλοὺς λέγει τοὺς μ̣ὴ μετανοήσαντας
他所說的「許多人」,是指那些未曾悔改的人。
By 'many' he means those who had not repented.
1:747
οὗτος πενθῶν οὐχ ἑαυτὸν πενθεῖ, ἀλλὰ τοὺς νεκρωθέντας ἄλλους ἤτοι γενα μένους αὐτοῦ τέκνα διὰ παίδευσιν ἠ`̣ ὅπως ποτέ
這樣哀哭的人並非為自己哀哭,乃是為別人——就是那些已然死去的人,或更確切地說,是那些藉著教導、或以某種方式而成為他兒女的人。
This one who mourns does not mourn for himself, but for the others who have been put to death—or rather who had become his children through instruction, or in whatever manner.
1:748
οἶκος δὲ κατάστασίν τινα σημαίνει καὶ ἀγωγήν, οὐ τόπο̣ν
而這「家」所表明的,乃是某種光景與生活的規範,並非指一個地方。
And the 'house' signifies a certain condition and a course of conduct, not a place.
1:749
ἔγνω τοῦτο τέλος παντὸς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ζῶν δώσει ἀγα θὸν πρὸς καρδίαν αὐτοῦ
「他知道這是眾人的結局,活人也要將這事放在心上,當作美好之事。」
'He knew this to be the end of every man, and the living will lay it to his heart as a good thing.'
1:750
πορευόμενος εἰς οἶκον πένθους οἶδεν ὅτι τέλος παντὸς ἀνθρώ που ἐστὶν τὸ τεθνάναι
那進入哀哭之家的人曉得:眾人的結局就是死亡。
He who goes into the house of mourning knows that the end of every man is to die.
1:751
καὶ εἰ οἶδεν ὅτι τεθνήξεται, οὐ μέγα φρονήσει οὐδὲ ἡγήσεται περισπούδαστόν τι ἔχειν, ἐὰν τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔχῃ, ἀποβαλεῖν δύναται τεθνηκώςπλοῦτον, δόξαν, ἀξίωμακατὰ τὸ μὴ φοβοῦ, ὅταν πλουτήσῃ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὅταν πληθυνθῇ δόξα τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ ἀποθνῄσκειν αὐτὸν λήμψεται τὰ πάντα
他若曉得自己必死,就不至於自高,也不至於以為自己擁有甚麼值得竭力追求之物——倘若他所有的,正是死人所能失去的那類:財富、榮耀、地位——正如所說的:「見人發財、家室增榮的時候,你不要懼怕;因為他死的時候甚麼也不能帶去。」
And if he knows that he will die, he will not be high-minded, nor will he count himself to possess anything worth eager striving, if he possesses such things as a dead man is able to lose—wealth, glory, rank—according to the saying, 'Be not afraid when a man becomes rich, and when the glory of his house is increased; for at his death he shall carry nothing away.'
1:752
καὶ ζῶν δώσει ἀγαθὸν πρὸς καρδίαν αὐτοῦ
「活人也要將這事放在心上,當作美好之事。」
'And the living will lay it to his heart as a good thing.'
1:753
ζῶντός ἐστιν τὸ θηρεύειν τὸ αὑτῷ δοκούμενον ἀγαθόν
追求在他看來是善的事物,這是屬於活人的。
It belongs to the living to pursue what seems to him to be good.
1:754
γὰρ τεθνηκὼς καὶ ἄξια τοῦ πενθῆσαι ὑφιστάμενος οὐ δίδωσιν ἀγαθὸν ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ
因為那死了的人,既承受當受哀哭之事,就不將美善放在自己心上。
For the dead man, who undergoes things worthy of mourning, does not lay a good thing to his heart.
1:755
ἀλλ' ἐὰν καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς ἀποσπασθῇ τοῦ βί ου, τὸ ἀληθῶς ἀγαθὸν εὑρίσκει εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυ ρίου ἑαυτοῦ
然而,倘若一個良善高尚的人被從今生取去,他進入他主人的喜樂之時,便尋得那真正的美善。
But if a good and noble man is drawn away from life, he finds the truly good thing as he enters into the joy of his own Lord.
1:756
ἐὰν δὲ φαῦλος, κἀκεῖ κλαυθμὸν ὑφίσ̣τ̣α̣τ̣α̣ι̣
但他若是卑劣的,就連在那裡也要承受哀哭。
But if he is base, then even there he undergoes weeping.
1:757
ἐκ̣εῖ γάρ ἐστιν κλαυθμὸς καὶ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων
因為在那裡有哀哭切齒。
For there is the weeping and the gnashing of teeth.
1:758
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὸν̣ ζῶντα εἰπεῖν·
那活人也可以這樣說:
And it is possible also for the living man to say:
1:759
οἷοι ἦσαν οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἀβραάμ, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται·
就如亞伯拉罕與他一同的那些人,論到他們有話說:
such as were those about Abraham, concerning whom it is said:
1:760
θεὸς οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων
「神不是死人的神,乃是活人的神。」
'God is not the God of the dead, but of the living.'
1:761
ἀληθῶς ζῶν, τὴν μακαρίαν ζωὴν ἔχων, τῇ ψυχῇ ἑαυτοῦ εὑρίσκει ἀγαθόν
那真正活著的人,那擁有有福生命的人,為自己的靈魂尋得美善。
He who truly lives, who possesses the blessed life, finds good for his own soul.
1:762
ἔγνω τοῦτ̣ο τέλος παντὸς ἀνθρώπου
「他知道這是眾人的結局。」
'He knew this to be the end of every man.'
1:763
φαῦλος κατὰ ἕτερον σημαινόμενον λέγετ̣αι ἄνθρωπος, ὡς εἴρηται·
卑劣之人也照另一種含義被稱為「人」,正如所說的:
The base man is called 'man' according to another signification, as it is said:
1:764
ὑμεῖς δὲ δὴ ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνῄσκετε, καί·
「你們卻要像人一樣死亡」,又說:
'But ye shall die like men,' and:
1:765
ὅπου γὰρ ἔρις καὶ ζῆλος ἐν ὑμῖν, οὐχὶ ἄνθρωποί ἐστε;
「因為在你們中間既有紛爭嫉妒,你們豈不是屬乎人麼?」
'for where there is strife and jealousy among you, are ye not men?'
1:766
ἀποβαλὼν ταύτην τὴν ζωήν, καθ' ἣν ψ̣ε̣κ̣τὸς ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, πενθεῖται μακαρίως
那捨去這種生命的人——就是照這生命而言他本是應受責備的人——如今得著有福的哀哭。
He who has cast off this life, according to which he is a blameworthy man, is mourned in a blessed manner.
1:767
δὲ ζῶν τῷ περιέπειν τὴν τοιαύτην ἀγωγὴν καὶ ζωὴν τὸ ἡδὺ ἑαυτῷ θηρᾶται, ου̣ ζητεῖ τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα σωτηρίαν, τὴν σὺν πολλῷ πόνῳ κατορθουμένην
但那藉著操持這樣的規範與生命而活著的人,只為自己獵取快樂,並不尋求那隨後而來、須以極大勞苦方能成就的救恩。
But the one who lives by pursuing such a course and life hunts after what is pleasant for himself, and does not seek the salvation that comes thereafter, which is achieved with much toil.
1:768
διὰ γὰρ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρα̣νῶν, καί·
因為「我們進入神的國,必須經歷許多艱難」,又說:
For 'through many afflictions we must enter into the kingdom of heaven,' and:
1:769
ἐν παντὶ θλι βόμενοι οὗτοι οὐδὲν ἡδὺ ἔχουσιν
「凡事上都受患難」,這等人毫無甚麼快樂可言。
'being afflicted in everything,' these have nothing pleasant.
1:770
πενθήσας οὖν ἔγνω τὸ τέλος παντὸς ἀνθρώπου
如此看來,那已經哀哭過的人,便曉得了眾人的結局。
He, then, who has mourned has known the end of every man.
1:771
οὕτω γοῦν πενθεῖ ὡς περιγραφέντος αὐτοῦ τοῦ ζῆν τοῦ δημοσιευομένου
如此他便哀慟,彷彿那被公開審理之人的生命本身已被斷絕。
So then he mourns as though the very life of the one whose case has been made public had been cut off.
1:772
οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὖν τὸ ἀγαθὸν δώσει ζῶν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καρδίαν φιλήδονον οὖσαν
所以活著的人不會單純地施予善,而是朝向自己那愛好逸樂的心去施予。
Therefore the living man will not simply give what is good, but will give it toward his own heart, which is inclined to pleasure.
1:773
ἀγαθὸν θυμὸς ὑπὲρ γέλωτα, ὅτι ἐν κακίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀγα θυνθήσεται
忿怒勝於嬉笑,因為在人的邪惡之中,他將得以變好。
Anger is better than laughter, for in a man's wickedness he shall be made better.
1:774
καὶ ἐκ τῶν μετὰ χεῖρας ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τοῦτο·
從眼前的事例中也可以看出這一點:
And from the matters at hand one may see this:
1:775
ἐάν τις ὑπηκόους ἔχῃ, οἷον τέκνα δούλους, ὅταν οὕτως ὀργίζηται καὶ θυμῶται αὐτοῖς ὥσ̣τε αὐτῶν τὴν κακίαν κωλῦσαι, θυμὸς οὗτος ἀγαθός ἐστιν, οὐχ καθάπαξ θυμός, ἀλλ' πατρὸς πρὸς τέκνον, κηδεμόνος πρὸς τοὺς ἐπι κουρουμένους
若有人管轄下屬,例如兒女或僕人,當他如此向他們動怒發忿,以致要制止他們的邪惡時,這忿怒便是善的——並非那一味的忿怒,而是父親對兒女、監護者對其所照顧之人的忿怒。
If someone has those under his charge, such as children or servants, whenever he is so angered and provoked against them as to restrain their wickedness, this anger is good—not anger in the absolute sense, but the anger of a father toward his child, of a guardian toward those he protects.
1:776
ὅτι ἐν κακίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀγαθυνθήσεται ζητῶν γέλωτα, ἐκεῖ γινό μενος ὅπου οἱ γελοιασταί·
因為「在人的邪惡之中他將得以變好」——那尋求嬉笑之人,那前往戲謔者所在之處的人;
For 'in a man's wickedness he shall be made better'—the one who seeks laughter, who goes where the jesters are;
1:777
δὲ θυ̣μὸν ἔχων κατὰ τῶν τοιαῦτα ποιούν των καὶ ἑαυτῷ θυμωθήσεται, ὅτα̣ν ἔλθ̣ῃ αὐτῷ λογισμὸς πρᾶγμα τοιοῦτο, ὡς ἔλεγον ἀρτίως, ὅτι θυμοῦται καθ' ἑαυτου῀̣ ἀνατ̣ιθηνῶν τὸν θυμὸν διὰ κακίαν ἀνθρώπου
但那向行此類事者懷有忿怒的人,也會向自己發忿,每當這樣的思念或事件臨到他時,正如我方才所說,以致他向自己發忿,將他忿怒的緣由歸於人的邪惡。
but he who holds anger against those who do such things will also be angry with himself, whenever some such thought or deed comes upon him, as I was saying just now, so that he is angered at himself, laying the blame of his anger upon a man's wickedness.
1:778
ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἀναγωγήν; ἀναγ̣νόντες τὰς θείας γραφὰς καὶ γνόντες ὡς θεὸς ἀγανακτεῖ κατὰ τῶν ἁμ̣αρτωλῶν καὶ ὅτι θυμὸν ἐγείρει, ὃν παραιτούμενος ἅγιος ἔλεγεν·
這如何應用於更高的靈意(寓意)解釋呢?當我們閱讀神聖的經文,並知道神向罪人發義憤,且祂激動忿怒——那位聖徒懇求免除此事時說:
How does this apply to the higher, anagogical sense? When we read the divine Scriptures and come to know that God is indignant against sinners and that He rouses His wrath—which the saint, deprecating, spoke of, saying:
1:779
μὴ τῷ θυμῷ σου ἐλέγξῃς με, μηδὲ τῇ ὀργῇ σου παιδεύσῃς μεοὗτος θυμὸς οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγ̣αθ̣ότερος τοῦ σὺν ἀρετῇ διάγειν·
「不要在你的怒中責備我,也不要在你的忿中管教我」——這忿怒並不勝於在美德中度日;
'Rebuke me not in Your anger, neither chasten me in Your wrath'—this anger is not better than living in virtue;
1:780
ἀλλ' ὡς ἄξι ός ἐστιν τοῦ κολασθῆναι, αἱρετώτερόν ἐστιν αὐτὸν διὰ θυμοῦ ἐλεγχθῆναι καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ κολάσει παιδευθ̣ῆναι
但既然人配受懲罰,那麼藉忿怒受責備、並藉那懲罰本身受管教,對他而言是較為可取的。
but insofar as a man is worthy of being punished, it is more choiceworthy for him to be reproved through anger and to be chastened by that very punishment.
1:781
θυμοῦται γὰρ δυνάμενος κολάσαι πρὸ τοῦ κολάσαι
因為有能力施行懲罰的人,在懲罰之前先動怒。
For he who has the power to punish grows angry before he punishes.
1:782
οὐκοῦν ἀκούομεν ἐν τῇ γραφῇ, ὅτι κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἀπειλὴ ἀπόκειτ̣αι; εἰ θυμ̣ός ἐστιν ἀπαγγελλόμενος, ἀπειλή τίς ἐστιν·
那麼我們豈不在經上聽見,有威嚇為罪人存留嗎?若所宣告的是忿怒,那便是一種威嚇;
Do we not then hear in Scripture that a threat is laid up against sinners? If it is anger that is announced, it is a kind of threat;
1:783
τῷ πληρωθῆναι τὴν ἀπειλήν
藉著那威嚇的成就。
by the fulfilling of the threat.
1:784
ἐν τῇ κολάσει οὐκ ἔστι̣ν̣ μείζων θυμός; ἀλλ' οὐ τοῦτον ἀγαθὸν λέγει, ἐάν τις αὐτοῦ π̣ειραθῇ, ἀλλ' ἐὰν κω λύσῃ θυμὸς αὐξῆσαι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, ἵν' ἐπακολουθήσῃ κόλασις
在懲罰之中忿怒豈不更大嗎?然而他所稱為善的並非此事——若人親身經歷它——而是若那忿怒能阻止罪過的增長,以致無需有懲罰接踵而至。
In the punishment is not the anger greater? Yet it is not this that he calls good, if one should experience it, but rather if the anger should prevent sins from increasing, so that punishment need follow.
1:785
τὸ ἀγαθὸν οὖν θυμὸς ὑπὲρ γέλωτα
如此,忿怒便是那善的事,勝於嬉笑,
Anger, then, is the good thing, above laughter,
1:786
ὑπὲρ τὸ ἥδεσθαι ἐπὶ κακοῖς
勝於因惡事而歡愉。
above taking delight in evil deeds.
1:787
ὅτι ἐν κακίᾳ ἀνθρώπο̣υ ἀγαθυνθήσεται
「因為在人的邪惡之中,他將得以變好。」
'for in a man's wickedness he shall be made better.'
1:788
γέλως ἐν κακίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀγαθ̣ύνεται·
嬉笑是在人的邪惡之中被說成「變好」的;
Laughter is made 'better' in a man's wickedness;
1:789
καὶ ἑαυτῷ κακίαν φέρει γελω τοποιὸς καὶ ἄλλοις
而製造戲謔的人,既為自己也為他人帶來邪惡。
and the maker of jests brings wickedness both upon himself and upon others.
1:790
ἀγαθ̣υ´̣νεται οὖν ἐν κακίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἡδονὰς θηρεύ ων, τὴν ὑδαρότητα προκρίνων τοῦ αὐστηροῦ βίου
如此,在人的邪惡之中,那追逐逸樂的人被說成「變好」——就是那將鬆散淡薄的生活置於嚴謹生活之上的人。
So then, in a man's wickedness the one who hunts after pleasures is 'made better'—he who prefers a watered-down, dissolute life to the austere one.
1:791
τούτου τοῦ γέλωτος τὸ πρόσωπον ἐν κακίᾳ δοκεῖ ἱλαρύνεσθαι
這嬉笑的面容看似在邪惡之中顯得歡欣。
The face of this laughter seems to be brightened in wickedness.
1:792
ἐὰν δὲ περὶ τοῦ θυμουμένου λέγωμεν τοῦτο, ὅτι κακία ἐστὶν ἐνφαι νομένη ἐν τῇ ἀπειλῇ, οὐ κακίαν τὴν ἐναντιουμένην τῇ ἀρετῇ, ἀλλ̣α`̣ τὴν κα κοῦσαν τοὺς σφαλλομένους, περὶ ἧς καὶ ἐν Ἀμὼς τῷ προφητῇ γ̣ε´̣γραπται·
但若我們就那發忿的人這樣說:即在威嚇中所顯明的惡,並非與美德相對立的邪惡,而是加於犯錯者身上的懲創——關於此事,先知阿摩司書中也記著:
But if we say this concerning the one who is angry—that the evil manifested in the threat is not the wickedness opposed to virtue, but the harm inflicted upon those who go astray—concerning which it is also written in Amos the prophet:
1:793
εἰ ἔστιν κακία ἐν πόλει, ἣν κύριος οὐκ ἐποίησεν; οὐκ ἔστιν κακωτικὴ κατά στασις ε̣ν πόλει γινομένη ἄνευ τοῦ θεοῦ
「城中若有災禍,豈非耶和華所降的呢?」城中所生的懲創之事,沒有一件是離了神而有的。
'Is there evil in a city which the Lord has not done?' There is no harmful state of affairs arising in a city apart from God.
1:794
καρδία σοφῶν ἐν οἴκῳ πένθους καὶ καρδία ἀφρόνων ἐν οἴ κῳ εὐφροσύνης
「智慧人的心在遭喪之家,愚昧人的心在歡樂之家。」
'The heart of the wise is in the house of mourning, and the heart of fools in the house of mirth.'
1:795
ἰδοὺ ἔδειξεν, πῶς τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θυμοῦ αἱρετώτερόν ἐστιν τοῦ τοῦ γέλωτος ἐκ τῶν αἱρουμένων·
看哪,他已從人所選擇的事上,顯明忿怒的面容如何比嬉笑的面容更為可取:
Behold, he has shown how the face of anger is more choiceworthy than that of laughter, on the basis of what men choose:
1:796
γοῦν τω῀̣ν σοφῶν καρδία μᾶλλον εἰς οἶκον πένθους ὁρμᾷ εἰς οἰ῀̣κον πότου καὶ γέλωτος
因為智慧人的心,寧願趨向遭喪之家,而非趨向宴飲嬉笑之家。
for the heart of the wise inclines rather toward the house of mourning than toward the house of drinking and laughter.
1:797
ἀναγωγὴ συνκρινομένη ὥστε τὰ μὲν αὐτῶν αἱρεῖσθαι, τὰ δε`̣ φυγεῖν κατὰ πλείονας τρόπους γίνεται, ὧν εἷς ἐστιν ἐκ τ̣ῶν αἱρουμε´̣νω̣ν̣
那所作的比較——為要選擇其中某些事、逃避另一些事——是以多種方式產生的,其中之一乃是根據所選擇之物而作的。
The comparison that is drawn, so as to choose some of these things and to flee others, arises in several ways, one of which is that based on the things chosen.
1:798
αἱ ρεῖται σοφὸς ἀρετήν, εὐσέβειαν, θεῷ ἀρέσκειν, σπουδάζειν ὑπὲρ εὐ σέβειας, κ̣ἀ`̣ν δέοι ἀποθανεῖν
智慧人選擇美德、敬虔、討神喜悅、為敬虔熱心,縱使必須因此而死也在所不惜。
The wise man chooses virtue, piety, to please God, to be zealous for piety, even should it be necessary to die.
1:799
δὲ πολὺς ἄνθρωπος ἄφρων οὐκ αἱρεῖται ταῦτα
但那庸俗的人、那愚昧人,卻不選擇這些事。
But the common man, the fool, does not choose these things.
1:800
ἐκ τῶν αἱρουμένων δὲ προκρίνεται ἀρετή, ὅτι σοφοὶ αὐτὴν αἱ ροῦνται, οὐ χ̣υδαῖος, οὐκ ἔκλυτος, οὐκ ἄφρων
從所選擇之物來看,美德是被優先選取的,因為智慧人選擇它——而非庸俗之人、非放縱之人、非愚昧人。
From the things chosen, virtue is preferred, because the wise choose it—not the vulgar man, not the dissolute, not the fool.
1:801
καὶ ἐκ τῶν πραγμάτων δὲ πάλιν σ̣ύνκρισις λαμβάνεται, λεχθεῖσα θε ωρία ἐκ τῶν κρινόντων καὶ συνκ̣ρινόντων
再者,這比較也可從事物本身來取——就是那從審斷與比較之人而得的、前面所說的觀照。
And again, from the things themselves the comparison is taken—the aforesaid contemplation drawn from those who judge and compare.
1:802
τὸ δέον δὲ λαμβάνεται, ὅταν λέγωμεν ὅτι αἱρ̣ε̣τ̣ώτερά ἐστιν ψυχὴ τοῦ σώματος καὶ μᾶλλον αὐτῆς ἐπιμελε̣ῖσθαι̣ πρέπει̣ τοῦ σώματος
而「當為之事」的意涵,乃是當我們說靈魂比身體更為可取,並說照顧靈魂比照顧身體更為合宜時所取用的。
And the sense of 'what is fitting' is taken up when we say that the soul is more choiceworthy than the body, and that it befits one to care for it rather than for the body.
1:803
ἐκ τοῦ πράγματος, προ`̣ς̣ η̣ αἵρεσις καὶ σύνκρισις γίνεται, τὸ τίμιον λαμβάνο μεν, ἐπεὶ τιμιωτέρα ἐστὶν ψυχή
從那作為選擇與比較之對象的事物本身,我們取用其尊貴之處,因為靈魂是更為尊貴的。
From the thing itself, toward which the choice and comparison are made, we take up what is honorable, since the soul is more honorable.
1:804
φειδόμενος καὶ ἐπιμελούμενος αὐτῆς τοῦ τιμίου καὶ κρείττονος κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπιμέλεται
那愛惜並照顧靈魂的人,實在是照顧那尊貴而更優越之物。
He who spares and cares for it, cares in truth for what is honorable and superior.
1:805
ἔσ̣τι̣ν δὲ ὅτε καὶ ἐκ τ̣ῶν παρεπομένων πρόκρισις γίνεται
也有時候,這優先的抉擇是從隨之而來的後果推出的。
And there are times when the preference is drawn also from the accompanying consequences.
1:806
οὕτως οὐ δεῖ τὸ ζῆν ἁπαξαπλῶς προτιμᾶν τοῦ τεθνάναι
如此,人不當一概而絕對地將活著置於死亡之上。
Thus one ought not simply and absolutely to prefer living to dying.
1:807
κἂν γάρ τ̣ις̣ τὸ ζῆν προτιμᾷ τοῦ τεθνάναι μέλλοντος θρύλου δικα στοῦ ἄλλου τινὸς διώκοντος τὸν χριστιανι̣σμὸν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, πρὸς ὀλίγο̣ν ἐστίν
因為縱使有人寧取活著而不取死亡——當他因某種喧嚷、或因審判官、或因別的逼迫基督信仰與真理之人而將死之時——那也不過是為著片刻而已。
For even if someone should prefer living to dying—when about to die by reason of some clamor, or a judge, or someone else persecuting Christianity and the truth—it is only for a little while.
1:808
κἂν γὰρ μὴ ἀποθανῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ φονεύοντος, ἐνίοτε νόσος κα ταλαβου῀̣σα μεθίςτησιν τοῦ βίου·
因為縱使他不死在那殺害者手中,有時疾病臨到,也會使他離世。
For even if he does not die at the hand of the one killing him, sometimes a disease overtaking him removes him from life.
1:809
χρόνῳ μόνῳ τὴν διαφορὰν ἔχει, ὅτι π̣άραυτα ὀργῇ δικαςτοῦ ὑποκείμενος ἀποθανεῖται, τὸ δὲ νόσῳ διαφθεῖραι τὸ ζῆν ἄδηλον, πότε·
其分別僅在於時間:那立即落在審判官忿怒之下的人必死,而疾病要在何時毀滅生命卻是不確定的。
It differs only in time, in that the one immediately subject to the wrath of a judge will die, whereas when disease will destroy life is uncertain.
1:810
πλὴν οὐκ ἐπ' ἄπειρον τοῦτο, ἀλλ' ἐν πλείονι χρόνῳ δύνατ̣αι παραμένειν
然而這也並非能無限延續,只是能存留稍長一些的時候而已。
Yet this is not for an unlimited time, but it can persist for a somewhat longer while.
1:811
κα̣ι`̣ ὧδε κρίσις γίνεται ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πράγματος μονι μότη̣τος ταχυτῆτος
在此,這判斷也是從事情的持久或迅速而產生的。
And here too the judgment arises from the permanence or the swiftness of the matter.
1:812
ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἀκοῦσαι ἐπιτίμησιν σοφοῦ ὑπὲρ ἄνδρα ἀκούον τα ᾆσμα ἀφρόνων
「聽智慧人的責備,勝過人聽愚昧人的歌唱。」
'It is better to hear the rebuke of a wise man than for a man to hear the song of fools.'
1:813
δοκεῖ τοῖς πολλοῖς παρὰ τοῦ σοφοῦ ἐπιτίμησις̣ παραιτητέα εἶναι, μά λιστα ὅτε φιλαμαρτήμονές εἰσιν
對眾人而言,來自智慧人的責備似乎是該避開的,尤其當他們是愛好犯罪的人時。
To the many it seems that the rebuke coming from the wise man is to be avoided, especially when they are lovers of sin.
1:814
γὰρ πόθον ἔχων τοῦ ἥδεσθαι καὶ μαρτάνειν παραιτεῖται τὸν κωλύοντα ταῦτα
因為那渴望取樂並犯罪的人,會躲避那阻止這些事的人。
For he who has a longing to take pleasure and to sin shuns the one who prevents these things.
1:815
οὐδὲν ἔχων γνώμης χαίρει τοῖς κόλαξιν·
那毫無見識的人以諂媚者為樂;
He who has no judgment rejoices in flatterers;
1:816
θέλει μᾶλλον ἀκούειν κολακείας ᾄσματα ἠ`̣ λ̣όγους ἐλεγκτι κούς
他寧願聽諂媚的歌唱,而不願聽責備的言語。
he wishes rather to hear the songs of flattery than words of reproof.
1:817
σοφοῦ γάρ ἐστιν ἀγαπᾶν τὸν ἐλέγχοντα
因為愛那責備人的,乃是智慧人的本分。
For it belongs to a wise man to love the one who reproves.
1:818
τὸ γὰρ εἴρ̣η̣τ̣α̣ι ἐν παροι μίαις·
因為箴言中說:
For it is said in the Proverbs:
1:819
δὲ ἀσεβὴς καὶ κακὸς μισεῖ τὸν ἐλέγχοντ̣α
「唯有不敬虔的和邪惡的人,恨惡那責備他的。」
'But the ungodly and the evil man hates the one who reproves.'
1:820
ἐλέγχων τὸν ἀσεβῆ μωμήσεται καὶ ἑαυτόν
「責備不敬虔之人的,也必自取羞辱。」
'He who reproves the ungodly will bring reproach upon himself as well.'
1:821
ἑαυτὸν γὰρ μω̣μεῖται τὸν ἀσεβῆ ἐλέγχων
因為那責備不敬虔之人的,是自取羞辱。
For he who reproves the ungodly brings reproach upon himself.
1:822
ἀποδοκιμαστέος γάρ ἐστιν καὶ ἀπαγορευτέος ἀσεβής
因為不敬虔的人是該被棄絕、該被放棄為無可救藥的。
For the ungodly man is to be rejected and given up as hopeless.
1:823
καὶ ὥσπερ ἰατρὸς τὸν μὴ δυνάμενον θηραπευθῆναι ἐκ τομῆς καύσεως τούτοις ὑποβάλλων μᾶλλον οὐκ ἰατρός ἐστιν, οὐκ ἐπιστήμων ἰατρός, οὕ τως ὑποβάλλων τοὺς ἀδιορθώτους ἐλέγχῳ ἑαυτὸν μᾶλλον ψέγει
正如醫生若對那無法藉切割或灼燒得醫治的人施用這些方法,那他反倒不是醫生,不是有醫術的醫生;照樣,那對無可矯正之人施行責備的人,反倒是自招指責。
And just as a physician who subjects to cutting or cautery one who cannot be healed by these is rather no physician, not a skilled physician, so too he who subjects the incorrigible to reproof rather brings blame upon himself.
1:824
ἐρεθίζει γὰρ κἀκείνους κατ' αὐτοῦ λέγειν
因為他也激動那些人來抵擋他、說他的不是。
For he provokes those men too to speak against him.
1:825
καὶ τοῦτον δ̣ε`̣ μῶμον ἔχοντα δείκνυσιν ὡς οὐκ εἰδότα, τίνα ἐλέγξει καὶ τίνα οὔκ̣
他也顯明此人同樣負有指責,因他不曉得當責備誰、不當責備誰。
And he shows that this man too bears blame, as one who does not know whom he should reprove and whom he should not.
1:826
οὕτω δὲ ἔστιν ἐπιτίμησις τοῦ σοφοῦ ὑπὲρ τὸ ᾆσμα τῶν ἀφρόνων
如此,智慧人的責備勝過愚昧人的歌唱。
Thus the rebuke of the wise man is above the song of fools.
1:827
οἱ κόλακες τρόπον τινὰ ᾄδουσιν
諂媚者在某種意義上是在歌唱;
Flatterers in a manner sing;
1:828
κἂν λόγους λέγωσιν ἠθικούς, τέρψαι μᾶλλον ὠφελῆσαι τ̣οὺς ἀκούοντας βούλονται
縱使他們說些合乎道德的話,他們也寧願取悅聽者,而非使聽者得益。
and even if they speak moral words, they wish rather to delight than to profit their hearers.
1:829
παραιτητέα εἰσὶν καὶ ἀπαγο ρε̣υ̣όμενα
他們是該躲避、該棄絕的。
They are to be shunned and rejected.
1:830
σοφοῦ τοῦ ἐπιτιμ̣οῦντος τοῦ ἐπιτιμουμένου; τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως τοῦ σοφοῦ, οὐχ ἣν αὐτὸς ὑφίσταται, ἀλλ' ἣν αὐτὸς προςτάττε̣ι ἀ´̣λλοι̣ς
這是那施行責備之智慧人的責備,還是那受責備者的責備呢?乃是那智慧人的責備——不是他自己所承受的,而是他所吩咐加於他人身上的。
Is it the rebuke of the wise man who rebukes, or of the one being rebuked? It is the rebuke of the wise man—not the one he himself undergoes, but the one he enjoins upon others.
1:831
ε̣ι̣ δ̣ὲ καὶ οὕτω θέλεις λαβεῖν, ὅτ̣ι̣ ἐπιτίμησις σοφοῦ, ἣν αὐτὸς ὑπο μένει, βίαιον μὲν τὸ λεγόμενον, ὅμως δὲ τοῦτο λέγει·
但你若願意這樣理解,即這是智慧人自己所忍受的責備,那麼此說法雖略顯牽強,然而它所要說的乃是:
But if you wish to take it thus, that it is the rebuke of a wise man which he himself endures, the saying is somewhat forced, yet nonetheless it says this:
1:832
σοφὸς δεξάμενος ἐπιτίμησιν διορθοῦται ἑαυτόν, ἀποβάλλει ἐκεῖνα, δι' ἐπιτίμησις αὐ τῷ γέγονεν
智慧人既接受責備,便改正自己,除去那些招致責備臨到他的事。
The wise man, having received rebuke, corrects himself and casts off those things on account of which the rebuke came upon him.
1:833
καὶ ἀγαθὸν αὐτῷ ἐστιν τοῦτο
這對他而言是有益的。
And this is good for him.
1:834
οὐ τοῦτο δὲ βούλεται, ἀλλ' ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπιφ̣έρει τοῖς ἀξίοις ἐπιτιμίας, ἵνα ᾖν τούτῳ ὁμοῖον τὸ λεγόμενον·
但這並非他的本意;他所指的乃是他親自加於那些配受譴責之人身上的責備,好使這話與下面這句相仿:
But this is not what he means; rather it is the rebuke which he himself brings upon those deserving of censure, so that the saying may be similar to this one:
1:835
ὃς προφέρει ἐκ χ̣ειλέων σοφίαν, ῥάβδῳ τύπτει ἄνδρα ἀκάρδιον
「口中發出智慧的,用杖責打那無知的人。」
'He who utters wisdom from his lips smites with a rod the man who is without heart.'
1:836
ὅτι ὡς φωνὴ τῶν ἀκαν̣θῶν ὑπὸ τὸν λέβητα, οὕτως γέλως τῶν ἀφρόνων
「因為愚昧人的嬉笑,好像鍋下燒荊棘的爆響。」
'For as the crackling of thorns under a cauldron, so is the laughter of fools.'
1:837
αἱ δὲ ἀ´̣κανθαι, ὅταν καίωνται ὑπ̣ὸ λέβητα, ἐξήχησιν ψόφου μεγάλ̣ο̣υ ἀποτελοῦσιν
荊棘在鍋下焚燒時,會發出巨大的響聲。
The thorns, when they are burned under a cauldron, produce a great resounding din.
1:838
καὶ τῶν ἀφρόνων οὖν γέλως τοιοῦτός ἐστιν μέχρι τοῦ ἐξη χήσεις καὶ ψ̣όφους ἀπεργάσασθαι, οὐχ ἕνεκα τοῦ δι̣αχεῖν τὴν ψυχήν
照樣,愚昧人的嬉笑也是如此——不過發出響聲與喧鬧而已,並非為要使靈魂歡暢。
And so too the laughter of fools is of this kind—reaching only so far as to produce noises and clatter, not for the sake of gladdening the soul.
1:839
εἰ δὲ μ̣ὴ γελ̣ᾷ ψυ̣χή, οὐ μέχρι τοῦ ἐπιτιμῆσαι ἔφθανεν
但若靈魂並不嬉笑,那嬉笑便未達到規勸的地步。
But if the soul does not laugh, it did not reach so far as to admonish.
1:840
πολλα̣χοῦ δὲ τῶν γρ̣αφω῀̣ν̣ λέβης τὴν κόλασιν σημαίνει
在聖經的許多地方,鍋象徵著懲罰。
In many places in the Scriptures the cauldron signifies punishment.
1:841
ἀπὸ προσ̣ ώπο̣υ γὰρ βορρᾶ ἐκκαυθήσετ̣αι ἐπὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν
因為有火要從北方燒起,臨到那些住在地上的人。
For out of the north a fire shall be kindled upon those who dwell in the land.
1:842
ὅτε ἐθε άσατ̣ο τὸν προφήτην λαὸς ἐγέλα
當百姓看見那先知的時候,他們就譏笑他。
When the people beheld the prophet, they laughed.
1:843
οἱ ἄφρονες οὐ μέχρι τοῦ διαναπαῦσαι τὴν ψυχὴν γελῶσιν και`̣ , ἀλλὰ τοῦ ε̣ηχῆσαι καὶ ψόφους·
愚昧人發笑並非只為了使自己的靈魂得些安息,而是為了喧鬧與吵嚷。
Fools do not laugh merely to give their soul a little rest, but so as to make a din and clatter.
1:844
γελωτοποιοὶ δὲ μᾶλλόν εἰσιν
他們其實不過是些逗笑取樂的丑角。
Rather, they are buffoons.
1:845
καὶ ὥσπερ αἱ ἄκαν̣θαι αὐταὶ τὰ φυτὰ κατάκαυστα ὑπὸ τὸν λέ βητα ὄντα ψόφον ἐξίησιν, οὕτως γέλως αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἀπὸ πεπυρασ̣μένης κακῆς ψυχῆς ἐκείνων προφερόμενος
正如荊棘本是植物,在鍋底下被焚燒時發出爆裂的響聲,這些人的笑聲也照樣是從他們被點燃的、邪惡的靈魂中發出的。
And just as the very thorns, being plants set ablaze beneath the cauldron, give off a crackling noise, so too the laughter of such men is brought forth out of their kindled and wicked soul.
1:846
ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἀκοῦσαι ἐπιτίμη̣σιν σοφοῦ
聽智慧人的責備乃是好的。
It is good to hear the rebuke of a wise man.
1:847
θε̣ι῀̣ος τῶν γραφῶν λόγος σοφός ἐστιν καὶ ἕκαστος τῶν φυλ̣αττόντω̣ν αὐτὸν σοφὸς κατὰ θεόν ἐστιν, θεόσοφός ἐστιν
聖經中屬神的話語是智慧的,凡遵守它的人都是照著神為智慧的,是有神所賜之智慧的。
The divine word of the Scriptures is wise, and each of those who keep it is wise according to God — he is taught of God in wisdom.
1:848
ὅτε οὖν τοιοῦτ̣ος ἐπιτιμᾷ, ἀγαθή ἐστιν σπουδὴ ο̣ὐ´̣κ; ἐπιτιμᾷ δὲ καλῶς
既然如此,當這樣的人施行責備時,那份熱心是好的還是不好的呢?他實在是責備得合宜。
When, therefore, such a one rebukes, is the zeal good or not? Indeed, he rebukes rightly.
1:849
πολλοὶ δὲ ἐπιτιμῶσιν καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ γελωτοποιεῖν τινας, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ὀρχεῖσθαι καὶ τοιαῦτα ποιεῖν
然而也有許多人責備別人,卻是因為他們不肯逗笑取樂、不肯跳舞行這類的事。
But many rebuke people also for not playing the buffoon, for not dancing and doing such things.
1:850
σοφὸς δὲ κωλυτικὸν ἁμαρτίας ἔλεγχον προφέρει
但智慧人所發出的責備乃是能攔阻罪惡的。
The wise man, however, brings forth a reproof that restrains sin.
1:851
καὶ ἐπιτίμησις τοιαύτη τοῦ σοφοῦ βελ̣τιωτικὴ οὖσα, κἂν μὴ βελτιωθῇ βελτιούμενος, ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ὑπὲρ τὸ ᾆσμα τῶν ἀφρόνων, τὸν κόλακα λόγον καὶ μὴ ἐπιτι μῶντα
智慧人這樣的責備既是能使人得益處的,縱使那受責備的人並未變好,它仍是好的,強如愚昧人的歌唱,就是那奉承而不加責備的言語。
And such a rebuke from the wise man, being conducive to improvement — even if the one being corrected is not improved — is nonetheless good, being better than the song of fools, that is, the flattering and unreproving word.
1:852
καὶ κἂν ἀνὴρ διὰ ᾆσμα ἀφρόνων βλάπτηται, οὐ μόνο̣ν ἂν̣ γυνὴ παιδίον
倘若連成年男子都會因愚昧人的歌唱而受損害,何況婦人或孩童呢。
And even if a man be harmed by the song of fools, how much more a woman or a child.
1:853
ἄκανθαι οὖν εἰσιν αἱ βιωτικαὶ μέριμναι, αἱ αἰσχραὶ ἐπιθυμί αι, αἱ ἀκόλαστοι ἡδοναί
所以那荊棘就是今生的思慮、可恥的情慾、放縱的宴樂。
The thorns, then, are the cares of this life, the shameful desires, the unbridled pleasures.
1:854
το̣ῦτο δὲ λέγει ὅτι τὰ τοιαῦτα, νομίζον ται γελωτοποιοῦντες ἡδέως ποιε̣ῖν, ἄκανθαί εἰσιν, ὑπὸ κόλασιν φέρουσαι καὶ ἐρχόμεναι
他所說的正是這意思:那些逗笑取樂的人自以為快意而行的種種事,其實都是荊棘,要把人帶到刑罰之下,並引他們走向刑罰。
And this is what he says: that such things — which those who play the buffoon suppose they do to their delight — are thorns, bringing men under punishment and leading them to it.
1:855
καὶ αὐτὸ δ' ἐστὶν̣ ματαιότης
這事本身也是虛空。
And this very thing is vanity.
1:856
οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐκ τ̣οῦ γέλωτος κερδήσουσιν·
因為他們從那笑聲裡必一無所得。
For they shall gain nothing from their laughter.
1:857
ὡσεὶ καὶ λέγοις τῷ κακῶς ζῶντι ὅτι·
這就好比你對那行事邪惡的人說:
It is as though you were to say to one who lives wickedly:
1:858
ὅτι συκοφαντία περιφέρει σοφὸν καὶ ἀπόλλυσιν τὴν εὐ τονίαν τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ
因為讒謗使智慧人團團轉,並毀壞他心中的堅定。
For slander drives a wise man about and destroys the firmness of his heart.
1:859
πολλάκις τις κακηγορεῖ τὸν σοφὸν καὶ εὑρίσκει πολλ̣οὺς ἑπομένους
常有人毀謗智慧人,並且找到許多附和跟隨的人。
Often someone speaks evil of the wise man and finds many following after him.
1:860
καὶ εἰ μὴ πάνυ εὔτονος ἦν καὶ τέλειος, ἐνίοτε καὶ κλονε̣ῖται
那智慧人若不是極其堅定而完全的,有時甚至也會被動搖。
And unless he were exceedingly firm and perfect, he is at times even shaken.
1:861
τὴν μὲν σοφὴν ψυχὴν μὴ π̣εριενεχθεῖσα Σωσάννα ἐσυκοφαν τήθη ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ
蘇撒拿雖有智慧的靈魂未被動搖,卻仍被人以姦淫的罪名讒謗。
Susanna, though her wise soul was not carried away, was slandered on a charge of adultery.
1:862
συκοφαντία δὲ οὐ π̣ρὸς ἑνὸς δευτέρου ψευδοκατηγό ρων ε̣λέγε̣το·
那讒謗並非只出於一兩個作假見證的人之口。
And the slander was not spoken by one or two false accusers.
1:863
οἱ ἀ´̣ρ̣χοντες τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ κριταὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐνκλημάτων ἦσαν οἱ κα̣τηγ̣ορ̣οῦντ̣ες
那些提出控告的人正是百姓的首領,也是審理這類案件的審判官。
The rulers of the people and the judges of such charges were the very ones who brought the accusation.
1:864
λαὸς πᾶς π̣ροσεῖχεν αὐτοῖς ὡς κριταῖς καὶ κυβερνῶσιν τὸν̣ λαόν
眾百姓都聽從他們,如同聽從審判官、如同聽從治理百姓的人一樣。
All the people gave heed to them as to judges and as to those who governed the people.
1:865
καὶ σχεδὸν οὐδὲ εἷς ἐνῆν ψευδοποιῶν τὴν διαβο λήν
幾乎沒有一個人能揭穿那毀謗乃是虛假的。
And there was scarcely a single person who could expose the calumny as false.
1:866
ὁ´̣τε οὖν θεόσοφος οὖσα ἐσκόπησεν ὅτι ματαίως αὐτῇ τὰ τῆς ἀπολο γι´̣ας ἔστ̣αιοὐχ εὑρήσει γὰρ τὸν ἀκούοντα–, κατέφυγεν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τῷ μὲν προφορικῷ λόγῳ ἡσύχαζεν, τῇ δὲ διανοίᾳ ἐβόα·
因此,她既有神所賜的智慧,看出自己一切的申辯都是徒然的——因為她找不著肯聽她的人——便逃奔投靠神;她口中雖然默然不語,心裡卻在呼求說:
When therefore she, being taught of God, considered that any defense of hers would be in vain — for she would find none to hear her — she fled for refuge to God; and while she kept silent in outward speech, in her mind she cried out:
1:867
θεὸς αἰ ώνιος τῶν κ̣ρυπτῶν γνώστης, εἰδὼς τὰ πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν, σὺ ἐπίστασαι ὅτ̣ι ψευδῆ μου καταμαρτυροῦσιν
永恆的神啊,你是知道隱祕之事的,是在萬事未成之先就都知曉的,你曉得他們所作見證陷害我的乃是虛謊的。
O eternal God, who knowest the hidden things, who knowest all things before their coming to be, thou understandest that they bear false witness against me.
1:868
οὐ περιήνεγκεν αὐτὴν συ κοφαντία οὐδ' εἰς ταλαιπ̣ωρίαν αὐτὴν κατέστησεν, ἀλλ' ἐβεβαίωσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ σωφρ̣οσύνῃ
那讒謗並沒有使她被沖走,也沒有使她陷入愁苦,反倒使她在貞潔上更加堅固。
The slander did not carry her away, nor did it bring her into misery, but rather it confirmed her in her chastity.
1:869
καὶ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ μάλιστα τῶν διωγμῶν πολλοὶ ἐσυκ̣οφαντήθησαν καὶ οὐ περιηνέχθησαν
尤其在逼迫的時候,有許多人被讒謗,卻沒有被動搖沖走。
And especially in the time of the persecutions many were slandered and yet were not carried away.
1:870
σοφὸν οὖν ὧδε οὐ τὸν τέλειον λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀρχὴν ἔχοντα, τὸν νεο παγῆ
所以他在此所說的「智慧人」,並非指完全的人,而是指剛起步的、初立根基的人。
Here, then, by 'wise man' he does not mean the perfect one, but the one who is at the beginning, the newly established.
1:871
οὕτω δὲ ἐξειλήφαμεν καὶ τὸ ἔλεγχε σοφόν, καὶ ἀγαπήσει σέ
我們也照樣領會了那句話:「你責備智慧人,他必愛你。」
In this way we have also understood the saying, 'Reprove a wise man, and he will love thee.'
1:872
τέλειος σοφὸς οὐχ ὑπόκειταί τισιν ἐλέγχοις
那完全的智慧人是不受任何責備轄制的。
The perfect wise man is not subject to any reproofs.
1:873
σοφοὶ οὐκ ἐκκλίνουσιν ἐκ στόματος ὑψίστου, τοὺς τελείους ὧδε λέγει
「智慧人不偏離至高者的口」——他在這裡是指那些完全的人。
'The wise turn not aside from the mouth of the Most High' — here he speaks of the perfect.
1:874
πολλοὶ γοῦν ἔθυσαν μηδὲ προαίρεσιν ἔχοντες ἀπολομέν̣η̣ς τῆς εὐτονίας τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν
無論如何,有許多人獻了祭,甚至並非出於本意,只因他們心中的堅定已被毀壞了。
Many, at any rate, offered sacrifice, not even having the deliberate intent, because the firmness of their heart had been destroyed.
1:875
βαρεῖαν̣ ἐκ̣κ̣ρ̣οῦσ̣αι πρόθεσιν μὴ πάνυ παγκρατ̣η῀̣
當人並非全然剛強有力時,要打退一個既定的意念乃是沉重的事。
It is a heavy thing to beat off a resolve when one is not altogether all-powerful.
1:876
ἀγαθὴ ἐσχάτη λόγων ὑπὲρ ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀγαθὸν μακρόθυ μος ὑπὲρ ὑψηλὸν πνεύματι
言語的結局勝過其開端;心思忍耐的人勝過心靈高傲的人。
Better is the end of words than their beginning; better is the patient in spirit than the lofty in spirit.
1:877
τὸ τέλος τω῀̣ν λόγων μᾶλλον ἔχει ἤδη τι ἀγαθὸν υ̣π̣ε`̣ρ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν λό γων
言語的結局已經比言語的開端具有更多的美善。
The end of words already possesses something more good than the beginning of words.
1:878
ἀρχόμενος λ̣όγου, ἵνα τὸν λόγον ὧδε τὸν ἐνεργῆ λάβῃς, τὸν πραγ ματικόν, ἀδήλως ἔχει, εἰ τελε´̣σει τὸν λόγον, εἰ πράξει κατὰ τὸν λόγον
那開始說話的人——你要把此處的「言語」領會為那有果效的、實際的話語——尚在未定之中,不知他是否會把這話語完成,是否會照著這話語去行。
He who is beginning a word — take 'word' here to mean the effective, the practical word — is in an uncertain state as to whether he will complete the word, whether he will act in accordance with the word.
1:879
δὲ ἤδη εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ τέλος ἀφιγμένος τῶν λόγωντέλος τοῦ λόγου, ὑπὲρ οὗ γίνεται, οὐ πρὸς λόγος
但那已經到達言語終點的人——所謂話語的終點,乃是它得以產生所為的那目的,而非話語所指向的對象——
But he who has already arrived at the very end of the words — the end of the word being that for the sake of which it comes to be, not that toward which the word is directed —
1:880
λέγεται λόγος ἵνα γένηται πρᾶγμα ἵνα κ·····
說話乃是為使一件事成就,或為使……
A word is spoken in order that a deed may come to pass, or that ...
1:881
ἀκούουσιν οὖν ἐστιν τέλος ·····
所以對於那聽的人,是有一個終點的……
For the hearers, then, there is an end ...
1:882
ἀπαγορεύει λόγος τέλος θ̣·····
那話語禁止那終點……
The word forbids the end ...
1:883
εἴρηται γὰρ ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ, ὥστε τὸ δικαιωθ̣ῆναι ·····
因為經上說:「因你的話你必得稱義,因你的話你必被定罪」,如此,那得稱義……
For it is said, 'By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned,' so that to be justified ...
1:884
τέλος τῶν ψεκτω῀̣ν̣ λόγων ·····
那當受責備之言語的終點……
The end of the blameworthy words ...
1:885
τῆς εἰσαγωγῆς οὖν τ̣·····
至於那導言,則……
Of the introduction, then, the ...
1:886
συμβαί νει γὰρ τὸν ἀρξάμενον ·····
因為凡起頭的人就會這樣……
For it comes to pass that the one who has begun ...
1:887
ἀγαθὸν μακρόθυμος ὑπὲρ ὑψηλὸν πνεύματι
心思忍耐的人勝過心靈高傲的人。
Better is the patient in spirit than the lofty in spirit.
1:888
ὑψηλὸν πνεύματι λέγει τὸν ἀλάζονα, τ̣·····
他所說「心靈高傲的」乃是指那自誇的人,那……
By 'lofty in spirit' he means the boaster, the ...
1:889
····ρισμου ου εἶπεν σωτὴρ ·····
……就是救主所說的……
... which the Saviour said ...
1:890
πολλάκις τε ἐλέχθη ὅτι πνεῦμα τὴν γνώμην σημαίνει κατὰ τὴν σώματι καὶ πνεύματι ἁγίαν παρθένον·
並且屢次說過,「靈」是指心意的傾向,正如那「身體與心靈都聖潔的童女」這話所指的。
And it has often been said that 'spirit' signifies the disposition of mind, according to the phrase 'the virgin holy in body and in spirit.'
1:891
ρηφανος ἐν πνεύματι ἐστι`̣ν ·····
……在心靈裡驕傲的乃是……
... proud in spirit is ...
1:892
····νος μακρόθυμος οὐχ ὑψ̣ηλο`̣ς τῷ πνεύματι γίνεται, οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπερήφανος
……那忍耐的人不至於心靈高傲;他並不是驕傲的。
... the patient man does not become lofty in spirit; he is not arrogant.
1:893
πολλάκις γοῦν παιδεύων τινὰ μὴ ὀξύνοντα κατὰ τὴν νόησιν μακροθύμως προσάγει τὴν διδασκαλίαν·
無論如何,他在教導那領悟遲鈍的人時,常常滿有忍耐地施予教訓。
Often, at any rate, in instructing someone who is not quick in understanding, he brings the teaching to bear with patience.
1:894
καὶ ἐπιτιμῶν ὁμοίως ποιεῖ
他在責備人的時候也照樣行。
And in rebuking he does likewise.
1:895
οὐκ ἀπὸ μίας ἐπι τιμίας δευτέρας ἀπαγορεύει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλως προσάγει τὴν ὑγείαν
他不是責備一兩次就放棄,而是用種種別的方法將醫治施行出來。
He does not give up after a single reproof or a second, but brings the remedy to bear in yet other ways.
1:896
οὗτος οὖν μακρόθυμος τοῦ ὑψαυχένου καὶ ὑψηλοῦ τῷ πνεύματι ἀγαθότερός ἐστιν
所以這忍耐的人比那高抬頸項、心靈高傲的人更為良善。
This patient man, then, is better than the haughty-necked and the one lofty in spirit.
1:897
πολλοὶ γοῦν λέγοντές τισιν μάθησιν, ἐὰν βραδύτερον λέγῃ, λέγου σιν·
無論如何,有許多人在教導某些人某項功課時,若那人說話稍慢些,就說:
Many, at any rate, when teaching some lesson to certain persons, if one is somewhat slow in speaking, say:
1:898
, κάθαρμα, ὕπαγε, οὐδὲν δύνῃ
「哼,你這廢物,走開吧!你什麼都不中用。」
'Ha, you rubbish, be gone! You are good for nothing.'
1:899
τὴν ἀναγωγήν; ἀναγωγή ἐστιν αὐτό
那粗鄙的行為麼?這事本身就是粗鄙。
The uncouthness? That very thing is uncouthness.
1:900
ε̣π̣ειδὴ δὲ θέλεις τοῦτο·
但既然你想要這個:
But since you wish for this:
1:901
μακρόθυμός ἐστιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πιστεύων τῷ σωτῆρ̣ι̣, ὑψηλὸς δὲ πνεύματί ἐστιν ἐκ περιτο μῆς λαὸς λέγων·
那忍耐的人就是從外邦人中信靠救主的人;而那心靈高傲的乃是出於割禮的百姓,他們說:
The patient man is he who from among the Gentiles believes on the Saviour; while the one lofty in spirit is the people from the circumcision, who say:
1:902
οὐκ ἔχομεν βασιλε´̣α ε̣ι̣ μὴ Καίσαρα·
「除了凱撒,我們沒有王。」
'We have no king but Caesar.'
1:903
τοῦ Μωϋσέως μαθηταί ἐσμεν
「我們是摩西的門徒。」
'We are disciples of Moses.'
1:904
τούτου τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ τῷ π̣ν̣εύματι τ̣οῦ ἐξ Ἑβραίων λαοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν μ̣α̣κρόθυμος γενόμενος διὰ τ̣ὸ ἐγνωκέναι τὰ καθ' αυτόν, ὅτι ἐλπίδα μὴ ἔχων καὶ ἀ´̣θεος ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, προ̣κριτ̣ε´̣ος ἐκεί νου
與這出於希伯來人、心靈高傲的百姓相比,那從外邦人中成為忍耐之人的——因他已認清自己的光景,就是他在世上原是沒有指望、沒有神的——是要比那一個更為可取的。
In comparison with this people lofty in spirit, sprung from the Hebrews, the one who has become patient from among the Gentiles — because he has come to know his own condition, namely that he was without hope and godless in the world — is to be preferred to that other.
1:905
μὴ σπεύσῃς ἐν πνεύματι τοῦ θυμοῦσθαι, ὅτι θυμὸς ἐν κόλ πῳ ἀφρ̣όνων ἀναπαύεται
你不要心裡急躁惱怒,因為惱怒存在愚昧人的懷中。
Be not hasty in thy spirit to be angry, for anger rests in the bosom of fools.
1:906
τοῦ πνεύματος οὕτω ἐκεῖνο τὸ μο ·····
論到那靈,如此,那……
Of the spirit, thus, that ...
1:907
ε̣κεῖνος ε̣ν̣ π̣νεύματι ἁμαρτάνει ·····
那人是在心靈裡犯罪的……
That man sins in spirit ...
1:908
εἰσὶν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ παριστα μένου ··········
因為他們是出於那當前呈現的……
For they are from what presents itself ...
1:909
δὲ καὶ σ̣υ̣νσ̣τήσαντες καὶ ·····
並且也構成了,又……
And having also composed and ...
1:910
··περ̣ιποιοῦσιν η ὑπὸ ἡδονῆς ·····
……他們謀取,或是藉著宴樂……
... they procure, either by pleasure ...
1:911
μὴ σπεύσῃ σὺν λογισμῷ θυ μοῦσθαι ·····
不要在你的思慮中急於發怒。
Do not be hasty in your reasoning to give way to anger.
1:912
··ν ὅτι θεὸς ὀργίζεται καὶ ἐμοὶ λέγει ·····
……說神發怒,也對我說話……
...that God is angry and speaks to me as well...
1:913
σύνκειται ο̣ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος ·····
人是由靈魂與身體所構成的。
Man is composed of soul and body.
1:914
·····τ̣ο ψυχῆς μόνης γινομέ νης ·····
……當這事單憑靈魂而成就時……
...when it comes to pass by the soul alone...
1:915
σοφία τ παρουσία πνεύματος οὗτος ·····
智慧就是聖靈的臨在;這樣的人……
Wisdom is the presence of the Spirit; such a one...
1:916
οὑ´̣τ̣ω̣ χαριζόμενος νομίζει ·····
如此施予恩惠的人,卻自以為……
Thus bestowing grace, he supposes...
1:917
καὶ ἐὰν θεόπεμπτόν τι ·····
……並且若有什麼是神所差遣的……
...and if something is sent from God...
1:918
····μ̣ενος οὐ δέχεται αὐτὸ τοῦτο ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος ···············
……屬血氣的人不領受這事本身……
...being ..., the natural man does not receive this very thing...
1:919
··λέγεται οὕτω καὶ τὸ οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος·
……如此說來,就是那「他不領受屬乎聖靈的事」這話。
...it is said in this way, even the phrase 'he does not receive the things of the Spirit.'
1:920
οὐ φύσιν ··λ̣ο̣ι̣ απ̣·ν̣·ι̣·····
這並非出於本性……
It is not by nature...
1:921
μ̣ωρίαν η̣γ̣εῖται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος
他把屬乎聖靈的事看為愚拙。
He regards the things of the Spirit as foolishness.
1:922
δοκεῖ γὰρ μὴ θέλειν μῶρος εἶναι
因為他看似不願作個愚人。
For he seems unwilling to be a fool.
1:923
οὐ δέχεται τὰ μῶρον αὐτόν, ὡς οἴεται, ἀπο̣δεικ̣νύντα
他不接受那些,如他所以為的,證明他是愚人的事。
He does not accept the things that prove him to be a fool, as he supposes.
1:924
οὗτος οὖν ἐν ψυχῇ πάντα ποιεῖ·
這樣的人,凡事都在他的靈魂裏行。
This man, then, does everything in his soul.
1:925
δὲ ὑπεραναβεβηκὼς τοῦτο̣ καὶ σὺν θείῳ λογισμῷ πράττων ἁπαξα πλῶς λογισμῷ, οὗτος ἐν πνεύματι ποιεῖ
但那超越了此境、憑神聖的思慮而行的人,或說根本就是憑理性而行的人,這人乃是在聖靈裏行事。
But he who has risen above this and acts with divine reasoning, or with reason at all, this man acts in the Spirit.
1:926
ταύτην οὖν λέγω τὴν ἐπιστήμην οὐ κυρίως οὖσαν ἐπιστήμην, ἀλλὰ τὴν φαινομένην τοῖς χρωμένοις αὐτῇν κακοῦσθαι
因此,我所說的這種知識,並非真正意義上的知識,而是那對使用它的人顯得有害的知識。
This, then, I call a knowledge that is not properly knowledge, but one that appears to those who employ it to be harmful.
1:927
ὅτι θυμὸς ἐν κόλπῳ ἀφρόνων ἀναπαύεται
因為惱怒存在愚昧人的懷中。
For anger rests in the bosom of fools.
1:928
μὴ ἄφρων, ἀλλὰ σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιμελόμενος φ̣ρον̣ήσ̣εως, κ̣ἄν ποτε φανέντος τινὸς ἀκουσθέντος κινοῦντος θ̣υμόν, μέχρι προπαθείας γίνεται
那不是愚人、反倒有智慧且留心明辨的人,縱然有時見到、聽到、或有什麼激動怒氣的事,他也只到初動的情緒為止。
He who is not a fool but wise and attentive to prudence, even if at some point something appears or is heard or stirs up anger, goes only as far as the first movement of passion.
1:929
πολ λαχοῦ γὰρ τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων κόλπος τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν σημαίνει, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ·
因為在神聖教訓中的許多地方,「懷」乃象徵那主宰的心靈,正如經上說:
For in many places of the divine teachings the bosom signifies the governing faculty, as when it says:
1:930
οὗτος φαυλισμὸς αὐτῶν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτου εἰς κόλπον αὐτῶν
他們這藐視在埃及地臨到他們的懷中。
This their scorn in the land of Egypt has come into their bosom.
1:931
ὅτι εἰς κόλπ̣ον ἐπέρχεται πάντα τοῖς ἀδί κοις
因為凡事都臨到不義之人的懷中。
Because all things come into the bosom for the unrighteous.
1:932
ὅτ̣ι κακῶν αὐτοῦ ἅπτεται, κατὰ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ ἑαυτοῦ φέρει τὴν βλάβη̣ν καὶ τὴν πλ̣ηγήν
因為當他觸犯自己的惡行時,他乃是把損害與擊打帶到自己主宰的心靈上。
Because when he touches his own evils, he brings the harm and the blow against his own governing faculty.
1:933
προσευχή μου εἰς κόλπον μου α̣π̣οστραφή σετα̣ι̣, σπουδαῖος ἐκεῖνα αἰτεῖται εὐχη`̣ν̣ πρὸς θεὸν ἀναπέμπων, κ̣α̣ὶ α̣ὐτῷ συμφέρει λα̣βεῖν καὶ τῷ θεῷ πρέπει διδόναι
「我的禱告必歸回我自己的懷中」:那殷勤的人向神獻上禱告,所祈求的乃是那對他有益領受、也合乎神所當賜的事物。
My prayer shall return into my own bosom: the zealous man asks for those things, sending up his prayer to God, which it is both profitable for him to receive and fitting for God to give.
1:934
κα̣ὶ ἀνα̣κα´̣μ̣πτει προσευχὴ α̣υ̣τοῦ εἰς τὸν̣ κόλπ̣ον αὐτοῦ φέρουσα, ᾐτήσατο
他的禱告便歸回他自己的懷中,帶著他所求的事物而來。
And his prayer returns into his own bosom, bringing the things he had asked for.
1:935
αἰτεῖται γ̣α`̣ρ οὐδὲν πλέον οὐκ ἰσχὺν σώματος, οὐ πλοῦτ̣ον, ἀλλὰ τὸν βελτιοῦντα τὸν νο̣ῦν
因為他不求別的——不求身體的力量,不求財富——只求那使心思更為美善的。
For he asks for nothing more—not bodily strength, not wealth—but for that which makes the mind better.
1:936
ε̣ὰν̣ οὖν τύχῃ, ὧν αἰτεῖται, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἔξω αὐτοῦ μένει τὰ δοθέν τα, ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ δ̣ι̣α̣θέσει αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ, προσ̣ευχὴ αὐ τοῦ εἰς τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ ἐπ̣ι̣στρέφε̣τα̣ι̣
所以,他若得著所求的,既然所賜的事物並不停留在他之外,而是存於他的心性與主宰的心靈之中,他的禱告便歸回他自己的懷中。
If, then, he obtains what he asks for, since the things given do not remain outside him but are within his disposition and in his governing faculty, his prayer returns into his own bosom.
1:937
τί ἐγένετο ὅτι αἱ ἡμέρα̣ι̣ α̣ι̣ πρότεραι ἦσαν ἀγαθαὶ ὑπὲρ ταύτας; ὑπὲρ ταύτας κρεῖσσον τοῦτό ἐστιν οὐ μ̣ο´̣νον λεγόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ λο γιζόμενον·
怎麼了,為何從前的日子強過如今呢?這「強過如今」不僅是口中所言,也是心中所思:
What has come to pass, that the former days were better than these? This—'better than these'—is not only said but also reasoned:
1:938
ο̣ ἀρχο´̣μενος ἀρετῆς καὶ τοῦ φωτισμοῦ τ̣η῀̣ς γνώσεως καὶ τοῦ λάμπεσθαι ὑπὸ του῀̣ η̣λ̣ι´̣ου τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀεὶ παραλαμβα´̣ν̣ω τῷ φω τισ̣μῷ·
那在美德、在知識之光照、以及在被公義的太陽所照耀上起步的人,我常在光照中不斷長進。
He who begins in virtue and in the illumination of knowledge and in being lit by the sun of righteousness, I am ever advancing in illumination.
1:939
καὶ ὥσπερ σπουδαῖος εἰς τὸ τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως βραβεῖον τε̣ίνω
並且正如那殷勤的人,我竭力向著那上面呼召的獎賞奔跑。
And just as the zealous man, I press on toward the prize of the upward calling.
1:940
τὰ διδόμενα καταλέλοι̣π̣ε̣ν̣ ἐπιλαν̣θανόμενος ἐκείνων ὧν παρ ελ̣ήλυθεν τῷ μηκέτι ἀνακάμπτε̣ι̣ν καὶ ἀναστρέφειν·
他撇下了那些已賜之物,忘記那些他已越過的事,因他不再回頭、也不再折返。
He has left behind the things given, forgetting those things which he has passed by, in that he no longer turns back or returns.
1:941
τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσ̣θ̣ε̣ν ἐπεκτεινόμενος μακρύνεται ὡ῀̣ν κατα̣λ̣ε´̣λοιπεν ἀρξάμενος φ̣ω̣τίζεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἀεὶ π̣ρ̣ο̣ς̣λαμβάνων τῷ φωτισμῷ ὡς μ̣η`̣ εἰπει῀̣ν ὅτι αἱ πρῶται ἡμέραι ἦσαν α̣γαθ̣αὶ ὑπὲρ ταύτας
他向著前面的事努力伸展,這位開始被公義太陽所照耀、並且不斷加增光照的人,便日漸遠離他所撇下的事,以致他不能說從前的日子強過如今。
But stretching forward to the things ahead, he who has begun to be illumined by the sun of righteousness and is ever taking on more of the illumination grows far from the things he has left behind, so that he cannot say that the former days were better than these.
1:942
καὶ προ χείρως αὐτὸ λέγομεν, τάχα δὲ ἀληθεύοντες̣·
我們隨口說了這話,或許卻是說中了真理。
And we say this offhand, though perhaps speaking truly.
1:943
τρόπον δέ τινα κατηγοροῦμεν ἑαυτῶν ὅτι πρὸ τούτου εὖ διήγουμεν κ̣α̣ι`̣ προσ̣είχαμεν ἑαυτοῖς·
在某種意義上,我們是在控告自己,說在此之前我們生活得好、且留心看顧自己。
In a certain way we accuse ourselves, that before this we lived well and gave heed to ourselves.
1:944
μὴ γένοιτο, λέγει, τοιοῦτόν τι, ἐπεὶ φωτιστέον τὰς μετὰ ἡμέρας
他說,斷不可有這樣的事,因為隨後的日子理當更蒙光照。
Far be it, he says, that such a thing should be, since the days that follow ought rather to be illumined.
1:945
μὴ εἰδώς; τοῦτο ὅτι τί μοι ἐγένετο̣ ὅτι α̣ι̣ πρὸ τούτου μὲν ἡμέραι ἀγαθαὶ ἦσαν ἐπαπορῶν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τοῦτο λέγει
那不明白的人——就是說「我怎麼了,為何從前的日子是好的?」——他是在心中疑惑而說這話。
The one who does not know—that is, 'what has happened to me, that the days before this were good?'—says this puzzling over it within himself.
1:946
ὅτι οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐπερωτήσας περὶ τούτου
因為你並沒有憑智慧來詢問這事。
Because you have not inquired about this in wisdom.
1:947
τί, ὅτι προσέλαβον τοῦτο; κρείττων ἐμαυ τοῦ γέγονα, ἔλαβον ἀντὶ ἐλατ̣τ̣όνω̣ν μείζω
為何我得著了這個?我變得勝過從前的自己;我以較大的取代了較小的。
Why is it that I have gained this? I have become better than myself; I have received greater things in place of lesser.
1:948
τοῦτο οὖν ἔπαινός ἐστιν ταὐτὸν ὂν τῷ κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκ̣ω̣ εἰς τ̣ὸ β̣ραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως, ἐν μείζοσιν ἡμέραις πρὸς ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις ἐπ̣ι`̣ γ̣η῀̣ς̣ α̣γαθῆς γέ νῃται·
因此這乃是稱讚,等同於那「我向著標竿直跑,要得那上面呼召的獎賞」,好叫你在更美的日子裏,除了那些應許之外,還得以立於美地之上。
This, then, is praise, the same as 'I press on according to the goal toward the prize of the upward calling,' so that in greater days, in addition to the promises, you may come to be upon a good land.
1:949
καὶ μακροχρόνιος ἔσῃ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς
你就必在地上得享長壽。
And you shall be long-lived upon the earth.
1:950
ἑρμηνεῦσαι δεῖ οὕτως τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας·
這些日子必須如此解釋:
It is necessary to interpret these days thus:
1:951
αὕτη ζωή σου κ̣αὶ α̣ὕτη μακρότης τῶν ἡμερ̣ῶν σου·
這就是你的生命,也是你日子的長久:
This is your life and this is the length of your days:
1:952
ἀγαπᾶν κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας̣ σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης δυνάμεως σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς̣
就是要盡心、盡力、盡性愛主你的神。
to love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your strength and with all your soul.
1:953
αὕτη ἐστὶν ζωὴ αἰὼν ἡμερῶν, μακρότης
這就是那作為日子之久遠的生命,就是那長久。
This is the life that is an age of days, the length.
1:954
ἀγ̣αθὴ σοφία μετὰ κληροδοσίας καὶ περισσεία τοῖς θε ωροῦσιν τὸν ἥλιον
智慧配上產業乃為美善,且為那見天日之人帶來益處。
Wisdom is good with an inheritance, and an advantage to those who behold the sun.
1:955
τοῦτο λέγει ὅτ̣ι, εἰ γέγονεν αὕτη βελτιοῦσα τὴν ψυχήν, εἰς τὸ σοφὸν εἶναι ἐπερχομε´̣ν̣η, ἀγαθή ἐστιν, ἐὰν ἔχῃ τὴν κληροδοσίαν
他說的是:這智慧——就是那臨到人使其為有智慧的——若已使靈魂更美善,它便是美善的,只要它擁有那產業。
This he says: that if this wisdom—that which comes upon one for being wise—has come to make the soul better, it is good, provided it possesses the inheritance.
1:956
οὐδείς, φησίν, λέγει κύριον Ἰησοῦν εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύματι̣ ἁγίῳ, καίτοι πολλοὶ λε´̣γ̣ουσιν αὐτὸν κύριον, ἀλλ' οὐ πραγματικῶς, οὐκ ἀλ̣η θ̣ω῀̣ς
他說,若不是藉著聖靈,沒有能說「耶穌是主」的;然而許多人稱他為主,卻不是實際地、真實地稱呼。
No one, he says, says 'Lord Jesus' except in the Holy Spirit; and yet many call him Lord, but not effectually, not truly.
1:957
τί με λέγετε κύριε, κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε λέγω; οὐ π̣ᾶς λέγων με κύριε, κύριε εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλεί αν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλ' ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐ ρανοῖς
你們為什麼稱呼我「主啊,主啊」,卻不遵我的話行呢?凡稱呼我「主啊,主啊」的人,不能都進天國;惟獨遵行我天父旨意的人才能進去。
Why do you call me 'Lord, Lord,' and do not do what I say? Not everyone who says to me, 'Lord, Lord,' shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, but he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven.
1:958
οὗτος οὖν ἐστιν ἀληθῶς λ̣έγων κύριον Ἰησοῦν μετουσίᾳ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος
因此,這人便是那藉著與聖靈相通而真實地說「耶穌是主」的人。
This, then, is the one who truly says 'Lord Jesus' by participation in the Holy Spirit.
1:959
κατὰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον πεποιωμένος σοφία̣ν̣ Ἰησοῦ ποιεῖ
那按聖靈而被塑成其性情的人,便行出耶穌的智慧。
He who has been made in quality according to the Holy Spirit does the wisdom of Jesus.
1:960
καὶ οὗτος ἀληθῶς λέγει κύριον Ἰησοῦν
這人便真實地說「耶穌是主」。
And this man truly says 'Lord Jesus.'
1:961
ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδεὶς λέγει κύριον Ἰησοῦν εἰ μὴ ε̣ν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, οὕτως οὐδείς ἐστιν ἀγα θὸς ἐν σοφίᾳ μὴ ἔχων αὐτῆς τὴν κληροδοσίαν, ὡς ἔτυχεν αὐτὴν μετ ερχόμενος
所以,正如若不是藉著聖靈就沒有人能說「耶穌是主」,照樣,凡不擁有智慧之產業、只是隨意追求它的人,也沒有一個在智慧裏是良善的。
Just as, then, no one says 'Lord Jesus' except in the Holy Spirit, so no one is good in wisdom without possessing its inheritance—he who pursues it at random.
1:962
εἰσὶν γὰρ τῷ δοκεῖν φρόνιμοι μέχρι τοῦ εἰπεῖν, οὐ μέχρι τοῦ πρᾶξαι
因為有些人看似精明,只到口中能言的地步,卻達不到實際行動的地步。
For there are some who seem prudent up to the point of speaking, but not up to the point of doing.
1:963
μετὰ κληροδοσίας σοφία οὐ῀̣ν̣ ἐστιν ποι̣ο̣υ̣μένη̣ κα̣ι`̣ η̣ φέρουσα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τὴν θ̣ε̣ι´̣αν τοῦ ὑπαρχ̣θ̣ῆναι τῷ σ̣οφῷ
所以那配有產業的智慧,乃是那被付諸實行、且帶著那使之歸屬於智慧人之神聖應許的智慧。
The wisdom that is with an inheritance, then, is the one that is put into practice and that bears the divine promise of belonging to the wise man.
1:964
καὶ περισσεία τοῖς θεωροῦσιν τὸν ἥλιον
並且為那見天日之人帶來益處。
And an advantage to those who behold the sun.
1:965
περισσόν τι γίνεται αὐτοῖς θεωροῦσιν τὸν ἥλιον, τοῦτον τὸν αἰσθητὸν ἥλιον
有一種益處臨到那些觀看太陽——就是這可見的太陽——之人身上。
Something advantageous comes to those who behold the sun—this sensible sun.
1:966
οὐχ οὕτως ὁρῶσιν τὸν ἥλιον ὡς οἱ ἄλλοι ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλὰ ἐκ μεγέθο̣υ̣ς̣ καὶ καλλ̣ο̣ν̣η῀̣ς̣ φαντα σίαν λαμβάνουσιν καὶ γνῶσιν καὶ γίνονται ἐκ τῆς γνώσεως π̣α´̣λ̣ιν ε̣ἰς τὸ συνιέναι, τίς τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἡ´̣λ̣ιός ἐστιν
他們看太陽並不像別人那樣,乃是從它的偉大與美麗中領受一種印象與知識,並藉這知識再進而明白那公義的太陽是誰。
They do not see the sun as other people do, but from its greatness and beauty they receive an impression and knowledge, and from that knowledge they come again to understand who the Sun of righteousness is.
1:967
δυνατο`̣ν δὲ καὶ τοῖς θε ωροῦσιν τὸν ἥλιον αὐτὸν τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαβεῖν τι πλέον
那些觀看太陽的人,也可能從那公義太陽本身領受更多。
It is possible also for those who behold the sun to receive something further of the very Sun of righteousness.
1:968
ὅτι ἐν σκιᾷ αὐτῆς σοφία ὡς σκιὰ τοῦ ἀργ̣υ̣ρ̣ίου̣
因為智慧在它的蔭下,如同銀子的蔭影。
For in its shadow is wisdom, as the shadow of silver.
1:969
σκιὰ τῆς σοφίας ἐκείνη ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου
那智慧的蔭影,就是屬世界的智慧。
That shadow of wisdom is the wisdom of the world.
1:970
καὶ ἵνα καὶ θεωρήματι ε̣πιστ̣η̣μονικῷ χρήσωμαι, σκιὰ τῆς ἐπιστήμης τῆς γεωμετρικῆς αἱ κα̣τ̣α̣ γραφαί εἰσιν
並且,容我用一個學術的例子:幾何學這門學問的蔭影,就是那些圖形。
And, that I may make use of a scientific illustration, the shadow of the science of geometry is its diagrams.
1:971
χειραγωγοῦσιν γ̣ὰρ εἰς τὴν ἐπιστήμην αἱ θεωρίαι ἐκ̣εῖναι α̣ἱ αι̣σθητικαί
因為那些可感知的圖像,引領人進入那門學問。
For those sensible representations lead by the hand into the science.
1:972
σκιὰν δὲ ἐν τούτοις λέγει οὐ γραφὴν ἀποτελουμένην ἀπὸ σ̣ώματ̣ος τοῦ ὧδε ἔχοντος, ἀλλὰ τὴν πρὸ τύπων τ̣ῆς εἰκόνος
他在此所說的「蔭影」,並非指那從此處實有之物體所描摹出來的圖畫,而是指那先於形像輪廓的東西。
By 'shadow' in these things he means not a drawing produced from a body that exists here, but that which precedes the outlines of the image.
1:973
σκιὰ δὲ εἰκόνος σκια γραφία τι´̣ς ἐστιν ᾐνιγμένη
形像的蔭影,乃是一種以隱語表達的素描。
The shadow of an image is a certain sketch expressed in a riddle.
1:974
μέλλων οὖν ἀναλαμβάνειν ἀρ̣γύριον δέχετ̣αι σκιάν·
所以那將要取得銀子的人,先領受一個蔭影;
He, then, who is about to take up silver receives a shadow;
1:975
ου̣ αἰσθητὸν λέγω, ἀλ̣λ̣ὰ τὸν λόγον
我所指的並非那可感的銀子,而是那道理。
I do not mean the sensible silver, but the word.
1:976
πολλαχοῦ γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἀποδείκνυται, ὅτι ἐπαινε̣τ̣όν ἐστιν ἀργύριον καὶ ψεκτὸν κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον καὶ τὴν γλῶσσαν δικαίου λεγο´̣μενον
因為在許多地方也顯明了這點:銀子既是值得稱讚的,又照著表面的意思是可責備的——它被稱為義人的舌。
For in many places this too is shown, that silver is both praiseworthy and, according to the obvious sense, blameworthy—being called the tongue of the righteous.
1:977
ἄργυρος πεπυρωμένος γλῶσσα δικαίου, λέγει τὴν δικαίου̣ γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ ἄργυρον
義人的舌乃是煉過的銀子;他把義人自己的舌稱為銀子。
The tongue of the righteous is silver refined by fire; he calls the righteous man's own tongue silver.
1:978
ὅταν γὰρ ···ηση καὶ ἐνέργειαν ·····
因為每當……以及運作……
For whenever ... and activity ...
1:979
ἄλλως δε`̣ οἱ ἔχοντες ἀργύριον ψεκτῶς λέγονται·
在另一意義上,那些擁有銀子的人是以可責備的方式被論及的:
In another sense, those who possess silver are spoken of in a blameworthy way:
1:980
ἀρ̣γύριον ο̣ὖν, φησίν, ἀποδεδοκιμα̣σμένον καλέσατε αυ̣τούς, ὅτι ἀπεδοκίμασεν αὐτοὺς κύριος
他說,你們要稱他們為被棄的銀子,因為耶和華已經棄絕了他們。
Call them rejected silver, he says, for the Lord has rejected them.
1:981
ἀργύρι ον μετὰ δόλου διδόμενον ὡ´̣σπερ ὄστρακον ἡγη̣τέον
帶著詭詐所給的銀子,當看作不過是瓦片。
Silver given with guile is to be reckoned as a mere potsherd.
1:982
ἐὰν τοῦτο, σοφὸν δό λον προφέρει, οὐχ οὕτως καθαρισθὲν ἑπταπλασίως ἔχων ἡγιασμένον, οὐ κατ' αυ̣τ̣ὸ πεποιωμένος, ὡς πεπυρ̣ωμένον ἔχων τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον̣
若是如此,他所提出的乃是巧妙的詭詐;他並不像那銀子被煉淨七倍、或被分別為聖那樣擁有它,也不是照著它本身的性質而成,而不像那擁有這樣一種被火試煉之言的人。
If this be so, he puts forward a cunning deceit; he does not thus possess it purified sevenfold, nor sanctified, nor made genuine by its own nature, as the one who possesses such a word tried by fire.
1:983
οὑ῀̣ το̣ς γὰρ οὐ λόγον γεώδη καὶ ἐκ τῆς γ̣ῆς ἔχοντα τ̣ὴν φυ´̣σιν προ̣φέρει περὶ σοφι´̣ας ······
因為這人論到智慧,所提出的並不是屬土的、其性質出於地的言語……
For this man does not put forward concerning wisdom a word that is earthy and has its nature from the earth …
1:984
πρῶτον μὲν γεώδη φ̣ύσ̣ιν μ̣ε̣τέ λαβεν
首先,它分受了屬土的性質。
First, it partook of an earthy nature.
1:985
ἐν σκιᾷ γάρ ε̣στιν σοφία ἀν̣θρωπίνη καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς̣ ·····
因為屬人的智慧是在影子之中,並且是在地上的……
For human wisdom is in shadow and upon the earth …
1:986
···η ἐστιν τοῦ ············
……是屬於……
… is of …
1:987
λέγει ὅτι σκιὰ αὐτῆς ἐν σοφία, ὡς σοφία του῀̣ α̣ρ̣γ̣υ̣ρ̣ι´̣ου, ὁ´̣τ̣ι ἐν τῇ αὐτῆς σκιᾷ σοφία
他說它的影子是在智慧之中,正如那銀子的智慧一般;因為智慧是在它自己的影子裡。
He says that its shadow is in wisdom, just as the wisdom of silver, for in its own shadow is the wisdom.
1:988
ἐὰν οὖν ἐπαινε τὴ ᾖν σοφία, καὶ σκιὰ αὐτῆς βέλτιστός ἐστιν
那麼,倘若智慧受稱讚,它的影子也是至為美好的。
If, then, wisdom be praised, its shadow also is most excellent.
1:989
τὸ οὖν ἐν σκιᾷ σοφίας; λέγων δὲ ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὢν ἐν αὐτῷ πρωτοτύπῳ εὐαγγελίῳ ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ τοῦ νόμου
那麼,「在智慧的影子中」是甚麼意思呢?那在福音的影子裡說話、而自己卻是在那原型的福音之中的人,比那在律法影子裡的人更為卓越。
What, then, is the being 'in the shadow of wisdom'? He who speaks while in the shadow of the Gospel, being himself in the archetypal Gospel, is greater than the one in the shadow of the Law.
1:990
καὶ περισσεία γνώσεως τῆς σοφίας ζῳοποιήσει τὸν παρ' αὐτῆς
並且智慧知識的豐盛,必叫那從她而出的人得生。
And the abundance of the knowledge of wisdom will make alive the one who is from her.
1:991
καὶ τοῦτο ἀγαθόν ἐστ̣ιν τὸ ἀεὶ ἀπολαμβάνειν ἐν ταῖς προκοπαῖς θεω ρίας τῆς σοφίας
這也是美好的:在長進之中不斷領受對智慧的觀想。
And this too is good: ever to receive, in one's progress, the contemplation of wisdom.
1:992
ζῳοποιήσει τὸν παρ' αὐτῆς
它必叫那從她而出的人得生。
It will make alive the one who is from her.
1:993
διὰ τοῦτο προκριτέα ἐστὶν καὶ ἀγαθή, ὅτι τὸν μετέχοντα αὐτῆς ζῶντα ποιεῖτὸν παρ' αὐ τῆς, τὸν κατ' αὐτὴν σοφὸν λέγει γὰρ σοφία ζωῆς παραιτία ἐστίν
為此緣故,智慧是當被看重的,也是美善的,因為她使那分受她的人成為活人——他所指的是那從她而出、照著她而有智慧的人——因為智慧是生命的成因。
For this reason she is to be preferred and is good, because she makes the one who partakes of her a living being—the one who is from her, that is, the one who is wise according to her, he means—for wisdom is a cause of life.
1:994
οὐ δέποτε θάνατον ψυχῇ ἐπιφέρει
它從不將死亡帶給靈魂。
It never brings death upon the soul.
1:995
ἰδὲ τὰ ποιήματα τοῦ θεοῦ·
你要觀看神的作為。
Behold the works of God.
1:996
ὅτι τίς δυνήσεται τοῦ κοσμῆ σαι, ὃν ἂν θεὸς διαστρέψῃ αὐτόν; πολλοὶ καὶ παρ' Ἕλλησιν ἀντέστησαν τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου συνεστηκότα τὸν κόσμον λέγουσιν, οἷός ἐστιν Ἐπίκουρος, κατά τινας καὶ Δημόκριτος
因為神使誰彎曲,誰能使他端正呢?就連希臘人當中,也有許多人反對那些主張宇宙是自然而然聚合而成的人,像伊壁鳩魯(以彼古羅),照某些人所說,還有德謨克利特。
For who will be able to set in order him whom God shall have made crooked? Many even among the Greeks have opposed those who say that the cosmos came together of its own accord, such as Epicurus, and according to some, Democritus.
1:997
ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ οἴο̣νται μὴ ἐκ θεοῦ τοῦτον το`̣ν κόσμον γεγονέναι, ἐπεὶ μὴ τίθενται πρόνοιαν
因為那些人以為這宇宙不是從神而來的,既然他們不承認有護理(天佑)。
For those men suppose that this cosmos did not come into being from God, since they do not posit providence.
1:998
ἐπεὶ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη τὸν προνοούμενον τῶν ἰδίων π̣οιημάτων προνο εῖσθαι, δὲ θεός ἐστιν ο̣ προνοούμενος, προνοε̣ῖται τοῦ κόσμου̣, ὃν ἐποίησεν αὐτός
既然那護理自己作為之人,必然要施行護理,而神就是那施行護理者,祂便護理祂自己所造的宇宙。
Since it is altogether necessary that he who provides for his own works should exercise providence, and God is the one who provides, he exercises providence over the cosmos which he himself made.
1:999
ὃν αὐτὸς̣ κατεσκεύασεν, το̣ῦτον καὶ φυ λάττει ἐκ̣ π̣ρονοίας, ἵν' ὄρθωσι̣ν ἔχ̣ῃ
祂親自建造的,也照祂的護理加以保守,使它得以有正確的秩序。
The very thing which he himself fashioned, this also he guards by providence, that it may have right order.
1:1000
ἐνκαλοῦσιν ο̣ὖν τινες ὅτι·
於是有些人提出這樣的指控說:
Some, then, bring this charge:
1:1001
ε̣ι̣ ἄριστος ἐποιήθη κόσμος, τί τὸ χρήσι μον τοῦ εἶναι βασιλίσκους; ἐάν̣ γε ὅλως δοθῇ τὸ χρήσιμον εἶναι, δεῖ καὶ τὸν βασιλίσκον καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, οἷον ο̣ ῥινοκ̣έρως
倘若宇宙是被造得至為美善的,那麼有毒蛇(巴西利斯克)又有甚麼用處呢?其實,若一概承認凡物皆有用處,那麼毒蛇與其他之物都當存在——例如犀牛。
If the cosmos was made most excellent, what is the usefulness of there being basilisks? If, indeed, usefulness be granted at all, then both the basilisk and the other creatures must exist too—such as the rhinoceros.
1:1002
κ̣α̣ὶ μᾶλλον ψόγον γ̣ι´̣ν̣ε σθαι ἀρέσκει τῷ ἐπικουρίζ̣οντι ἔπαινον
那扮演伊壁鳩魯派的人,寧可挑剔指摘,而不願稱讚。
And it pleases the one who plays the Epicurean rather to find fault than to praise.
1:1003
τούτων ἕνεκα καθόλου δὴ αἴ ρει τὴν πρόνοιαν
為著這些緣故,他竟全然廢除了護理之說。
For these reasons, indeed, he does away with providence altogether.
1:1004
εἰσὶν δὲ οἱ ἀντιλέγον̣τες τοῖς τοῦτο τὸ ἄθεον δόγμα̣ π̣ι̣στεύουσιν
然而也有人反駁那些相信這無神論教條的人。
But there are those who contradict those who believe this godless doctrine.
1:1005
τίς ἂν πρὸς τὸν κόσμον εἶπεν̣ ὁ´̣τι μ̣έρος τοῦ κόςμου ὀρ θώσεως δεῖται; πῶς ἂν ἄλλως ἦν γεγονὸς α̣υ̣τ̣ο´̣; πῶς ἂν αὐτὸ ἠ´̣νυσ̣εν; πῶς ἂν ἐδύνατο κόσμος εἶναι ἄνευ μερῶν; ἐὰν τάδε, τίνα τὰ μέρη; οὐδὲ γὰρ δείκνυνται παρέλκοντα καὶ περισσά, ἐὰν ἐξ αὐτῶν συνστῆναι κόσμο̣ς δύνηται
誰能對宇宙說,宇宙的某一部分需要被扶正呢?不然它怎能成為所是的樣子?它又怎能得以完成?宇宙若沒有各部分,又怎能存在?若果有這些,那麼那些部分是甚麼呢?因為既然宇宙能由它們組成,它們便不顯為多餘無用的。
Who could say to the cosmos that a part of the cosmos stands in need of setting straight? How else could it have come to be? How could it have been brought to completion? How could there be a cosmos without parts? If these things, which then are the parts? For they are not shown to be superfluous and excessive, if from them the cosmos is able to be constituted.
1:1006
λε´̣γομεν δὲ πιθανῇ ἀποδείξει πεῖσ̣αι μὲν δυναμένην αἰτίαν καὶ τὰ ἄγρια δ̣ε̣δημιουργῆσθαι̣ εἰς χρείας̣
我們藉著一種有說服力的論證說:能使人信服的緣由是可以提出的,就是連那些野獸也是為著用途而被造的。
And we say, by a persuasive demonstration, that a cause able to convince may be given: that even the wild beasts were fashioned for uses.
1:1007
κ̣αὶ πρὸς θήρευσιν συντελεῖ ταῦτα
這些也有助於狩獵。
And these things contribute to the hunt.
1:1008
ἐπὶ πρώτῳ κοινῷ ὀρθ̣ῷ λόγῳ δ̣υνατὸν λέγειν τ̣ὰ π̣άντα εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους
按著一個首要而普遍的正確原則,可以說,萬物都是為著人的緣故而存在的。
On a first and common right principle, it is possible to say that all things exist for the sake of human beings.
1:1009
πολλὰ ἐκ τούτ̣ων συντελεῖ πρ̣ὸς βοήθειαν ἐκ̣είνων καὶ ε̣·····
在這些之中,有許多都有助於那些人的幫助,並且……
Many things out of these contribute to the help of those others, and …
1:1010
αὐτ̣ο̣ι῀̣ς̣ χρώμεθα, ἵνα μὴ λοιπὸν καὶ ἄλλον τινὰ ὑψηλότερον λόγον βασανίσωμεν, ὅτι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἕνεκα καὶ ταῦτα γεγένηται
我們使用它們,免得往後我們還要細究另一個更高深的論點,就是這些之物也是為著人的緣故而被造的。
We make use of them, lest for the rest we should further scrutinize some other, loftier argument—namely, that these things too came into being for the sake of human beings.
1:1011
οἶδεν οὖν θεὸς τὰς αἰτίας τῶν γεγενημένων καὶ οἶδεν διὰ τί ἀπέκρυψεν αὐτά
所以,神知道那些已成之物的緣由,也知道祂為何將它們隱藏起來。
God, then, knows the causes of the things that have come to be, and he knows why he hid them.
1:1012
καθ όλου τοῦτο μόνον λέγει·
整體而言,他只說這一句:
In general, he says only this:
1:1013
εἰς τί τοῦτο; εἰς τί τοῦτο; πάντα γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ αὐτῶν ζητηθήσεται
這是為著甚麼?或者這是為著甚麼?因為凡事都必在它們的時候被查究。
For what is this? Or for what is this? For all things shall be sought out in their season.
1:1014
εἰς τί τοῦτο; εἰς τί τοῦτο; πάντα γὰρ εἰς χρείαν αὐτῶν ἐκτίσθη
這是為著甚麼?或者這是為著甚麼?因為凡物都是為著它們的用途而被造的。
For what is this? Or for what is this? For all things were created for their use.
1:1015
ἐπίστησον τοῖς ποιήμασιν τοῦ θεοῦτὸ ἰδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγει–, ἐπίστησον καὶ τῇ ὑπάρξει αὐτῶν καὶ τῷ λόγῳ, καθ' ὅν εἰσιν, καί, εἰ οἷ όν τέ ἐστιν, καὶ τῇν αἰτίᾳν
你要留意神的作為——因為「觀看」正是這個意思——也要留意它們的存在,並留意它們藉以存在的道理;倘若可能,也要留意它們的緣由。
Give heed to the works of God—for this is what 'Behold' means—give heed also to their existence and to the principle according to which they are, and, if it be possible, to their cause.
1:1016
ὅτι τίς δυνήσεται τοῦ ἐπικοσμῆσαι
因為誰能將它加以修飾呢?
Because who will be able to adorn it?
1:1017
πολλά ἐστιν τὰ συντελοῦντα πρὸς τελείαν γνῶσιν, καὶ οὐ πάντα πᾶσιν δύ ναται ὑπάρχειν·
有許多事物有助於得著完全的知識,然而並非凡事都能歸於眾人:
There are many things that contribute to perfect knowledge, and not all things can belong to all:
1:1018
οἷον φέρε εἰπεῖν, λέγω εἶναι θεὸν εἶναι κόσμον
譬如說,我說神存在,或說宇宙存在。
For instance, let me say, that God exists, or that the cosmos exists.
1:1019
ἀπαρ κεῖ μοι πρὸς τῷ ὅτι ἔστιν γνῶναι μόνον καὶ τί σημαίνει τὸ ὄνομα τὸ κείμενον κατ' αὐτοῦ
對我而言,除了知道它存在之外,只知道這件事、並知道加在它上面的名稱有何含義,就足夠了。
It suffices me, besides knowing that it exists, to know only this and what the name assigned to it signifies.
1:1020
τὸ πῶς δέ ἐστιν οὐ παντὸς εἰδέναι, ἀλλ' οὐ δὲ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπισταμένου τὸ πῶς̣ ε̣στιν δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν
至於「它是怎樣存在的」,卻不是人人都能知道的;甚至連那充分知曉它如何存在的人,也未必能說得出來。
But the 'how it is' is not for everyone to know; nay, not even the one who fully knows how it is, is able to say it.
1:1021
τ̣ὸ δ̣υ´̣ν̣αται λ̣όγος καὶ γνῶσις ἐστιν
那「能夠」是屬於那擁有理性與知識之人的。
The 'is able' belongs to him who has reason and knowledge.
1:1022
κ̣αὶ γ̣α`̣ρ̣ τὸν γ̣··ων θεωρουμένων ·η̣·
因為那……所觀想之物的……
For indeed the … of the things contemplated …
1:1023
κ̣α̣ι`̣ ε̣····δ̣·····ν μὲν εἰδὼς̣ δι̣α`̣ τ̣ι´̣ ἐστιν̣ καὶ ὅτι ἐστιν καὶ πῶς ἐστιν
並且……那知道它為何存在、它確實存在、以及它如何存在的人……
And … the one who knows why it is, and that it is, and how it is …
1:1024
καὶ ἐν τούτοις οὐ πᾶς εἰδὼς ὅτι ἔστιν οἶδεν καὶ πῶς ε̣στιν καὶ διὰ τί
而且在這些之中,並非凡知道它存在的人,也都知道它如何存在、為何存在。
And even among these, not everyone who knows that it is, knows also how it is and why.
1:1025
ἰδὲ οὖν τ̣α`̣ πο̣ιη´̣ματα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπίστησον αὐτοῖς, γνῶθι τί ἕκα̣στο̣ν αὐτῶν ἐστιν καὶ ὅτι ἐ´̣σ̣τ̣ι̣ν̣ καὶ τί τὸ ὄνομα κ̣ε̣ι´̣μενον κατὰ τούτ̣ου καὶ πῶς̣ πα̣ρέστησαν καὶ διὰ τί
所以,你要觀看神的作為,留意它們,認識它們各自是甚麼、它們確實存在、加在其上的名稱是甚麼、它們如何得以呈現,以及是為何緣故。
Behold, then, the works of God; give heed to them; know what each of them is, and that it is, and what is the name assigned to it, and how they came to be present, and why.
1:1026
οὔπ̣ω̣ γὰρ ι̣κανὴν γνῶσιν ἕξεις τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ποιημάτων, εἰ προσκόψεις αὐτ̣ο̣ῖς οὐ συ̣νφρονῶν
因為你若在神的作為上絆跌、思想不正,就仍未對神的作為有足夠的認識。
For you will not yet have sufficient knowledge of the works of God, if you stumble at them, not thinking rightly.
1:1027
ἐπίστησον μὲν τοῖς ποιη´̣μασ̣ι̣ν̣ τ̣ο̣υ῀̣ θεοῦ·
所以,你要留意神的作為:
Give heed, then, to the works of God:
1:1028
ἄλλο̣ις προσκοπὴν εἰργάσα το, δώσει σο̣ι`̣ τ̣η`̣ν γνῶσιν καὶ τοῦ ποιοῦντος καὶ τω῀̣ν πεποιη̣μ̣ε´̣ν̣ων
那些對別人成為絆腳之因的事物,卻要賜給你關乎那造物者、以及所造之物的知識。
The very things which for others wrought an occasion of stumbling will give you the knowledge both of the Maker and of the things that have been made.
1:1029
ὅτι τίς δυνήσε̣τ̣αι̣ τ̣ου῀̣ κ̣ο̣σ̣μῆσαι
因為誰能將它加以修飾呢?
Because who will be able to adorn it?
1:1030
τὸν κόσμον ἐμνήσθ̣ην̣ ὅτι ἐνκαλοῦσιν
我提到了宇宙,就是說他們對它提出指控。
I made mention of the cosmos, that they bring a charge against it.
1:1031
καὶ αἰτιώμενος τοῦτο ἐν δεχόμενον ἡγεῖται·
而那把這事歸咎於它的人,認為這是可以承認的:
And the one who lays this to its charge deems it something that can be admitted:
1:1032
κατὰ τούτου δύνατον εἰπεῖν ὅτι·
針對他,可以這樣說:
Against him it is possible to say that:
1:1033
τί ἐνκαλεῖς τισιν μέρεσιν τοῦ κο´̣σμου; ·····
你為何指控宇宙的某些部分呢?……
Why do you bring a charge against certain parts of the cosmos? …
1:1034
·α̣ι α̣ὐτά ἐστιν ο̣ κόσμ̣ος ἀνυπ̣···
……這些正是宇宙,沒有……
… these very things are the cosmos, without …
1:1035
νοση ἵν' κόσμος μὴ ἔχῃ ἐνκ̣λήματα ····μάλιστα ταῦτα εἰς τ̣ὰ κα̣τα`̣ τὴν πρό νοιαν ἕλκεται
……使宇宙不至被人控告……這些事尤其被引向那與護理相關的事上。
… so that the cosmos may not have charges laid against it … most of all these things are drawn toward the matters concerning providence.
1:1036
οὐ μόνα γ̣α`̣ρ̣ τ̣ὰ κ̣τίσματα ποιήματα τοῦ θεο̣ῦ ἐστιν̣, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κατὰ κρίσιν αὐτοῦ ἐν προνοίᾳ ·····
因為不單受造之物是神的作為,就連那照祂審判、在護理中所行的事,也是神的作為……
For not only are the created things works of God, but also the things done according to his judgement in providence …
1:1037
ἐλέγομεν ὅτι τ·ον ἄρτι δ̣ι̣κ̣···
我們方才在說……如今……
We were saying that … just now …
1:1038
φαίνεται τῷ δημιούργῳ τοῦ κόσμου τ̣ῷ προνο̣ο̣υ̣μ̣ένῳ τὸ ἀρτι τ̣ο̣κῆσαι δ̣ι̣·ο̣ν̣ ἀποθνῄσκε̣ι̣ν̣ ·μ̣·
在那施行護理、創造宇宙的主看來,那剛出生的……死去……乃是合宜的……
To the Creator of the cosmos who exercises providence, it appears fitting that the newborn should … die …
1:1039
ε̣λ̣ι̣χ̣·······εν, ἀλλὰ ··
……但是……
… but …
1:1040
καὶ μέμφεται πολὺς αὐτά
眾人卻責怪這些事。
And the multitude blames these things.
1:1041
πῶς ἂν ἔδει γενέσθαι, ἐπικόσμησον, νομίζεις διεστραμμένον εἶναι
就照它本當成為的樣子——你若以為某物是扭曲的,就把它加以整飾吧。
As it ought to have come to be—set in order that which you suppose to be distorted.
1:1042
οὐδεὶς οὖν ἔχει τοῦτο εἰπεῖν
於是沒有人能說得出這話來。
No one, then, is able to say this.
1:1043
καὶ πᾶσιν γοῦν ἐστιν οὕτως ἀνασκευάζειν οὐ λέγοντα τὰς κατασκευάς
如此一來,人人都可以這樣拆毀,卻說不出當如何建造。
And so it is possible for all to demolish in this way, without stating the constructions.
1:1044
μετὰ κατασκευὴν δὲ ἀνασκευή ἐστιν, κἂν μ̣ὴ τῷ λόγῳ ἄνθρωπος γενόμενος τὴν κατασκευὴν λέγῃ τῆς ἀνακοσμήσεως
然而拆毀乃是在建造之後;縱使人既已受造,卻不能藉言論說出那重新整飾的建造之法。
But demolition comes after construction, even if the human being, having come into being, does not by argument state the construction of the re-ordering.
1:1045
ἀλλ' οὖν γε φύσις οὕτως ἔχει
然而無論如何,本性就是如此。
But nevertheless nature is so constituted.
1:1046
ἐν τῷ Λευιτικῷ νόμος περὶ λεπρῶν τέθειται
在利未記中,定有關乎大痲瘋病人的律法。
In Leviticus a law is laid down concerning lepers.
1:1047
καὶ ἀρχὴ τοῦ νόμου αὕτη ἐστίν·
這律法的起首是這樣的:
And the beginning of the law is this:
1:1048
εἴ ποτέ τις αἴσθησιν ἔλαβεν λεπρωθέντος αὐτοῦ τοῦ σώματος, προσήρχετο πρὸς τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ ἐκ σημειώσεως ἐκεῖνος ἀπεδείκνυεν αὐτὸν λεπρὸν ὄντα μὴ ἀληθῶς λεπρόν, ὑπονοούμενον δέ
倘若有人察覺自己的身體長了大痲瘋,他就要去見祭司;那祭司便從徵兆判定他,或確是大痲瘋病人,或並非真的大痲瘋,只是被懷疑罷了。
If ever anyone perceived that his own body had become leprous, he would come to the priest, and from the signs that man would show him to be either truly a leper, or not truly a leper but only suspected of it.
1:1049
καὶ λέγει ὅτι σημει ωσάμενος ἱερεὺς καὶ εὑρὼν ὅτι λέπρα ἐστίν, μιανεῖ αὐτόν, οὐχ ὅτι αὐ τὸς ἐνεργεῖ τὸ μιᾶναι ἀλ̣λ' ὅτ̣ι ἀπέδειξεν αυ̣τὸν τοιου῀̣τον
經上說,祭司察看徵兆,若發現是大痲瘋,就要定他為不潔——並不是祭司親自使他污穢,乃是他指明他是這樣的人。
And it says that the priest, having examined the signs and found that it is leprosy, will pronounce him unclean—not that he himself effects the defilement, but that he has shown him to be such.
1:1050
ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ὑποπίπτῃ, ὣς ἀφορίζει αὐτόν τινας ἡμέρα̣ς
但若尚不明顯,他便如此將那人隔離若干日子。
But if it does not clearly appear, he thus sets him apart for a certain number of days.
1:1051
καὶ μετ' ἐκείνας ἀνέρ χ̣ε̣ται·
在那些之後,它便向上蔓延。
And after those it goes up.
1:1052
ε̣α`̣ν ἔνμονος μείνῃ, μιανεῖ αὐτὸν ἱερεύς
「若它持續不退,祭司就要定他為不潔。」
If it remains persistent, the priest shall pronounce him unclean.
1:1053
καὶ ἰατρὸς γοῦν ἐνορᾷ ἔν τ̣ινι πάθος, ε̣ἰ τὸ σῶμα σημειοῦται
再者,醫者也能在人身上察出病症,若身體顯出徵兆的話。
And a physician, moreover, discerns a disease in someone, if the body shows the signs of it.
1:1054
κα̣ὶ λ̣ε´̣γει, ποιεῖ αὐτὸ ἀθεράπευτον, ἀνίατον ἀποδείκνυσιν
他所宣告的,便「使」它成為無法醫治的——就是說,他斷定它是不可救治的。
And what he pronounces, he 'makes' incurable — that is, he declares it to be beyond healing.
1:1055
οὐ πάντως οὖν τὸ ποι̣ῆσαι τὸ ἐνεργῆσα̣ι δηλοῖ, ἀλλ' ἐν̣ίοτε τὸ ἀποδεῖξαι
因此,「作成」並非在一切情形下都指「使之發生」,而是有時指「顯明、證實」。
So 'to make' does not in every case signify 'to bring about,' but sometimes it signifies 'to demonstrate.'
1:1056
ἔχεις γοῦν καὶ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων λεγόμενο̣ν, ὅτι σὺ ἄνθρωπος ὢν ποιεῖς̣ σεαυτὸν θεόν
你在福音書中也有這樣的話,是猶太人所說的:「你既是人,卻把自己當作神。」
You have this too in the Gospel, said by the Jews: that 'you, being a man, make yourself God.'
1:1057
μὴ γὰρ του῀̣τ̣ο λέγουσιν·
因為他們斷不是說這意思:
For surely they do not mean this:
1:1058
κα̣ τ̣ασκευάζεις σεαυτὸν θεὸν ὢν ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλὰ ε̣ξ ὧν ἀπαγγέλλεις καὶ ἐπαγγέλλῃ π̣ο̣ι̣εῖν, ἀποδεικνύε̣ις σεαυτὸν θεὸν ε̣ἶναι
「你身為人,卻把自己捏造成神」;他們乃是說:「由你所宣揚並應許要行的事,你顯明自己就是神。」
'you fabricate yourself into a god, though you are a man'; rather they mean: 'from the things you proclaim and promise to do, you demonstrate yourself to be God.'
1:1059
οὕτω̣ς̣ α̣κ̣ου στέον καὶ τοῦ ἴσον ἑαυτὸν π̣οιῶν τῷ θεῷ, ἐπεὶ πατέρα ἴδιον λέ γει τὸν θεόν
我們也當如此理解他「將自己與神同等」這話,因為他稱神為自己的父。
In this way too we must understand his 'making himself equal to God,' since he called God his own Father.
1:1060
ἴσ̣α δε´̣ ἐστιν τὰ γεννη´̣μα̣τα τ̣ῷ γεννήσαντι̣ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κατ' ἀλήθ̣ειαν λε´̣γ̣ε̣ιν τοῦτον̣ πατέρα ἔχειν ἴδιον̣ σεαυτὸν ἀπ̣ο δεικνύεις θεόν
所生的與那生他的原是同等的;由你按真理說你以這一位為自己的父,你便顯明自己是神。
Now offspring are equal to the one who begot them; and from truly saying that you have this One as your own Father, you demonstrate yourself to be God.
1:1061
ὁμοίως λημπτέον, ὅταν̣ λέγῃ·
當他說下面的話時,也當照樣去領會:
Similarly it must be understood when he says:
1:1062
αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον, ὡς παραδίδω σίν̣ τινα εἰς ἀδόκι̣μον νοῦν, οὐκ αὐτ̣ὸς ἐνεργῶν
他是顯明那人本是如此——正如「他任憑人存邪僻的心」——並非他親自使之如此。
that He shows him to be such — as when 'He gives someone over to a reprobate mind' — not that He Himself effects it.
1:1063
τὸ παραδοθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἐν τ̣ῷ ἀδοκίμῳ ὄντα̣ς̣ ἀποδείκνυσιν κ̣αὶ α̣ὐτο̣υ`̣ς παρ' ἑαυτοὺς τοιού τους γεγε̣νημένους
他們被任憑,正顯明他們原已陷在那被棄絕的光景中,且是出於自己而成了這樣的人。
Their being given over shows them to be already in the reprobate state, and to have become such of their own accord.
1:1064
ὅταν οὖν θεὸς διαστρέφειν λέγηταί τινα, ἀπο δείκνυσιν διεστραμμένον τ̣ο´̣τε̣
所以當經上說神使某人乖僻時,他乃是顯明那人早已是乖僻的。
So when God is said to pervert someone, He then shows that person to be already perverted.
1:1065
ὃν ο̣ θεὸς οὖν α̣ποδοκίμασεν κ̣αι`̣ ἀπ̣έδειξεν διαστραφέντα, τι´̣ς δ̣υ´̣ν̣α̣ται ἐπικοσμῆσαι; τοὺς δὲ ἐκκλίνοντας, φησίν, εἰς τὰς στραγγαλιὰς ἀπάξει κύριος μετὰ τῶν ἐρ γαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν
那麼,神所棄絕並顯明為乖僻的人,誰能使他端正呢?他說:「至於那偏行彎曲道路的,耶和華必使他們和作孽的人一同離去。」
The one, then, whom God has rejected and shown to be perverted, who is able to set right? 'But those who turn aside,' he says, 'to crooked ways, the Lord shall lead away together with the workers of iniquity.'
1:1066
μὴ γὰρ αὐτὸς αὐτοὺς μὴ βουλομένους ἀπάγει μετὰ τῶν τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐργαζομένων, ἀλλ' ἐκκλίνοντας π̣ροαιρέσει τῇ αὐτῶν ἀπέ δειξεν αὐτοὺς τοιούτους ὄντας
因為他絕不是違背他們的意願,把他們和作孽的人一同帶走;乃是他們憑自己的意願偏離,他便顯明他們本是這樣的人。
For surely He does not lead them away against their will together with the workers of iniquity; rather, since they turn aside by their own choice, He showed them to be such as they are.
1:1067
ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἀγαθοσύνης ζῆθι ἐν ἀγαθῷ καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κακίας, ἰδέ, καί γε τοῦτο συμφώνως τούτῳ
「在亨通的日子要享福,在患難的日子要思想」——這話也與前面的相合。
'In a day of goodness, live in good; and in a day of evil, consider' — and this too is in agreement with the former.
1:1068
ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἀγαθοσύνης
「在亨通的日子」——
'In the day of goodness'—
1:1069
ἀγαθοσύνης ἡμέρα ἐστίν, ὅταν ἀρετὴ προσῇ
當美德臨在時,就是亨通的日子。
it is a day of goodness when virtue is present.
1:1070
ζωῆς δὲ αὕτη περιποιητική ἐστιν
這樣的日子是能生出生命的。
And this day is productive of life.
1:1071
οὕτω οὖν ἔχε τὸ ζῆν ὡς ἀγαθός, ὡς ζωῆς μετέχων·
所以,你當如此度日,像個良善人,像有分於生命的人;
So then, so conduct your living as a good man, as one who partakes of life;
1:1072
ἴσθι τὴν ζῳοποιητικὴν ἔχων διάθεσιν
要曉得你已擁有那使人得生命的心志。
know that you possess the life-giving disposition.
1:1073
ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἀγαθοσύνης; τὴν κατάστασιν τοῦ ἔχοντος
「在亨通的日子」?這是指擁有它之人的境況。
'In a day of goodness'? It signifies the condition of the one who possesses it.
1:1074
πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ αἱ καταστάσεις σημαίνον ται ὀνόματι καιρῶν καὶ χρόνων
因為境況也常常藉著「時節」與「日子」之名來表達。
For often conditions too are signified by the name of seasons and times.
1:1075
ὡς ἔστιν ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀγαθοσύνης ὡς ἐν ἀγαθῷ, οὕτως ἐν ἡμε´̣ρᾳ τῆς κακίας ἐστὶν ζῆν φαύλως
正如可以由亨通的日子而處於良善之中,照樣,在患難的日子也可能過卑劣的生活。
As it is possible, from the day of goodness, to be as in good, so in a day of evil it is possible to live basely.
1:1076
ἀλλ' ἐσιώπησεν τὸ φαυ´̣λως, ἵνα μὴ λίαν ἀναγκαστικὸς ᾖν λόγος
但他對「卑劣」一詞緘默不言,好使這話不至於太過強迫人。
But he kept silent about the 'basely,' so that the statement might not be too constraining.
1:1077
σύνφωνον τοῦτο ἐκείνῳ ἐστίν, ὡς ἀπο`̣ τ̣η῀̣ς φ̣ρονήσεως τὸ φρονεῖν καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀφροσύνης τὸ ἀφραίνειν ἀναλογίαν, οὐ τὴν ὁμοιότητα ἔχουσιν
這話與那話相合,正如「明智地思考」出於明智,「愚昧地行事」出於愚昧——二者所具的是類比關係,而非相似。
This is in accord with that, in the way that 'to be prudent' derives from prudence and 'to be foolish' from folly — they bear an analogy, not a likeness.
1:1078
συμφωνεῖ γοῦν τοῦτο ἐκείνῳ κατὰ ἀναλογίαν, οὐ κατὰ ποιότητα ποσότητα οὐδὲ τῶν παρεπομένων
所以這話與那話按類比而相合,並非按性質、數量,也非按其所附帶的種種屬性。
So this agrees with that according to analogy, not according to quality or quantity, nor in respect of the attributes that accompany them.
1:1079
ἐποίησεν ο̣ θεὸς περὶ λαλίας, ἵνα μὴ εὕρῃ ἄνθρωπος ὀπί σω αὐτου῀̣ μηδέν
「神既如此安排論到言語的事,好叫人查不出身後將有的甚麼事。」
'God has done this concerning speech, that man might find nothing after himself.'
1:1080
τὰ πάντα εἶδον ἐν ἡμέραις ματαιότη τός μου
「在我虛空的日子中,我見過萬事。」
'All things have I seen in the days of my vanity.'
1:1081
ἐποίησεν θεὸς τοιοῦτον λόγον ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν, ἵνα ἄνθρωπος μὴ εὕ ρῃ μηδὲν τῶν μετ' αὐτὸν ἐσομένων
神在萬有之中設立了這樣的定理,好叫人查不出在他以後將要發生的任何事。
God has established such a principle among existing things, so that man might find nothing of the things that will come to be after him.
1:1082
ὧδε π̣ρόγνωσιν ἀναιρεῖ ἀνθρωπίνην·
在此他除去了人的預知:
Here he does away with human foreknowledge:
1:1083
οὐκ εὑρίσκε̣ι ἄνθρωπος οὐδὲν τῶν διαδεξομένων αὐτόν
人查不出那將要接續他而來的任何事。
man finds nothing of the things that will succeed him.
1:1084
πε̣ρ̣ι`̣ τ̣ῶν ἀν θρωπίνων δὲ λέγει
然而他所論的是關乎人事的。
But he is speaking of human matters.
1:1085
ὅτι γὰρ οἶδεν σπουδαῖος, ὅτι διαδέξεται αὐτὸν κατάστασις μακαρία, παντί που σαφές
因為那殷勤敬虔的人知道必有蒙福的境況接續他而來,這對眾人乃是顯而易見的。
For that the earnest man knows a blessed state will succeed him is surely clear to everyone.
1:1086
εἰ μή, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου προσηγορία παρακειμένη ἄλλην ὑποβάλῃ διά νοιαν, ἄνθρωπον δὲ μ̣ὴ τὸ θνητὸν λογικὸν ζῷο̣ν λέγῃ, ἀλλὰ τὸν κατὰ σάρκα καὶ ἡδονὰς περιπατοῦντα, τοιοῦτος ἄνθρωπος, τοιοῦτός ἐστιν, οὐδὲν διαγνώσεται τῶν διαδεξομένων̣ αὐτόν, ἅτε δ̣ὴ αἰσθήσει μόνῃ ζῶν
除非「人」這稱謂在此暗示著另一層意思,就是他所謂的「人」並非指那必死的、有理性的活物,而是指那隨從肉體與私慾而行的人。這樣的人,就其為這樣的人而言,必查不出任何接續他而來的事,因為他單憑感官而活。
Unless, indeed, the appellation 'man' placed here suggests another meaning, and by 'man' he means not the mortal rational animal, but the one who walks according to the flesh and its pleasures. Such a man, insofar as he is such, will discern nothing of the things that succeed him, inasmuch as he lives by sense-perception alone.
1:1087
γα`̣ρ αἴσθησις τὰ παρόντα καταγ̣ιγνώσκει
因為感官只能認知眼前之事。
For sense-perception apprehends only the things that are present.
1:1088
ἐπ̣εὶ τοιοῦτος ὅλος τῆς αἰσθήσεώς ἐστιν, κατὰ σάρκα καὶ ἡδονὰς καὶ τὰς ἄλλας κακίας περιπατῶν, τὰ ὀπίσω, τὰ διαδεξόμενα, οὐκ οἶδεν
既然這樣的人全然屬乎感官,隨從肉體、私慾以及其他種種惡行而行,他便不曉得身後之事,就是那接續而來的事。
Since such a man belongs wholly to sense-perception, walking according to the flesh and its pleasures and the other vices, he does not know the things behind him, the things that succeed.
1:1089
νοῦ γὰρ ἔστιν τοῦτο εἰδέναι
因為知曉這事乃是心智的功能。
For to know this belongs to the intellect.
1:1090
ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις μου οὖν τῆς ματαιότητος τὰ πάντα εἶδον
「所以在我虛空的日子中,我見過萬事。」
'So in my days of vanity I have seen all things.'
1:1091
ἡμέρας δὲ ματαιότητος λέγει τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης, ἐφ' οὐ δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐλπίζειν
他所謂「虛空的日子」,是指今生此世的日子,人不當把盼望寄託其上。
And by 'days of vanity' he means the days of this present life, upon which one ought not to set one's hope.
1:1092
ἐλεεινοὺς γὰρ κατασκευάζει τοὺς προσδοκοῦντας
因為它使那些寄望於它的人成了可憐的。
For it renders pitiable those who place their expectation upon it.
1:1093
ἔστιν δίκαιος ἀπολλύμενος ἐν δικαίῳ αὐτοῦ·
「有義人在自己的義中滅亡;」
'There is a righteous man perishing in his righteousness;'
1:1094
καὶ ἔστιν ἀσεβὴς μένων ἐν κακίᾳ αὐτοῦ
「也有惡人在自己的惡中長存。」
'and there is an ungodly man remaining in his evil.'
1:1095
ἔστιν ἁπλῶς δίκαιον καὶ ἔστιν τινὸς δίκαιον
有絕對而言的義,也有相對於某人而言的義。
There is that which is righteous absolutely, and there is that which is righteous relative to someone.
1:1096
ὅταν οὖν θεῖος προσ τάττῃ λόγος δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον διώκειν, οὐχ ἑκάστῳ λέγει ὅτι δι καίως τὸ δίκαιόν σου δίωκε, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἁπλῶς καὶ κυρίως δίκαιον
所以當神的話吩咐人要按公義追求那義的時候,並不是對各人說:「你要按公義追求你自己的義」,乃是指那絕對的、本真意義上的義。
So when the divine word commands us to pursue the righteous justly, it does not say to each one, 'justly pursue your own righteous,' but the absolutely and properly righteous.
1:1097
ἐπειδὴ δὲ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος φαίνεται ἑαυτῷ δίκαιος καὶ εἰσὶν δοκοῦσαι ἀνθρώπῳ ὀρθαὶ ὁδοὶ εἶναι, τὰ τελευταῖα βλέποντα εἰς πυθμένα ᾅδου, οὐκ ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ δικαίῳ δεῖ ἐνμένειν
既然人人在自己看來都是義的,又有一些道路,人看為正,其終局卻通向陰間的深處,人就不當固守在那自以為的義中。
And since every man appears righteous to himself, and there are ways that seem to a man to be right, but whose ends look toward the depth of Hades, one must not abide in that self-righteousness.
1:1098
ἀπόλλυσιν γὰρ τοῦτον τὸν ἔχοντα, φθεί ρει τὸν ἔχοντα
因為它毀滅那擁有它的人,敗壞那持守它的人。
For it destroys the one who has it; it corrupts the one who possesses it.
1:1099
ἔστιν οὖν δίκαιος ἀπολλύμενος ἐν δικαίῳ ἑαυτοῦ
所以有義人在自己的義中滅亡。
So there is a righteous man perishing in his own righteousness.
1:1100
οἱ δ̣ὲ κατ' α̣λήθειαν δίκαιοι, περὶ ὧν πολλὰ γέγραπται, οἷον·
但那些按真理而言的義人,論到他們有許多記載,例如:
But those who are truly righteous, concerning whom many things are written — such as:
1:1101
δίκαιοι ποιήσουσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά, οὗτοι οὐκ ἐν δικαίῳ ἑαυτῶν ἐνμένου σιν, οὐ θαρροῦσιν τῷ ἑαυτῶν̣ δικ̣αίῳ
「義人必在豐盛中度過許多年日」——這些人並不固守自己的義,也不倚仗自己的義。
'the righteous shall spend many years in wealth' — these do not abide in their own righteousness, they do not put confidence in their own righteousness.
1:1102
διὸ οὐκ ἀπόλλυται ἐν τῇ δικαι οσύνῃ, ὡς λέγει ὑμνῳδός·
所以他不在義中滅亡,正如那唱詩的人所說:
Therefore he does not perish in righteousness, as the psalmist says:
1:1103
ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου ζήσομαι
「我必靠你的義而活。」
'In your righteousness I shall live.'
1:1104
Παῦλος γοῦν, μέγας ἄνθρωπος ὑπάρχων καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ τυγχάνων, και`̣ η̣ ἀποκάλυ ψις τη῀̣ς̣ ἀληθείας γέγονεν, λέγει·
保羅本是偉大的人,又在基督裡,真理的啟示也臨到他,他說:
Paul, indeed, being a great man and abiding in Christ, to whom also the revelation of the truth was given, says:
1:1105
οὐδὲν ἐμαυτῷ συνοῖδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν τούτ̣ῳ δεδικαίωμαι
「我雖不覺得自己有錯,卻也不能因此稱義。」
'I am conscious of nothing against myself, yet I am not thereby justified.'
1:1106
ἐνχωρεῖ γάρ με μὴ τὸ ἀληθῶς δίκαιον ἔχειν καὶ μὴ διὰ τοῦτο, ὅτι̣ μηδὲν ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα τῶν βλαπτόντων, δεδικαιῶσθαι
因為我或許並不擁有那真正的義,也不能單憑「我不覺得自己有甚麼有害之處」這一點就算為稱義。
For it may be that I do not possess that which is truly righteous, and that I am not justified merely on this ground — that I am conscious of nothing harmful against myself.
1:1107
καὶ π̣άλιν ἁ´̣γιος Δαυῒδ λέγει·
聖大衛又說:
And again holy David says:
1:1108
εἰ ἀδικίαν ἐθεώρουν ἐν καρδίᾳ μου, μὴ εἰσακουσα´̣τ̣ω κ̣ύριος
「我若心裡注重罪孽,主必不聽我。」
'If I regarded iniquity in my heart, let not the Lord hearken to me.'
1:1109
σημεῖον τοῦ ἔχειν μὴ ἔχειν ἀδικίαν τὸ εἰσ ακουσθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ μὴ εἰσακουσθῆναι ἔλαβεν
他是以蒙神垂聽或不蒙垂聽,作為有罪孽或無罪孽的憑據。
He took being heard by God, or not being heard, as a sign of having or not having iniquity.
1:1110
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως λαβεῖν κατὰ δευτέραν ἐξήγησιν τοῦτο·
按第二種解釋,也可以另作領會:
It is possible also to take this in another way, according to a second interpretation:
1:1111
ἔστιν ἀπολέ σθα̣ι τινὰ τῷ ἑαυτῷ δικαίῳ·
有人竟可能因自己的義而滅亡:
it is possible for someone to perish by his own righteousness:
1:1112
ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ δικαίῳ δοκῶν τις δικαιοῦσ θαι, ἐὰν̣ ·····
有人自以為在自己的義中得稱為義,倘若……
someone who thinks himself justified in his own righteousness, if .....
1:1113
γ̣νῷ, ὅτι οὐκ αὐτό ἐστιν τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ κύριον δί καιον, ἀποσπᾷ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτου καὶ ἀπόλλυται ἐκ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ δικαίου
他一旦曉得那並非真正而本真意義上的義,就從其中把自己抽離出來,於是他便從自己的義裡「滅亡」了。
he comes to know that this is not the true and proper righteousness, he tears himself away from it and perishes out of his own righteousness.
1:1114
η̣ δὲ ἀπωλεία αὕτη ου̣ διαφθείρ̣ει
然而這種「滅亡」並不帶來敗壞。
But this perishing does not bring corruption.
1:1115
ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸν μεταπέσοντα ἀπὸ ἀρε τῆς λέγομεν α̣πολωλένα̣ι̣ τῇ ἀρετῇ, οὕτω τὸν μεταβάντα ἀπ̣ὸ τ̣ἧς εἶχεν π̣ρ̣ο´̣τερον ὑπολήμψε̣ως λέγομεν ἀπολωλέναι ἀπ' ἐκείνης τῆς ὑπολήμψεως
正如我們說那從美德墮落的人,是「向美德滅亡」了,照樣,我們也說那從先前所持的見解轉離的人,是「從那見解滅亡」了。
For just as we say that the one who has fallen away from virtue has 'perished' to virtue, so we say that the one who has passed away from the opinion he formerly held has 'perished' from that opinion.
1:1116
ἔστιν δὲ ἀσεβὴς ἐνμένων ἐν τῇ κακίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ
「也有惡人在自己的惡中長存。」
'And there is an ungodly man remaining in his own evil.'
1:1117
ζῶν ἐν τῇ κακίᾳ οὐ καταγιγνώσκων τῆς κακίας αὐτοῦ καίπερ τοῦ δοκοῦν τος δικαίου κατεγνωκότος τοῦ δικαίου ἀνθρώπου πρότερον ἐδικαιοῦτο
他活在惡中,卻不定自己惡的罪;反觀那自以為義的情形,義人在得稱為義之先,早已定了那虛有其表之義的罪。
living in evil, not condemning his own evil — whereas, in the case of the merely seeming-righteous, the righteous man had condemned that apparent righteousness before he was justified.
1:1118
αὐτὸς οὖν νοῦς; ἐκεῖνος καίπερ ἐν δικαίῳ ὤν, ἐλάττονι δὲ τοῦ ἀληθῶς δικαίου, ἀπόλλυ σιν ἑαυτὸν ἀπ' ἐκείνου, ἵνα τὸ ἀληθῶς δίκαιον σχῇ
那麼意思是否相同呢?那人雖處於一種義的境地,卻是比真正的義為次的,他便從那境地把自己毀去,好使他得著那真正的義。
So is the sense the same? That man, although being in a righteous state — yet one lesser than the truly righteous — destroys himself away from it, in order that he may attain the truly righteous.
1:1119
οἷον ἐχέτω τις ἐσ φαλμένην ὑπόλημψιν ἐχέτω τις ὑπόλημψιν οὐκ ἐσφαλμένην, οὐ σὺν λόγῳ δέ, οὐ σὺν ἀκριβείᾳ
譬如,設有人持著錯誤的見解,或有人持著並不錯誤、卻缺乏理據、缺乏準確性的見解。
For instance, let someone hold a mistaken opinion, or let someone hold an opinion that is not mistaken, yet held without reason, without precision.
1:1120
ἐὰν τὴν ἀκριβείαν γνῷ, ἀπόλλυσιν ἑαυτόν, ἵνα ἐκείνης τῆς προθέσεως τῷ κρείττονι ἐπιτυχῇ
他一旦認識了那準確的真理,就把先前的自己毀去,好藉那樣的定志得著更美的境地。
If he comes to know the precise truth, he destroys his former self, so that by that resolve he may attain the better state.
1:1121
πῶς λέγει τὴν διαστροφήν; τὸ ἀποδεῖξαι αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον τὸν διεστραμμένον·
他所說的「乖僻」是什麼意思呢?就是要指明這樣的人是乖僻的。
In what sense does he speak of 'perversion'? It is to demonstrate that such a man is perverse.
1:1122
οἷον πολλοὶ ἐντυγχά νουσιν ταῖς γραφαῖς καὶ νοοῦσιν αὐτὰς ὡς οὐ δεῖ
例如,許多人研讀聖經,卻用不當的方式去理解,
For instance, many people read the Scriptures yet understand them in a way they ought not,
1:1123
καὶ οὐκ ἄλλος αὐτοὺς δι έστρεψεν αὐτῶν ῥαθυμία
使他們乖僻的,無非是他們自己的懶惰。
and it was nothing else that perverted them than their own slothfulness.
1:1124
ὅταν τις οὖν ἀποδείξῃ τὸν τοιοῦτον, ὅτι μὴ πρόσεχε αὐτῷ·
因此,每當有人指明這樣的人如此——就是說:不要留心聽他——
Whenever, then, someone demonstrates this concerning such a man—namely, do not give heed to him—
1:1125
ἐσφαλμένως λε´̣γ̣ε̣ι̣, λέγει, ἐ´̣δ̣ειε̣ν αὐτὸν διεστραμμέ νον, ἀπέδειξεν αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον
他所說的都是錯謬的;有人已顯明他是乖僻的,並已證實他是這樣的人。
he speaks erroneously in the things he says; one has shown him to be perverse, and has demonstrated him to be of such a kind.
1:1126
μὴ γίνου δίκαιος πολὺ καὶ μὴ σοφίζου πε̣ρ̣ισσ̣ά, μ̣ήπο τε̣ ἐκπλαγῇς
「不要行義過分,也不要過度自逞智慧,恐怕你驚惶失措。」
'Do not be righteous overmuch, and do not make yourself overly wise, lest you be confounded.'
1:1127
μὴ ἀσεβήσῃς πολὺ καὶ μὴ γίνου σκληρός, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνῃς ἐν οὐ καιρῷ σου
「不要行惡過分,也不要剛硬,免得你不到期而死。」
'Do not be impious overmuch, and do not become hard, lest you die before your time.'
1:1128
κα πολλάκις ἐλέχθη ἡμῖν, ὡς μεσότητές εἰσιν αἱ ἀρετ̣αί, αἱ τ̣ού των δὲ ὑπερβολαὶ καὶ ἐνλείψεις κακίαι εἰσίν
我們也常說過,諸美德乃是中道,而其過度與不及則是惡行。
And it has often been said among us that the virtues are means, while the excesses and deficiencies of these are vices.
1:1129
ἐλέγομεν ὅτι φρόν̣ησις γέγονε̣ν μέσον τῆς πανουργίας καὶ κακουργίας τῆς ἀφροσ̣υ´̣ν̣ης
我們曾說過,明智乃是狡詐與愚昧之惡毒之間的中道。
We used to say that prudence is a mean between craftiness and the maliciousness that belongs to folly.
1:1130
καὶ υ̣π̣ε̣ρ β̣ολὴ μέν ε̣στιν φρονήσεως πανουργία
而狡詐乃是明智的過度。
And craftiness is an excess of prudence.
1:1131
ἐπαινεῖται δὲ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ π̣α̣νουργία, παρ' Ἕλλησιν δὲ ψέγεται
然而在聖經中「機巧」是受稱讚的,在希臘人那裡卻是被責備的。
Yet in Scripture 'craftiness' is praised, whereas among the Greeks it is censured.
1:1132
πανουργίαν δὲ ψεγομένην κ̣αὶ γραφὴ λε´̣γ̣ει ῥᾳδιουργίαν·
至於那被責備的機巧,聖經也稱之為「詭詐」:
The craftiness that is censured Scripture also calls 'villainy':
1:1133
πλήρης δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργί ας, υἱὲ διαβόλου
「你這充滿各樣詭詐奸惡、魔鬼的兒子啊!」
'O you who are full of all deceit and all villainy, you son of the devil!'
1:1134
ὡς ἐπὶ π̣λ̣εῖστον δε`̣ καὶ καινὴ διαθήκη ψέγει τὴν πανουργίαν·
而且新約大多也責備這種機巧:
And for the most part the New Testament likewise censures craftiness:
1:1135
φοβοῦμαι γὰρ μήπως, ὡς ὄφις ἐηπάτησεν Εὔαν ἐν τῇ παν ουργίᾳ αὐτοῦ···, καὶ ἔτι·
「我只怕你們的心或被引誘,失去那向基督所存純一的心,就像蛇用詭詐誘惑了夏娃一樣……」又說:
'For I fear lest, as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness…'—and again:
1:1136
ἀλλὰ ὑπάρχων πανοῦργ̣ος δόλῳ ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον
「但我是詭詐的,用心計牢籠你們。」
'But being crafty, I caught you by guile.'
1:1137
καὶ ἔτι περὶ τῶν αἱρετικῶν λέγει ὅτι περιπατοῦσιν ἐν πανου̣ργίᾳ δο λοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου
又論到那些異端者,他說他們行事詭詐,攙混主的道。
And again, concerning the heretics he says that they walk in craftiness, adulterating the word of the Lord.
1:1138
ἔνλειψις δὲ τῆς φρονήσεως ἀφ̣ρ̣οσ̣υ´̣ν̣η ε̣σ̣τίν
明智的不及,就是愚昧。
The deficiency of prudence is folly.
1:1139
καὶ περὶ πασῶν τῶν ἀρετῶν πολλάκις ἡμῖν τοῦτο τεθεώρηται
關於一切美德,這一點我們已多次考察過。
And concerning all the virtues this has often been contemplated by us.
1:1140
λέ γομεν οὖν τὴν δεισιδαιμονίαν ὑπερβάλλειν τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἐνδεὲς δὲ αὐ τῆς τὸν ἀσεβήν
所以我們說,迷信是超過了敬虔,而不敬虔的人則是在敬虔上有所不及。
We say, then, that superstition exceeds piety, while the impious man is deficient in it.
1:1141
καὶ ὧδε οὖν τοῦτο βούλεται λέγειν·
因此在這裡他所要說的也是這個意思:
And so here too this is what he means:
1:1142
μὴ ἔξω τῆς δι κ̣αιοσ̣ύν̣η̣ς ἴθι·
不要越出公義之外;
Do not go outside of righteousness;
1:1143
κατ' ἀξίαν νέμειν ζήτει, τῆς ἰσότητος ἐπιμέλου
當按各人所配得的施予,並留意公平。
seek to render according to worth, and be careful of equity.
1:1144
πολλοὶ γοῦν εἰώθασιν λέγειν·
無論如何,許多人慣常說:
Many, at any rate, are accustomed to say:
1:1145
μὴ ἀκριβοδίκαιος ἔσο, μὴ πλέον τι τοῦ δικαίου ζήτει
「不要過於嚴苛地執著公義,不要索求超過公義的分外之物。」
'Do not be a stickler for strict justice; do not demand anything more than what is just.'
1:1146
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτω λαβεῖν αὐτό, ἵνα μάλιστα κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τοῦ χρι στιανισμοῦ αὐτὸ ἐκδεχθῇ
也可以這樣理解,使它尤其能按照基督信仰的旨意來領受:
It is also possible to take it in this way, so that it may above all be understood according to the intent of Christianity:
1:1147
ἐὰν προκέοιτο ἀδικηθῆναι ἀδικῆσαι, μὴ πολὺς ἔσο δίκαιος ἐκδιδῶν τὸ δίκαιον, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀδικῇ
若擺在你面前的,是受人虧負或虧負人二者之一,就不要過於堅持公義而追討你的權利,因為你並未受虧損。
If it is set before you either to be wronged or to do wrong, do not be overmuch righteous in exacting your right, since you are not wronged.
1:1148
θέλησον ἀδικηθῆναι μᾶλλον ἀδικῆσαι
寧可選擇受虧負,也不要虧負人。
Choose rather to be wronged than to do wrong.
1:1149
μὴ πολὺς γοῦν γίνου δίκαιος πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀδικηθῆναι, ἀλλ' ἐπίδος ἑαυτὸν μᾶλλον
所以不要過於堅持公義以求不受虧負,倒要寧願讓步捨己。
Do not, then, be overmuch righteous so as not to be wronged, but rather give yourself over.
1:1150
οὕτω γὰρ οὐδὲ σὺ ἀδικήσῃς οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνος, πρὸς ὃν ἔχεις
因為這樣一來,你既不虧負人,那與你有爭執的人也不虧負你。
For in this way neither will you do wrong, nor will he against whom you have a claim.
1:1151
καὶ μὴ σοφίζου περισσά, μήποτε ἐκπλαγῇς
「也不要過度自逞智慧,恐怕你驚惶失措。」
'And do not make yourself overly wise, lest you be confounded.'
1:1152
πέρα τοῦ δέοντος μὴ σοφίζου, μὴ ἔξω τοῦ ἐφειμένου τοῖς ἀνθρώποις γίνου
不要智慧超過所當有的分寸;不要越出人所蒙准許的界限。
Do not be wise beyond what is fitting; do not go outside what has been permitted to men.
1:1153
οἷοί εἰσιν οἱ λέγοντες, ὅτι οὕτως ἴσμεν τὸν θεὸν ὡς αὐ τὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπίσταται
那些說自己認識神,如同神認識自己一樣的人,正是如此。
Such are those who say that they know God as He knows Himself.
1:1154
διὸ καὶ ἐκπλήττονται, ἔξω φρενῶν γίνονται, ἔξω θεωρίας λογικῆς εὑρίσκονται
因此他們驚惶失措,失去心智,落在一切理性的默觀之外。
Therefore they are confounded, they become bereft of their senses, they are found outside all rational contemplation.
1:1155
δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λεχθῆναι πάλιν ἑπομένως τῇ λογικῇ θ̣εωρίᾳ, ὅτι ἔστιν ποτὲ διαλεγόμενον ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λυθῆναι τὴν συνουσίαν, ἕως ἔλθω μεν εἰς ὀρθὸν κα·····
但這一點也可以再次按著理性的默觀來說:就是有時有人為了不使討論中斷而辯論,直到我們達到正確的結論……
But this too can be said again in keeping with rational contemplation: that there is sometimes one who argues on behalf of not dissolving the discourse, until we come to the right point…
1:1156
··ς ἔνδοξον καὶ αὐτῷ διαλεχθῆναι
……以致與他辯論也是可稱道的。
…that it is glorious to argue even with him.
1:1157
ἐὰν δέ τις ἐν τῷ σοφίζεσθαι δόξῃ ἐπιτυγχα´̣νειν, οὐκ ὀφείλει καταμένειν τῷ σοφίζεσθαι
但若有人在賣弄機巧時看似得逞,他也不當固執於這種機巧。
But if someone in the act of being subtle seems to be succeeding, he ought not to persist in his subtlety.
1:1158
μὴ σοφίζου περισσά, μὴ ἐκγίνου τοῦ σοφὸς εἶναι καὶ ἐκπλαγῇς
「不要過度自逞智慧」——不要離開真智慧——「恐怕你驚惶失措」。
'Do not make yourself overly wise'—do not step outside of being truly wise—'and you be confounded.'
1:1159
μὴ ἀσεβήσῃς πολύ, μὴ γίνου σκληρός
「不要行惡過分,不要剛硬。」
'Do not be impious overmuch, do not become hard.'
1:1160
εἴπομεν, ὅτι ἔστιν τι γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, ᾧπερ ἐὰν ἐπῶμεν, ἀσεβοῦμεν
我們曾說,論到神有某些可知之事,若我們硬要窮究,就成了不敬虔。
We have said that there is something knowable of God, upon which, if we press, we are impious.
1:1161
ἐκεῖνο δέ, ἐφανέρωσεν ἡμῖν θεός, ἐὰν γιγνώσκωμεν καὶ θέλωμ̣εν ἔχειν, οὐ βλαπτόμεθα
但神向我們所啟示的,我們若認識並願意持守,就不至受害。
But that which God has revealed to us, if we know it and are willing to hold it, we suffer no harm.
1:1162
ἐὰν δὲ κἀκεῖνα τὰ μὴ ἐφικτὰ ἡμῖν θέλωμεν νοεῖν, ἐκπλητ τόμεθα καὶ ἀσεβοῦμεν πολύ
然而我們若還想去理解那些我們所無法企及的事,就必驚惶失措,並且行惡過分。
Yet if we wish to comprehend even those things that are unattainable by us, we are confounded and become impious overmuch.
1:1163
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λέγε̣ιν·
也可以這樣說:
It is also possible to say this:
1:1164
εἴ ποτέ τι τῶν ἄλλων δυσχερὲς ἡμῖν καὶ δυςεύρετον φαίνεται̣, περὶ τούτου δὲ ἐπιχειρήσεις, οὐ βλάπτει·
若有時其他某事在我們看來艱深難解,而你去探究它,那並無妨害;
If ever some other matter appears difficult and hard to discover for us, and you set about it, it does no harm;
1:1165
ἐπιχει ρητέον εἰς ἑκάτερα
人可以從正反兩面去嘗試論證。
one may attempt argument in both directions.
1:1166
ὅταν δὲ πε̣ρὶ θεοῦ ᾖν λόγος καὶ εἰς ἐκεῖνα χωρῇ θέλων εἰδέναι περὶ θεοῦ, μὴ δύναται, ἀσεβ̣εῖ πολὺ πέρα τοῦ δέοντος χωρῶν
但當論題涉及神,而那想要認識神的人,闖入他所不能知的事,越過了當有的分寸,他就是行惡過分了。
But when the discourse concerns God, and he who wishes to know about God ventures into those matters which he cannot know, he is impious overmuch, going beyond what is fitting.
1:1167
οἷον πλῆθός εἰσιν οἱ ἄστερες
例如:眾星乃是一個數目。
For example: the stars are a multitude.
1:1168
πᾶν δὲ πλῆθος περιττὸν ἄρτιόν ἐστιν
而凡是數目,不是奇數就是偶數。
And every multitude is either odd or even.
1:1169
καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄρτιον εἰς δύο διαιρεῖται, τὸ δὲ περιττὸν ἔχει πλεο νάζον τὸ ἕτερον μέρος ἑνί
偶數可分為相等的兩半,而奇數則有一部分比另一部分多出一。
And the even is divided into two, while the odd has the one part exceeding the other by one.
1:1170
ἐὰν θέλωμεν περὶ τῶν ἀστέρων ἐπιχειρεῖν καὶ λέγειν, πρότερον περιττοὶ ἄρτιοι, οὐκ ἀσεβοῦμεν πολύ
我們若想探究眾星,並說它們究竟是奇數還是偶數,這並不算行惡過分。
If we wish to attempt inquiry about the stars and to say whether they are odd or even, we are not impious overmuch.
1:1171
ἔδει μὲν μὴ ἐπιχειρεῖν, περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσμεν
誠然,對於我們所不知的事,本不當去探究。
One ought indeed not to attempt inquiry into things we do not know.
1:1172
ποιοῦμεν γὰρ τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐρανὸς κυκλοειδής ἐστιν καὶ εἰς δύο ἴσα τέμνεται ἡμισφαί ρια διαμέτρου ἀχθείσης εὐθείας
因為我們是這樣推想的:天是球形的,當引一直線作為直徑時,它便被分為兩個相等的半球。
For we do this: that the heaven is spherical and is cut into two equal hemispheres when a straight line is drawn as a diameter.
1:1173
καὶ ἐπεὶ πάντοθεν οὐρανὸς ἠστέρωται, λέξει τις ὅτι ἴσων ὄντων τῶν ἡμικυκλίων ἐν ἑκάστῳ ἡμικυκλίῳ τοσοῦτοί εἰ σιν, ὅσοι καὶ ἐν τῷ λοιπῷ
又因天在各方皆布滿星辰,有人便會說:既然諸半圓相等,那麼每一半圓中的星辰,與另一半圓中的一樣多。
And since the heaven is starred on every side, someone will say that, the hemicircles being equal, in each hemicircle there are just as many stars as in the remaining one.
1:1174
καὶ κατασκευάζομεν ἐκ τούτου ἀρτίους αὐτοὺς εἶναι
由此我們便斷定它們是偶數。
And from this we establish that they are even.
1:1175
καὶ οὐκ ἀσεβοῦμεν, κἄν τε οὕτως ἔχῃ κἂν μὴ ἔχῃ
而無論實情是否如此,我們都不算不敬虔。
And we are not impious, whether it be so or not.
1:1176
γυμνασίας ἕνεκα ἐπιχείρησις γέγονεν
這番探究乃是為了操練而作的。
The inquiry was undertaken for the sake of exercise.
1:1177
πάλιν ἐπειδὴ οἱ περὶ ἀριθμῶν πραγματευσάμενοι λέγουσιν τὸν περιττὸν ἰσχυρότερον εἶναιδραστήριος γάρ ἐστιν– , δὲ ἄρτιος ὑλικώτεροςὕλῃ γὰρ ἀνάκειται·
再者,既然那些研究數目的人說,奇數較為強盛——因它具能動性——而偶數則較屬物質,因它歸屬於物質;
Again, since those who have treated of numbers say that the odd is stronger—for it is active—while the even is more material, for it is assigned to matter;
1:1178
πρώτη γὰρ διαίρεσις ἐν ἀρ τίῳ γίνεται·
因為最初的分割發生於偶數之中;
for the first division occurs in the even;
1:1179
διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δυάδα λέγουσιν εἶναι τὴν ὕληνἐλέγομεν ὅτι ἔδει τοὺς κρείττονας τω῀̣ν ἀ´̣λλ̣ων ὁρατῶν τῷ κρείττ̣ονι α̣ρ̣ι̣θ̣μ̣ῷ ὑπο βεβλῆσθαι καὶ κατασκευάζομεν ἐκ τούτου π̣ε̣ρισσοὺς αὐτοὺς εἶναι
並且因此他們也說二數就是物質——我們曾說,那些比其他可見之物更為高貴者,理當歸屬於較高貴的數目,由此我們便斷定它們是奇數。
and on this account they also say that the dyad is matter—we used to say that the beings superior to the other visible things ought to be assigned to the superior number, and from this we establish that they are odd.
1:1180
εἰ μέντοι λέγοι τις, ὅτι ζητήσομεν πότερον θεὸς ἄναρχος οὐκ ἄναρχος, τὸ ἕτερον τοῦ ἐπιχειρήματος πολλὴν ἀσέβεια̣ν φέ ρει
然而,若有人說:「我們要探究神是無始的還是非無始的」,那麼這論證的一面便帶來極大的不敬虔。
If, however, someone should say, 'We will inquire whether God is without beginning or not without beginning,' the one side of the argument brings much impiety.
1:1181
ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ αὐτὸς τῆς διαλεκτικῆς λόγος λέγει μὴ πάντα προβλ̣ήματα εἶναι διαλεκτικά
誠然,連辯證法本身也說,並非一切問題都是可辯證的。
Indeed, even the very science of dialectic says that not all problems are dialectical.
1:1182
οἷς γὰρ κόλασις ἕπεται, οὐκ ἔσ̣τιν δια λεκτικόν̣
因為那些附帶懲罰的問題,並非可辯證的。
For those to which punishment attaches are not dialectical.
1:1183
τὰ γὰρ δι̣αλεκτικὰ εἰς ἑκάτερα ἐπιχειρεῖται
因為辯證的問題是可從正反兩面來論辯的。
For dialectical questions are argued in both directions.
1:1184
οὐδεὶς ἐπιχειρεῖν θ̣έλ̣ει, πότερον ἔσ̣τιν θεὸς ἠ`̣ οὐκ ἔστιν πρότερον φυλακτέοι οἱ νόμοι οὔ·
沒有人願意去辯論神是否存在,或律法當守與否;
No one wishes to argue whether God exists or does not exist, or whether the laws are to be kept or not;
1:1185
ταῦτ̣α̣ γὰρ κόλασιν ἑπομε´̣νην ἔχει ἐν θατέρῳ μορίῳ τῆς ἀντιφάσεως
因為這些問題在其矛盾命題的一面,都附帶著懲罰。
for these have punishment attaching to one member of the contradiction.
1:1186
αἰσχρὰν γὰρ φήμην φέρει τῷ προισταμένῳ τοῦ ἑτέρου μορίου τῆς ἀν τιφάσεως
因為它使那擁護矛盾命題另一面的人,蒙受可恥的名聲。
For it brings a shameful reputation upon the one who champions the other member of the contradiction.
1:1187
σκληρὸς γίνεται τὴν κακίαν αἱρούμενος
那選擇惡行的人,就變為剛硬。
He who chooses vice becomes hard.
1:1188
σκληρὸν γὰρ κατασκευάζει τὸν ἔχοντα
因為它使擁有它的人變為剛硬。
For it renders hard the one who possesses it.
1:1189
κατὰ γὰρ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητόν σου καρδίαν θησαυρίζεις ἑαυτῷ ο̣ρ̣γὴν̣ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς
「你竟任著你剛硬不悔改的心,為自己積蓄忿怒,以致在忿怒的日子顯出。」
'For according to your hardness and your impenitent heart you are treasuring up for yourself wrath in the day of wrath.'
1:1190
ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν ἔχων σκληρὸς εὑρίσκεται
存著不悔改之心的人,便顯為剛硬。
Having an impenitent heart, he is found to be hard.
1:1191
καὶ γίνεται οὕτως καὶ καρδία τοῦ Φαραώ, πολλάκις ἀνεγράφη, σκληρυνθεῖσα
法老的心也是如此,正如經上屢次記載的,他的心剛硬了。
And so it also happens with the heart of Pharaoh, which, as has often been recorded, was hardened.
1:1192
μὴ σοφίζου οὖν περιςσά, μὴ γίνου σκλη̣ρός̣, ἱ´̣να μη`̣ ἀποθάνῃς ἐν οὐ καιρῷ σου
所以你不要過度自作聰明,不要變得剛硬,免得你未到日子就死亡。
Therefore do not be overly wise, do not become hard, lest you die before your time.
1:1193
κατὰ πάντα δ̣υνατὸν τοῦτο ἐνεχθῆναι·
這話可以從各樣角度來理解。
This can be applied in every possible way.
1:1194
κατὰ διάνοιαν π̣α῀̣ σαν̣ λε´̣γει·
他是就一切思想而言的。
He speaks with reference to every kind of thought.
1:1195
ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἀντέχεσθαί σε ἐν τούτῳ, καί γε ἀπὸ τούτου μὴ ἀφῇς τὴν χεῖρά σου
你緊緊持守這事乃是美善的,而且對此你不可鬆開你的手。
It is good for you to hold fast to this, and indeed do not let your hand slacken from it.
1:1196
ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν εἰρημένων ἤκουσας·
在所說的每一件事上你都已聽見了。
In each of the things that have been said you have heard.
1:1197
μὴ γίνεσθαι δίκαιος πολύ·
不要過度地自以為義。
Do not become excessively righteous.
1:1198
εἴρηκεν μὴ σοφίζου περισσά
他曾說:不要過度自作聰明。
He has said: do not be overly wise.
1:1199
ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ὡς ἐν ἑνὶ γένει ἀντέχου
要持守所說的一切,如同持守同一類事一般。
Hold fast to all the things that have been said, as though to a single class.
1:1200
ἀπὸ τούτου οὖν, οὗ εἶπον, ὅτι καὶ δεῖ ἀντέχεσθαι, μὴ ἐάσῃς τὴν πρᾶξίν σου
所以,從我所說的這事——就是人必須緊緊持守——你不可放棄你的行為。
Therefore, from this which I have spoken—that one must indeed hold fast—do not abandon your practice.
1:1201
ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς, ὡς λέγει ἀπόστολος·
要恆守這些事,正如使徒所說的。
Persevere in them, as the Apostle says.
1:1202
ταῦτα με λέτα, ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι, ἵνα σου προκοπὴ φανερὰ γένηται, ἐν ταῖς ἀρε ταῖς
「你要思念這些事,並要在其中,使你的長進在眾人面前顯明出來」——這是說在諸般美德中。
'Meditate on these things, be occupied in them, so that your progress may be made manifest'—that is, in the virtues.
1:1203
μελετῶν ταῦτα δεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς ἐνμένειν, οὐ περαιτέρω αὐτῶν χωρεῖν
當人思念這些事時,必須住在其中,不可越過它們而前行。
In meditating on these things one must abide in them, and not move on beyond them.
1:1204
ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις μαθήμασιν τοῖς κατ' ἐπιστήμην καὶ τεταγμένως ἄγουσιν οὐ καλὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς μένειν
因為對於其他的學問——那些按著知識與次序而進行的——停留在其中並非好事。
For with the other branches of learning, those that proceed by systematic science and in ordered fashion, it is not good to remain within them.
1:1205
καὶ ἵνα ἀπὸ προχείρου παραδείγματος δεῖξις γένηται, μάθησιν γραμμάτων τῶν πρώτων λάβωμεν
為使證明可以藉一個現成的例子來說明,讓我們取初學字母為例。
And so that the demonstration may be made from a ready example, let us take the learning of the first letters.
1:1206
οὐκ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ἐνμέ νειν τῇ μαθήσει τῶν χαρακτήρων, ἀλλὰ ταχὺ διαβαίνειν ἐπ̣ὶ τὴν ἑξῆς προ κοπήν
停留在認識字形上並非好事,反倒要迅速進到隨後的長進。
It is not good to remain in the learning of the characters, but rather to pass quickly on to the progress that follows.
1:1207
ἐπὶ δὲ τω῀̣ν ἀρετῶν μελέτη προκοπὴν φέρει·
然而在諸美德上,操練卻帶來長進。
But in the case of the virtues, meditation brings progress.
1:1208
μελέτα σωφροσύνην, μέ νε ἐν σωφροσ̣υ´̣ν̣ῃ·
你要操練節制,並要住在節制中。
Practise temperance, abide in temperance.
1:1209
μελέτα τὸ δίκαιον, ἐν αὐτῷ μένε·
你要操練公義,並要住在其中。
Practise righteousness, abide in it.
1:1210
οὕτω γὰρ δύνασαι σπουδαῖος ἀποδειχθῆναι
因為你這樣行,就能顯明自己是殷勤懇切的。
For thus you are able to be shown to be earnest.
1:1211
ὅτι φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν ἐξελεύσεται τὰ πάντα
因為敬畏神的人,凡事都必得亨通而出。
For he who fears God shall come forth in all things.
1:1212
κἂν βοήθημα περισσῶς ἔχειςβοήθημα τοῦ ἐξελθεῖνοὔ σε ἔξω πάν των λέγει γίνεσθαι
縱使你有豐盛的幫助——就是脫身而出的幫助——他也不是說你要置身於一切之外。
Even if you have abundant help—help for coming forth—he does not say that you become outside of all things.
1:1213
τὸ ἐξελθεῖν δὲ τὸ τέλος καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν δηλοῖ, ὡς εἰ λέγομεν ὅτι αἱ ἁγίαι̣ φωνήσεις αἱ γενόμεναι περὶ τῆς καθόδου τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐκβάσεως τετυχήκασιν
「出來」乃是表明結局與成就,正如我們說:那些論到救主降臨的聖言已經應驗成就了。
Now 'to come forth' signifies the end and the outcome, as when we say that the holy utterances made concerning the descent of the Saviour have attained their fulfilment.
1:1214
καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθέν
這正是「使所說的話得以應驗」的意思。
And this is the meaning of 'that what was spoken might be fulfilled.'
1:1215
οἱ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων κακοήθως κατὰ ἄγνοιαν νομίζου σιν τὸ πληρωθῆναι τοῦτ̣ο οὕτω λαβεῖν·
因為那些異端之人,或出於惡意,或由於無知,以為這「應驗」當如此理解。
For those of the heterodox, out of malice or through ignorance, suppose that this 'being fulfilled' is to be understood thus.
1:1216
καὶ λέγου σιν ὅτι παλαιὰ δ̣ιαθήκη κενὴ ἦν καθ' ἑαυτήν·
他們說舊約本身乃是空虛的。
And they say that the Old Testament was empty in itself.
1:1217
πληρώματος ἔξωθεν ἔχρῃ ζεν
說它需要從外面得著補足。
That it needed fullness from without.
1:1218
οὐ τοῦτο δ̣έ, ἀλ̣λὰ ἐπὶ ἐκβάσεως λέγει·
然而事實並非如此,他乃是就成就的結局而言。
But this is not so; rather he speaks with reference to the outcome.
1:1219
διὰ τοῦτο ἔτεκεν Μαρία, ὅπως πληρωθῇ·
為此馬利亞生了孩子,使那話得以應驗。
For this reason Mary gave birth, that it might be fulfilled.
1:1220
διὰ τοῦτο ἐσταυρώθη σωτήρ, διὰ τὸ ὤρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου
為此救主被釘十字架,因為經上說:「他們扎了我的手、我的腳。」
For this reason the Saviour was crucified, because of 'they pierced my hands and my feet.'
1:1221
φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν οὐκ ἔξω αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ εἰς τέλος αὐτῶν γίνεται
敬畏神的人並不置身於這些事之外,反倒進入它們的成就。
He who fears God comes not outside of these things, but to their fulfilment.
1:1222
ὅμοιόν ἐστιν τοῦτο τῷ ἀποστολικῷ τῷ λέγοντι·
這與使徒所說的話相似,那話說:
This is like the apostolic saying that declares:
1:1223
οὐ τοῦ τρέχοντος οὐδὲ τοῦ θέλοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλεῶντος θεοῦ
「這不在乎那奔跑的,也不在乎那定意的,只在乎發憐憫的神。」
'It is not of him who runs nor of him who wills, but of God who shows mercy.'
1:1224
φοβούμενος οὖν τὸν θεὸν ἐξέρχεται τὰ πάντα
所以敬畏神的人,凡事都必得亨通而出。
Therefore he who fears God comes forth in all things.
1:1225
φόβος γὰρ κυρίου π̣α´̣ν̣τ̣α̣ ὑπερέβαλεν
因為耶和華的敬畏超越了萬事。
For the fear of the Lord surpassed all things.
1:1226
εἰ δὲ πάντα ὑπερέ βαλεν, οὐδὲν ἔστιν ὑπὲρ αὐτόν
既然它超越了萬事,就沒有甚麼在它之上了。
And if it surpassed all things, there is nothing above it.
1:1227
φόβος γὰρ οὐχ τῆς κολάσεως λέγε ται, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνος, περὶ οὗ λέγομεν·
因為這裡所說的敬畏,並非那對刑罰的懼怕,乃是我們所論及的那一種。
For the fear here spoken of is not that of punishment, but that of which we speak.
1:1228
οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμέ νοις αὐτόν
「敬畏他的人一無所缺。」
'There is no want to those who fear him.'
1:1229
κύριον αὐτὸν ἁγιά σετε καὶ αὐτός ἐστίν σου φόβος
「你們當尊主為聖,他也必作你們的敬畏。」
'Sanctify the Lord himself, and he shall be your fear.'
1:1230
ὡς γίνεται τοῦ θέλοντος κατὰ Χριστὸν σοφίαν σοφία Χριστὸς καὶ δικαιοσύνη τοῦ δικαίου κατὰ Χριστόν, οὕτω γίνεται καὶ φόβος
正如對那按著基督尋求智慧的人,基督成了智慧,義人的公義也是按著基督而有的;照樣,敬畏也是如此成就的。
Just as, for him who wills wisdom according to Christ, Christ becomes wisdom, and the righteousness of the righteous man is according to Christ, so also does fear come to be.
1:1231
σοφία βοηθήσει τῷ σοφῷ ὑπὲρ δέκα ἐξουσιάζοντας τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τῇ πόλει
智慧幫助智慧人,勝過城中十個掌權者。
Wisdom shall help the wise man more than ten rulers who are in the city.
1:1232
εἴπομεν, ὅτι ἐκκλησιάζων πάντων ἅμα τῶν ὠφελούντων ἐφάπτεται καὶ τῶν δοκούντων τοῖς πολλοῖς, ἀνθρωπίνων ὄντων
我們曾說:那在會中傳道的人,同時抓住一切有益的事,甚至連眾人以為好的、屬乎人的事,也一併掌握。
We said that the one who preaches in the assembly lays hold of all things that are beneficial at once, even those that seem good to the many, which are human.
1:1233
κατὰ γὰρ τὸν ἀληθῆ λό γον, ἐπεὶ προνοίᾳ θεοῦ τὰ πάντα διοικεῖται, καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα ἀνθρωπίνως γίνεσθαι θεόδοτά ἐστιν
因為按著真理的道理,既然萬事都由神的護理所管治,那些看似照人的方式而發生的事,也都是神所賜的。
For according to the true reasoning, since all things are governed by the providence of God, even the things that seem to come about in human fashion are given by God.
1:1234
ἀνθρώπινόν ἐστιν τὸ πλοῦτον ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ κύριος πλουτίζει·
擁有財富乃是屬人的事,然而使人富足的乃是耶和華。
It is a human thing to possess wealth, but it is the Lord who makes rich.
1:1235
τὸ ἀρχὴν ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ κύριος καθιστᾷ βασιλεῖς καὶ μεθι στᾷ
居於官位乃是屬人的事,然而立王與廢王的乃是耶和華。
To hold office is a human thing, but the Lord sets up kings and removes them.
1:1236
ὅμως, ὅταν αὐτὰ καθ' ἑαυτὰ τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας τελούμενα διαι ρῶμεν, λέγομεν·
雖然如此,當我們就那些由護理所成就的事本身加以分辨時,我們便說:
Nevertheless, when we distinguish in themselves the things accomplished by providence, we say:
1:1237
τὰ μὲν τούτων θεόπεμπτα καὶ θεοπρεπῆ ἐστιν, τὰ δὲ ἀν θρώπινα
這些事中有些是神所差遣的、合乎神的,另有些則是屬乎人的。
Some of these things are sent by God and befitting God, while others are human.
1:1238
ἐπεὶ δὲ βασιλεύς ἐστιν μάλιστα ταῦτα λέγων, δ̣ια`̣ πάν τα δὲ εἰς ευ̣λα´̣βειαν ἀλείφει, τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι κἂν ἐξουσιάζοντες δέκα ὦσιν ἐν τῇ πόλει, κἂν πολλοὶ ὠ῀̣σ̣ιν οἱ βοηθοῦντες, κἂν ὑπερπαί ωσιν τῷ πλήθει καὶ τῇ δυνάμει τῶν ἀντιπάλω̣ν, εἰ μὴ σοφίαν ἔχωσιν, οὐ δύνανται βοηθῆσαι τῇ πόλει
既然說這些話的人尤其是一位君王,並且將一切導向敬虔,他便說這話:縱使城中有十個掌權者,縱使幫助的人眾多,縱使他們在敵人的人數與勢力上佔了上風,若他們沒有智慧,就不能幫助那城。
And since the one who speaks these things is above all a king, and directs everything toward reverence, he says this: even if there are ten rulers in the city, even if there are many who give help, even if they surpass in the multitude and power of their adversaries, if they do not have wisdom, they cannot help the city.
1:1239
ἀεὶ οὖν τὴν δύναμιν το̣υ῀̣ στρατηγοῦ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ ζήτει μᾶλλον ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς παρατάξεως
所以你總要在將帥的智慧中,而不是在陣勢的眾多中,尋求他的力量。
Therefore always seek the strength of the general in his wisdom rather than in the multitude of the battle-array.
1:1240
σοφία οὖν βοηθήσει τῷ σοφῷ ὑπὲρ δέκα ἐξουσιάζοντας τοὺς ὄν̣τ̣ας ἐν τῇ πόλει. κ̣ατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον ἡμῖν ἀποδέδοται τὸ ἐπ' ἱστορίας
如此,智慧幫助智慧人,勝過城中十個掌權者。按著淺顯的意思,這話已按歷史的層面向我們解明了。
Wisdom, then, shall help the wise man more than ten rulers who are in the city. According to the plain sense it has been rendered to us on the level of history.
1:1241
ἐὰν πόλι̣ς ἔχ̣ῃ πολλοὺς δυνατ̣ο̣ύς, ἀπ̣ῇ δὲ σοφία, οὐδὲν ἐκεῖνοι τῇ πόλει δύ νανται βοηθῆσαι
倘若一座城有許多勇士,卻沒有智慧,那些人就絕不能幫助那城。
If a city has many mighty men, but wisdom is absent, those men can in no way help the city.
1:1242
πρὸς δὲ ἀναγωγὴν πο´̣λις λέγεται κόσμος, περὶ ἡμᾶς τόπος
然而按著更深的靈意,這城乃是指世界,就是我們周圍的所在。
But according to the anagogical sense, the world is called a city—the place around us.
1:1243
ἐὰν μὴ σοφία θεόπεμπτος δοθῇ, ο̣ὐδ̣εὶς̣ δύναται ἀβλαβῶς διαγαγεῖν
若沒有神所差來的智慧賜下,就無人能平安無損地走過此生。
Unless God-sent wisdom be given, no one can pass through unharmed.
1:1244
εἰ μὴ σοφία βοηθήσει, οἱ ἐξουσιάζοντες οὐδὲν δύνανται, κἂν ἀγγέλους εἴ πῃς κἂν ἱεροὺς ἄνδρας
若沒有智慧的幫助,掌權者就一無所能,縱使你說到天使或聖潔的人,也是如此。
Unless wisdom help, the rulers can do nothing, even if you should name angels or holy men.
1:1245
εἰ μὴ σοφία βοηθήσει, οὐ σῴζεται πόλις
若沒有智慧的幫助,那城就不能得救。
Unless wisdom help, the city is not saved.
1:1246
δύναται δὲ καὶ ἑκάστου ψυχὴ πόλις λέγεσθαι
各人的靈魂也可稱為一座城。
And the soul of each person can also be called a city.
1:1247
ἐὰν γοῦν μυρίους τις ἔχῃ λογισμοὺς ἀνθρωπίνους δυναμένους βοηθῆσαι τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, μὴ θεό πεμπτος δὲ σοφία βοηθήσῃ αὐτῇ καὶ εἰς τὸ εὔνομον̣ αὐτὴν̣ ἀγάγῃ καὶ φυ λάξῃ, οὐ δύναται βοηθηθῆναι
如此,倘若有人具備無數屬人的思慮,能夠幫助這城,但神所差來的智慧卻不幫助它、不領它進入守法的秩序、不保守它,那城就不能得幫助。
If, then, someone should have countless human reasonings able to help this city, but God-sent wisdom does not help it and lead it into lawful order and guard it, it cannot be helped.
1:1248
καὶ θεώρει γε τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τῇ πόλει
並且你要思想那些在城中的人。
And consider indeed those who are in the city.
1:1249
οἶδας ὅτι πολλοὶ πολλά κις ἐξουσίαν ἔξωθεν προσλαμβάνονται
你知道許多人常常從外面獲取權力。
You know that many oftentimes take on authority from without.
1:1250
καὶ ἔχεις ἐν ταῖς ἱστορίαις τῶν γραφῶν, ὅτι πολλάκις τινε`̣ς̣ ε̣π̣········μενοι κατὰ του῀̣ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τῶν βασιλέων αὐτοῦ ἐμισθώσαντο ἄλλους βασιλέας
你也在聖經的史事中得知,屢次有些人起來攻擊以色列和它的諸王,便雇用了別的君王。
And you have it in the histories of the Scriptures, that oftentimes certain men [rising up] against Israel and its kings hired other kings.
1:1251
οὐχ οὕτω δὲ οἱ ἔξωθεν μισθούμενοι συντελοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ βοηθῆσαι τῇ πόλει ὡς οἱ αὐτόχθονες
然而那些從外面雇來的人,對幫助那城的效力,遠不及本地土生的人。
But those hired from without do not contribute to helping the city as much as the native-born.
1:1252
ἀμέλει γοῦν, ὅταν ἴδωσιν, ὅτι ἀσθενεῖ τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἀναχωροῦσιν καὶ ἐξ ευμενίζονται τοὺς ἀντιπάλους
無論如何,他們一見事情軟弱不利,便退去,與敵人講和。
At any rate, whenever they see that the affair is weak, they withdraw and make peace with the adversaries.
1:1253
τοὺς ὄντας οὖν ἐν τῇ πόλει·
所以那些在城中的人:
Therefore those who are in the city:
1:1254
κἂν πλούσιοι ὦσιν κἂν εὐμενῶς ἔχωσιν πρὸς αὐτὴν κἂν εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὦσιν εὐτρ̣επιςμέ νοι πρὸς τὸ βοηθεῖν τῇ πόλει, ἀπούσης σοφίας οὐ δύνανται ἀνύσαι τὸ σπου δαζόμενον
縱使他們富足,縱使他們對那城懷有善意,縱使他們為此已預備妥當要幫助那城,一旦智慧不在,他們就不能成就所切望的事。
Even if they be rich, even if they be well-disposed toward it, even if for this very purpose they be made ready to help the city, when wisdom is absent they cannot accomplish what is earnestly sought.
1:1255
ὅτι ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος ἐν τῇ γῇ
因為在地上沒有義人。
For there is no man righteous on the earth.
1:1256
οὐ καθάπαξ εἶπεν μὴ εἶναι δίκαιον ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ γῇ
他並非斷然地說沒有義人,乃是說在地上沒有義人。
He did not say once and for all that there is no righteous man, but that there is none on the earth.
1:1257
καὶ κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον οὐ πρὸς ἱστορίαν λέγω, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἠθικὴν παίδευσιν ὡς πρὸς τροπολογίαν·
按著淺顯的意思,我並非就歷史而言,乃是就道德的教訓而言,正如就寓意的解讀而言一般。
And according to the plain sense I speak not with a view to history, but with a view to moral instruction, as with a view to a tropological reading.
1:1258
ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατῶν, κατὰ τὸ ὑμεῖς δὲ δὴ ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνῄσκε τε
這是說,那按著肉體行事的人,乃是地上的人,正如經上所說:「你們卻要像世人一樣死亡。」
That is, he who walks according to the flesh is a man upon the earth, according to the saying, 'But you shall die as men.'
1:1259
οὗτος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔστιν οὐ μόνον τῷ σώματι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ
這人在地上,不僅是就身體而言,也是就心而言。
This man is upon the earth not only in body but also in heart.
1:1260
τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονεῖ, βαθύνει ἑαυτῷ εἰς τὴν κάθισιν
他思念地上的事,使自己深陷於那安居之所中。
He minds earthly things, sinking himself deep into a settled abode there.
1:1261
οὐδεὶς τῶν τοιούτων δίκαιός ἐστιν
這樣的人中沒有一個是義的。
None of such men is righteous.
1:1262
λέγω δὲ ἄνθρωπον οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὴ ὄντα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς δυνάμενον εἶναι δίκαιον
我所說的「人」並非泛泛而言,而是指那身在地上、不能成為義人的人。
And I mean 'man' not in a simple sense, but the one who, being upon the earth, cannot be righteous.
1:1263
ἐπὶ γῆς τις περιπατῶν, ἐὰν ἔχῃ ε̣ν ο̣ὐρανῷ τὸ πολί τευμα, σοφός ἐστιν οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς
一個行走在地上的人,若他的國籍是在天上,他便是智慧的,卻不是按著地上的智慧。
One who walks upon the earth, if he has his citizenship in heaven, is wise not according to the earth.
1:1264
διὰ τοῦτο οὐ κεκώλυται τὸν δικαιοσύνην ἔχοντα παρονομάζεσθαι ἀπ' αὐτῆς
因此,用義來稱呼那擁有義的人,並無不妥。
For this reason there is no hindrance to naming the one who possesses righteousness after it.
1:1265
ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἱστορίαν οὐ στήκει; ἐὰν πρὸς ἱστορ̣ίαν θέλῃς αὐτὸ λαβεῖν, εἰς δόγμα χωρεῖς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς γενάμενος ἄνθρωπο̣ς ἄνευ ἁμαρτίας
就字面歷史的意義而言,這說法豈不站得住嗎?倘若你願意按字面歷史來理解它,你便得出一個教義:凡生在地上的人,沒有一個是無罪的。
As regards the literal sense, does it not hold? If you wish to take it according to the literal history, you arrive at a doctrine: that there is no man who, having come to be upon the earth, is without sin.
1:1266
εἶπον δέ, ὅτι κάματον ἡμῖν φέρει τ̣οῦτ̣ο περὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου̣ καὶ πε̣ρι`̣ το̣υ῀̣ Ἰηρεμί-ου, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἐκείνην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν λάβῃς̣, καθ' ἣν εἴρηται·
但我說過,這一點就約翰和耶利米而言給我們帶來困難,除非你所理解的正是那種罪,就是所說的:「眾人都犯了罪」中的罪。
But I said that this brings us difficulty concerning John and concerning Jeremiah, unless indeed you take that sin according to which it is said: 'All have sinned.'
1:1267
πάντες ἥμαρ̣τ̣ον. οἶδας δέ, ὅτι διῄρησα αὐτό ποτε καὶ ἔλεγον, ὅτ̣ι οὐ πᾶσα ἁμαρτία βλάβη̣ν φέρει τῷ ἐνεργοῦντι, ὅτε καὶ εἰκόνι τοιαύτῃ κέχ̣ρημαι ὅτι ἔστω ζωγράφος μανθάνων τὴν τέχνην·
你知道我曾經對此加以區分,並說並非每一種罪都給犯罪者帶來損害;那時我還用了這樣一個比喻:假設有一位正在學習繪畫技藝的畫師。
You know that I once distinguished this and said that not every sin brings harm to the one who commits it, when indeed I made use of such an image: let there be a painter learning the craft.
1:1268
πολλὰς εἰκόνας̣ γράφει οὐ καλῶς, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὕτη ψόγον ἁμαρτία φέρουσα
他畫了許多不好的畫,而這種「罪」並不帶來責備。
He paints many pictures poorly, and this sin does not bring reproach.
1:1269
διὰ τοῦτο οὐ καλῶς γράφει, ἵνα μάθῃ καλῶς γράφειν
他之所以畫得不好,正是為了學會畫得好。
For this reason he paints poorly, in order that he may learn to paint well.
1:1270
πολλὰ δὲ δεῖ ἡμαρτημένως ποιῆσαι, ἵν' οὕτω τις εὐμαρῶς κατορθώσῃ τὸν σκοπόν, οὗ ἔχει ἔργου
人必須做許多有瑕疵的事,這樣才能輕易地達成他手中工作的目標。
One must do many things faultily, so that thus a person may readily accomplish the aim of the work he has in hand.
1:1271
λέγουσιν δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν εὑρετῶν, ὅτι οὐκ ἦσαν οὕτως οἱ εὑρεταὶ ὡς οἳ πρότερον γεγένην̣ται αὐτοὶ ὅτε ἐνέμειναν
他們論到那些發明者也說,這些發明者不像那些後來出現的人,也不像他們自己在持續鑽研之後那樣精熟。
They say also concerning the inventors, that the inventors were not so accomplished as those who came after them or as they themselves were when they had persevered longer.
1:1272
οἱ ζωγράφοι λέγονται γοῦν οι̣ π̣α̣λαιο̣ι´̣, ὁ´̣τι̣ τοσ̣οῦτον ἀπεοικότα ταῖς πρωτοτύποις μορφαῖς ἔγραφον, ὡς ἐπὶ γραφῆς τυγχάνειν τὴν εἰκόνα ἀμείνω
無論如何,據說古時的畫家所畫的東西與原型的形貌相去甚遠,以致在一幅畫中,其形象反倒勝過了原型。
At any rate the painters of old are said to have painted things so unlike the original forms, that in a painting the image happened to be better than the original.
1:1273
οὕτως οὖν εἴποις, ὅτι πᾶς γινόμενος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔχει ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην, οὐ τὴν ἐναντιουμένην τῇ ἀρετῇ, ἀλλὰ τὴν φέρουσαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετήν
如此說來,你可以說凡生在地上的人都有這種罪——並非那與德行相對的罪,而是那引向德行的罪。
Thus, then, you might say that everyone who comes to be upon the earth has this sin—not the one opposed to virtue, but the one that leads toward virtue.
1:1274
ἀμέλει γοῦν τὸν σπουδάζοντα γράφειν εἰκόνα, ἀρξάμενον δὲ τῆς τέχνης, ἐνίοτε κακῶς γράφοντα λέγομεν τοῦ ἤδη ἐνχρονίσαντος τῇ τέχνῃ κρειττόνως γράφειν, ἐὰν ἐκεῖνος ἐκ ῥαθυμίας α̣μελῶς γράψῃ·
無論如何,我們論到一個熱切要作畫的人,他才剛入手這技藝,有時畫得很差,說他畫得比那已在技藝上老練的人還要差——若那老練者出於怠惰而漫不經心地作畫。
Indeed, at any rate, we say of one who is eager to paint a picture, having only begun the craft, and at times painting badly, that he paints worse than one who has already grown practiced in the craft—if that latter one, out of negligence, should paint carelessly.
1:1275
καὶ ἐὰν συνκρίνῃς τὸ ποίημα τῷ ποιήματι, τὸ τοῦ ἀμελοῦς ἄμεινόν ἐστιν·
而你若把作品與作品相比,那怠惰之人的作品反而更好。
And if you compare the work with the work, the work of the careless one is the better.
1:1276
ἐὰν δὲ εἰς τὴν προ αίρεσιν σκοπήσῃς, ἐκεῖνος μᾶλλον ἔγραψεν χειρόνως γράψας
但你若著眼於志向,那畫得較差的人反倒畫得更真切。
But if you look to the purpose, the one who painted worse painted the more truly.
1:1277
οὕτω οὖν καὶ κατ' ἀναλογίαν ποσότητος λαμβάνομεν
如此說來,我們也按數量的比例來理解此事。
Thus, then, we also take it according to a proportion of quantity.
1:1278
τὸν δυνάμενον δέκα ἔπη ἐκμαθεῖν, ἐκμαθόντα δὲ δώδεκα λέγομεν·
論到一個能背誦十行、卻背了十二行的人,我們給予嘉許;
Of the one able to learn ten lines by heart, but who has learned twelve, we speak favourably;
1:1279
τὸν δὲ δυ νάμενον πεντήκοντα, ἐκμαθόντα δὲ τετταράκοντα λέγομεν μηδὲν ἐκμεμαθη κέναι
但論到一個能背五十行、卻只背了四十行的人,我們卻說他一無所學。
but of the one able to learn fifty, yet who has learned forty, we say that he has learned nothing.
1:1280
ὃς ποιήσει ἀγαθὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται
他要行善,且不犯罪。
who will do good and will not sin.
1:1281
τοιοῦτος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ποιήσει ἀγαθὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται
這樣的人在地上並不存在,就是那要行善且不犯罪的人。
Such a man does not exist upon the earth, one who will do good and will not sin.
1:1282
ὑψηλοτέραν θέλω λαβει῀̣ν δ̣ιάνοιαν·
我願意採取一個更崇高的意涵;
I wish to take a loftier meaning;
1:1283
ἀλλὰ μή μοι ἀπει ροκαλίαν ἐπιγράψητε
但你們不要指責我沒有分寸。
but do not charge me with tastelessness.
1:1284
περὶ μόνου τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἴρηται·
這是單單論到耶穌所說的;
It is said concerning Jesus alone;
1:1285
πρὶν π̣ροέληται πο νηρά, ἐκλέξεται τὸ ἀγαθόν. μόνον το`̣ π̣αιδίον τὸ κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸ μὴ ἐγνωκότα ἁμαρτίαν, προαίρεσιν τῶν πονηρῶν, εἵλατο τὸ ἀγαθο´̣ν, πάντες δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι μετὰ τὸ γνῶναι πονηρίαν ταύτην τὴν τιμωμένην, οὐ τὴν ἐπίψογον, ἀλλ̣ὰ τὴν εἰσαγομένην
「在祂揀選惡以前,祂必揀選善。」惟獨那嬰孩,就是照著耶穌的那位,祂未曾認識罪——即對諸惡的擇取——便揀選了善;但其餘眾人卻是在認識了這種惡之後才如此,這惡不是那應受責備的惡,而是那入門的惡。
'Before He chooses evil, He will choose the good.' The Child alone, the one according to Jesus, who did not know sin—the choice of evil things—chose the good; but all the others, after they had come to know this wickedness—not the blameworthy kind, but the introductory kind.
1:1286
οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ποιήσει ἀγαθὸν καὶ οὐχ ἁμαρτη´̣σεται. μετὰ ἁμαρτίαν πάντες τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔχουσιν, ἁμαρτίαν δὲ τὴν εἰρημε´̣νην̣, τὴν προϋφισταμένην τῆς ἀρετῆς
如此,就沒有一個人要行善且不犯罪。在罪之後,眾人才擁有善,而這裡所說的罪,就是先前所提的那種,即先於德行而存在的罪。
There is, then, no man who will do good and will not sin. After sin all men possess the good, but the sin here spoken of is the one already mentioned, the one that pre-exists virtue.
1:1287
ι̣δ̣ε´̣, πολλοὶ δοκοῦντες ἔχειν ἐντρέχειαν διανοίας καὶ ἀποδεδωκότες τῇ ἐντρεχείᾳ ἑαυτῶν οἴονται πάντα εἰδέναι·
看哪,許多人似乎有敏捷的悟性,並委身於自己的機敏之中,便自以為無所不知;
See, many who seem to have quickness of understanding, and who have devoted themselves to their own cleverness, think that they know everything;
1:1288
καὶ ὅταν ἄρξωνται ἀναλαμ βάνειν ἐκεῖνα, οἴονται εἰδέναι, ἐν τοσαύτῃ α̣γνοίᾳ γίνονται, ὡς ἀπ ειπεῖν τὴν μάθησιν
然而當他們著手拾起那些自以為知道的事時,卻陷入如此的無知,以致放棄了學習。
and when they begin to take up those very things which they think they know, they fall into such ignorance as to give up learning.
1:1289
πολλάκις ἐνόμισα περὶ πτυκ τίου, ὅτι εὔκολόν ἐστιν νοῆσαι, καὶ δυσκολώτερον ἐφάνη πάντων ἐπισ̣τ̣ά νοντι̣ ε̣κ̣α´̣στου διανοίᾳ
我常以為那摺疊書板是容易理解的,然而對每一個運用心思去領會其中各項的人來說,它卻顯得比一切都更艱難。
Often I have supposed concerning a folding tablet that it is easy to understand, and yet it appeared harder than everything to everyone who applied his mind to grasping each thing.
1:1290
αὕτη ἄγνοια πρὸ ἐπιστήμης ἐστίν·
這種無知是先於知識的;
This ignorance is prior to knowledge;
1:1291
κ̣αὶ οὐκ ἐναντία ἐπιστήμης ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ πρὸ ἐπιστήμης
它並非與知識相對,而是先於知識。
and it is not opposed to knowledge, but is prior to knowledge.
1:1292
γο̣ῦν̣ ο̣ἰόμενος εἰδέναι τι, ἐὰν μὴ οὕτως ἑαυτὸν εὕρῃ ὡς οὐδὲν εἰδότα, οὐ δύναται γν̣ω῀̣ σι̣ν λαβεῖν
如此,那自以為知道某事的人,除非他發覺自己如同一無所知,否則就不能領受知識。
The one, then, who thinks he knows something, unless he finds himself to be as one knowing nothing, cannot receive knowledge.
1:1293
μόνος οὖν εἷς ἔστιν, περὶ οὗ τοῦτο εἴρηται·
如此,惟有一位是這話所論到的;
There is, then, one alone concerning whom this is said;
1:1294
πρὶν προέλητ̣αι πονηρά, ἐξελέξατο τὸ ἀγαθόν. κἂν μὴ δοκῇ οὖν Ἀπολιναρίῳ καὶ τοῖς μετ' αὐτ̣οῦ τούτου, ἀναιρεῖται αὐτῶν τὸ δόγμα
「在祂揀選惡以前,祂已揀選了善。」如此,即便亞波里拿留和那些在此隨從他的人不以為然,他們的教義仍被推翻。
'Before He chooses evil, He chose the good.' Even if, then, it does not seem so to Apollinaris and to those who follow him in this, their doctrine is overthrown.
1:1295
πρὶν προελέσθαι πο̣ν̣η̣ρά·
在祂揀選諸惡以前;
before He chose evil things;
1:1296
ἁμαρ τεῖν οὔπ̣οτ̣' η̣δυ´̣νατο, ὅτι μέχρι προπαθείας γινόμενος οὐκ ἐκτείνε̣ι ταύ την εἰς δ̣ι̣άθεσιν
祂從不能犯罪,因為祂僅止於先發的衝動,並未將它擴展成一種固著的傾向。
He was never able to sin, because, coming only as far as pre-passion, He did not extend it into a settled disposition.
1:1297
δύναται οὖν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ ἄγεσθαι, δύναται δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως νοεῖσθαι, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ γέγονεν θεὸς Λόγος
如此,這話可以歸於同一意涵,但也可以另作理解:即在那殿中,就是在那人裡面,神的道曾來居住。
It can, then, be brought to the same meaning, but it can also be understood otherwise: that in the temple, that is, in the man, God the Word came to dwell.
1:1298
καὶ σοφία ἐστίν, καὶ ἐκ ταύτης τῆς διανοίας πᾶσα βελτίωσίς ἐστιν
祂就是智慧,且一切的長進都出於這領悟。
And He is Wisdom, and from this understanding comes every betterment.
1:1299
ἐπει δὴ δὲ τὰ τῆς οἰκονομίας λέγω, τοῦτο̣ ὧδ̣ε̣ ὀφείλει δειχθῆναι
既然我是在論救恩安排(奧秘的經綸)的諸事,這一點就當在此加以闡明。
Since, then, I am speaking of the matters of the economy, this ought here to be demonstrated.
1:1300
παιδίον ὂν οὐκ ἐκεῖνα ἔλεγεν, εἶπεν α̣νὴρ τέλειος γεν̣άμενος
祂身為孩童時,並未說那些在祂成為完全的成人後所說的話。
Being a child, He did not say those things which He said when He had become a perfect man.
1:1301
προέκοπτεν οὖν τὴν προκοπήν
如此,祂在長進中不斷長進。
He advanced, then, in advancement.
1:1302
διδάσκαλος ἄλλος ὁμοι´̣ως ἔχων τὴν τῆς παιδεύσεως ἕξιν προσεληλυθότων μαθη̣τῶν καὶ ἐφιεμένων τῆς ἐπιστήμης σ̣υνκαταβαίνει καὶ ἐκεῖνα λέγει, δύνανται οἱ εἰςαγόμενοι ἀκοῦσαι, οὐχ αὐτὸς δύναται, καὶ συνσχηματίζεται τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν εἰσαγομένων, καὶ ὡς αὐτὰ μόνα εἰδὼς λέγει παιδεύει αὐτούς
一位教師,或另一位同樣具有教導素養的人,當門徒前來、渴慕知識時,他便俯就,說那些初學者所能領受的話——而非他自己所能說的話——並使自己順應初學者的無知,且好像只知道他所說的那些事,如此來教導他們。
A teacher, or another likewise possessing the disposition of instruction, when disciples have come forward and are longing for knowledge, condescends and says those things which the beginners are able to hear—not the things which he himself is able to say—and he conforms himself to the ignorance of the beginners, and, as knowing only those things which he says, he instructs them.
1:1303
ὅσον οὖν πρ̣οκόπτει τὸ παιδίον, προκόπτει καὶ διδάσκαλος·
如此,孩童長進到甚麼程度,教師也就長進到甚麼程度;
In proportion, then, as the child advances, the teacher also advances;
1:1304
ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν παιδίον προκόπτει προσλήμψει μαθημάτων, δὲ διδάσκαλος προκόπτει ἀναδείξε̣ι̣ τῆς ἐν ούσης δυνάμεως
然而孩童是藉著獲取所學而長進,教師卻是藉著顯明那內在固有的能力而長進。
but the child advances by the acquisition of lessons, while the teacher advances by the manifestation of the power residing within.
1:1305
καὶ λαβέ μοι τὸν ἥλιον φθάσαντα ε̣πὶ τ̣ὸν ὁρίζοντα τοῦτον τὸν αἰσθητόν·
請為我思想那太陽,當它抵達這可見的地平線時;
And consider for me the sun when it has reached this perceptible horizon;
1:1306
ὑποτρέχον δέ τι κάλυμμα κωλυέτω τὴν ὄψιν ταχέως ἐπιβα λεῖν, ὡς εἰ μὴ ἦν τὸ κάλυμμα
讓某層帷幕從下方升起,阻礙視覺迅速投向它,不像沒有帷幕時那樣。
and let some veil, running up beneath, hinder the sight from quickly falling upon it, as it would if the veil were not there.
1:1307
ὅσον γ̣ίνετ̣αι περὶ τὴν ὄψιν φανέρωσις, τότε καὶ τοῦ ἡλίου γίνεται τοσαύτη
視覺得著多大的顯露,太陽也就在那時得著同樣大的顯露。
In proportion as there comes to the sight a disclosure, then there comes also so great a disclosure of the sun.
1:1308
κ̣αὶ λέγω προκόπτειν τὸν ἥλιον, οὐ προσλήμψει φωτός, ἀλλὰ τῷ δύνασθαι λοιπὸν φωτίσαι τὸν πρότερον οὐ δυ νάμενον οὕτως καταλάμπεσθαι
我說太陽在長進,並非藉著獲取光,而是藉著它從此能夠照亮那先前不能如此被照亮的人。
And I say that the sun advances, not by the acquisition of light, but by being henceforth able to illuminate the one who previously could not be so lit up.
1:1309
κάλυμμα οὖν ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἁμαρτία
如此,靈魂的帷幕就是罪。
The veil of the soul, then, is sin.
1:1310
ἐὰν οὖν μὴ ἐκλέγῃ τὴν κακίαν, τὸ φῶς φανερώτερον ἑαυτὸ δείκνυσιν
如此,你若不揀選惡,光便更顯明地彰顯自己。
If, then, you do not choose wickedness, the light shows itself the more manifestly.
1:1311
ουτως οὕτως οὖν λέγω τὸν διδάσκαλον προκόπτειν σοφίᾳ, οὐ προσλήμψει σοφίας, ἀλλὰ ἀναδείξει πλείονος σο φίας
如此,我說教師在智慧上長進,並非藉著獲取智慧,而是藉著顯明更大的智慧。
Thus, then, I say that the teacher advances in wisdom, not by the acquisition of wisdom, but by the manifestation of greater wisdom.
1:1312
ἐπὶ τῷ ὄντι καὶ προκοπὴ πᾶσα ἐνεπο̣δ̣ίζετ̣ο, εἰ μή, φέρε, ἄρτιοι ἅγιοι ὁρατοὶ ὄντες τοσαῦτα ἠδύναντο ἐνεργ̣ε̣ῖν καὶ ἐγνωκέναι
事實上,倘若完全的聖徒既然可見便能成就並知曉如此多的事,那麼一切的長進實際上都會受到阻礙。
In reality, indeed, all advancement would be impeded, if, say, perfect saints, being visible, could accomplish and know so much.
1:1313
εἰ ἄνδρες γε νόμενοι πεποίηκαν καὶ εἰρήκασιν μεγαλά, ἔστι τοῦτ̣ο̣ εἰς προκοπὴν ἀρε τῆς καὶ ἀνάδειξιν
他們既已成人,行了並說了偉大的事,這便有助於德行的長進及其彰顯。
If, having become men, they did and said great things, this contributes to the advancement of virtue and its manifestation.
1:1314
καί γε εἰς πάντας λόγους, οὓς λαλήσουσιν, μὴ δῷς καρδίαν σου, ὅπως μὴ ἀκούσῃς τοῦ δούλου σου κατ αρωμένου σε, ὅτι πλειστάκις πονηρεύσεται
「並且,人所說的一切話,你不要放在心上,免得你聽見你的僕人咒罵你;因為許多次他必行惡。」
'And indeed, to all the words which they shall speak, give not your heart, lest you hear your servant cursing you, for many times he will do wickedly.'
1:1315
καί γε ει̣ς λόγους πολ̣λ̣ούς, οὓς λαλήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἄγνοιά τις καὶ ἁμαρτία ἐ´̣σ̣τιν·
「並且,人所說的許多話」——其中有某種無知與罪;
'And indeed, to the many words which men shall speak'—there is a certain ignorance and sin;
1:1316
τ̣ῶν ἀρχομένων τῶν εὑρέσεων τῶν ἐπιστη μῶν
屬於那些處在諸學問發現之起始階段的人。
belonging to those who are at the beginnings of the discoveries of the sciences.
1:1317
μὴ δῷς καρδίαν σου ε̣ι̣ς̣ ἠθικὸν μάθημα διαβαίνει
「你不要放在心上」——這便轉入一項道德的教訓。
'Give not your heart'—it passes over to a moral lesson.
1:1318
οἶδας ὅτι τ̣ὰ ·········μενα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ ἀδικήματα τὰ κατά τινος γι̣νόμενα, ἐρεθίζει αὐτὸν εἰς ἀγανάκτησιν
你知道,那……的罪過與不義,就是那些針對某人所行的,激動他生出憤慨。
You know that the ... sins and injustices done against someone provoke him to indignation.
1:1319
ἐὰν τοίνυν ἐπιτάττῃς κ̣αὶ οἱ δοῦλοι ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις ῥᾳ θυμοὶ ὦσιν, μὴ εἰς τοῦτο δῷς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ἐπεὶ βλάπτῃ καὶ σὺ κἀκεῖνος
所以,你若下命令,而僕人們對所吩咐的事怠惰,你不要為此把心放在上頭,因為你和他都要受損。
If, therefore, you give commands, and the servants are negligent in the things commanded, do not give your heart to this, since both you and he are harmed.
1:1320
ἐὰν οὖν δοῦλος καταρᾶταί σε, ·····
如此,倘若僕人咒罵你,……
If, then, a servant curses you, ...
1:1321
αυ̣τ̣ὸν̣ σκοπήσῃς, εἰ ποιεῖ τὸ προσταχθὲν οὐ ποιεῖ, οὐ πῶς ποιεῖ οὐ ποιεῖ
你當察看他,看他是否行了所吩咐的,或是不行,而不是看他如何行、或如何不行。
you should consider him, whether he does what was commanded or does not do it, not how he does it or does not do it.
1:1322
ὕστερον γὰρ τοῦτο θέλεις εἰδέναι, ἵνα η τιμήσῃς ἐλευθερίας, ἵνα δῷς αὐτῷ, π̣ρ̣ότερον οὐκ εἶχεν
因為你日後才願意知道這事,好叫你能以自由來尊榮他,好叫你把他先前所沒有的賜給他。
For afterwards you wish to know this, so that you may honour him with freedom, so that you may give him what he did not previously have.
1:1323
σκόπησον οὖν καὶ σὺ σεαυτόν, εἰ οὐχ ἥμαρτές πο τε
如此,你也當察看你自己,看你是否曾在某時犯過罪。
Consider, then, you also yourself, whether you have not at some time sinned.
1:1324
τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἀπόστολος γράφει προτρεψάμενος τοὺς δούλους ὑπο κεῖσθαι τοῖς δεσπόταις μὴ κατ' ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν, ἀλλ' ὡς Χριστοῦ δούλους
使徒也如此寫道,勸勉僕人要順服自己的主人,不是只在眼前事奉,乃是像基督的僕人。
For this too the Apostle writes, exhorting servants to be subject to their masters, not in eye-service, but as servants of Christ.
1:1325
καὶ ὑμεῖς οἱ δεσπόται τὴν ἰσότητα πρὸς τοὺς δούλους ἔχετε. ἔχων τὴν ἰσότητα πρὸς τοὺς δούλους οὐκ ἐπίκειται καὶ τὰς διαθέσεις αὐτῶν σκοπεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔργον, τί γέγονεν·
你們作主人的,也要對僕人存公平之心。那對僕人存公平之心的,不逼迫他們,也不細察他們的心意,只看那作為,就是所成就的;
And you masters, maintain equality toward your servants. He who maintains equality toward his servants does not press upon them and scrutinise their dispositions, but the deed, what has been done;
1:1326
καὶ οὐκ ἀκαί ρως χρησόμεθα
我們也不會不合時宜地運用它。
and we shall not use it unseasonably.
1:1327
φέρομεν οὖν ἔν τισιν εὐαγγελίοις·
我們在某些福音書中找到;
We find, then, in certain gospels;
1:1328
γυνή, φησίν, κατεκρίθη ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίᾳ καὶ ἀπεστέλλετο λιθοβοληθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον, ὅπου εἰώθει γίνεσθαι
經上說:「有一個婦人被猶太人定了罪,因著罪,正被送去用石頭打死,帶到那素來慣於行此事的地方。」
'A woman,' it says, 'was condemned by the Jews for sin and was being sent to be stoned in the place where it was customary for this to be done.'
1:1329
σωτήρ, φησίν, ἑωρακὼς αὐτὴν καὶ θεωρήσας ὅτι ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν πρὸς τὸ λιθ̣οβολη῀̣σαι αὐτήν, τοῖς μέλλουσιν αὐτὴν κατα βαλεῖν λίθοις εἶπεν·
經上說:「救主看見她,並察覺他們預備要用石頭打她,就對那些將要把石頭砸向她的人說:」
'The Saviour,' it says, 'having seen her and observing that they were ready to stone her, said to those who were about to cast the stones down upon her:'
1:1330
ὃς οὐχ ἥμαρτεν, αἰρέτω λίθον καὶ βαλέτω εαὐ τόν. εἴ τις σύνοιδεν ἑαυτῷ τὸ μὴ ἡμαρτηκέναι, λαβὼν λίθον παισάτω αὐ τήν
「那沒有犯過罪的,就拿石頭打她。」若有人自知未曾犯過罪,就讓他拿起石頭打她。
'Let him who has not sinned take a stone and cast it. If anyone is conscious in himself of not having sinned, let him take a stone and strike her.'
1:1331
ἐπιστήσαντες ἑαυτοῖς καὶ γνόντες, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑπεύθυνοί εἰσίν τισιν, οὐκ ἐτόλμησαν καταπταῖσαι ἐκείνην
他們既省察了自己,並認清自己在某些事上同樣有罪責,就不敢擊倒那婦人。
Having set themselves under scrutiny and recognized that they too are liable to certain charges, they did not dare to strike down that woman.
1:1332
ὅτι πλειστάκις πονηρεύσεται
「他必屢次行惡。」
'That he will often do wickedly.'
1:1333
πλειστάκις πονηρεύσεται τοῦ κακῶσαι
「他必屢次行惡,為要加害於人。」
'He will often act wickedly so as to do harm.'
1:1334
μέχρι βουλῆς αὐτῷ ἵσταται τὸ πρᾶγμα
對他而言,事情僅止於謀劃的階段。
For him the matter stands only at the stage of counsel.
1:1335
εἰ δέ π̣οτ̣ε τ̣ῷ ὀ´̣ν̣τ̣ι̣ τ̣ο̣ι̣ο̣υ῀̣τ̣ο´̣ τι φανείη ὡς ἀληθῶς τολμήσαντος αὐτοῦ, τότε κωλυτέον αὐτόν, τότε ἐπιστατέον, οἷς λέγει βουλήμασιν α̣ὐτ̣ο̣υ῀̣
但若有時當真顯出這樣的事,彷彿他確實膽敢行了,那時就當攔阻他,那時就當抵擋他所發出的意圖。
But if ever such a thing should truly appear, as though he had in fact dared to do it, then he must be restrained, then one must take a stand against the designs he expresses.
1:1336
καὶ καθόδους πολλὰς κακώσει καρδίαν σου, ὅτι ὡς καί γε σὺ κατηράσω ἑτέρους
「它必藉著多次的往來苦待你的心,因為連你自己也曾咒詛別人。」
'And by many turnings it will afflict your heart, for even as you yourself have cursed others.'
1:1337
καθόδους πολλὰς λέγει, ἃς ἔρχεται πολλάκις
他所謂「多次的往來」,是指它一再臨到的那些次數。
By 'many turnings' he means those upon which it comes repeatedly.
1:1338
καὶ ὅταν λέγω περί τινος, ὅτι·
當我論到某人說:「──」
And whenever I say concerning someone that—
1:1339
μέχρι τοῦ καρδίαν σου κακηγο ρῆσαι ·····
「……以至於惡言待你的心。」……
'...to the point of speaking evil of your heart.' .....
1:1340
πάντα ὅσα θέλετε, ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ αὐτοῖς ποι̣ε̣ῖ τε. μισεῖς, ἑτέρῳ οὐ μὴ ποίει. ὡς ἐμίσεις, ὅτε πολλάκις κατηρῶ, κα̣ι`̣ α̣ὐτ̣ὸς καταρᾶσθαι μίσει
「你們願意人怎樣待你們,你們也要怎樣待人。」「你所恨惡的,不要施於別人。」正如你屢次被咒詛時心懷恨惡,所以你自己也當恨惡去咒詛人。
'All things whatsoever you wish that men should do to you, do you also to them.' 'What you hate, do not do to another.' Just as you hated it when you were often cursed, so hate to curse others yourself.
1:1341
καὶ τὸ τὸν δοῦλον ποιῆσαι γνωσθῆναι καὶ ἐν τούτῳ πο̣λλ̣ ·····
以及使那僕人被察覺出來──在這事上也有許多……
And the making the servant to be found out—in this also there is much..... .....
1:1342
ἐκ σεαυτοῦ τὴν συν χώρησιν λαβέ
從你自己身上領受這寬恕。
Take the forgiveness from your own self.
1:1343
πάντα ταῦτα ἐπείρασα ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ·
「這一切我都用智慧試驗過了。」
'All these things I tested in wisdom.'
1:1344
σοφισθήσομαι, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐμ̣ακρύνθη ἀπ' ἐμοῦ μακρὰν ὑπὲρ ἦν
「我要使自己有智慧,這智慧卻離我甚遠,比原先更遠。」
'I will make myself wise, yet it was removed far from me, farther than it had been.'
1:1345
ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τῇ δοθείσῃ μοι θεοπ̣έμπτῳ οὔσῃ ταῦτα̣ ἐπείρασα ἐγώ, ἐκκλησιάζων, ἐγώ, σοφός, παιδευτὴς̣ τῶν ε̣π̣ι̣σ̣τ̣η̣μῶν, οὕτως προ̣ άγων τοὺς λόγους̣, ὡς λυσιτελεῖ τοῖς μανθάνουσιν
「憑著賜給我的、出於神所差來的智慧,這些事我都試驗過」──我,這位傳道者,我,這智慧人,眾學問的教師,這樣推展我的言論,使那些學習的人得益處。
'In the wisdom given to me, which is sent from God, these things I tested'—I, the Ecclesiast, I, the wise man, the instructor in the sciences, who so advances my discourses that they profit those who learn.
1:1346
ἵνα τὸν πειρασμὸν λάβωμεν, ὡς λέγουσιν αὐτὸν οἱ φρόνιμοι, πειραστι κὴ ἐπιχείρησις καὶ συλλογισμὸς πειραστικός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅταν ἐκ τῶν δοξῶν τοῦ προσδιαλεγομένου λαμβάνωμεν τὰς προτάσ̣εις
為要使我們照著智者的界定來領會這「試驗」:這乃是一種「試探性的論證」與「試探性的三段論法」,就是我們從與我們對談者的意見中取得前提。
So that we may understand the 'testing' (peirasmos) as the wise define it: this is a 'testing procedure' and a 'testing syllogism,' when we take our premises from the opinions of the one conversing with us.
1:1347
οἷον ἐὰν λέγωμεν, εἰ ἀγαθὸς πλοῦτος οὐκ ἀγαθός, ουκ ἐκ τῶν δοξῶν τούτο̣υ̣, πρὸς ὃν ἔχο μεν τὸν λόγον, τὰς προτάσεις λαμβάνομεν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ καθόλου
例如,我們若問財富是善或非善,我們並不是從普遍原則取得前提,而是從與我們辯論的那人自己的意見中取得。
For instance, if we were to inquire whether wealth is good or not good, we take the premises not from the universal, but from the opinions of the very one with whom we are arguing.
1:1348
καὶ λέγομεν, ὅτι ἔστιν τῷ πλούτῳ δεόντως χρήσασθαι
我們說,人是可以按當然之理來使用財富的。
And we say that it is possible to use wealth as one ought.
1:1349
ἔστιν τοὺς πλησίον εὐεργετῆσαι, ἄνδρας σοφοὺς θρέψαι, οὓς εἶπεν ἀπόστολος·
人可以善待鄰舍,供養智慧人,就是使徒所說的那些人:
It is possible to do good to one's neighbors, to nourish wise men, of whom the Apostle spoke:
1:1350
ταῖς χρεί αις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες. καὶ ἐκ τούτου κατεσκευάζομεν, ὅτι ἔστιν ἀγαθῶς τ̣ῷ πλούτῳ χρήσασθαι
「在聖徒的缺乏上與他們有分。」由此我們證明,人是可以善用財富的。
'sharing in the needs of the saints.' And from this we established that it is possible to use wealth well.
1:1351
ἕτερος λέγων, ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαθός, λέγει·
另一位主張財富非善的人則說:
The other, who says that it is not good, says:
1:1352
πολλοὶ ἐκ πλούτου ἄσωτοι γεγένηνται, μοιχοὶ ὤφθησαν, καὶ ὅτι μέθαις σχολάζει πλούσιος, ὅτι ἐπιβουλεύσεται πολλάκις
許多人因財富而成了浪蕩之徒,顯為姦淫之人;富人耽於酒醉,並且屢次圖謀害人。
Many have become prodigals from wealth, have been shown to be adulterers, and that the rich man gives himself over to drunkenness, and that he will often plot against others.
1:1353
ἐκ τῶν δοξῶν γὰρ τοῦ ἀποκρινομένου ποιούμεθα τὰς ἐπιχειρήσεις, κἂν μὴ ἄλλοι οὕτω δοξάζωσιν, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸς μόνος
因為我們是從答辯者的意見中構作論證,縱使別人並不如此主張,唯有他一人如此。
For we frame our arguments from the opinions of the respondent, even if others do not hold that view, but he alone.
1:1354
καὶ λέγεται οὗτος συλλογισμὸς πειραστι κός·
這樣的三段論法就稱為「試探性的」,
And this syllogism is called 'testing' (peirastic),
1:1355
πείρας γὰρ ἕνεκα ἐπάγεται
因為它是為著試驗的緣故而提出的。
for it is brought forward for the sake of testing.
1:1356
καὶ ὁμοίως ἔχει τῷ λεγομένῳ παρὰ τοῖς γεωμέτραις ψευδογραφήματι·
它與幾何學者所謂的「偽圖證」相似:
And it is similar to what among the geometers is called a 'false diagram' (pseudographema):
1:1357
τοῖς μανθα´̣ν̣ουσιν καὶ δυναμένοις δηλοῖ ποτε̣ γν̣ωσ̣θῆν̣αι ·····ε̣ε̣ι̣σ̣ον̣ ····β̣εσθ····
為那些正在學習且有能力的人,它有時使之得以被認明……
for those who are learning and are able either it makes clear at some point to be recognized ..... ..... .....
1:1358
ποιεῖ ψευδογράφημα γεωμέτρης καὶ ·····
幾何學者作出一個偽圖證,並且……
The geometer makes a false diagram and ..... .....
1:1359
δ̣υ´̣ο̣ ψεύδη καὶ δίδωσιν ἐκείνῳ λῦσαι
兩個謬誤,並把它們交給那人去解答。
two falsehoods, and he gives them to that one to resolve.
1:1360
ε̣ὑ῀̣ρεν ἐτ̣εὰ κ̣αὶ πεῖραν ἔδειξεν τελειότητος
他尋見了真確的事,並顯明了完全的憑證。
He found true things and displayed a proof of perfection.
1:1361
···ε γὰρ τιθεὶς λήμματα μεταξὺ τῶν λημμάτων ε̣κ̣ε̣ι῀̣να τίθησιν ·····
……因為那在諸前提之間安放前提的人,把那些前提安放……
...for the one who places assumptions in between the assumptions places those ..... .....
1:1362
τὸ εἶπα ὧδε οὐ τὸ φωνεῖν μόνον σημαίν̣ει, ἀλλὰ τ̣ο`̣ ο̣ὕτω συνκα ταθέσθαι ὡς τὸ οὐδεῖς λέγει·
這「我在此說」不僅指發聲言說,也指如此表示贊同,正如那「無人能說」:
The 'I said here' signifies not merely to utter, but also to assent in such a way, as the '<no one> says':
1:1363
κ̣ύριος̣, κ̣ύριος̣, εἰ μὴ ε̣ν πνεύματι ἁγί ω. τ̣ὸ λ̣ε´̣γειν ὧδε τὸ κυρίως ὁμολογῆσαί ἐστιν, τὸ πραγματικῶς λέγε̣ιν αὐτὸν κύριον δουλεύοντα αὐτῷ
「若不是藉著聖靈,沒有人能說:『主,主。』」在此「說」乃是正式地承認──以真實而實在的方式稱他為主,並且服事他。
'Lord, Lord, except in the Holy Spirit.' To 'say' here is to confess in the proper sense—to call him Lord in a real and effectual way, while serving him.
1:1364
προσεθέμην τοῦτο τὸ σο φισθῆναι
我加上了這一句:「我要使自己有智慧。」
I added this: 'I will make myself wise.'
1:1365
τὸ ἀρτίως λεχθὲν παράδειγμα φανερὸν γίνεται·
剛才所述的例子就顯明了:
The example just now stated becomes plain:
1:1366
ἐν τ̣ούτῳ οὖν, ὅσο̣ν ἐνόμιζον ἔχειν τὴν σοφίαν, οὐκ ἔλεγον·
那麼,在這事上,就我以為自己擁有智慧而言,我並沒有說:
In this, then, insofar as I supposed I possessed wisdom, I did not say:
1:1367
νῦν δέ, ἀντὶ τ̣ο̣υ῀̣ λ̣ε´̣γε̣ι̣ν̣ ὅτι·
但如今,我不說「──」
But now, instead of saying that—
1:1368
λείπο̣μ̣αι τῆς σοφίας, λέγω ὅτι·
「我在智慧上有所欠缺」,我卻說:
'I fall short of wisdom,' I say that:
1:1369
αὐτὴ δὲ μακρὰν γίνεται ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ὑπὲρ ἦν. ἐνόμιζον αὐτὴν μὴ πα´̣ντως μα κράν μου εἶναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐσπούδασα πάντα πρᾶξαι πρὸς τ̣ὸ νῦν λαβεῖν αὐτήν
「它卻離我甚遠,比原先更遠。」我原以為它絕不遠離我,因此我殷勤去行一切,好在如今得著它。
'But it becomes far from me, farther than it was.' I supposed it was not at all far from me, and for this reason I was zealous to do everything so as now to lay hold of it.
1:1370
ὅτε δὲ τοῦτο πεποίηκα, μακρὰν γέγονεν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ
然而當我這樣行了,它反倒離我甚遠。
But when I had done this, it became far from me.
1:1371
τῷ δὲ ὄν̣τ̣ι̣ ο̣ὐ μα̣κρὰν γέγονεν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ , ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ ἐφα´̣νη μακρὰν ὑπὲρ τὴν δ̣ιάστασ̣ι̣ν̣ μακρύν̣ε̣ι̣ν̣
其實它並沒有真的離我甚遠,只是它向我顯得甚遠,超乎那使之遙遠的間距。
Yet in reality it did not become far from me, but it appeared to me to be far, beyond the interval to make it distant.
1:1372
τίς εὑρήσει αὐτήν; ἀντὶ τοῦ·
「誰能尋見它呢?」意即:
'Who shall find it?' Meaning:
1:1373
μ̣ὴ ἔστι̣ν̣ ε̣υ̣ρ̣ίσκων αὐτήν
「無人能尋見它。」
'There is no one who finds it.'
1:1374
μὴ δῷς καρδίαν σου; ἠθικα`̣ μ̣έν ἐστιν
「不要將你的心交出」──這確實是一件關乎品行的事。
'Do not give your heart'—this is indeed a moral matter.
1:1375
λη̣μπτε´̣ο̣ν δε`̣ το̣υ῀̣τ̣ο̣·
然而這一點須加以領會:
But this must be taken up:
1:1376
δοῦλόν ἐστιν τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ σῶμα
身體乃是靈魂的僕人。
The body is a servant of the soul.
1:1377
μὴ δῷς τὴν καρδίαν σου ἐπιστάνειν τοῖς κι νήμασιν τ̣οῖς φαύλοις τοῦ σώματος
不要將你的心交出去,留意身體那些卑劣的衝動。
Do not give your heart to attend to the base motions of the body.
1:1378
φέρε εἰπεῖν, εἴ ποτε ἐπιστάνει, ὅτι ἱκανόν ἐστιν τὸ σῶμα ἐπαναστῆναι τῇ ψυχῇ δι' ἐπιθυμιῶν, διὰ παθῶν
譬如說,若有人留意這事:身體能藉著情慾、藉著各樣情慾之私起來攻擊靈魂。
Suppose, for example, one attends to this: that the body is capable of rising up against the soul through desires, through passions.
1:1379
μὴ δῷς οὖν τοῦτο ὥστε γνῶναι, τί λέγει, τι´̣ ἔλεγεν
那麼,不要交出這心,以致去知道他說甚麼、他曾說甚麼。
Do not give this, then, so as to know what he says, what he was saying.
1:1380
τὴν ἀφορμὴν αὐτοῦ σκοπητέον
他的藉口須加以審察。
His pretext must be examined.
1:1381
βλάπτει λόγος οὗτος, κατάρα ἐστίν
這話帶來損害,乃是一種咒詛。
This word does harm, it is a curse.
1:1382
ε̣ι̣ κ̣α̣τ̣α´̣ρ̣α δέ ἐστιν λόγος, εὐχὴ κακῶν ἐστιν
若這話是咒詛,就是願人遭災禍。
And if the word is a curse, it is a wishing of evils.
1:1383
ὑπωπιάζων τὸ σῶμα καὶ δουλαγωγῶν μὴ δίδωσιν αὐτὸ τοῦ γνῶναι τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ κατάσκοπον
那攻克己身、叫身服他的人,並不容身體如同奸細那樣去窺知他的心。
He who buffets his body and brings it into subjection does not give it leave to know his heart as a spy.
1:1384
ἐκύκλωσα ἐγὼ καὶ καρδία μου τοῦ γνῶναι καὶ τοῦ κατα σκέψασθαι καὶ ζητῆσαι σοφίαν καὶ ψῆφον
「我,並我的心,四圍察看,為要知道、察究、尋求智慧與籌算。」
'I went round, I and my heart, to know and to observe and to seek out wisdom and reckoning.'
1:1385
καρδία πολλάκις ἤδη εἴρηται ὅτι τὸν νο̣υ῀̣ν σημαίνει
前面已屢次說過,「心」乃是指心智。
It has often already been said that 'the heart' signifies the mind.
1:1386
νοῦς δὲ οὐ λοξῶς ο̣ὐδὲ ει̣ς εὐθεῖαν χωρεῖ, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἑαυτὸν σ̣τ̣ρ̣ε´̣φεται
心智既不斜行,也不直行,而是繞著自己旋轉。
The mind does not move obliquely nor in a straight line, but revolves around itself.
1:1387
αὐτίκα γοῦν καί τινες τῶν ἔξω εἰρήκασιν, ὅτι αἱ νοήσεις ὥσπερ τροχοί εἰσιν καὶ κύκλοι στρεφόμενοι
誠然,連外邦人中也有人說過,思維的活動如同旋轉的輪子與圓圈。
Indeed, some even of those outside have said that acts of thinking are like wheels and circles that revolve.
1:1388
ὅταν γὰρ νοῦς περὶ τὰ ἔξω τείνῃ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν θέλῃ φαντασίαν δέχεσθαι, οὐκ ἔστιν περὶ ἑαυτόν, οὐ στρέ φεται περὶ ἑαυτόν
因為當心智向外物伸展自己,願意接受可感之物的印象時,它就不是繞著自己,不是繞著自己旋轉。
For when the mind stretches itself toward external things and wishes to receive an impression of the objects of sense, it is not around itself, it does not revolve around itself.
1:1389
ἐπιστάνῃ, αὐτός ἐστιν καὶ τὸ νοοῦν καὶ τὸ νοούμενον
當它省察自己時,它同時既是思想者,又是被思想者。
When it attends to itself, it is at once both that which thinks and that which is thought.
1:1390
γὰρ κατ' ἐνέργειαν νοῦς ἀεὶ τὸ νοεῖν ἔχει, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτε χεῖται ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω
因為那實現於活動中的心智,常存有思想,絕無傾流於外物之時。
For the mind in actuality always possesses thinking, and there is no time when it is poured out upon external things.
1:1391
τὸ ἐγὼ καὶ καρδία μου; τὰ ἐκ πολλῶν συνκείμενα ἐπινοούμενα ἕκαστον τοῦ ὅλου λέγεται
這「我,並我的心」呢?凡由眾多部分所組成、或如此設想的事物,其每一部分都以整體之名相稱。
The 'I and my heart'? Things composed of many parts, or conceived as such, each is called by the name of the whole.
1:1392
ἄνθρωπος συνέστηκεν ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα, μὴ πάντα ἄλλα λέγει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
人是由靈魂、身體與靈所構成的,正如經上所說「願你們的靈與魂與身子得蒙保守完全」──這豈不是道出了人的一切各部分嗎?
Man is constituted of soul and body and spirit, as when it says 'your whole spirit and soul and body'—does it not name all the other parts of the man?
1:1393
ἕκαστον δὲ ἕτερον αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, πάντα δὲ ἅμα ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν
各部分都異於那整全的人,但眾部分合在一起就是那人。
Each is other than the man, but all together they are the man.
1:1394
τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος πεποίηκεν ἀπόστολος, εἰ καὶ παρέμειξεν αὐτῷ τι νοητόν·
使徒論到身體時也是這樣行,雖然他在其中攙入了某些可悟之意:
This the Apostle did also in the case of the body, even though he mixed in something intelligible along with it:
1:1395
εἰ ὅλον, φησίν, ὀφθαλμός ἐστιν καὶ εἰ ὅλον ἀκοή, π̣ο̣ῦ τὸ σῶμα; καὶ λέγει, ὅτι ἕκαστον μέλος καθ' αὑτό ἐστιν, ἅμα δὲ πάντα τὸ σῶμα
他說:「若全身是眼,若全身是聽覺,身體在哪裡呢?」他說每一肢體各自為體,但眾肢體合在一起就是那身子。
'If the whole,' he says, 'were an eye, and if the whole were hearing, where were the body?' And he says that each member is in itself, but all together are the body.
1:1396
καὶ ἐπιπολαίως τὸ αὐτὸ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν
就表面而言,也可以看見同樣的道理。
And superficially the same thing may be seen.
1:1397
τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ψήφου ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἀριθμὸν σημαίνει
此處「籌算」(psephos)一詞乃是指數目。
The word 'reckoning' (psephos) here signifies number.
1:1398
τὰ πολλὰ ἀπαρτίζει θεωρίαν μεγίστην
眾多的部分成全了至高的默觀。
The many parts complete a most exalted contemplation.
1:1399
καὶ ῥηθείη ἂν ψῆφος ὡσανεὶ ἀριθμός
「籌算」或可稱之,彷彿就是數目。
And 'reckoning' might be spoken of as if it were number.
1:1400
εἰ δὲ θέλοι τις καὶ τὴν ψῆφον λαβεῖν ὡς τὸ λεχθέν·
但若有人願意也照上文所說來領會「籌算」:
But if one should wish to take 'reckoning' also as what has been said:
1:1401
ἀναιρουμένων δὲ αὐτῶν κατήνεγκεν ψῆφον, τὴν μαρτυρίαν, καὶ οὕτως ἠθέλησεν γνῶναι σοφίαν καὶ ψῆφον. εἰ ἐπιστήμη ἐστὶν σοφία θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ τῶν τούτων αἰτιῶν, ἕκαστον ὀφείλει νοῆσαι, καὶ ὣς ἔχει συνεψηφισμένην ὅλην τὴν γνῶσιν
當他們被除滅之時,他便宣下了判決,就是那見證,於是他就願意認識智慧與籌算。倘若智慧乃是關乎神聖之事、人間之事,以及這些事之緣由的知識,人就當領會其中的每一樣,也當明白他如何將全部的知識一併統合於自身。
But when they were being destroyed, he brought down a verdict, the testimony, and thus he willed to know wisdom and a reckoning. If wisdom is knowledge of things divine and human and of their causes, one ought to comprehend each of them, and how one holds the whole of knowledge summed up together.
1:1402
καὶ τοῦ γ̣ν̣ω῀̣ν̣αι̣ ἀσεβοῦς ἀφροσύνην καὶ ὀχληρίαν καὶ περιφοράν
又要認識那不敬虔者的愚妄、煩擾與紛亂的遊移。
and to know the impiety of the fool, and folly, and vexation, and giddy wandering
1:1403
μέγα ἐστὶν γνω῀̣ν̣αι τὰ χείρονα, μὴ μὴν πρᾶξαι αὐτά
認識那些較惡之事,卻不去行它們,這實在是一件大事。
It is a great thing to know the worse things, yet not to do them.
1:1404
ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν κακίας ἀποστῆναι μὴ νοήσαντα αὐτήν
人若不曾認識罪惡,就不可能與它斷絕。
It is impossible to stand apart from evil without having understood it.
1:1405
ἑτέρως δὲ λέγομεν μὴ γιγνώσκεσθαι ἁμαρτίαν τῷ μὴ ἁμαρτάνοντι ἀντὶ τοῦ·
但我們也可從另一意義上說,不犯罪的人並不認識罪,意思就是:
But in another sense we say that sin is not known by him who does not sin, meaning:
1:1406
οὐκ ἔχει πεῖραν ἁμαρτίας. οὕτως οὖν Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔγνω α̣μαρτίαν, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐπειράθη
他沒有罪的經歷。所以耶穌不曉得罪,這就是說,他未曾嘗過罪的滋味。
he has no experience of sin. Thus, then, Jesus knew no sin, that is, he had no experience of it.
1:1407
δὲ βουλό μενος τῷ ὄντι ἀποσχέσθαι τῆς κακίας γνώσεται αὐτήν, ὅτι φαύλη ἐστὶν καὶ ὅτι κακίαν προξενεῖ τῷ ἐνεργοῦντι καὶ ὅτι εἰς θάνατον καταβιβάζει καὶ ὅτι προαιρετική ἐστιν καὶ δύναται ὑφ' ἡμῶν λυθῆναι
然而,那真心願意遠離罪惡的人必要認識它:知道它是卑劣的,知道它為行它的人招來禍患,知道它把人拖入死亡,知道它出於人的自主抉擇,也知道它能被我們解除。
But he who truly wishes to abstain from evil will come to know it: that it is base, and that it procures evil for the one who practices it, and that it drags him down to death, and that it is a matter of choice, and that it can be undone by us.
1:1408
οὐκ ἔστιν κατ' οὐσίαν ὑπάρχουσα, οὐκ ἔστιν ὑπὸ κίνησιν ἄστρων ἐνεργουμένη
罪惡並非按本質而存在,也不是由星辰的運行所促成。
It does not exist according to substance, nor is it wrought by the motion of the stars.
1:1409
ἐὰν οὖν γνῶ ταύτην τὴν τοῦ ἄφρονος ἀφροσύνην, ἀφίσταμαι ἀπ' αὐτῆς, ἀποβάλ λω αὐτήν
所以,我若認識了愚人的這種愚妄,我就與它分離,把它棄掉。
If, then, I come to know this folly of the fool, I stand apart from it, I cast it away.
1:1410
καὶ τοῦ γνῶναι δι' ἀσεβοῦς εὐφροσύνην
又要藉著那不敬虔者去認識何為喜樂。
and to know, through the impious one, gladness
1:1411
ἐὰν γνῶ, τίς ἐστιν ἀσεβής, καὶ ἀπόσχωμαι αὐτοῦ τού του̣, γιγνώσκω τὴν εὐφροσύνην
我若認識那不敬虔者是誰,並且遠離這事本身,我就認識了何為喜樂。
If I come to know who the impious man is, and abstain from this very thing, I come to know gladness.
1:1412
τὸ γὰρ διά τινος οὕτως ἀκούειν δεῖ·
因為「藉著某物」這句話,必須這樣去領會:
For the phrase 'through something' must be understood thus:
1:1413
διὰ γὰρ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας. εἰδὼς τὸν νόμον δι' αὐτοῦ εἴσε ται τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, δηλονότι καὶ τὴν ἀρετήν·
「因為律法本是叫人知罪。」認識律法的人,必藉著律法認識罪,顯然也認識德行;
'for through the law comes the knowledge of sin.' He who knows the law will through it know sin, and evidently virtue as well;
1:1414
ἀλλὰ τὴν μέν, ἵνα ποιῇ τὴν δέ, ἵνα φύγῃ
但認識德行是為要去行它,認識罪則是為要逃避它。
but the one, that he may do it, and the other, that he may flee it.
1:1415
καὶ ὀχληρίαν καὶ περιφοράν
又有煩擾與紛亂的遊移。
and vexation and giddy wandering
1:1416
ἀφροσύνη καὶ ἀσέβεια καὶ ὀχληρία εἰσίν
愚妄、不敬虔與煩擾,乃是同一回事。
Folly and impiety and vexation are one and the same.
1:1417
ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἔξω φι λόσοφος τὰς σοφιστικὰς ἐνοχλήσεις εἴρηκεν
的確,連那外邦的哲學家也曾提及詭辯家所帶來的煩擾。
Indeed the outside philosopher too has spoken of the vexations of the sophists.
1:1418
καὶ περιφορὰν δεῖ εἰδέναι, ὅτι δε̣ι῀̣ ταῦτα περιφέρειν, μὴ ἔχειν μόνιμα
至於「紛亂的遊移」,也當明白:這些事是該被四處拋擲、不當持守為恆常之物的。
And one must recognize 'giddy wandering' to mean that these things must be carried about, not held as fixed possessions.
1:1419
κἄν ποτε συνστῶσιν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, οὐ δεῖ αὐτὰ ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ περιφέρειν καὶ ἀποστρέφεσθαι αὐτά
縱使它們有時聚集在人的魂裡,也不當存留它們,反倒要把它們拋擲出去,並轉離它們。
And even if at some time they gather together in the soul, one must not keep them, but carry them about and turn away from them.
1:1420
καὶ εὑρίσκω ἐγὼ αὐτὴν πικρότερον ὑπὲρ θάνατον σὺν τὴν γυναῖκα, ἥτ̣ι̣ς ἐστὶν θηρεύματα
「我發覺她比死更苦,連同那婦人,就是那些羅網。」
'And I find her more bitter than death, together with the woman, who is a snare.'
1:1421
εὑρίσκω ἐγὼ αὐτήν, τὴν ὄχλησιν τὴν περίφορο̣ν, ὑπὲρ θάνατον ἀντὶ τοῦ·
「我發覺她」——就是那煩擾、那紛亂的遊移——「比死更苦」,意思就是:
'I find her'—that is, the vexation, the giddy wandering—'more bitter than death,' meaning:
1:1422
ὅτε πεῖραν αὐτῆς λαμβάνω, ἀποθνῄσκω·
當我嘗到她的滋味時,我就死了;
when I take experience of her, I die;
1:1423
ὑπὲρ θάνατον αὐτὴν ἡγοῦμαι
我看她比死更甚。
I reckon her worse than death.
1:1424
εἰ δὲ ἡγεῖταί τις αὐτὴν θάνατον καὶ ἀπώλειαν ψυχῆς, παραι τήσεται αὐτήν, πεπαύσεται ἀπ' αὐτῆς
但若有人把她看作死亡、看作魂的敗壞,他就必推辭她,止息不再親近她。
But if anyone reckons her to be death and the ruin of the soul, he will decline her, he will cease from her.
1:1425
σὺν τὴν γυναῖκα, ἥτις ἐστὶν θ̣η̣ρ̣εύματα
「連同那婦人,就是那些羅網」
'together with the woman, who is a snare'
1:1426
δύναται καὶ αὐτὴν ταύτην τὴν γνώμην τὴν χειρίστην, ἣν ἀποβάλλει, ἣν εἶδεν μηδὲν ἕτερον θάνατον προξενοῦσαν, γυναῖκα εἰρηκέναι
也有可能,他用「婦人」一詞所指的,正是這最惡劣的心念,就是他所棄絕的、他所看見除死亡之外別無所帶來的那一種。
It is also possible that by 'woman' he has meant this very worst disposition, which he casts away, which he saw to procure nothing other than death.
1:1427
πο̣λ λαχοῦ γὰρ τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων αἱ γνῶμαι καὶ ἕξις γυναῖκες λέγον ται̣ τῶν ἐχόντων ἐπὶ ἐπαινετῶν καὶ ψεκτῶν, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ·
因為在神聖教訓的許多地方,人所懷的心念與其固定的習性,都被稱作持有它們之人的「妻子」,無論是在可稱讚的,或在可責備的情況下皆然,正如經上說:
For in many places of the divine instructions the dispositions and the settled state are called 'women' of those who possess them, both in praiseworthy and in blameworthy cases, as when it says:
1:1428
η̣ Σοφι´̣α̣ τίκ τει ἀνδρὶ φρόνησιν καὶ γυνή σου ὡς ἄμπελος εὐθηνοῦσα, οἱ υἱοί σου ὡς νε̣ο´̣φυτα ἐλαιῶν. ἐκ ταύτης τῆς γυναικὸς γεννήματα γίνεται ἀρρενικά, θ̣ρ̣ε̣π̣τ̣ι̣κὰ πυρὸς καὶ φωτός
「智慧為人生出精明」,又說「你妻子像多結果子的葡萄樹,你兒女像橄欖栽子」。從這婦人所生的乃是男丁,是滋養火與光的。
'Wisdom bears prudence for a man,' and 'your wife like a flourishing vine, your sons like young olive shoots.' From this woman are born male offspring, nourishers of fire and light.
1:1429
τὸ γὰρ εὐλόγημα τούτων τῶν φυ τῶν τρέφει τὸ πῦρ καὶ τὸ φῶς
因為這些樹木的蒙福,滋養著那火與那光。
For the blessing of these plants nourishes the fire and the light.
1:1430
μὴ πρόσεχε φαύλῃ γυναικί·
「不可留心於卑劣的婦人;」
'Do not give heed to a base woman;'
1:1431
μέλι, φησίν, α̣ποστάζει τῶν χειλέων γυναικὸς πόρνης, πρὸς ὀλίγον γλυκαίνει σ̣ο`̣ν φάρυγγα
經上說:「淫婦的嘴唇滴下蜂蜜,暫時使你的咽喉甘甜。」
'Honey,' it says, 'drips from the lips of a harlot woman, who for a little while sweetens your throat.'
1:1432
ὕστερον μέντοι πικρότερον χολῆς εὑρήσεις. εἶτα μεθ' ὁλίγα ἐπιφέρε̣ι̣·
「然而你後來必發覺她比苦膽更苦。」隨後過了不多,經上又補充說:
'But afterward you will find her more bitter than gall.' Then, a little later, it adds:
1:1433
τῆς δὲ ἀφροσύνης οἱ πόδες·
「至於愚妄的腳……」
'But the feet of folly...'
1:1434
τὴν γυναῖκα ἀφροσύνην εἶπεν
他把那婦人稱作「愚妄」。
He called the woman 'folly.'
1:1435
διὸ καὶ π̣ρ̣ο`̣ς̣ σοφίαν αὐτὴν διέστειλεν
因此他也把她與智慧對立起來。
Wherefore also he set her over against wisdom.
1:1436
λέγει, ὅτι γυνὴ αὕτη, ἣν εἶπεν περιφοράν, ἣν εἶχεν ὀχληρίαν, θή ρευμά ἐστιν, οὐ θηρευόμενον
他說:這婦人,就是他所稱為「紛亂的遊移」、他所視為「煩擾」的,乃是一個捕捉人的羅網,而非被捕捉之物。
He says that this woman, whom he called 'giddy wandering,' whom he held to be 'vexation,' is a snare that catches, not something that is caught.
1:1437
οὐχ ὡς ἥμερόν τι, ἀλλ' ὡς ἄγριον θηρίον ἐπι σπώμενον ἑαυτῷ
她不像馴養之物,倒像一頭野獸,把人拉向自己。
not as something tame, but as a wild beast that drags others to itself.
1:1438
δυνατὸν δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν ἠθικοῦ παιδεύματος ἕνεκα λαβεῖν κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν τὴν φαύλην γυναῖκα σημαίνεσθαι
也可以就字面的意義而言,為著道德的教訓,按歷史的意思把它理解為指那卑劣的婦人。
It is possible also, with respect to the literal sense, for the sake of a moral lesson, to take it according to the historical meaning as signifying the base woman.
1:1439
οἶδας ὅτι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα κατάλληλά τισιν τυγχάνουσιν
你知道,各樣的罪往往與特定的人相稱相配。
You know that sins prove to be suited to particular persons.
1:1440
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον τὸ φορεύειν, τὸ περ περεύεσθαι σοφιστικῶς ἀνδρός ἐστιν, γυναικὸς δὲ τὸ ἐν ἀκολασίᾳ προκα λεῖσθαι
大體而言,那賣弄、那以詭辯之態趾高氣揚地招搖,乃是男子之事;而以放蕩去引誘挑逗人,則是婦人之事。
For the most part, to prance about, to bear oneself insolently in sophistical fashion, belongs to a man, but to a woman belongs the enticing of others in licentiousness.
1:1441
λέγει οὖν τὴν γυναῖκα ταύτην, ἣν λέγει πόρνην, ἣν λέγει ἐπὶ δίφρου καθεζομένην καὶ προσκαλουμένην τοὺς παριόντας, θήρευμα εἶ ναι
所以他說,這婦人——他稱她為淫婦,說她坐在凳子上招呼過路的人——乃是一個羅網。
He says, then, that this woman—whom he calls a harlot, whom he speaks of as sitting upon a stool and calling to the passers-by—is a snare.
1:1442
δέλεάρ ἐστιν, κἂν ἐπὶ γνώμης αὐτὰ λάβῃς, πανοῦργος καὶ ῥᾳδι ουργὸς γνώμη, καὶ σοφιστικὴ καὶ αἱρεθική·
她是一個誘餌,縱使你把這些事按心念的層面來看:那狡詐無恥的心念,無論是詭辯的,或甚至是異端的;
It is a bait, even if you take these things at the level of disposition: the crafty and unscrupulous disposition, whether sophistical or even heretical;
1:1443
καὶ σαγῆναι καρδία αὐτῆς, δεσμο`̣ς εἰς χεῖρας αὐτῆς·
「她的心是網羅,她的手是鎖鏈。」
'and her heart is nets, and her hands are bonds.'
1:1444
ἀγαθὸς πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξαιρεθήσεται ἀπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ ἁμαρτάνων συνλημφθήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ
「在神面前為善的人必蒙拯救脫離她,罪人卻要與她一同被擒。」
'The good man before the face of God will be delivered from her, but the sinner will be caught together with her.'
1:1445
σαγηνεύειν βούλεται τοὺς πλησιάζοντας
她一心要把親近她的人網羅住。
She wishes to ensnare those who draw near.
1:1446
καὶ ἀπεναντίως ἔχει σαγήνη αὐ τῆς Ἰησοῦς ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν
她的網羅,與耶穌撒在海裡的那網羅正相反。
And her net is contrary to that which Jesus cast into the sea.
1:1447
γὰρ πλοκὴ τῆς θείας παιδεύσεως καὶ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς διδασκαλίας σαγήνη ἐστὶν βληθεῖσα εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἀπὸ παντὸς γένους συνάγει. καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ αἰσθητὴ σαγήνη, οὐδὲ τὰ σα γηνευόμενα αἰσθητά ἐστιν
因為神聖教訓與福音教導所交織而成的,乃是一張撒入海中的網羅,它從各樣的族類中收聚人來。既然這網羅不是感官所能覺察的,那被網羅住的也不是感官所能覺察的。
For the fabric of the divine instruction and of the evangelical teaching is a net cast into the sea, and it gathers from every kind. And since the net is not perceptible to the senses, neither are the things ensnared perceptible to the senses.
1:1448
ἐὰν οὖν λέγῃ, ὅτι ἀπὸ παντὸς γένους, τοῦτο λέγει·
所以,經上若說「從各樣的族類」,其意思乃是:
If, then, it says 'from every kind,' this is what it means:
1:1449
ἀπὸ παντὸς ἤθους ἀνθρωπίνου εἰς τὸν ἔνυδρον βίον ἐκπεπτωκότας. καὶ περὶ τοῦ διαβόλου λέγεται ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶνἈμβακοὺμ δέ ἐστιν οὗτοςπαρασιωπήσῃ ἐν τῷ καταπίνειν ἀσεβῆ τὸν δίκαιον; καὶ ποι ήσεις τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὡς τοὺς ἰχθύας τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ὡς τὰ ἑρπετὰ τὰ οὐκ ἔχοντα ἡγούμενον. λέγει γάρ·
就是那些出於各樣人性品格、卻墮落到水中生活的人。至於魔鬼,在十二先知書之一中有話論及他——這位就是哈巴谷——「惡人吞滅義人的時候,你竟靜默不語嗎?你使人如同海中的魚,如同沒有管轄者的爬物。」因為經上說:
those from every human character who have fallen down into the watery life. And concerning the devil it is said in one of the twelve prophets—and this one is Habakkuk—'Wilt thou keep silence while the impious swallows down the righteous? And thou makest men as the fishes of the sea, and as the creeping things that have no ruler.' For it says:
1:1450
συντέλειαν ἐν ἀνγίστρῳ ἀνέσπασεν καὶ συνήγαγεν ἐν τῇ σαγήνῃ αὐτοῦ
「他用鉤把眾人鉤起,聚攏在他的網裡。」
'He draws up the whole with a hook, and gathers them in his net.'
1:1451
ἕνεκα τούτου θύσει τῇ σαγήνῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ θυσιά σει τῷ ἀμφιβλήστρῳ αὐτοῦ
「因此他要向他的網獻祭,向他的撒網燒香。」
'For this cause he will sacrifice to his net, and burn incense to his casting-net.'
1:1452
διὰ παντὸς ἀμφιβαλεῖ τὸ ἀμφίβληστρον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀποκτένειν ἔθνη οὐ φείσεται; διαφόρως οὖν ἀγρεύει καὶ ἐχθρὸς ὥσπερ καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας Λόγος. ὡς γὰρ σαγήνην Ἰησοῦς ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ Πέτρος προσ τάττεται βαλεῖν. μερικαὶ δέ εἰσιν αἱ διδασκαλίαι, πρὸς ἕνα τὸν λεγό μενον ἰδίως ποιὸν ἑκάστου βλέπουσαι
「他豈可時常撒開他的撒網,殺戮列國毫不顧惜嗎?」那仇敵以各樣不同的方式獵取人,正如那救恩之道也是如此。因為耶穌怎樣把網撒在海裡,彼得也照樣受命去撒。然而各樣的教導乃是個別的,各自對準所謂每一個人所特有的性質。
'Shall he continually cast out his casting-net, and not spare to slay the nations?' The enemy, then, hunts in diverse ways, just as does the Word of salvation. For as Jesus cast a net into the sea, so also Peter is commanded to cast one. But the teachings are particular, looking to the one who is said to be the specific quality of each individual.
1:1453
ὅταν γὰρ ποικίλα ἔθνη συνάγῃ σαγήνῃ, ἔστιν·
因為當他用網收聚各樣的列國時,就有這話:
For when he gathers diverse nations in a net, there is this:
1:1454
διὰ παντὸς ἀποκτέννειν ἔθνη οὐ φείσεται. καὶ ἐπεὶ οἱ προίστορες τῶν ψευδοδοξιῶν θεοποιοῦσιν αὐτάς, ὡς θείᾳ τινὶ τέχνῃ ὡς θεῷ τινι θυμιάζουσιν
「他要時常殺戮列國,毫不顧惜。」既然那些謬妄之說的創始者,把這些事本身當作神明來崇奉,他們就向它們燒香,如同向某種神聖的技藝、或向某位神明燒香一般。
'he will continually not spare to slay the nations.' And since the founders of false doctrines make gods of these very things, they burn incense to them as to some divine craft or as to some god.
1:1455
αὕτη οὖν γυνὴ λεχθεῖσα σαγήνας ἔχειν ἐν καρδίᾳ ἑαυτῆς διὰ τὸ πολυτρόπως αἱρεθίζειν καὶ ἐπισπᾶσθαι τοὺς ἀν θρώπους σαγήνη ἐστὶν τοῦ διαβόλου
所以,這被說成心中懷有網羅的婦人,因她以種種詭計挑動並拉攏眾人歸向自己,她乃是魔鬼的網羅。
This woman, then, who is said to have nets in her own heart because she in manifold ways entices and draws men to herself, is a net of the devil.
1:1456
ὧδε τὸ τοῦ Ἰὼβ θέλομεν νοῆσαι, ἵν' ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ τούτου τὴν θεω ρίαν λάβωμεν
在此我們願意思想約伯記中的那段經文,好叫我們從那處與此處一同得著默想的亮光。
Here we wish to consider the passage from Job, so that from that one and from this we may take the contemplation.
1:1457
λέγει, ὅτι πᾶν πλωτὸν συνερχόμενον οὐ μὴ ἐνέγκῃ μίαν βύρσαν οὐρᾶς αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ πλοῖα ἁλιέων κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. εἶτα λέγει·
經上說:一切水中游行之物就是聚集起來,也擡不動他尾上的一張皮,漁夫的船也載不起他的頭。隨後又說:
It says that everything that swims, coming together, could not bring up a single hide of his tail, nor could the boats of fishermen bear his head. Then it says:
1:1458
τίς ἀποκαλύψει ἔνδυμα προσώπου αὐτοῦ; εἰς δὲ πτύξιν θώρακος αὐτοῦ τίς ἂν εἰσέλθοι; οὐδεὶς δύναται ἀποκαλύψαι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ
「誰能揭開他臉上的遮蔽?誰能進入他甲胄的褶層?」無人能揭開他的臉面。
'Who shall uncover the covering of his face? And into the fold of his breastplate who could enter?' No one is able to uncover his face.
1:1459
πολυ πρόσωπός ἐστιν, μιμεῖται τὸν ἐνάλι̣ον̣ Πρωτέα·
他有許多面孔,效法那住在海中的普羅透斯(Proteus);
He is many-faced, imitating the sea-dwelling Proteus;
1:1460
ἐκεῖνος γὰρ οὐκ ἔχει ὅλως τεταγμένον πρόσωπον
因為那一位根本沒有固定的面孔。
for that one has no fixed face at all.
1:1461
τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ἐν τῷ Ἰώβ·
所以,這正是約伯記中所說的:
This, then, is what it says in Job:
1:1462
τίς ἀποκα λύψει ἔνδυμα προσώπου αὐτοῦ; οὐκ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν, ὅτι τόδε τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐστιν
「誰能揭開他臉上的遮蔽?」你無法斷言說,這一個就是他的臉面。
'Who shall uncover the covering of his face?' You cannot say that this is his face.
1:1463
ἐὰν ἄρῃς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ τῷ λόγῳ νοήσει, ἄλλο τι χεῖρον ε̣ὑρίσκεται
你若憑言語或憑思想除去他的面孔,就必尋見另一個更惡的東西。
If you should strip off his face by word or by thought, some other thing worse is found.
1:1464
εἶτα καὶ περιεπτυγμένος ἐστὶν πανταχόθεν·
此外,他四面都被褶層所裹圍;
Then too he is folded round on every side;
1:1465
εἰς πτύξιν θώρακος αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰσελθεῖν
「誰也不能進入他甲胄的褶層。」
'into the fold of his breastplate no one is able to enter.'
1:1466
καὶ ἐὰν εἰσέλθῃς, πάλιν περιέπτυκται
縱使你進入了,他仍舊被褶層層層裹圍。
And if you should enter, again he is folded round.
1:1467
οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα κακοῦργος ὀνομαζομένη γυνὴ ἐνταῦθαἤτοι ἐπὶ ῥητοῦ θέλῃς ἤτοι ἐπὶ γνώμηςοὐ μίαν ἔχει σαγήνην
照樣,在此那被稱作「婦人」的惡毒者——無論你願意按字面,或按心念的層面來理解——也不只有一張網羅。
So also here the malicious one, who is named 'woman' here—whether you wish to take it literally or at the level of disposition—does not have a single net.
1:1468
ὅταν δοκῇς ἐκπεφευγέναι μίαν, ἄλλῃ ὑποβάλλῃ
當你以為已逃脫了一張網,她又把你投入另一張。
When you think you have escaped one, she casts you under another.
1:1469
τὸν πλησιάζοντα εὐθέως δεσμεῖ
凡親近她的人,她立時就把他綑綁。
The one who draws near she immediately binds.
1:1470
χεῖρα δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν πρᾶξιν λέγει καὶ ἐνέργειαν
至於她的「手」,他所指的乃是行為與運作。
And by her 'hand' he means the deed and the activity.
1:1471
ἐνεργῶν κατ' αὐτὴν οὐ μόνον ἀγρεύετ̣αι καὶ σαγηνεύε ται, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεσμῷ περιπίπτει·
凡順從她而行的人,不僅被獵取、被網羅,並且陷入她的捆綁之中。
He who acts in accordance with her is not only hunted and caught in the net, but also falls into her bond.
1:1472
ἀγαθὸς πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξαιρεθήσεται ἀπ' αὐτῆς
「在神面前為善的人,必從她那裡得救。」
'He who is good before the face of God shall be delivered from her.'
1:1473
πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθὸς οὐ κατ' οὐσίαν ἐστὶν τοιοῦτ̣ος, ἀλλὰ σπεύδων ἀρετὴν ἔχειν, ἵνα ἐπίπροσθεν θεοῦ ἀγαθὸς γένηται
在神面前為善的人,並非按其本質便是如此,乃是那竭力追求德行的人,好叫他在神面前成為善的。
He who is good before the face of God is not such by his very essence, but is the one who strives to possess virtue, so that he may become good in the sight of God.
1:1474
οὗτος οὖν οὐκ ἐνπίπτει εἰς αὐτήν, οὐκ ἀγρεύεται, οὐ σαγηνεύεται
這樣的人便不陷入她裡面,不被獵取,也不被網羅。
This man, then, does not fall into her; he is not hunted, he is not caught in her net.
1:1475
τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ δὲ μὴ ἐμπίπτοντος εἰς τὰς παγὰς αὐτῆς εἰς τοὺς δεσμοὺς φαῦλος πα ραδίδοται αὐτῇ
既然善人不落入她的網羅或捆綁,那被交付與她的便是惡人。
Since the good man does not fall into her snares or into her bonds, it is the worthless man who is handed over to her.
1:1476
μετὰ τὸ πολλά κις κωλῦσαι, ὅτε οὐκέτι κωλύει ἐνμένοντος ἐκείνου τοῦ κακοῦ, παράδοσις αὐτῷ γίνεται
在屢次攔阻他之後,當那惡人仍執意不改、不再受攔阻時,他便被交付了。
After hindering him many times, when it no longer hinders — that evil one persisting in his course — a handing-over comes about for him.
1:1477
καὶ ἁμαρτάνων συνλημφθήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ
「犯罪的人必被她擒獲。」
'And the sinner shall be taken by her.'
1:1478
οὐδεὶς ἀναμάρτητος συνλαμβάνεται ἀπ' αὐτῆς
凡無罪的人,都不會被她擒獲。
No one who is without sin is taken by her.
1:1479
ἀρχὴ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι τὸ ἁμαρτῆσαί ἐστιν
被擒獲的起頭,就是犯罪。
The beginning of being taken is the act of sinning.
1:1480
ἐνγίζει γοῦν καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις·
她的確也臨近眾聖徒;
She draws near, indeed, even to the saints;
1:1481
ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἁμαρ τάνουσιν, οὐ συνλαμβάνονται ὑπ' αὐτῆς, ἀλλ' ἔξω αὐτῆς εἰσιν, πατοῦσιν αὐτήν
然而因他們不犯罪,便不被她擒獲;反倒站在她之外,將她踐踏於腳下。
but since they do not sin, they are not taken by her; rather they are outside of her, and they tread her underfoot.
1:1482
ἐκύκλωσα ἐγὼ τοῦ γνῶναι; ὅλη ἀναγωγή ἐστιν·
「我周遍察看,為要知曉」——整段皆屬靈意的引申;
'I went round about, that I might know' — the whole passage is by way of anagogical interpretation;
1:1483
οὐκ ἔστιν μακρὰν τοῦ λεχθέν τος, ὅτι, ἐπεὶ ἐκ μεγέθους καλλονῆς καὶ κτισμάτων γενεσιουργὸς αὐ τῶν θεωρεῖται, κυκλεύων τὸν σύνπαντα κόσμον καὶ ὁρατῶν πάντα, ἐποίησεν θεός, ὁρᾷ αὐτὰ ὅτι καλὰ λίαν ἐστίν
這與先前所說相去不遠,就是:既然從萬物之美的宏大與受造之物中,能默想出它們的創造者,那周遊全宇宙、觀看神所造之萬物的人,便看出它們都甚好。
it is not far from what was said, that, since from the greatness of beauty and of created things their Author is contemplated, he who circles about the whole cosmos and beholds all things which God has made, sees them, that they are exceedingly good.
1:1484
ἐὰν δὲ μὴ κυκλεύ σῃ, ἀλλὰ ἓν καθ' ἓν λάβῃ, οὐχ ὁρᾷ τὸ κάλλος τοῦ πεποιηκότος
但他若不周遍察看,只逐一領受,便看不見那造物者的美。
But if he does not circle about, but takes them one by one, he does not see the beauty of the Maker.
1:1485
οὕτω οὖν, εἰ μὴ κυκλεύσῃ τις πάντα τὰ δόγματα καὶ πάσας τὰς ἀρετὰς καὶ ἀντακολουθίαν αὐτῶν εὕρῃ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν καὶ δι' ἐκείνου του῀̣ κτίσματος εἰδείη τὸν δημιουργὸν, οἵας δυνάμεώς ἐστιν
同樣地,人若不周遍察看一切教義、一切德行,尋出它們彼此相隨的次序,並周遍察看整個受造界,藉那受造之物認識那造物主具有何等的大能——
So then in like manner, unless one circles about all the doctrines and all the virtues, and finds their mutual sequence, and the whole creation, and through that created thing comes to know the Creator, of what power He is —
1:1486
ὁτὲ καὶ ἀναλ̣ό γως πάντα ἅμα λαβὼν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ ὥσπερ κυκλεύσας τὴν τὴν σοφί αν εὑρίσκει τὴν ἀληθῆ
他便得以在心思中將萬物一同按比例領會,彷彿周遍察看了智慧一般,尋得那真智慧。
then, taking all things together at once and proportionately in the mind, and as it were having circled about wisdom, he finds the true wisdom.
1:1487
ἰδέ, τοῦτο εὗρον, εἶπ̣εν ἐκκλησιαστής, μία τῇ μιᾷ τοῦ εὑρεῖν λογισμόν, ὃν ἐπεζήτησεν ψυχή μου, καὶ οὐχ εὗρον
傳道者說:「看哪,我尋得了這個,就是逐一相較,為要尋出我心所追尋的計算,我卻尋不著。」
'Behold, this I found,' said the Preacher, 'one thing to another, to find out the reckoning which my soul sought after, and I found it not.'
1:1488
ἐκκλησιαστὴς διδάσκαλός ἐστιν τῆς πανδήμου συνόδου
傳道者就是這全會眾聚集之教師。
The Preacher is the teacher of the whole assembled congregation.
1:1489
τοῦτο εὗρεν ἐκκλησιαστής·
傳道者所尋得的就是這個;
This the Preacher found;
1:1490
τὸ εὑρεῖν ὧδε τὸ καταλαβεῖν ἐστιν
在此「尋得」就是「領悟」。
here to find is to comprehend.
1:1491
τὸ ποῖον; τοῦτο αὐτό, ὅτι γυνὴ οὖσα θήρευμα σαγήνας ἔχει ε ἐν καρδίᾳ ἑαυ τῆς καὶ δεσμὸν ἔχει ἐν τῇ χειρὶ ἑαυτῆς
是何等的事呢?就是這事:那作陷阱的婦人,心中藏有網羅,手中握著捆綁。
What sort of thing? This very thing: that the woman who is a snare has nets in her own heart, and holds a bond in her own hand.
1:1492
ἐκκλησιαστοῦ ἐστιν τ̣ο̣ῦτο γνῶναι
認識這事乃是傳道者的本分。
It belongs to the Preacher to know this.
1:1493
τοῦτο γὰρ συντελέσει τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τοῦ ἐκκλησιαστοῦ
因為這對聆聽傳道者的人必有益處。
For this will be of profit to those who listen to the Preacher.
1:1494
μία τῇ μιᾷ, ἐπεὶ πληθυντικῶς ὧδε λέγει·
「逐一相較」——因他在此是以複數而言;
'One to another' — since here he speaks in the plural;
1:1495
οὐδὲ γὰρ περὶ μιᾶς μόνης λέγεται, ὅτι μία τῇ μιᾷ
因為「逐一相較」並非只論到一個。
for it is not said concerning one only, that 'one to another.'
1:1496
λέγομεν ἤτοι περὶ τῶν σαγηνῶν αὐτῆς·
我們或是論到她的網羅;
We speak either concerning her nets;
1:1497
λέγει ὅτι αἱ πάγαι αὐτῆς αὗ ται καὶ αἱ σαγῆναι τὸν φαῦλον λογισμὸν εὑρίσκουσιν καὶ διδόασιν
他說她這些網羅與陷阱尋出那惡念,並將它交付出來。
he says that these snares of hers and her nets find out the worthless reckoning and hand it over.
1:1498
ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αὗται μαστροπεύουσιν ἀλλήλας καὶ προάγου σιν οὐ τοῦ εὑρεῖν λογισμὸν ἀγαθόν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ πανουργεύσασθαι
無疑地,這些婦人也彼此拉攏、相互引誘,並非為要尋出善念,乃是為要行詭詐。
Doubtless, then, these women too act as go-betweens for one another and lead one another forward, not to find a good reckoning, but toward working cunning.
1:1499
οὐ μίαν εἶπεν ἄνω; οὐ μονογενές ἐστιν τὸ κακόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολύχουν γε καὶ πολυσχιδές
他在上文豈不是說「一」麼?惡並非單一,乃是繁多且分歧的。
Did he not say 'one' above? Evil is not of a single kind, but is manifold and of many divisions.
1:1500
προσ υπακουστέον, ὅτι οὐ περί τινος ῥητῆς γυναικὸς ταῦτα λέγει, ἀλλὰ περὶ πάσης τοιαύτην σπουδὴν ἐχούσης μία τῇ μιᾷ τοῦ εὑρεῖν λογισμόν. ἐὰν δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν σαγηνω῀̣ν λάβῃς, λέγεις, ὅτι δοκοῦσιν καὶ αἱ σαγῆναι συμ φωνίαν ἔχειν
還須明白,他說這些話並非論到某一特定的婦人,乃是論到凡有這般用心的婦人——「逐一相較,為要尋出計算」。但你若就網羅來理解,便說那些網羅似乎也彼此相合。
It must be further understood that he does not say these things concerning some particular woman, but concerning every woman who has such earnestness — 'one to another, to find out a reckoning.' But if you take it of the nets, you say that the nets too seem to have an agreement.
1:1501
πειρῶνται γοῦν καὶ οἱ ψευδοδοξοῦντες τὰς ψευδεῖς ἑαυτῶν δόξας λέγειν συμφωνεῖν
因為那些持守錯謬之見的人,也試圖聲稱他們自己的錯謬之見彼此相符。
For those who hold false opinions also try to say that their own false opinions agree with one another.
1:1502
ὃν ἐπεζήτησεν ψυχή μου, καὶ οὐχ εὗρον
「就是我心所追尋的,我卻尋不著。」
'Which my soul sought after, and I found it not.'
1:1503
τὸν λογισμὸν αὐτῶν ἐπεζήτησεν ψυχή μου, καὶ οὐχ εὗρον
我的心追尋他們的念頭,卻尋不著。
My soul sought after their reckoning, and I found it not.
1:1504
ὅμοιόν ἐστιν τοῖς εἰρημένοις·
這與先前所說的相似:
It is similar to the things that have been said:
1:1505
οὐκ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν; εἰς πτύξιν θώρακος αὐτοῦ τίς ἂν εἰσέλθοι; ε̣περ̣·
「我們豈不知曉他的詭計麼?誰能進入他胸甲的層褶之內呢?」——若果如此;
'Are we not ignorant of his devices? Into the folding of his breastplate who could enter?' — if indeed;
1:1506
ποῖον οὖν ἐστιν τὸ εὗρον ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν; ὧδε λοιπὸν λέγει·
那麼在前文所說的「我尋得了」是何等的事呢?他在此終於說:
What sort of thing, then, is the 'I found' in the foregoing? Here at last he says:
1:1507
μία τῇ μιᾷ τοῦ εὑρεῖν λογισμόν. τοῦτον τὸν λογισμὸν ἠθέλησα φωράσαι, ἵνα καὶ διαδιδράσκω αὐτάς
「逐一相較,為要尋出計算。」我願查出這念頭,好叫我也得以逃脫她們。
'One to another, to find out a reckoning.' This reckoning I wished to detect, so that I might also escape them.
1:1508
καὶ οὐχ εὗρον δύναται καὶ κατὰ τοιοῦτον λόγον λέγειν ὡς τὸ οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλεῶντος θεοῦ. ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδὲν εὗρον
「我卻尋不著」也可按這樣的意思來說,正如「這不在乎那定意的,也不在乎那奔跑的,只在乎那施憐憫的神」。靠我自己,我一無所尋得。
'And I found it not' can also be spoken according to such a sense as this: 'It is not of him that wills, nor of him that runs, but of God that shows mercy.' Of myself I found nothing.
1:1509
θεός μοι δὲ ἐφανέρωσεν, ἔδειξέν μοι τὸ πανοῦργον τοῦ λογιςμ̣οῦ τούτου
然而神向我顯明了,將這念頭的詭詐指示與我。
But God made it manifest to me; He showed me the cunning of this reckoning.
1:1510
μὴ γὰρ λέγει ὅτι τρέχων καὶ θέλων οὐδὲν ἀνύει. καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἕνα ἀπὸ χιλίων εὗρον, καὶ γυναῖκα ἐν πᾶσιν τούτοις οὐχ εὗρον
因他實在是說,那奔跑的與那定意的都無所成就。「我在千人中尋得一個男子,但在這一切中卻尋不著一個婦人。」
For he surely says that neither the runner nor the willer accomplishes anything. 'And one man among a thousand I found, but a woman among all these I found not.'
1:1511
πολλὰ ἀντίγραφα ἄνδρα ἔχει·
許多抄本作「一個男子」;
Many copies have 'a man;'
1:1512
γυναῖκα δὲ ἐν πᾶσιν τούτοις οὐχ εὗρον. και`̣ ἐπὶ ῥητοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτὸ δύνῃ, ὅτι μόλις ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ χιλίων εὑρίσκε ται σπουδαι῀̣ος̣, γυναῖκα δὲ ἐν πάσαις ταύταις οὐκ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν σπουδαί αν
「但在這一切中卻尋不著一個婦人。」你也可按字面之意來理解,就是:在千人中難得尋見一個殷勤的男子,但在這一切婦人中,卻尋不著一個殷勤的。
'but a woman among all these I found not.' And you can take it also according to the literal sense, that scarcely is one earnest man found among a thousand, but among all these women it is not possible to find an earnest one.
1:1513
ἄνθρωπον εὗρον̣ ἕνα τῶν χιλίων, λογισμὸν ἕνα ἀνθρώπου ἀπὸ πολλῶν, γυναῖκα δὲ οὔ, διὰ τὸ δυσθήρατον αὐτῆς, διὰ τὸ δυςκατάλημπτον αὐτῆςἐπερ·
我在千人中尋得一個男子,在眾多之中尋得人的一個念頭,卻尋不著婦人,因她難以獵取,因她難以領悟——若果如此;
I found one man of the thousand, one reckoning of a man out of many, but a woman not, on account of her being hard to hunt, on account of her being hard to comprehend — if indeed;
1:1514
τοῦτο λέγει εὑρηκέναι; ἐπεί ἐστιν θηρεύματα
他是說尋得了這個麼?因它們乃是被獵取之物。
Does he say that he has found this? Since they are things hunted.
1:1515
ἄλλο ἐστὶν τὸ γνῶναί τινα σοφιστήν, καὶ ἄλλο τὸ καταλαβεῖν αὐτοῦ τὰ σοφίσματα
認識某人是個詭辯者是一回事,領悟他的詭辯之術又是另一回事。
It is one thing to know that someone is a sophist, and another thing to comprehend his sophistries.
1:1516
καὶ γὰρ τηρῶν ἑαυτόν, μὴ ὑποπέσῃ σο φισμοῖς, ἔγνω, ὅτι πρὸς σοφιστὴν ἔχει·
因為那謹守自己、免得落入詭辯的人,已知道自己所面對的是個詭辯者;
For indeed he who guards himself, lest he fall under sophistries, has known that he is dealing with a sophist;
1:1517
οὐ πάντως δὲ καὶ λύειν αὐτοῦ τὰ σοφίσματα δύναται
然而他卻未必能拆解他的詭辯。
yet he is not by any means also able to solve his sophistries.
1:1518
τὸ δὲ εὑρεῖν ἀληθῶς τουτέστιν̣ τὸ φωράσαι αὐτοῦ τὴν τέχνην, τὸ τὴν ἀπάτην αὐτοῦ φανερῶσαι
但真正的「尋得」乃是這個:查出他的伎倆,揭露他的欺騙。
But to find truly is this: to detect his craft, to make manifest his deceit.
1:1519
ἐζήτησαν λογισμοὺς πολλούς
「他們尋出許多的計謀。」
'They sought out many reckonings.'
1:1520
τὸ κεφάλαιον τοῦ θεωρήματος τοῦτό ἐστιν·
這論題的要旨就是這個:
The chief point of the theorem is this:
1:1521
θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον εὐθὴν πεποίηκεν, τουτέστιν καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθόν, μηδὲν ἔχοντα σκολιὸν λελοξωμέ νον
神造人原是正直的,就是美善的,毫無彎曲或偏斜之處。
God made man upright, that is, fair and good, having nothing crooked or bent aside.
1:1522
αὐτοὶ δὲ πολλοὺς λογισμοὺς ἐφεῦρον
他們自己卻想出許多的計謀。
But they themselves devised many reckonings.
1:1523
κατὰ τοὺς λογισμοὺς ἐκείνους αἱ διαφοραί εἰσιν αὗται·
按那些計謀,便有這些分別:
According to those reckonings these are the distinctions:
1:1524
τὸ θήρευμά τινα εἶναι, τὸ μία τῇ μιᾷ τοῦ ε̣υ̣ρεῖν λογισμόν, τὸ ἄφρονα εἶναί τινα
就是:某物乃是被獵取之物;乃是「逐一相較,為要尋出計算」;某人乃是愚昧的。
that a certain thing is a hunted prey; that it is 'one to another, to find out a reckoning'; that a certain one is foolish.
1:1525
ἔλεγον ὅτι πολύπλοκός ἐσ τιν ἐχθρός, ὅτε τοῦ Πρωτέως ἐμνημόνευσα
我提及普羅透斯時,曾說仇敵是變化多端的。
I was saying that the enemy is manifold, when I made mention of Proteus.
1:1526
πάντως δὲ ἔχει τι πρόσωπον ἐοικὸς αὑτῷ καθ' σατανᾶς ἐστιν, καθ' διάβολός ἐστιν
然而他必定有一副與自己相稱的面貌,按這面貌他是撒但,按這面貌他是魔鬼。
But he certainly has some face resembling himself, according to which he is Satan, according to which he is the devil.
1:1527
τοῦτο τὸ πρόσ ωπον αὐτοῦ μόνοι ἐκεῖνοι δύνανται ἰδεῖν οἱ λέγοντες οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν. ἴσασιν, ποῖον ἐπίπλαςτον ἔχει πρόσωπον καὶ ἔξωθεν ἐπιβαλλόμενον καὶ ποῖόν ἐστιν τὸ ὡσανεὶ κατὰ φύσιν αὐτοῦ πρόσωπον
他這副面貌,惟有那些說「我們並非不曉得他的詭計」的人才能看見。他們知道他戴著怎樣一副由外加上、虛假造作的面貌,也知道他那彷彿本性的面貌是何等模樣。
This face of his those alone are able to see who say, 'For we are not ignorant of his devices.' They know what sort of counterfeit face he has, put on from without, and what sort is his face that is, as it were, according to his nature.
1:1528
κατὰ φύσιν δὲ αὐτοῦ πρόσωπόν ἐστιν τὸ ἐνβαθῦναι τῇ κακίᾳ
他那按本性的面貌,就是深陷於邪惡之中。
And his face according to nature is to go deep into wickedness.
1:1529
καὶ εὑρίσκεις πολλάκις καὶ σοφιστὰς ἀνθρώπους μυρία πρόσωπα περι βαλλομένους, καὶ ἕνα τινὰ ἔχουσιν λανθάνοντα σκοπόν
你也常見那些詭辯之人戴著無數的面貌,然而他們卻懷著某一個隱藏的目的。
And you often find sophist-men too, putting on countless faces, yet they have some one hidden aim.
1:1530
ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν οὖν αὐτῶν τὸ πρόσωπον
那才是他們真正的面貌。
That, then, is their true face.
1:1531
ὥσπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τούτων μεταβαίνει ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐπαινετούς, ἔστιν τι πρόσωπον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καθ' ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, οὐ κ̣αθ̣' πονηρὸς ἄν θρωπος πανοῦργος
正如在論這些人時,他便轉而論到那些可稱讚的人:人有某一面貌,按這面貌他是人,並非按那使他成為惡人或狡詐之人的面貌。
As, then, in the case of these he passes over to the praiseworthy: there is a certain face of man, according to which he is man, not according to which he is a wicked or cunning man.
1:1532
οὗτός ἐστιν ἐν τιμῇ γενόμενος·
這就是那被造為尊貴的人;
This is he who was made in honour;
1:1533
ἄνθρωπος ἐν τι μῇ ὢν οὐ συνῆκεν ὡς ἄνθρωπος καὶ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγο νώς
「人被造為尊貴,卻不曉悟」——因為人是照著神的形像與樣式受造的。
'Man, being in honour, understood not' — inasmuch as man was made both in the image and likeness of God.
1:1534
καὶ τοῦτό γέ ἐστιν αὐτοῦ τὸ προηγούμενον πρόσωπον, ὅπερ ἐάν τις καὶ θεωρη´̣σῃ̣ εὕρηκεν τὸν̣ ἄνθρωπον
這實在是他首要的面貌,人若默想這面貌,便尋見了那真正的人。
And this indeed is his foremost face, which if anyone should contemplate, he has found the man.
1:1535
αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐχ ἕνα λογισμὸν ἐπετήδευσαν, ἀλλὰ πολλούς
他們自己卻不是操練一個念頭,乃是許多個。
But they themselves practised not one reckoning, but many.
1:1536
πολυχοῦς γάρ ἐστ̣ι̣ν κακία
因為邪惡是繁多的。
For wickedness is manifold.
1:1537
καὶ μέμνημαι εἰρηκώς ποτε εἰκόνα περὶ τοῦ διαψηφισμοῦ, ὅτι πάντες οἱ ἐπιτυγχάνοντες τὸν αὐτὸν ἀριθμὸν εὑρίσκουσιν, οἱ σφαλ λόμενοι δ̣ὲ οὐ τὸν αὐτόν
我記得曾用一個關於計算的比喻,說凡計算得當的人都得出同一個數目,那些算錯的人卻得不出同一個。
And I remember once having spoken an image concerning calculation, that all who succeed find the same number, but those who err do not find the same one.
1:1538
ἔχει οὖν πρόσωπον ἄνθρωπος, καθ' λογικός ἐστιν, καθ' σὺν λόγῳ πράττει πάντα καὶ ὥσπερ ἔλεγον ὅτι δικαστής·
所以人有一副面貌,按這面貌他是有理性的,按這面貌他憑理智行事;正如我所說的那審判官——
Man therefore has a face according to which he is rational, according to which he does all things with reason; and as I was saying, that the judge —
1:1539
ἀληθῶς κριτὴς ἔνψυχόν ἐστιν δίκαιον·
真正的審判官乃是有生氣、有魂的公義;
the true judge is a living, ensouled justice;
1:1540
οὐδὲν ἕτερον σκοπεῖ τὰ πράγματα τῶν κρινομένων, οὐκ εἰ φίλοι δυσμενεῖς συγγενεῖς
他所顧念的,無非是受審之人案情的實質,並不理會他們是朋友、是仇敵、還是親屬。
he considers nothing other than the facts of those being judged, not whether they are friends or foes or kinsmen.
1:1541
χραίνεται γὰρ τὸ εὐ θὲς τοῦ κ̣ρίματος
因為那判斷的正直被玷污了。
For the uprightness of the judgment is defiled.
1:1542
καὶ θεώρει, ὅτι οὐκ εἶπεν παρασυνεβλήθη κτήνει, ἀλλὰ τοῖς κτή νεσιν
並要留意,他沒有說「他被比作一頭牲畜」,而是說「被比作眾牲畜」。
And observe that he did not say 'he was compared to a beast,' but 'to the beasts.'
1:1543
καὶ μία μὲν ἔστιν μορφὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁμοιοῦσα αὐτὸν τῷ θεῷ, πολλαὶ δέ, εἰς ἃς πίπτει
人只有一種形像,就是使他肖似神的那形像;然而他所墮入的形像卻有許多種。
And there is one form of man, that which makes him like unto God, but many forms into which he falls.
1:1544
ὅταν πανοῦργος γίνηται, ἀλώπεκος φέρει πρόσωπον
當他變得狡猾時,他便帶著狐狸的臉。
When he becomes cunning, he bears the face of a fox.
1:1545
ὅταν ἰῶδες καὶ βλαπτικόν, ὄφεως·
當他滿懷毒液、傷害人時,便帶著蛇的臉;
When he is venomous and harmful, the face of a serpent;
1:1546
ὅταν ἀκόλαστον καὶ φιλήδονον καὶ κόλαξ, κυνός
當他放縱、貪戀逸樂、諂媚時,便帶著狗的臉。
when licentious and pleasure-loving and a flatterer, the face of a dog.
1:1547
καὶ ὅλως ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς μιᾶς μορφῆς πολυτροπία καὶ πολυμορφία γίνεται
總而言之,由這一個人和這一種形像,便生出了多樣與多形。
And in short, out of the one man and the one form there arise manifoldness and multiplicity of forms.
1:1548
καὶ πάλιν σκοπὸς ἔσται, κἄν τισιν μὴ δοκῇ, καθ' ὃν ἀποβολ̣ὴ πασῶν τῶν μορφῶν γίνεται, φέρειν ἵν' ἐκεῖνο, ὅπερ πεποίηκεν θε ός, α̣ναδειχθῇ
並且再者,也必有一個目標——縱使在某些人看來並非如此——按照這目標,一切這些形像都要被脫去,好使神所造的那形像得以顯明出來。
And again there will be an aim—even if to some it does not seem so—according to which the casting off of all these forms comes about, so that what God has made may be brought forth and displayed.
1:1549
ὅτε οὖν ἔμενεν ἐν τῇ ταυτότητι, ἕνα λογισμὸν εἶχεν
因此,當他還安住於自身的同一性中時,他只有一種思念。
So then, while he remained in his self-identity, he had a single mode of thought.
1:1550
καὶ ὥσπερ λέγεται ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ψαλμῶν·
正如在詩篇的一篇中所說的:
And even as it is said in one of the Psalms:
1:1551
θεὸς κατοικίζει μονοτρόπους ἐν οἴκῳ, οἱ εὐσεβῶς καὶ ἐναρέτως καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῶς κατοικιζομένοι μο νότροποί εἰσιν, κατηρτισμένοι τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ, ὡς ἕκαστον μονότροπον εἶναι
「神使獨居單一的人安居在家中。」那些以敬虔、以德行、以合乎教會的方式安居的人,就是單一其道的人,他們在同一心思、同一意念裡被聯結成全,以致各人都是單一其道。
'God settles those of single manner in a house.' Those who are settled piously and virtuously and in a churchly way are of single manner, being knit together in the same mind and the same purpose, so that each is of single manner.
1:1552
κατὰ δεύτερον δὲ λόγον ἐρεῖς, ὅτι πάντες ἕνα τρόπον ἔχουσιν
然而按第二層意思,你可以說他們眾人都有同一種道。
But in a second sense you will say that they all have one manner.
1:1553
περὶ τῆς οὕτω οὖν γνώμης ἐχόντων λέγεται, ὅτι τῶν πιστευόντων ψυχὴ μία καὶ καρδία μία, οὐ τῷ ἀριθμῷ, ἀλλὰ τῇ ταυτότη τι
正是論到那些如此持守其意念的人,經上說信的人「心思是一個,心也是一個」——不是在數目上,乃是在同一性上。
It is concerning those who thus hold their purpose that it is said that of the believers the soul is one and the heart is one—not in number, but in identity.
1:1554
ταυτότης δὲ αὕτη πρώτη κατάστασίς ἐστιν
而這同一性乃是那起初的境況。
And this identity is the first state.
1:1555
καὶ ἡμεῖς γοῦν ἐνίοτε εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀσύμφωνοί ἐσμεν λέγοντες·
至少我們自己有時也在心裡不和諧,說:
We too, at any rate, are sometimes at variance within ourselves, saying:
1:1556
ἆρα μὴ τοῦτό ἐστιν, μὴ ἐκεῖνο; τοῦτο δὲ μὴ νενοηκότος ἐστίν
「這莫非是這樣,還是不是那樣呢?」——這乃是尚未領悟之人的光景。
'Is it perhaps this, or is it not that?'—and this belongs to one who has not understood.
1:1557
ἀκούσας η̣ρέμη σεν. ὅταν μηκέτι εἰς πολλὰ φέρηται, ἀλλὰ γνῷ ἐκεῖνο, δηλοῖ ἀπαγ γέλλων, ἠρεμεῖ, οὐκέτι ταράττεται
那已聽明白的人便得了安息。當一個人不再被拋擲到許多事物中,而是認識了那報信者所指明的事時,他便安息了,不再受攪擾。
He who has heard is set at rest. When one is no longer carried about into many things, but comes to know that which the one announcing declares, he is at rest, he is no longer troubled.
1:1558
ἀμέλει γοῦν φιλόσοφος ἐκεῖνος τὴν ἀνοησίαν ταραχὴν λέγει·
的確,那位著名的哲學家便稱無知為攪擾:
Indeed, that well-known philosopher calls senselessness a disturbance:
1:1559
μὴ ταραττέτω γὰρ ἡμᾶς τὰ μέρη τῶν οὐσιῶν. τίς οἶδεν σοφούς; καὶ τίς οἶδεν ἐπίλυσιν ῥήματος; σοφία ἀνθρώπου φωτιεῖ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ
因為不要讓諸實體的各部分攪擾我們。「誰知道智慧人?誰知道一句話的解釋?人的智慧必使他的臉發光。」
For let not the parts of the substances disturb us. 'Who knows the wise? And who knows the interpretation of a saying? The wisdom of a man will enlighten his countenance.'
1:1560
σπάνιός ἐστιν ἐπιστάμενος τοὺς σοφούς
認識智慧人的實在稀少。
Rare is he who has knowledge of the wise.
1:1561
ἔστιν γὰρ ἐπιστημονικῶς εἰδέναι, τίς σοφός
因為要以真知的方式知道誰是智慧人,這是可能的。
For it is possible to know scientifically who is wise.
1:1562
δὲ οὕτω θεωρῶν τὸν σοφόν, τίς ἐστιν, καὶ τὴν σο φίαν οἶδεν
而那如此思察智慧人是誰的,也就認識了智慧本身。
And he who thus contemplates the wise man, who he is, also knows wisdom.
1:1563
οὐ δύναταί τις εἰδέναι ναυπηγὸν μὴ τὴν τέχνην περινοῶν, καθ' ἣν κατασκευάζει τὰς ναῦς
人若不通曉那造船的技藝——就是他藉以建造船隻的技藝——便不能認識造船的匠人。
One cannot know a shipwright without perceiving the art according to which he builds ships.
1:1564
καὶ ζωγράφον οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐπιστῆσαι, τίς ἐστιν, ἐὰν μὴ τὴν ζωγραφικὴν τέχνην εἰδῇ
並且,人若不曉得繪畫的技藝,便無人能確認一位畫家是誰。
And no one can establish who a painter is, unless he knows the art of painting.
1:1565
οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν εἰδέναι σοφὸν μὴ ἐγνωκότα τὴν σοφίαν, καθ' ἣν οὗτος πεποίωται καὶ ἀφ' ἧς παρονομάζεται
人若未曾認識那使他成其為智者、並使他因之得名的智慧,就不可能認識一個智慧人。
It is not possible to know a wise man without having come to know the wisdom according to which he has been qualified and from which he takes his name.
1:1566
ἀμέλει γοῦν, ἄλλοι ἄλλους γιγνώσκουσιν καὶ ἕτεροι ἑτέρους οὐκ ἐπίστανται
的確,有些人認得某些人,而另一些人卻不認得別些人。
Indeed, some know some, and others do not know others.
1:1567
τὰς ἐπιλύσεις οὖν τῶν ῥημάτων τῶν σοφῶν τὰς γνωμονικὰς τίς οἶδεν; σπα´̣νιός ἐστιν καὶ ταῦτα ἐπιστάμενος δυνάμενος νοήμων εἶναι καὶ δια`̣ το`̣ νοήμων εἶναι ἐπιστάμενος παραβολὴν καὶ σκοτεινὸν λόγον, ῥῆσιν σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα
那麼,智慧人話語的解釋——那明辨的解釋——誰知道呢?懂得這些的人也是稀少的,就是那能夠有悟性的人;並且因為有悟性,便能通曉比喻與隱晦的話、智慧人的言語和謎語。
The interpretations, then, of the sayings of the wise—the discerning ones—who knows them? Rare too is he who has knowledge of these, he who is able to be intelligent, and, because he is intelligent, is able to know a parable and a dark saying, the utterance of the wise and their riddles.
1:1568
τὰς ἐπιλύσεις τῶν αἰνιγματωδῶν ῥημάτων οὐχ τυχὼν οἶδεν, ἀλλ' κατὰ τὴν σοφίαν, καθ' ἣν προφέρεται τὰ ῥήματα, σοφὸς ὠ´̣ν
那些謎樣話語的解釋,並非隨便什麼人都知道,而是那按著話語所發出的智慧、自己也成為智慧人的人才知道。
The interpretations of the riddling sayings are not known by just anyone, but by him who, in accordance with the wisdom by which the sayings are uttered, is himself wise.
1:1569
σ̣οφία ἀνθρώπου φωτιεῖ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ
「人的智慧必使他的臉發光。」
'The wisdom of a man will enlighten his countenance.'
1:1570
τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σοφία τ̣ο`̣ π̣ρόσ̣ωπον αὐτοῦ φωτεινὸν δείκνυσιν, οὐ τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ σώματος, οὐ τὸ μέλος τῆς σαρκός, ἀλλὰ τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου, περὶ οὗ λέγουσιν οἱ σοφοί·
他所說的是這意思:人的智慧使他的臉顯為光明——不是身體的臉,不是肉體的肢體,而是內裡之人的臉,論到這臉,智慧人說:
This is what he means: that the wisdom of the man shows his countenance to be luminous—not the face of the body, not the member of the flesh, but the countenance of the inner man, concerning which the wise say:
1:1571
ἐσημειώθη ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου, κύριε. εἰ δὲ τὸ φῶς τὸ σοφίζον καὶ σοφοὺς ποι οῦν καὶ πεφωτισμένους κατασκευάζον τοῦ προσώπου σου φῶς ἐστιν λόγος σου γάρ ἐστιν εἰκών σου, χαρακτήρ, –φωτίζεται μετέχων τούτου τοῦ φω τὸς καὶ γίνεται πεφωτισμένος
「主啊,你臉上的光已印記在我們身上。」若那使人有智慧、造就智慧人、並使人成為蒙光照者的光,就是你臉上的光——因為你的道就是你的形像、你本體的真像——那麼分享這光的人便被光照,成為蒙光照的人。
'The light of Your countenance, O Lord, has been sealed upon us.' And if the light that makes wise and produces wise men and renders them enlightened is the light of Your countenance—for Your Word is Your image, the impress—then he who partakes of this light is illumined and becomes enlightened.
1:1572
οὕτω γοῦν τοῖς πλησιάσασιν αὑτῷ Ἰησοῦς λέγει·
正因如此,耶穌對那些親近祂的人說:
Thus indeed Jesus says to those who drew near to Him:
1:1573
λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔνπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ λέγει πᾶσιν·
「你們的光當在人前照耀。」祂又對眾人說:
'Let your light shine before men.' And He says to all:
1:1574
ὑμεῖς ἐστὲ τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. οὐκ αἰσθητὸν δὲ φῶς εἰσιν οἱ ἀπόστολοι τοῦ κόσμου, τουτέστιν τοῖς πολλο̣ῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φαινόμενον, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ κόσμου
「你們是世上的光。」使徒們並非那可感的、屬世界的光——就是向眾人顯現的那種光——乃是那真世界的光。
'You are the light of the world.' Now the apostles are not a sensible light of the world—that is, one appearing to the multitude of men—but of the true world.
1:1575
οὐ τὴν ἁμαρτία̣ν ε̣ὗρεν Ἰησοῦς τοῦ καταλλαγέντος ἐν Χριστῷ τῷ θεῷ
耶穌在那已於基督裡與神和好之人身上,找不到罪。
Jesus did not find the sin of him who has been reconciled in Christ to God.
1:1576
τοῦτο οὖν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου φωτίζεται ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας
因此,內裡之人的這張臉,乃是被智慧所光照的。
This countenance, then, of the inner man is illumined by wisdom.
1:1577
ταὐτὸν δέ ἐστιν σοφία καὶ φῶς καὶ λόγος κ̣αὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι ἐπίνοιαι αἱ περὶ Χριστοῦ λεγόμεναι
並且智慧、光、道、真理,以及其他一切論到基督所說的名稱,都是同一者。
And wisdom and light and word and truth and the other conceptions spoken concerning Christ are one and the same.
1:1578
καὶ ἀναιδὴς πρὸ πρ̣οσώπου αὐτοῦ μισηθήσεται
「那無恥的人必在祂面前被恨惡。」
'And the shameless one shall be hated before his face.'
1:1579
στόμα βασιλέως φύλαξον καὶ περὶ λόγου ὅρκου θεοῦ μὴ σπου δάσῃς
「要謹守王的口,不要為神起誓的事熱切追求。」
'Keep the mouth of a king, and be not zealous concerning the matter of an oath of God.'
1:1580
ἀναιδὴς μὴ ἔχων παρρησίαν ἐκ φωτὸς καὶ σοφίας ἀπούσης ἐπίτιμον μισηθήσεται
那無恥的人,因缺乏出於光與智慧的坦然無懼——既然這些都不在他身上——便當受恨惡。
The shameless man, who has no boldness of speech arising from light and wisdom—since these are absent—shall be justly hated.
1:1581
ὑπάρχει δὲ τοῦτο μάλιστα τοῖς σοφισταῖς τοῖς τὴν ἀλήθειαν σοφίζεσθαι θέλουσιν
這尤其屬於那些詭辯家,他們想要用詭辯歪曲真理。
And this belongs especially to the sophists, who wish to sophistically twist the truth.
1:1582
ἀπὸ πολλῆς γὰρ ἀναίδειας ἀντιλέγουσιν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ
因為他們出於極大的無恥而抵擋真理。
For out of much shamelessness they contradict the truth.
1:1583
οὕτω ἑρμηνεύουσιν τὰ πράγματα, ὡς οὐκ ἔχουσιν φύσεως
他們如此解釋事物,卻與事物本性所有的不符。
Thus they interpret things as they do not have them by nature.
1:1584
μισητὸς οὖν ἐστιν, κἄν ποτε λανθάνῃ διὰ πανουργίαν καὶ μὴ μισῆται, ἀλλ' οὖν γε μισητός ἐστιν
所以他是可恨的,縱使有時憑他的詭詐得以隱藏而不被恨惡——然而他終究仍是可恨的。
Hateful, then, is he, even if at times through his craftiness he escapes notice and is not hated—yet nonetheless he is hateful.
1:1585
μισητὸς δέ ἐστιν ἄξιος τοῦ μισεῖσθαι, κἂν μηδεὶς αὐτὸν μισῇ
因為可恨的乃是那配受恨惡的人,即使無人恨他。
For hateful is he who is worthy of being hated, even if no one hates him.
1:1586
κακία γοῦν, εἰ καί τις ἄλλη, μισητή ἐστιν·
無論如何,惡若說有什麼是可恨的,它就是可恨的:
Vice at any rate, if anything else is, is hateful:
1:1587
ἡδονὴ πολλοὺς ε̣π̣έχει τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας
逸樂牽制著許多愛它的人。
pleasure holds fast many who love it.
1:1588
πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ θελγόμενοι·
被它迷惑的人為數眾多;
Many are they who are bewitched;
1:1589
καὶ οὐ δήπου οὐκ ἔστιν μισητὸν τὸ κακόν
而惡斷不是不可恨的。
and it is surely not the case that evil is not hateful.
1:1590
τὸ στόμα τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φύλαξον, τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τήρει, κατὰ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ πολιτεύου καὶ φρόνει
「要謹守那真王的口」,持守祂的話,照著祂的話為人處世,並照著祂的話思念。
'Keep the mouth of the true King,' guard His word, live according to His word, and set your mind by it.
1:1591
τὸ γὰρ στόμα πολλάκις ἡμῖν ἀποδέδεικται, ὅτι τὸν λόγον σημαίνει
因為「口」這字,我們已多次指明它是指著道說的。
For the 'mouth' has often been shown by us to signify the word.
1:1592
ἐπίστανε τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, κα λεῖται αὐτοῦ στόμα βασιλέως, καὶ οὕτω πρᾶττε, οὕτω φρόνει, οὕτω πολιτεύ ου
要專注於神的道,這道被稱為祂「王的口」,就當如此行、如此思念、如此為人處世。
Attend to the word of God, which is called His 'mouth of a king,' and so act, so think, so conduct your life.
1:1593
καὶ περὶ λόγου ὅρκου θεοῦ μὴ σπουδάσῃς
「不要為神起誓的事熱切追求。」
'And be not zealous concerning the matter of an oath of God.'
1:1594
καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔξω νόμοις μ̣ι̣σ̣η̣τ̣ο´̣ν̣ ἐστιν τὸ τοιοῦτον
即使在外邦的律法中,這樣的事也是可恨的。
Even among the outside laws such a thing is hateful.
1:1595
ὑπόνοιαν ἐφιόρ κου παρέχει σπουδάζων ἐπὶ τὸ ὀμόσ̣αι, εἰ μὴ παρὰ τοῦ ἄρχοντος αὐτῷ ὅρκος ἐπιτεθῇ μὴ οὔσης μαρτυρίας τινὸς κ̣αὶ ἀναγκασθῇ περὶ τούτου ὀμόσαι
那急於起誓的人,便給人以偽誓的嫌疑——除非在沒有其他見證的情況下,由官長把誓言加諸於他,而他被迫為此事起誓。
He who is eager to swear an oath provides ground for suspicion of perjury—unless an oath be laid upon him by the ruler, there being no other testimony, and he be compelled to swear concerning the matter.
1:1596
μὴ σπουδάσῃς, μὴ π̣ρ̣ο̣α̣ι´̣ρ̣ετος ὅρμα ἐπὶ τὸ ὀμνύναι·
「不要熱切追求」——不要出於你自己的抉擇急於起誓;
'Be not zealous'—do not of your own deliberate choice rush to swear;
1:1597
μὴ τὴν ἀναπόδεικτον πίστιν μεταχειρ̣ι´̣σ̣ῃ̣ς̣
不要動用那無法證實的憑信。
do not employ the faith that cannot be demonstrated.
1:1598
ἐὰν δύνηται πίστις παρασχεθῆ ναι, μὴ σπουδάσῃς περὶ ὅρκον
若能提供確據,就不要為起誓的事熱切追求。
If assurance can be furnished, be not zealous concerning an oath.
1:1599
ὀμν̣υ´̣ων τῷ πλησίον αὑτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἀθετῶν, οὕτως ἀληθεύων, ἵνα μὴ ἀθετήσῃ̣, ο̣ὐκ ἔστιν μισητός
那向鄰舍起誓卻不背棄的人,那如此說實話以致不違背誓言的人,就不是可恨的。
He who swears to his neighbor and does not set it aside, who thus speaks truly so as not to break faith, is not hateful.
1:1600
ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ πορεύσῃ, μὴ στῇς ἐν λόγῳ πονηρῷ·
「你要從他面前走開,不要站在惡事上;」
'From before his face you shall go; stand not in an evil matter;'
1:1601
ὅτι οὐκ, ἐὰν ἐθελήσῃ, ποιη´̣σει̣ καθὼς βασιλεὺς ἐξουσιάζων; δύναται κατὰ ὑπερβατὸν περὶ τοῦ ἀνα̣ι̣δο̣ῦς̣ λε´̣γεσθαι, ὅτι ἀπὸ προσ ώπου αὐτοῦ πορεύσῃ. ἔξω γενοῦ τοῦ ἀναιδου῀̣ς
「因為他必隨心所欲而行,像掌權的王一樣。」這話藉著詞序的倒置,也可以論到那無恥的人說:「你要從他面前走開」——要出離那無恥之人。
'because he will do whatever he wills, as a king exercising authority.' It can, by a transposition, be said concerning the shameless man, that 'from before his face you shall go'—get outside of the shameless one.
1:1602
ἀν̣α̣φ̣έρεσθαι δὲ δύναται ταῦτα καὶ εἰς τὸν διάβολον αὐτὸν καὶ πᾶσαν πονηρ̣ὰν δ̣ύναμιν
這些話也可以指著魔鬼自己並一切邪惡的權勢說。
These things can also be referred to the devil himself and to every evil power.
1:1603
τὰ γὰρ περὶ ἀνθρώπων λεγόμενα ὡς κακῶν, ὡς πονηρῶν, ῥη̣θείη ἂν καὶ περὶ τῶν δαιμόνων καὶ τοῦ διαβόλου
因為那些論到人為惡、為邪之事所說的話,也可以論到眾鬼魔和魔鬼說。
For the things said concerning men as evil, as wicked, might also be said concerning the demons and the devil.
1:1604
γὰρ περὶ ἀνθρώπων λέγεται ὡς θν̣η̣τ̣ῶν ζῴων, οὐκ ἀναφέρεται οὐδὲ εἰς διάβολον οὐδὲ εἰς δαίμονα
但那些論到人為必死的活物所說的話,卻既不能指著魔鬼,也不能指著鬼魔說。
For the things said concerning men as mortal living beings are not referred either to the devil or to a demon.
1:1605
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως, οὗ ἀπὸ προσώπου δεῖ ὀρθῶς πολι τεύεσθαι, εἰρῆσθαι·
也有可能這話也是論到那王說的,人在他面前必須正直地為人處世:
And it is possible that this is said also concerning the king, from before whose face one must rightly conduct one's life:
1:1606
ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ πορεύσῃ ὡς παρ' αὐτοῦ πεμ πόμενος, καθὸ σημαινόμενον λέγομεν ὅτι·
「你要從他面前出去」,如同奉他差遣而出,在這意義上我們說:
'from before his face you shall go,' as being sent by him, in which sense we say that:
1:1607
κἄν ποτε συμβῇ κατὰ ἄγνοιαν πονηρόν τι εἰπεῖν οἷον ψεῦδος βλαπτικόν, μὴ στῇς ἐν αὐτῷ, μὴ ἔνμενε αὐτῷ
縱使有時因無知而說了什麼惡事,比如有害的謊言,也不要站在其中,不要固守在其上。
even if it should ever come about that through ignorance one speaks something evil, such as a harmful falsehood, do not stand in it, do not abide in it.
1:1608
περὶ δὲ τῶν θείων ῥημάτων καὶ λόγων γράφει Παῦλος ὅτι·
然而論到神聖的話語和道,保羅寫道:
But concerning the divine sayings and words Paul writes that:
1:1609
τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγοις, τοῖς ἀκαταγνώστοις, τοῖς ὑγιαίνουσιν ἔνμενε
「你要持守神的話,那無可指摘的、純正健全的話。」
'Abide in the words of God, the blameless, the sound.'
1:1610
ὅτι οὐκ, ἐὰν ἐθελήσῃ, ποιήσει; ἀναιδὴς τῷ προσώπῳ οὐκ, βούλεται, ποιήσει; διὸ φεῦγε ἀπὸ προσ ώπου αὐτοῦ
「因為他必隨心所欲而行」——那臉皮無恥的人,豈不隨自己所願而行嗎?所以你要逃離他的面前。
'Because he will do whatever he wills'—will not the one shameless in countenance do what he wishes? Therefore flee from before his face.
1:1611
ἐὰν δὲ καὶ περὶ θεοῦ ᾖν ὡς̣ βασιλέως, βούλεται ποι ῆσαι, μὴ νόμιζε, ὅτι ἁμαρτήσων διαφεύξῃ αὐτόν, ἐφιο̣ρκῶν διαδιδράσκεις αὐτοῦ τὴν γνῶσιν
但若這話是論到神作為君王,祂隨自己所願行事,你切莫以為,你既將犯罪,就能逃脫祂;你以起假誓而逃避祂的鑒察。
But if the saying concerns God as king, who does whatever He wills, do not suppose that, being about to sin, you will escape Him; by swearing falsely you flee from His knowledge.
1:1612
καθὼς βασιλεὺς ἐξουσιάζων
正如君王掌有權柄。
According as a king wields authority.
1:1613
ἐξουσίαν ἔχων βασιλεὺς πρὸς οὐδενὸς κωλύεται, οὐδεὶς ἀντοφθαλ μεῖ αὐτῷ, ἀλλ' βούλεται, πᾶν ποιεῖ
有權柄的君王不受任何人攔阻,無人敢正視與他抗衡,凡他所願的,他無不成就。
The king who possesses authority is hindered by no one; no one looks him in the face to oppose him, but he does everything that he wills.
1:1614
κατ' ἀμφότερα οὖν λάβε αὐτά
所以,你當從兩方面來領會這些話。
Take the words, then, in both ways.
1:1615
ἤτοι περὶ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ βασιλέως, τοῦ θεοῦ
也就是說,或是論到那真正的君王,神。
That is, either concerning the true King, God.
1:1616
κἂν περὶ τοῦ ἀναι δοῦς λέγῃ, πάλιν φόβον ἐνποιεῖ ἡμῖν τοῦ φεύγειν αὐτόν
縱使他所說的是那無恥之人,他仍舊在我們心中激起懼怕,使我們躲避他。
Even if he speaks of the shameless one, again he instils in us a fear that makes us flee from him.
1:1617
ἀληθῶς δὲ βασιλεὺς σοφός ἐστιν
然而真正說來,君王乃是那智慧人。
But truly the king is the wise man.
1:1618
οἱ Στωϊκοὶ γοῦν λέγουσιν μόνον τὸν σοφὸν βασιλέα εἶναι, μο´̣ν̣ο̣ν̣ ἱερέα
斯多亞派至少這樣說:唯有智慧人才是君王,也唯有他才是祭司。
The Stoics at any rate say that only the wise man is a king, and only he a priest.
1:1619
εἰ γὰρ βασιλεύς ἐστιν νομίμως ἄρχων, μόνος δὲ σοφὸς τοῦτο ε̣πίσταται, μόνος οὗτος βασιλεύς ἐστιν
因為若君王是那依法治理的人,而唯有智慧人明白此事,那麼唯有他才是君王。
For if he is a king who rules according to law, and only the wise man understands this, then he alone is a king.
1:1620
αὐτίκα γοῦν πρὸς τὸν Ἀβραὰμ ἰδιώτην ὄντα τὴν τύχην εἴρηται πρὸς τῶν διορατικῶν βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ σὺ εἶ ἐν ἡμῖν. εἰ καὶ παρὰ ἄλλων ἄλλοι, ἀλλὰ παρὰ θεοῦ σὺ εἶ
譬如,有洞察力的人對亞伯拉罕──他就命運際遇而論不過是一介平民──說:「你在我們中間是從神而來的君王。」縱使別人是藉別的緣由成為君王,但你卻是從神而來的。
Thus, for instance, it was said to Abraham, who in outward fortune was a private man, by those of discerning sight: 'You are a king from God among us.' Though from others men become such by other means, yet from God you are.
1:1621
βασιλεὺς γὰρ βασιλευόντων ἐστὶν θεός
因為神乃是掌權者的君王。
For God is the King of those who reign.
1:1622
ἐὰν δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀναιδοῦς προσώπου ᾖν λόγος, καὶ αὐτὸς ὥσπερ βασιλεὺς ἐξουσιάζει τω῀̣ν ὑποβαλλόντων ὑπὸ τὴν πρεσβείαν ἑαυτοῦ
但若這話也是論到那無恥之人,他也如同君王一般,對那些落在他管轄之下的人施行權柄。
But if the word is also about the shameless person, he too, like a king, exercises authority over those who fall under his domain.
1:1623
μὴ οὖν βασιλευέτω ὑμῶν ἁμαρ̣τ̣ία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι. βασιλεύσας θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μεχρὶ Μωϋσέως ἐξουσιάζει τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐ τοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀρχήν
所以,不要容罪在你們必死的身上作王。那從亞當到摩西之間作王的死亡,在那些在牠權勢與掌管之下的人身上施行權柄。
Let not sin therefore reign in your mortal body. Death, which reigned from Adam until Moses, exercises authority over those under its power and dominion.
1:1624
τί ποιήσεις; υφυλάσσων ἐντολὴν οὐ γνώσεται ῥῆμα πονηρόν
你要作什麼呢?那遵守誡命的必不曉得惡事。
What will you do? He who keeps the commandment shall know no evil thing.
1:1625
καὶ περὶ θεοῦ ἀληθές ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει·
論到神,這話也是真確的,就是無人能對祂說:
And concerning God it is true to say that no one says to Him:
1:1626
τί ποιή σεις; καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀναιδοῦς καὶ θρασέως βασιλέως
「你要作什麼呢?」論到那無恥狂妄的君王,也是如此。
'What will you do?' And so also concerning the shameless and insolent king.
1:1627
καὶ τάχα πρόσωπον δύναται οὗτος ἀναιδὴς φέρειν τοῦ Ἀντιχρίστου
或許這無恥之人所承載的,正是敵基督的面貌。
And perhaps this shameless one is able to bear the character of the Antichrist.
1:1628
καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ ἐν τῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ προφητείᾳ τοῦ Ἠλίου κόρη τις̣ ἀναστᾶσα οὕτως αὐτὸν ἤλεγξεν λέγουσα αὐτὸν ἀναιδῆ
因為在那裡,在論到他、關乎以利亞的預言中,有一位少女起來如此斥責他,稱他為無恥之人。
For there too, in the prophecy about him concerning Elijah, a certain maiden, rising up, thus reproved him, calling him shameless.
1:1629
φυλάσσων ἐντολὴν οὐ γνώσετ̣αι ῥῆμα πονηρόν
那遵守誡命的必不曉得惡事。
He who keeps the commandment shall know no evil thing.
1:1630
ἐπιστάμενος τὸ ἀγαθὸν εὐθέως οἶδεν καὶ τὸ κακόν
那認識善的,立時也認識惡。
He who knows the good straightway knows also the evil.
1:1631
τὸ ἐπίστα σθαι δὲ ὧδε οὐ τὸ χρᾶσθαι σημαίνει, ἀλλὰ τὸ εἰδέναι μόνον
但此處「知道」並非指運用,乃僅指認識而已。
But 'to know' here does not signify to make use of, but only to be aware.
1:1632
εἰ γὰρ ἐντολὴ δίδοται, ἵνα ἐκκλίνωμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ ποιῶμεν τἀγαθόν, δεῖ καὶ τὸ κακὸν εἰδέναι, ἵν' ἐκκλίνωμεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱρησώμεθα τὸ ἀγαθόν
因為若賜下誡命,是要我們離惡行善,那麼我們也必須認識惡,好叫我們離棄它而揀選善。
For if a commandment is given that we may turn away from evil and do good, we must also know the evil, in order that we may turn away from it and choose the good.
1:1633
περὶ τῶν τοιούτων γράφει ἀπόστολος λέγων·
論到這樣的事,使徒寫道:
Concerning such matters the Apostle writes, saying:
1:1634
πάντα δοκιμάζετε, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε·
凡事察驗,善美的要持守;
Prove all things; hold fast that which is good;
1:1635
ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε. ὁρᾷς, ὡς πάντα δοκιμάζων οἶδεν τὸ καλόν, καὶ ὅτι αἱρετόν ἐστιν καὶ φυλακτέον, καὶ τὸ πονηρόν, ὅτι φευκτέον ἐστίν·
各樣的惡事要禁戒不作。你看,那凡事察驗的人認識善,知道善是當揀選、當謹守的,也認識惡,知道惡是當躲避的;
abstain from every form of evil. You see how he who proves all things knows the good, that it is to be chosen and to be guarded, and the evil, that it is to be shunned;
1:1636
τοῦ ἀλλοτριοῦσθαι προσήκει
當與惡疏遠,這才合宜。
it is fitting to become estranged from it.
1:1637
εἰ οὖν εἰδὼς τὸ ἀγα θὸν οἶδεν καὶ τὸ κακὸν καὶ ἔνπαλιν, πῶς ἐνταῦθα λέγει τὸν φυλάττοντα ἐντολὴν μὴ γιγνώσκειν ῥῆμα πονηρόν; καίτοι ἐντο̣λὴ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ῥῆμα
那麼,若認識善的也認識惡,反之亦然,那麼他為何在此說遵守誡命的人不曉得惡事呢?況且誡命本是善的話語。
If, then, he who knows the good knows also the evil and conversely, how does he say here that the one who keeps the commandment does not know an evil thing? And yet the commandment is a good word.
1:1638
δὲ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ῥῆμα εἰδὼς οἶδεν καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν ῥῆμα·
然而那認識善的話語的,也認識惡的話語;
But he who knows the good word knows also the evil word;
1:1639
λέγει δὲ τὸν φυλάττοντα ἐντολὴν μὴ γιγνώσκειν ῥῆμα πονηρόν, τουτέστιν οὐ λέγειν οὐκ ἐπίστασθαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ χρᾶσθαι, μὴ οὕτω γιγνώσκειν αὐτό, ὡς·
但他說那遵守誡命的人不曉得惡事──意思並非說他不明白,乃是說他不運用它,不以如下的方式認識它,就是:
yet he says that the one who keeps the commandment does not know an evil thing—that is, not that he does not understand it, but that he does not make use of it, that he does not know it in the way that:
1:1640
οὐδὲ Ἰησοῦς ἔγνω τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. οὕτως τῆς ἐντολῆς φύλαξ οὐ γιγνώσκει πονηρὸν ῥῆμα
連耶穌也不知罪。照樣,那遵守誡命的人也不曉得惡事。
even Jesus knew not sin. In this way the keeper of the commandment does not know an evil thing.
1:1641
ἔστω δὲ τὸ μὴ γιγνώσκειν ῥῆμα παρακοὴ τὸ μ̣ὴ οὕτως ἀκοῦσαι τοῦ ῥήματος, ὡς δεῖ αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν
但這「不曉得一事」,或指違背不聽,或指未按當聽的方式去聽這話。
But let 'not to know a thing' be either disobedience or the not hearing the word as one ought to hear it.
1:1642
ὡς δεῖ ἀκούων ῥήματος ἔγνω αὐτό, ἔχει αὐτοῦ πεῖραν
那按當聽的方式聽這話的人,就認識了它,並且對它有了體驗。
He who hears the word as he ought has come to know it, and has experience of it.
1:1643
δὲ τ̣ὴν ἐντολὴν φυλάττων, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔχει τῆς ἐναντι ότητος τῆς ἐντολῆς πεῖραν, οὐ γνώσεται τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ πον̣ηρόν
但那遵守誡命的人,既然對那與誡命相悖之事毫無體驗,就必不曉得那惡事。
But he who keeps the commandment, since he has no experience of what is contrary to the commandment, shall not know the evil thing.
1:1644
λέγεται δὲ πολλάκις τὸ ῥῆμα ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πράγματος
然而「話語」一詞常被用來代指事物本身。
Now 'word' is often used in place of the thing itself.
1:1645
γοῦν Μαριὰμ ῥήμ̣ατ̣ος ἀκούσασα τοῦ ἀγγέλου λέγει·
所以馬利亞聽了天使的話,就說:
Thus Mary, having heard the word of the angel, says:
1:1646
γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου. οὕτω ὑπάρξεταί μοι, ὡς τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ σὸν διαγο ρεύει
情願照你的話成就在我身上。願這事按你的話所宣告的臨到我。
Be it unto me according to your word. So shall it come to pass for me, as your word declares.
1:1647
καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἔστιν ῥη῀̣μα·
因為在魂裡也有一種話語:
For there is also a word in the soul:
1:1648
τὸ ἄνευ τοῦ ἀληθεύειν ψεύδεσθαι νόημα, ὁτὲ δὲ ἤδη ἀνάγκη υ̣πάρχειν θάτε ρον, τὸ ἀληθεύειν ψεύδεσθαι
那尚未涉及真或假的意念,而在別的時候,則是那必然已具其一者──非真即假。
the thought that is apart from being true or false, and at other times that which must already possess one of the two, either being true or being false.
1:1649
ἰδὲ νόημα ῥῆμα καλεῖται, ἐπεὶ ὑποπίπ τει τῷ ὁρισμῷ αὐτοῦ γνώσεως·
你看,意念被稱為話語,因為它符合話語作為知識的定義;
See how a thought is called a word, since it falls under the definition of it as knowledge;
1:1650
ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ νοήματά εἰσιν τοιαῦτα, ῥήματα αὐτὰ ἐροῦμεν
既然也有這樣的意念,我們就要稱它們為話語。
since therefore there are also such thoughts, we shall call them words.
1:1651
τοῦτο οὖν θεῖος ἀπόστολος ἐπιστάμενος λέγει ἀκηκοέναι ἄρρητα ῥήματα. καὶ δοκεῖ ἀντίφασις εἶναι, εἰ μὴ κατὰ ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο σημαινό μενον λάβωμεν τὸ ῥητὸν καὶ ἄρρητον
那麼,神聖的使徒既知曉此事,就說他聽見了說不出來的話語。這看似矛盾,除非我們按不同的含義來領會「可說的」與「不可說的」。
This, then, the divine Apostle, knowing, says that he heard unspeakable words. And it seems to be a contradiction, unless we take 'spoken' and 'unspeakable' according to different meanings.
1:1652
ἄρρητά ἐστιν, παρ' ὅσον ἐν νῷ μόνῳ ὁμι λοῦνται καὶ θεὸς ἐνίησιν αὐτὰ τῇ διανοίᾳ
它們之所以是不可說的,乃因它們唯獨在心思裡交通,並且是神將它們注入悟性之中。
They are unspeakable, inasmuch as they are conversed with in the mind alone, and God instils them into the understanding.
1:1653
καὶ ἔχουσιν τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ τὸ ψεύδεσθαι, ὥστε καὶ κατὰ τοῦτό εἰσι̣ν καὶ ῥήματα
並且它們具有真與假,因此就這一點而論,它們也是話語。
And they possess the true and the false, so that in this respect too they are words.
1:1654
ἄρρητά εἰσιν οὐ λεγό μενα διὰ συλλαβῶν, οὐχ οἷά τε ὄντα γραφῆναι καὶ χαραχθῆναι
它們是不可說的,因為它們不是藉音節說出的,乃是無法被書寫、刻劃的。
They are unspeakable in that they are not uttered by means of syllables, being such as cannot be written or engraved.
1:1655
τῷ δὲ μὴ προφέρεσθαι διὰ συλλαβῶν ἄρρητά ἐστιν
然而因它們不藉音節發出,它們便是不可說的。
But by reason of their not being brought forth through syllables, they are unspeakable.
1:1656
εἰ δὲ ἕκαστον, ὧν λέγω, ῥητόν ἐστινπροφέρομαι γὰρ αὐτὸ διὰ ἐνάρθρου φωνῆς–, τὸ μέντοι νόημα, οὐχ ὑποβάλλει φωνή, ἄρρητον ῥῆμά ἐστιν
但若我所說的每一件事都是可說的──因為我藉分明的聲音把它發出來──然而那意念,就是聲音所未能傳達的,卻是不可說的話語。
But if each of the things I speak is speakable—for I bring it forth by articulate voice—yet the thought, which the voice does not convey, is an unspeakable word.
1:1657
ἔχει γὰρ τὸ ἀληθὲς τὸ ψεῦδος
因為它具有真或假。
For it possesses either the true or the false.
1:1658
ἄρρητά εἰσιν παρὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν διὰ συλλαβῶν καὶ λέξεων ἐνάρθρων προφέρεσ̣θαι, τῷ δὲ ἔχειν τὸ ἀληθὲς ψεῦδος ῥήματά εἰσιν
它們是不可說的,因為它們無法藉音節與分明的言詞發出,但因它們具有真或假,所以它們是話語。
They are unspeakable in that they cannot be brought forth by syllables and articulate expressions, but in that they possess the true or false, they are words.
1:1659
καὶ καιρὸν κρίσεως γιγνώσκειν καρδία σοφοῦ·
智慧人的心也曉得審判的時候;
And the heart of the wise knows a time of judgment;
1:1660
ὅτι παντὶ πράγματι ἔστιν καιρὸς καὶ κρίσις, ὅτι γνῶσις τοῦ σο φοῦ πολλὴ ἐπ' αὐτόν
因為凡事都有定時與審判,因為智慧人的知識在他身上是豐盛的。
for to everything there is a time and judgment, because the knowledge of the wise man is much upon him.
1:1661
νοῦς καὶ καρδία τοῦ σοφοῦ οἶδεν τὸν τῆς κρίσεως καιρόν, οὐ μόνον τὸν κατωμιλημένον ἐν τῇ γραφῇ
智慧人的心思與心知道審判的時候──不僅是那在經上所談論的。
The mind and heart of the wise man knows the time of judgment—not only that which is spoken of in Scripture.
1:1662
καιρὸν κρίσεως λέγουσιν οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον, καθ' ὃν πάντες τῷ κριτη ρίῳ τοῦ θεοῦ παρίστανται
神聖的話語稱那眾人都站在神審判台前的時候為「審判的時候」。
The divine words call 'a time of judgment' that time in which all men stand before the judgment-seat of God.
1:1663
καὶ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν καλεῖ ἡμέραν κρίσεως. ἐνταῦθα δὲ σοφὸς πάντα καιρὸν καὶ κρίσιν παντὸς πράγματος οἶδεν
這時候祂稱之為審判的日子。但在此處,智慧人曉得凡事的時候與凡事的審判。
And this time He calls a day of judgment. But here the wise man knows every time and the judgment of every matter.
1:1664
κε κριμένως τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπιβάλλει, τοὺς λόγους κεκριμένως πρ̣οφέρει
他以審辨之心處理事務,以審辨之心說出他的言語。
He applies himself to matters with discernment, and utters his words with discernment.
1:1665
οἶδεν γάρ, πότε δεῖ δοῦναι ἀπόκρισιν καὶ πότε οὔ, καὶ πότε ἀντισχεῖν τ̣ο`̣ν λόγον καὶ πότε ἐξαφεῖναι αὐτὸν̣ κατὰ τῶν ἀκροατῶν
因為他知道何時當作答、何時不當,何時當持守他的話、何時當向聽眾放膽發出。
For he knows when he must give an answer and when not, and when to hold back his word and when to let it loose against his hearers.
1:1666
τὴν κρίσιν οὖν τούτου τοῦ καιροῦ ἐπίσταται, ἵνα καιρὸν μὴ χρόνον λάβῃς τινὰ ῥητόν, οἷον ἡμερινὸν νυκτερινόν, ἀλλὰ καιρὸν τῷ εἰπεῖν τοιάδε τινὰ τῷ τοιάν δε ἕξιν ἔχοντι
那麼,他明白此時機的審辨,好叫你不把「時候」領會為某段固定的時段,例如白晝或黑夜,乃領會為向具有某種心態之人說某些話的合宜時機。
He understands, then, the judgment of this occasion, so that you may take 'time' not as some fixed span, such as daytime or nighttime, but as the fitting occasion for saying such-and-such things to one who has such-and-such a disposition.
1:1667
καρδία οὖν τοῦ σοφοῦ οἶδεν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς κρίσεως, οἶδεν τὴν κρίσιν, καθ' ἣν̣ δ̣εῖ τ̣ο̣ῖς καιροῖς χρήσασθαι
所以智慧人的心曉得審判的時候,曉得那當用來運用各時機的審辨。
The heart of the wise man, then, knows the time of judgment, knows the discernment according to which he must make use of the occasions.
1:1668
ὅτι παντὶ πράγματι ἔστιν καιρὸς καὶ κρίσις
因為凡事都有定時與審判。
For to everything there is a time and judgment.
1:1669
πᾶν πρᾶγμα ἔχει καιρὸν καὶ κρίσιν δηλονότι
顯然每件事都有其定時與審判。
Every matter clearly has its time and judgment.
1:1670
δυνάμενος οὖν τὰ πράγματα οὕτω με̣ταχειρίζεσθαι, ὡς καιρίως λέγειν περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ κεκρι μένως, οὗτος σοφός ἐστιν καὶ σοφοῦ ἔργον ποιεῖ
所以,那能如此處理事務、以合時且審辨之言論及它們的人,這人就是智慧人,行智慧人的事。
He, therefore, who is able so to handle matters as to speak of them opportunely and with discernment, this man is wise and does the work of a wise man.
1:1671
ὅτι γνῶσις τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὴ ἐπ' αὐτόν
因為這人的知識在他身上是豐盛的。
Because the knowledge of the man is much upon him.
1:1672
γνῶσιν δὲ ἀνθρώπου δίττως λαμβάνομεν, ἣν γιγνώσκει ἣν γιγνώσκε ται
然而我們從兩方面領會「人的知識」:或指他所認識的,或指他所被認識的。
Now we take 'the knowledge of a man' in two ways: either that which he knows or that by which he is known.
1:1673
οἷον οἱ ἑαυτῶν ἐπιγνώμονες σοφοὶ αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον ἔχουσιν, τοῦ τε γιγνώσκοντος καὶ τοῦ γιγνωσκομένου
例如,那些認識自己的智慧人兼有這道理的兩面,就是認識者的一面與被認識者的一面。
For instance, the wise who are knowers of themselves possess both aspects of the account, both that of the knower and that of the known.
1:1674
εἰ ἑαυτῶν ἐπιγνώμονές εἰσιν καὶ οὐκ ἄλλοι αὐτοὺς ἐπιγιγνώσκουσιν, αὐτοί εἰσιν οἱ γιγνώσκοντες καὶ οἱ γιγ νωσκόμενοι
若他們認識自己,而別無他人認識他們,那麼他們自己既是認識者,也是被認識者。
If they are knowers of themselves and no others know them, they are themselves both the knowers and the known.
1:1675
πολλὴ οὖν ἐστιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γνῶσις ἐπ' αὐτόν, καὶ ἣν αὐτὸς γιγνώσκει καὶ ἣν αὐτὸς γιγνώσκεται
所以,在這人身上的知識是豐盛的,既是他自己所認識的,也是他自己所被認識的。
Much, then, is the knowledge of the man that is upon him, both that which he himself knows and that by which he himself is known.
1:1676
ἀμέλει γοῦν μύρια ὅσα κεκινήκασιν ἄνθρωποι εἰς τὴν γνώμην ἐκείνην τὴν λέγουσαν σεαυτὸν γνῶθι
的確,人已就那句格言「認識你自己」發起了無數的探討。
Indeed, at any rate, men have set in motion countless discussions about that maxim which says, 'Know yourself.'
1:1677
μία ἐστίν, βραχεῖά ἐστιν φωνή, πολλὴ δέ ἐστιν διάνοια
這話是簡短的一句,其含義卻是豐富的。
The utterance is one, it is brief, but the meaning is manifold.
1:1678
γνοὺς ε̣αυτὸν οἶδεν, ὅτι γενητός ἐστιν, καὶ οἶδεν, ὅτι πέφυκεν πρὸς ἀνάλημψιν ἀρετῆς
那認識自己的人知道自己是受造之物,並知道自己天生適於領受美德。
He who has come to know himself knows that he is a created being, and knows that he has a natural fitness for the taking up of virtue.
1:1679
οἶδεν, ὅτι ἄρχει ἐν αὑτῷ ψυχὴ καὶ ἄρχεται τὸ σῶμα, καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ὅτι ἄρχει μὲν τὸ λογιςτικόν, ἄρ χεται δὲ τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν καὶ θυμικόν
他知道在他裡面,魂居主導、身體受管治,又知道在魂裡面,理性的部分居主導,而慾念與血氣的部分受管治。
He knows that in himself the soul rules and the body is ruled, and again that in the soul the rational faculty rules, while the appetitive and spirited part is ruled.
1:1680
ἐὰν ἔνπαλιν ταῦτα γίνεται, κάκι στόν ἐστιν
但若這些次序顛倒過來,那便是最壞的惡了。
But if these things come about in reverse, it is the worst of evils.
1:1681
ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐὰν ἄρχηται ὑπὸ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἄρχῃ τὸ σῶμα, ὄλεθρος τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ·
那靈魂若受身體轄制,卻又轄制身體,這對那人便是敗壞。
That soul, if it be ruled by the body and yet rules the body, brings ruin upon that man.
1:1682
καὶ ἐὰν τὸ λογιστικὸν ἄρχηται ὑπὸ θυμοῦ ὑπὸ ἐπιθυμίας, ἀρχὴ αὕτη παράνομός ἐστιν
倘若理性的部分受怒氣或情慾所轄制,這樣的統治便是違法的。
And if the rational faculty be governed by anger or by desire, this rule is contrary to law.
1:1683
δεῖ οὖν τὸν σοφὸν εἰδέναι ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐπίστασθαι, ὅτι ἐπ' αὐτῷ γνῶσις πολλή ἐστιν, καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῷ, ἣν γιγνώσκειν ὀφείλει
所以智慧人必須認識並明白自己,就是那關乎他的知識是浩大的,也是那他當認識的關於自己的知識。
The wise man, therefore, must know and understand himself, that the knowledge concerning him is great, and likewise that which he ought to know concerning himself.
1:1684
ἐὰν γὰρ γνῷ, ὅτι πολλή ἐστιν ἐπ' αὐτὸν γνῶσιςε̣π̣ε̣ι`̣ δε̣ι῀̣ α̣υ̣τ̣ο`̣ν̣ γιγνώσκειν–, οὐκ ὀλίγα γνοὺς πεπαύσεται νομί ζων τετελειῶσθαι
因為他若曉得關乎他的知識是浩大的(既然他確實必須認識自己),那麼即使他所學不少,他也不會就此停下、以為自己已臻於完全。
For if he knows that the knowledge concerning him is great — since indeed he must come to know himself — then, having learned no little, he will not cease, supposing that he has already been made perfect.
1:1685
κἂν πᾶσαν ο̣ὐ῀̣ν τὴν ἐνδεχομένην ἐνταῦθα ὑπαρχθῆναι σύν εσιν καὶ γνῶσιν λάβῃ, οἶδεν ὅτι ἐκ μέρους γιγνώσκει καὶ οὐ παύσε τα̣ι̣ ὥς τινες ἤδη, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἐνεργεῖ πρὸς τὸ ἀναλαβεῖν καὶ ἄλλην γνῶσιν, κἂν γνῷ πάντα τὰ ὁρατά
縱使他領受了在此地所能得着的一切悟性與知識,他仍知道自己所知的乃是局部的,便不會像有些人那樣就此停下,反而仍要努力去獲取更多的知識,即或他認識了一切可見之物。
And even should he receive all the understanding and knowledge that can here be attained, he knows that he knows in part and will not cease, as some already have, but still labours to take up yet further knowledge, even should he come to know all things visible.
1:1686
καὶ, ὡς Σολομὼν λέγει, πάντων τῶν ὄντων λάβῃς γνῶσιν ἀψευδῆ, ἀναφέρων τὸν νοῦν ἑαυτοῦ ἐπὶ τὰ ἀόρατα οἶδεν, ὅτι ἐν πολλοῖς ἔχει γνῶσιν
並且,正如所羅門所說,他即或領受了對一切存在之物毫無虛假的知識,將自己的心思高舉到那不可見之物上,他仍知道自己的知識乃在於眾多的事上。
And, as Solomon says, though he should receive an unerring knowledge of all things that are, lifting his mind up to the things invisible, he knows that his knowledge lies in many matters.
1:1687
αἰσθητῶν γὰρ μόνων ἔχει ἀντίλημψιν
因為他所領會的僅是可感覺之物而已。
For he has apprehension of sensible things alone.
1:1688
δὲ μετ' ἐκεῖνα καὶ πέρα ὑπερβάλλοντα, οὐδέποτε πεπαύσεται τοῦ γιγνώσκειν, ἕως εἰς ἐκεῖνο τ̣ο`̣ πέρας̣ φθάσῃ ὡς γνῶναι τὸν θεὸν καθώς ἐστιν
至於那些超乎其上、遠遠超越的事物,他將永不止息地認識,直到他抵達那終極,就是照着神本相認識神。
But as for the things beyond those and far surpassing them, he will never cease from knowing, until he attain to that end which is to know God as He is.
1:1689
ἐπιστάνων ἑαυτῷ γνωστόν ἐστιν καὶ γνῶσις καὶ ἐπιστητόν ἐστιν καὶ ἐπι στήμη
那專注於自身的人,既是被知的對象,也是知識;既是可知之物,也是知識之學。
He who bends his attention upon himself is at once the known and knowledge, the knowable and the science.
1:1690
καὶ εἶπον καθόλου ταῦτα, ὅτι πολλάκις ψυχή, ὅτε φυτόν ἐστιν γεωρ- γούμενον, αὐτὴ ἔχει ἀμφοτέρων τοὺς λόγους
我籠統地說了這些話,因為靈魂往往在受栽培成為植株之時,自身便兼具二者之理。
And I have said these things in a general way, because often the soul, when it is a plant under cultivation, itself holds the principles of both.
1:1691
ἑαυτὴν γεωργεῖ, οὐκ ἄλλο τι γεωργεῖ·
它栽培自己,並不栽培別的什麼。
It cultivates itself; it cultivates nothing other.
1:1692
οὐ τὰ ἔξω ἑαυτῆς γεωργεῖ ὡς τὰ φυτὰ τὰ αἰσθητὰ γεωργῶν·
它不像那栽種可感覺植物的人那樣,去栽培自身以外之物。
It does not cultivate the things outside itself, as one who tills the sensible plants.
1:1693
οὐχ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιμέλεται, ἀλλὰ φυτῶν ἐστιν τεχνίτης
那樣的人並不照顧自己,卻是植物的匠人。
Such a one does not take care of himself, but is a craftsman of plants.
1:1694
ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν γιγνώσκων τί τὸ ἐσόμενον, ὅτι καθὼς ἔσται, τίς ἀναγγελεῖ αὐτῷ; διὰ τοῦτο πολλή ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γνῶσις. οὐδεὶς αἰσθήσει τὸ ἐσόμενον οἶδεν·
因為他並不知道將要發生的是什麼,既然事情將如何成就,有誰能告訴他呢?正因如此,關乎人的知識乃是浩大的。沒有人憑感官曉得那將要成就的事。
For he is not one who knows what shall be, since who shall declare to him how it will be? On this account the knowledge concerning man is great. No one knows by sense-perception the thing that is to be.
1:1695
τῶν παρόντων ἀντίλημψιν ἔχει αἴσθησις
感官所領會的乃是眼前之物。
Sense-perception has apprehension of things present.
1:1696
τὰ δὲ ἐσό-μενα οὔπω ὑφέστηκεν
然而將來之事尚未存有。
But the things to come do not yet have subsistence.
1:1697
οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν αἰσθητικὴ ἀντίλημψις τῶν μὴ ὑφεστη-κότων, ἀλλὰ γνωστικὴ θεωρία·
所以,對於尚無存有之物,並無感官的領會,惟有認知的默觀。
There is, then, no sense-apprehension of things that have no subsistence, but only a cognitive contemplation.
1:1698
ἐπιστήμη ἐστὶν θεωροῦσα τὸ ἐσόμενον
那默觀將來之事的,乃是知識之學。
It is scientific knowledge that contemplates what is to be.
1:1699
αὐτίκα γοῦν ἵνα δῶμεν, ὅτι ἐπίστανταί τινες τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐκ τῆς εἱμαρμένης, τὰ ἐσόμενα οὐκ ἴσασιν
因此,就算我們承認有些人明白那些照命運而發生的事,他們仍不知道那將要成就的事。
So then, straightway, granting that some understand the things that come to pass by fate, they yet do not know the things that shall be.
1:1700
εἰ μὴ γὰρ λάβῃ πάλι̣ν̣ ἀκολουθίαν, ὅτι ὅσδε ἀστὴρ κατὰ τόδε τὸ ζώδιον γέγονεν, τὰ ὄντα πάλιν γιγνώσκει, οὐ τὰ ἐσόμενα
因為他若不再一次把握其中的次序,就是某某星辰按某某星座而出現,他所認識的仍是現存之物,而非將來之物。
For unless he take up again the sequence — that such a star has come to be with respect to such a zodiacal sign — he knows again the things that are, not the things that are to be.
1:1701
κἄν ποτε γοῦν προγνωστικῶς περὶ ἐκλείψεως ἡλίου σελή-νης λέγουσιν, λαμβάνει πάλιν, ὅτι ἐὰν τόδε ὁδεύηται καὶ τοιάδε γένη-ται κατάστα̣σις τῶν ἀστέρων, τόδε ἀποτελεῖται
所以,他們縱然有時憑預測論說日食或月食,他們仍是再一次把握:若某軌道被行過、諸星辰形成某種佈局,某種結果便會產生。
And if ever, then, they speak by way of prognostication concerning an eclipse of the sun or moon, they again take it that, if this be traversed and such a configuration of the stars come about, this result is brought to pass.
1:1702
ἐξ ὄντων πάλιν λαμβάνει τὴν θεωρίαν, ἐκ τοῦ πολλάκις οὕτω γεγονέναι
他們仍是從現存之物取得其默觀,乃是根據此事屢次如此發生。
Again it is from things that are that they take their contemplation, from the fact that it has often come to pass thus.
1:1703
ὅτι καθὼς ἔσται, τίς ἀναγγελεῖ αὐτῷ; παρετηρήσαντό τινες περὶ διαφορᾶς μέλλοντος καὶ ἐσομένου
「事將如何成就,有誰能告訴他呢?」有些人曾仔細觀察那「即將」與那「將要」之間的分別。
For 'how it shall be, who shall declare to him?' Some have made careful observation concerning the difference between what is about to be and what shall be.
1:1704
μέλλον λέγετ̣α̣ι̣ τ̣ο`̣ α̣ι̣σ̣θη̣τικ̣ῶς̣ δυν̣άμεν̣ο̣ν̣ ὑπάρξα̣ι, ἔσεσθαι δὲ λέγο̣υ̣σ̣ιν τὰ ὥσπερ ἐννοητά τινα ὄντα καὶ ἐν θεωρίᾳ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν ἔχοντα·
那能以可感覺的方式出現的,被稱為「即將」;至於那些彷彿是某種可思之實在、其次序存於默觀之中的,他們則稱之為「將要」。
That is called 'about to be' which is capable of coming into existence in a perceptible manner, while they say 'shall be' of those things which are, as it were, certain intelligible realities and hold their sequence within contemplation.
1:1705
ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ μεθ' ὑμῶν πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου . οὐκ̣ εἶπεν ὅτι ὑστερίζω τοῦτο
「看哪,我天天與你們同在,直到這世代的末了。」祂並沒有說「我在此有所欠缺」。
'Behold, I am with you all the days, unto the consummation of this age.' He did not say, 'I fall short of this.'
1:1706
ἄλλο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ ἔστ̣ιν̣ κ̣α̣ὶ τὸ ἔσεται
因為「現是」是一回事,「將是」是另一回事。
For 'it is' is one thing, and 'it shall be' another.
1:1707
τὸ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν φύσεως ἀποβαῖνον τοῦτο λέγεται ἔσεσθαι, μέλλει̣ν δὲ τὸ αἰσθητικῶς μὴ παρόν, δ̣υνα´̣μ̣ενον̣ δὲ ὑπαρχθῆναι
那照着本性之真理而生成的,被稱為「將要成就之物」;而「即將之物」則是那在感官上尚不臨在、卻能夠出現之物。
That which comes about in accord with the truth of nature is said to be 'that which shall be,' but 'that which is about to be' is that which is not perceptibly present, yet is capable of coming into existence.
1:1708
οὐ πέφυκ̣εν ἄρτι γενέσθαι βροντή; οὐ λέγω περ̣ὶ αὐτῆς ὅτι ἔσε-ται, ἀλλ' ὅτι μέλλει τὸ μέλλον·
雷聲豈不是隨時都可能發生嗎?我論到它,並不說「它將要成就」,乃說「那迫近之事即將發生」。
Is not thunder wont to come to be at any moment? I do not say of it that 'it shall be,' but that 'the imminent is about to be.'
1:1709
τὸ δὲ ἐσόμενον σ̣υ̣ν̣-άπτεται τῷ αυ̣τ̣ῷ προλαβόντι, ἐὰν αἴτιον καὶ αἰτίαν ἐ´̣χ̣ῃ
然而那「將要成就之物」乃是與那在先者相連的,倘若它有其原因與根據。
But that which shall be is joined to that which has preceded it, if it have a cause and a ground.
1:1710
π̣ρ̣ο`̣ς̣ τὸ αἰτιατὸν οὐ λέγω μέλλειν, ἀλλὰ ἔσεσθαι
至於那被促成之物,我並不說「它即將發生」,乃說「它將要成就」。
With respect to that which is caused, I do not say 'it is about to be,' but 'it shall be.'
1:1711
οὗ γὰρ αἰτίου τυγχάνοντος, συνπε´̣πλεκται ὕπαρξις ἐκείνου, πάντως ἔσετ̣αι τοῦτο
因為當那原因臨在,而那物之存有與之相繫時,這物便必然成就。
For when the cause is present, with which the existence of that thing is bound up, that thing shall assuredly be.
1:1712
τὰ οὕτως οὖν ἐσό-μενα οὐκέτι τις ἦν ἐπιστάμενος, εἰ μὴ θεὸς φανερῶτ̣αι, εἰ μὴ ἀλή-θεια ἐπιστήσῃ τὸν νοῦν εἰς γ̣νῶσι̣ν
那麼,凡以此方式將要成就之物,再沒有人能知曉,除非神顯明出來,除非真理使人的心思專注於知識。
The things, then, that shall be in this way, no one was any longer able to know, unless God be made manifest, unless the truth set the mind upon knowledge.
1:1713
ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἔσομαι μεθ' ὑμῶν, οὐ μέλλω ἔσεσθαι
「看哪,我將與你們同在」——我並非僅僅即將如此而已。
'Behold, I shall be with you' — I am not merely about to be.
1:1714
καὶ γὰρ ἀπεντεῦθέν̣ ε̣ἰμι π̣α̣ρ̣' υ̣μῖν, ἀπεντεῦθεν μεθ' ὑμῶν ὑπάρχω καὶ ἔσομαι ἐπὶ πασῶν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ αἰῶνος
因為就從此刻起我便在你們中間;從此刻起我與你們同在,並要在這世代的一切日子裏與你們同在。
For even from this present moment I am among you; from this present moment I am with you and shall be throughout all the days of the age.
1:1715
καὶ ἵνα σαφέστερον εἴπω, χρῶνται οἱ ἄνθρωποι καὶ γνώσει καὶ αἰσθή-σει
為要說得更明白些:人既運用知識,也運用感官。
And that I may speak more plainly: men make use both of knowledge and of sense-perception.
1:1716
ὅταν μὴ παρῇ τὰ αἰσθητά, μέλλει τούτων ἔσεσθαι ἀντίλημψις·
當可感覺之物不在眼前時,對它們的領會乃是即將發生的。
When the sensible things are not present, the apprehension of them is about to be.
1:1717
οὐδὲ ἀπεντεῦθεν ἀντιλαμβάνεται, ὅταν τὸ μὴ παρὸν οὐκ αἰσθάνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ ἤδη ὑφεστηκός
他也不是從此刻就領會,因為他所感覺的不是那不臨在之物,乃是那已然存有之物。
Nor does he apprehend from this present moment, when he does not perceive that which is not present, but that which already has subsistence.
1:1718
ὅταν δὲ ἐπιστημονικὴν ἔχῃ θεωρίαν, καὶ ἑκάστῳ προβλήματι ἀπο-δεικτικῷ ἐπιβάλλει·
然而當他擁有知識性的默觀時,他也能着手處理每一個可證明的課題。
But when he possesses a scientific contemplation, he applies himself also to each demonstrative problem.
1:1719
ἤδη ἔχων τὴν γνῶσιν καὶ ἔχει αὐτὴν ἐσομένην
他既已擁有那知識,便也持守它作為那將要長存之物。
Already having the knowledge, he holds it also as one that shall abide.
1:1720
οὐ γὰρ ἀφίπταται ὡς αἰσθητικὴ ἀντίλημψις
因為它不像感官的領會那樣飛逝而去。
For it does not fly away, as sense-apprehension does.
1:1721
καὶ τόπος γοῦν τις ἐπιχειρεῖται τοιοῦτος σοφιςτικὸς μᾶλλον διαλεκ- τικός, ὅτι ὑπὲρ γῆν ἐστιν ἥλιος καὶ φαίνεται τότε τοιαύτη αὐτοῦ κίνη-σις, ὅταν ἡμέρᾳ ᾖν, ὅταν ὑποκείμενος ἀὴρ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ φωτίζηται
在此有人試圖提出一種論證,與其說是辯證的,不如說是詭辯的:即太陽在地之上,而它這樣的運行惟有在白晝、在其下的空氣被它照亮之時,才顯現出來。
And there is a certain line of argument here attempted, sophistical rather than dialectical: that the sun is above the earth, and such a motion of it is then apparent, when it is day, when the underlying air is illumined by it.
1:1722
ὅταν δέ, φησίν, δύνῃ, οὐκ ἴσμεν, εἰ ἔστιν οὐκ ἔστιν
他說:「但當它落下時,我們就不知道它究竟存在還是不存在。」
'But when it sets,' he says, 'we do not know whether it is or is not.'
1:1723
κἂν γὰρ τιθώμεθα, δέ, φησίν, δύνῃ, οὐκ ἴσμεν, εἰ ἔστιν οὐκ ἔστιν
「因為縱然我們假定它」——他說,「但當它落下時,我們就不知道它究竟存在還是不存在。」
'For even if we suppose it' — 'but when it sets,' he says, 'we do not know whether it is or is not.'
1:1724
κἂν γὰρ τιθώμεθα, ὅτι ἔστιν, ὑπολήμψει τινὶ τοῦτο ἔχομεν
「因為即使我們斷定它存在,我們所憑的也不過是某種臆測而已。」
'For even if we lay it down that it is, we hold this by some supposition.'
1:1725
εἰ δὲ οὐ φαίνεται, οὐκ ἴσμεν, εἰ ὑπάρχει οὐχ ὑπάρχει
「然而它若不顯現,我們便不知道它是否存有。」
'But if it does not appear, we do not know whether it subsists or does not subsist.'
1:1726
εἶπον δέ, ὅτι σοφιστικόν ἐστιν τὸ ἐπιχείρημα τοῦ-το
但我已說過,這試圖提出的論證乃是詭辯的。
But I have said that this attempted argument is sophistical.
1:1727
πρὸς τοὺς ὁρισμοὺς ἐκδέχονται τὰ πράγματα
他們是照着定義來看待事物的。
They interpret matters in the light of definitions.
1:1728
τινὲς ὡρίσαν-το τὸν ἥλιον εἶναι ἄστρον ἡμεροφανές
有些人給太陽下的定義是:一顆在白晝顯現的星辰。
Some defined the sun to be a star appearing by day.
1:1729
καὶ ὡς διαφορὰν ἔλαβεν τὸ ἡμερο- φανές
並且他們以「在白晝顯現」作為它的種差。
And as its differentia they took 'appearing by day.'
1:1730
δεῖ δὲ τὰς διαφορὰς ὑπάρχειν ἀεὶ τοῖς ὁριστοῖς·
然而種差必須恆常屬於那被定義之物。
But the differentiae must always belong to the things defined.
1:1731
εἰ τοίνυν ὡς διαφορὰ τοῦ η̣λ̣ίου̣ ε̣λ̣η´̣φ̣θ̣η̣, ὁ´̣τι ἡμεροφανὲς ἄστρον ἐστίν, ἐὰν μὴ ἡμέρα, ου̣κ̣ ἔχει τὴν διαφορὰν τὴν ἐν τῷ ὁρισμῷ
那麼,倘若以「一顆在白晝顯現的星辰」作為太陽的種差,一旦不是白晝,它便不具備那包含在定義中的種差。
If, then, it was taken as a differentia of the sun that it is a star appearing by day, should it not be day, it does not have the differentia contained in the definition.
1:1732
ὅθεν ἄδηλον, εἰ ἔστιν οὐκ ἔστιν
由此便無從確定它究竟存在還是不存在。
Whence it is uncertain whether it is or is not.
1:1733
προλαβὼν δὲ ε̣ἶπ̣ον ὅτι σόφισμά ἐστιν·
然而我早已先行說過,這乃是一個詭辯。
But taking it up beforehand I have said that it is a sophism.
1:1734
οὐδὲ ἐπιστημο̣ν̣ι̣-κ̣ὸν θεώρημά ἐστιν οὐδὲ διαλεκ̣τι̣κὸν προ´̣βλημα
它既非知識性的定理,也非辯證性的課題。
It is neither a scientific theorem nor a dialectical problem.
1:1735
πνεῦμα τὸ διοικοῦν τὰ ὅλα
「那治理萬有的靈。」
'The spirit that governs all things.'
1:1736
κ̣ατα`̣ τ̣ὸ πρόχειρον καὶ τὸ ῥητὸν οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος̣ ο̣ ἐξουσιάζων ἐν πνεύματι, ἵνα λ̣άβῃς τὴν κίνησιν τοῦ ἀέρος πνεῦμα, τουτέστιν τὸν ἄνε-μον
按着現成而字面的意思,「並無人有權柄管理那氣息」,以致你當把空氣的流動理解為「靈」,也就是風。
According to the ready and literal sense, 'there is no man who has authority over the spirit,' so that you should take the motion of the air as 'spirit,' that is, the wind.
1:1737
μὴ γὰρ ἐξουσιάζει πολλὰ κ̣αθὸ οὐ βούλεται ἄνεμον εἶναι
難道他能因不願有風就管轄眾多之事嗎?
For does he have authority over the many things, in that he does not will there to be wind?
1:1738
καὶ οὐ δύνα-τ̣αι̣ α̣γαγεῖν αὐτόν, οὐ δυ κωλῦσαι δύναται τ̣ὸν̣ φ̣ιλ̣ου῀̣ντα ἂν βλάπ-τειν
他既不能招來它,也不能攔阻它去傷害那喜愛它的人。
And he cannot bring it on, nor can he hinder it when it would harm one who loves it.
1:1739
οἱ πλέοντές ε̣ι̣σιν ου̣κ ἔχοντες ἐξουσίαν, κἂν ἄριςτοι̣ κ̣υβερνῆται ὦσιν, ὥστε ἀγαγεῖν πνοὴν πα̣ράλληλον τοῖς πλέουσιν, οὐδὲ πα̣υ῀̣σαι αὐ-τ̣ὴν σφοδρωτάτην καὶ βλαπτικήν
航海之人並無權柄,縱然他們是最出色的舵手,也不能使一陣與航行者平行的風吹來,也不能在風最猛烈、最有害時使它止息。
Those who sail have no authority, even should they be the most excellent pilots, to bring a breath of wind parallel to those who sail, nor to still it when it is most violent and harmful.
1:1740
κ̣ατα`̣ τὸ πρόχειρον οὖν οὕτω λημπτέ-ον
所以,按着現成的意思,當如此理解。
According to the ready sense, then, it is to be taken thus.
1:1741
ἐπειδὴ δὲ πολλάκις ψυχὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λ̣ε´̣γεται πνεῦμα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἔχων ἐο̣υσίαν ὥστε παραμεῖναι τὴν ψυχὴν ἀφε̣ι῀̣ν̣α̣ι̣ αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ζῴου
然而,既然人的靈魂常被稱為「靈」,便沒有人有權柄使靈魂存留,或使它從活物身上離去。
But since often the soul of man is called 'spirit,' there is no one who has authority so as to make the soul remain, or to release it from the living being.
1:1742
ἀπόστειλον τὸν ἄρτον σου ἐπὶ πρόσωπον τοῦ ὕδατος , ὅτι ἐν πλήθει τῶν ἡμερῶν εὑρήσεις αὐ τόν·
「當將你的糧食撒在水面上,因為日久必能得着。」
'Send forth your bread upon the face of the water, for in the multitude of the days you shall find it.'
1:1743
δὸς μερίδα τοῖς ἑπτὰ καί γε τοῖς ὀκτώ
「當分給七人,甚至分給八人。」
'Give a portion to the seven, and even to the eight.'
1:1744
̣,α̣ λέξις αὕτη οὐδὲν ἔχει πρὸς ῥητόν
這句話並無任何合乎字面之意。
This saying has nothing pertaining to the literal sense.
1:1745
ποῖον γὰρ ἐφ̣' ἱστορίας ὠφέλιμόν ἐστιν τὸν ἄρτον, ὅν τις ἔχει, ἐπὶ πρόσωπον τοῦ ὕδ̣ατο̣ς ἐκπέμπειν; μᾶλλον ἄχρηστον αὐτὸν ποιεῖ
因為在史實的層面上,把人所擁有的糧食撒在水面上,有什麼益處呢?這反倒使它成為無用之物。
For what profit is there, on the level of history, in sending forth upon the face of the water the bread which one has? Rather it renders it useless.
1:1746
δεῖ οὖν πρὸς διάνοιαν μόνην καὶ ἀναγωγὴν τὴν λέ ξιν ταύτην λ̣αβ̣εῖν
所以,人必須惟獨按着深意與屬靈提升的解法來領受這句話。
One must, then, take this saying with reference to the deeper meaning and the anagogical sense alone.
1:1747
πολλαχοῦ τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀν θρώπων τῷ ὀνόματι τ̣ούτῳ προσαγορεύεται·
在神聖教訓的許多處,眾多的人乃是以此名相稱的。
In many places of the divine instructions the multitude of men is addressed by this name.
1:1748
ῥῦσαί με, φησίν, ἐξ ὑδάτων πολλῶν, ἐκ χειρὸς υἱῶν ἀλλοτρίων·
他說:「求你搭救我脫離大水,脫離外邦人之子的手。」
'Deliver me,' he says, 'out of many waters, from the hand of the sons of strangers.'
1:1749
ὕδατα πολλὰ εἴρηκεν τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους τῆς θεοσε βείας υἱούς
他以「大水」指那些與敬畏神隔絕之人的子孫。
By 'many waters' he has meant the sons estranged from the fear of God.
1:1750
καὶ πάλιν πολλ̣αι`̣ ἄλλαι εἰσι`̣ν γρα φαὶ τοῦτο διδάσ̣κουσαι·
此外,還有許多別的經文教導此事。
And again, there are many other Scriptures that teach this.
1:1751
λέγεται γοῦν ὅτι δίδωσιν θεὸς ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τ̣α̣···
無論如何,經上說神將水賜下……
It is said, at any rate, that God gives upon the water the...
1:1752
α κα̣ι`̣ οὐκ εὑρίσκον ται ἐφ̣' ἱστ̣ο̣ρ̣ι´̣ας λαμβανόμενα
……而這些若按字面史實來理解,是找不到根據的。
...and these are not found to be taken in a literal-historical sense.
1:1753
δύναται δὲ τὸ πλῆθ̣ο̣ς̣ τ̣ω῀̣ν̣ α̣ν̣θρώπων σημαίνειν τ̣ὸ ὕδ̣ωρ
這水也可以表示眾多的人。
The water can also signify the multitude of human beings.
1:1754
δ̣ε̣ι῀̣ δ̣ὲ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον τοῦ τοιούτου ὕδατος το`̣ν̣ ἀ´̣ρ̣τ̣ον τῆς σωτηρίας τὸν τρέφοντα ψυχὴν ἀπο̣ στέλλειν
人必須將那滋養靈魂、帶來救恩的餅,撒在這樣的水面上。
One must send forth upon the face of such water the bread of salvation which nourishes the soul.
1:1755
τοῦτο λέγει ει ·α̣ι̣··κ̣?···
他所指的正是這個……
This is what he means...
1:1756
ὑ´̣δωρ εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἀπόστειλον, μὴ φείσῃ τὸν ἄρτον·
……是水;然而你要撒出去,不要吝惜這餅。
...that it is water; but send it forth, do not spare the bread.
1:1757
σήψει γὰρ τὸ ὕδωρ τ·αφ·······
因為那水會使它腐爛……
For the water will make it rot...
1:1758
πάλιν π̣ρὸς ἀναγωγὴν δ̣ε`̣ ἑτέραν ῥηθείη τοῦτο·
再者,這話也可以按另一種屬靈的引申意義來說。
Again, this could be spoken with a view to yet another spiritual interpretation.
1:1759
ἄρτος οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν αἰσθητός, ἀλλ̣ὰ περὶ οὗ λέγε ται ὅτι ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκεν ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς
這餅不是可感知的物質之餅,而是那被稱為「從天上降下來生命之糧」的餅。
This bread is not the sensible one, but that of which it is said that 'the bread of life has come down from heaven.'
1:1760
δεῖ τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον μετὰ τὸ καθάρσιον τῆς ψυχῆς αἴρεσ θαι ὡς τὸ ἐπιθυμήσας σοφίαν διατήρησον ἐντολάς, καὶ κύριος χορηγήσει σοι αὐτήν
人必須在靈魂得潔淨之後才取用這餅,正如所說:「你若渴慕智慧,就當遵守誡命,主必將她賜給你。」
One must take up this bread after the purification of the soul, as it is said: 'If you desire wisdom, keep the commandments, and the Lord will bestow her upon you.'
1:1761
πρῶτον καθάρσιον δέχῃκαθάρισόν σου τὴν ψυχήν, τὴν ψυχήν σου λάμπρυνονκαὶ οὕτω τὸν ἄρτον ἐπάνω τ̣οῦ ὕδατος, τὸ ἐπάνω προσσημαίνει τὸ μετά
你首先領受潔淨——潔淨你的靈魂,使你的靈魂發光——然後才在水面上取這餅;「上面」一詞乃是指「之後」。
First you receive the purification—cleanse your soul, make your soul radiant—and thus take the bread upon the water; the word 'upon' indicates 'after.'
1:1762
̣, καὶ λέγει ὅτι ἴσθι ὅτι ἐν πλήθει ἡμερῶν σου εὑρίσκεις τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον
他又說:你當知道,在你眾多的日子裡你必尋見這餅。
And he says: know that in the multitude of your days you will find this bread.
1:1763
οὐ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος ζῆν ἐνεργεῖ καὶ τρέφει, α̣λλὰ καὶ ἐν πλήθει ἡμερῶν
它不僅在今生運行並滋養,也在眾多的日子裡如此。
It is not only for the present life that it works and nourishes, but also in a multitude of days.
1:1764
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ὅτι, ὅσω̣ν φωτισμοὶ πολλοὶ γί νο̣νται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης, πλῆθος ἡμερῶν ἔχεις κατὰ τὸ μακρότητι ἡμερῶν ἐνπλήσω αὐτὸν καὶ ἔσῃ πολυήμερος
也可以這樣理解:你從公義的太陽所領受的光照越多,你就有越多的日子,正如所說:「我要使他享長壽得滿足,你必得享眾多的日子。」
It is also possible to understand it thus: that in proportion as many illuminations come from the Sun of righteousness, you have a multitude of days, according to the saying, 'With length of days will I satisfy him, and you shall be full of days.'
1:1765
εὑρήσεις τὸν ἄρτον ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῶν μερῶν
你必在眾多的日子裡尋見這餅。
You will find the bread in the multitude of the days.
1:1766
ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον, ὅσον φωτίζῃ, εὑ ρίσκεις τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας ἄρτον, τὸν τῆς ζωῆς, ἵνα σπορὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης τὸ ὕδωρ ἦν καὶ μετὰ σπορα`̣ν̣ τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ἐπάνω, σπείρῃς τὸν τρύγητον καὶ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ τὴν γνῶσιν
你越受光照,就越發尋見真理的餅、生命的餅;如此公義的種子便是那水,而在撒下公義的種子之後——在其上——你可以撒下收成,以及對真光的認識。
Still more and more, the more you are illumined, you find the bread of truth, the bread of life, so that the seed of righteousness was the water, and after the sowing of righteousness—upon it—you may sow the harvest and the knowledge of the true light.
1:1767
ἐπὶ ψεκτοῦ ὕδατος ἐνεργήσει ἄρ τος ἐπαινετός;οὐ λέγομεν ἐπ̣ι`̣ ψεκτοῦ ὕδατος, ἀλλ' ὥσπερ λέ γομεν τὸν ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ σκότει πορευόμενον̣ προσ ιέναι τῷ φω̣τὶ καὶ οὐ λέγομεν ὅτι μένοντ̣ε̣ς ἐν γνοίᾳ καὶ ἀγνωσίᾳ πλησιάζουσιν τῷ φωτί·
那可稱讚的餅豈能在可責備的水上運行嗎?——我們並不是說在可責備的水上;乃是好像我們說,那在無知與黑暗中行走的人來到光那裡,而我們並不是說他們一面停留在無知與蒙昧中,一面又親近光。
Will the praiseworthy bread work upon blameworthy water?—We do not say upon blameworthy water; but just as we say that the one walking in ignorance and darkness comes to the light, and we do not say that they draw near to the light while remaining in ignorance and want of knowledge.
1:1768
σ̣υν δ̣υαςμὸς λύει καὶ τὰ πρῶτα
這連接詞也消解了前面的那些說法。
The conjunction dissolves also the preceding statements.
1:1769
οὕτω γοῦν καὶ τὸ δεῦτε πρὸς ἐμὲ πάντες οἱ κοπιάσαντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, οὐχ ἵνα μείνητε πεφορτισμένοι, ἐγὼ γὰρ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς
照樣,那句「凡勞苦擔重擔的人,都到我這裡來」也是如此——並非要你們仍舊擔著重擔,因為「我要使你們得安息」。
So then, likewise the saying 'Come to me, all you who labour and are heavy laden'—not that you should remain heavy laden, for 'I will give you rest.'
1:1770
σὺν ἡδονῇ πράττων τὴν ἁμαρτί αν βαρυτάτην οὖσαν οὐ βαρεῖται, οὐ φορτίζεται, οὐ δοκεῖ κακὸν υ̣φ̣ι´̣στασθαι
那帶著快樂犯罪的人,雖然罪極其沉重,卻不覺其重;他不覺得被壓負,也不認為自己正在承受任何禍患。
The one who commits sin with pleasure is not weighed down by it, though it is most heavy; he is not burdened, he does not think he is undergoing any evil.
1:1771
ὅταν δὲ αἰσθηθῇ οἷον βάρος καὶ ἄχθος ἔχει ἁμαρτία, τότε φορτίζεται καὶ κοπι καὶ π̣ρ̣όσεισιν τῷ ἀναπαύοντι
但當他覺察到罪具有何等的重量與負擔時,他就被壓負、勞苦,並親近那賜安息的主。
But when he perceives what a weight and burden sin has, then he is burdened and labours and draws near to the one who gives rest.
1:1772
τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ ἐν Ἰσαΐᾳ λεγόμενον ὅτι ἐκοπ̣ίασεν Αἴγυπτος, ἐμπορία Αἰθιόπωνκατὰ κοινοῦ δηλονότι̣ ἐμπορία ἐμ̣πόριακα̣ι`̣ ο̣ι̣ Σαβαὶτ ἄνδρες ὑψηλοὶκα̣ὶ αυ̣τοὶ ἐκοπίασαν̣·
以賽亞書中所說的也是如此:「埃及勞苦,古實的貨物」——顯然這是通用地說,或作「貨物」或作「商人」——「還有西巴人,身量高大的人」——他們也都勞苦了。
Such also is what is said in Isaiah: 'Egypt has laboured, and the merchandise of the Ethiopians'—taken in common, evidently, either 'merchandise' or 'merchants'—'and the Sabaeans, men of high stature'—and they too have laboured.
1:1773
καὶ λέγει εὐθέως ὁ´̣τ̣ι̣ ἐπὶ σὲ προσ ίασιν, ὅτε
他隨即說「他們必歸向你」,就是當——
And immediately he says that 'they will come over to you,' when—
1:1774
ὅτε προσεληλύθασιν, τότε̣ προσκυνήσουσίν σοι ·········ε̣········?
當他們前來時,那時他們必向你下拜……
When they have come, then they will bow down before you...
1:1775
ἀδύνα τόν ἐστιν προσιέναι τῷ φωτὶ ·········
親近光乃是不可能的……
It is impossible to approach the light...
1:1776
κα̣ι`̣ τῇ ἀρετῇ τὸν μ̣·····οντα ἐν τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ κακίᾳ·
……以及親近美德,對那停留在無知與惡行中的人而言。
...and to virtue, for the one who remains in ignorance and vice.
1:1777
ὅσον γὰρ ἥδεται καὶ τέρπεται οὐ πρόσεισιν
因為只要他仍以此為樂、以此為快,他就不肯親近。
For as long as he takes delight and pleasure, he does not draw near.
1:1778
δὸς μερίδα τοῖς ἑπτὰ καί γε τοῖς ὀκτώ
「你要分給七人,也要分給八人。」
'Give a portion to the seven, and also to the eight.'
1:1779
θεωρεῖς ὅτι ἐπιφορὰ τοῦ ἑξῆς στίχου οὐκ ἐπιτρέ πει πρὸς ῥητὸν τὸ ἐξαπόστειλον τὸν ἄρτον σου λαβεῖν
你看,下一節的接續使我們不能把「撒出你的餅」單按字面意思來理解。
You see that the sequel of the following verse does not permit us to take 'send forth your bread' in a merely literal sense.
1:1780
δίδωσιν μέρος τοῖς ἑπτὰ προσιέμενος τὴν παλαι ὰν γραφὴν τὴν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ ςωτῆρος·
那接受舊約聖經、即救主降臨之前的聖經的人,就是分給七人的。
He gives a portion to the seven who admits the Old Scripture, that which was before the coming of the Saviour.
1:1781
κα λεῖται δὲ ἑπτὰ διὰ τὸν σαββατισμόν
之所以稱為「七」,是因為安息日的緣故。
And it is called 'seven' because of the Sabbath observance.
1:1782
δίδωσιν μέρος τοῖς ὀκτὼ παραδεξάμενος τὴν τοῦ ςωτῆρος ἀνά στασιν·
那領受救主復活的人,就是分給八人的。
He gives a portion to the eight who receives the resurrection of the Saviour.
1:1783
μετὰ γὰρ τὸ σάββατον γενομένη α̣ὕτη ἐστίν
因為這事發生在安息日之後。
For this occurred after the Sabbath.
1:1784
οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τοῖς ἑπτὰ διδόντες οὐ δεδώκασιν τοῖς ὀκτὼ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐσώθησαν
猶太人分給了七人,卻沒有分給八人,因此他們沒有得救。
The Jews, giving to the seven, have not given to the eight, and therefore they were not saved.
1:1785
οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσεων πάλιν παραιτοῦνται τὸν νόμον καὶ τὴν παλαιὰν γραφήν·
反過來,那些屬於異端的人卻拒絕律法與舊約聖經。
Those of the heresies, on the other hand, refuse the Law and the Old Scripture.
1:1786
διὰ τὸ μὴ διδόναι τοῖς ἑπτὰ μερίδα ἐξ έπεσαν τοῦ σκοποῦ
因為他們不分給七人,就偏離了標的。
Because they do not give a portion to the seven, they have fallen away from the mark.
1:1787
καὶ ἵνα ἀκριβέστερον εἴπω, οὐ δὲ Ἰουδαῖος μὴ διδοὺς τοῖς ὀκτὼ μερίδα δίδωσιν τοῖς ἑπτά, οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν δίδωσιν τοῖς ὀκτὼ μὴ διδοὺς μέρος τοῖς ἑπτά, τοῖς προαναφωνήσασιν τὴν ὀγδοάδα
更確切地說,那不分給八人的猶太人,其實也沒有真正分給七人;而那從外邦來的人,若不分給那預先宣告了第八日的七人,也就沒有真正分給八人。
And to speak more precisely, the Jew who does not give a portion to the eight does not really give to the seven either, nor does the one from the Gentiles give to the eight if he does not give a portion to the seven, who proclaimed in advance the Ogdoad.
1:1788
καὶ ὥσπερ ἐὰν λέγομεν ὅτι ἔστιν ἦθος ἔχειν ῥερυθμισμένον ἄνευ θείας γνώσεως καὶ δοκεῖν θείαν γνῶσιν ἔχειν ἄνευ πρακτικοῦ βίου, καὶ λέγομεν ὅτι πρα κτικὸς βίος ἄνευ γνώσεως, θεωρητικὸς β̣ίος ἄνευ πράξε ως, τὸ δὲ ὅλον οὐδὲ οὗτος ὠφελεῖ οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνος
又好像我們說,一個人可能有端正的品格卻沒有屬神的知識,也可能看似有屬神的知識卻沒有實際的生活;我們也說,沒有知識的實踐生活,與沒有實踐的默想生活——總的來說,這一種與那一種都無益處。
And just as if we should say that it is possible to have a well-ordered character without divine knowledge, and to seem to have divine knowledge without a practical life, we also say that a practical life without knowledge, and a contemplative life without practice—on the whole neither this one nor that one is of benefit.
1:1789
ἐκεῖ νος γὰρ τοῦ συνεζευγμένου ἀπολειπόμενος ἀσθενέστερός ἐστιν καὶ ἀνωφελής
因為那一種既失去了與它相配的另一半,就更軟弱、無用。
For that one, being deprived of its yoke-fellow, is weaker and useless.
1:1790
ἐκκλησιαστικῶς μόνως φρονῶν, ἐκεῖνος δίδωσιν καὶ τοῖς ἑπτὰ καὶ τοῖς ὀκτὼ μερίδα
那唯獨按照教會的心思而思想的人,他既分給七人,也分給八人。
The one who is minded solely in accordance with the Church—he gives a portion both to the seven and to the eight.
1:1791
ἑτερολέξως ε̣ν̣ τῷ Μιχέᾳ λέξι̣ς δ̣ιάνοιαν ταύ την ἔχουσα·
以不同的措辭,彌迦書中有一段話含有這同樣的意思。
In different words, there is a passage in Micah having this same meaning.
1:1792
λέγει ἐκεῖ γὰρ καὶ αὕτη ἔσται εἰρήνη, ὅτ αν Ἀσσοὺρ ἐπέλθῃ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὑμῶν καὶ ὅταν δράμῃ ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρια ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐπεγερθήσονται ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἑπτὰ ποιμένες καὶ ὀκτὼ δήγματα ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ποιμανοῦσιν τὸν Ἀσσοὺρ καὶ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ καὶ τὴν γῆν τοῦ Νεβρὼν ἐν τῇ τάφρῳ αὐτῆς
因為那裡他也說:「這必作平安。當亞述來到你的地、踏入你的境界時,必有七個牧者和八個人的咬齧興起攻擊他,他們必用刀牧養亞述,並用壕溝牧養尼布倫之地。」
For there too he says: 'And this shall be peace, when Assyria comes upon your land and when he runs upon your borders; and there shall be raised up against him seven shepherds and eight bites of men, and they shall shepherd Assyria with the sword, and the land of Nebron with its trench.'
1:1793
τὸ μέρος τ̣οῦ ρ̣ητοῦ τούτου τινὲς ἐξήτασαν λέγοντες ὅτι πῶς εἰρήνη γίνεται, ὅταν ἐπ̣ έλθ̣ῃ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν Ἀσσοὺρ καὶ ὅταν ἐπιβῇ ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρια αὐτῆς; τ̣ότε τάραχον ἐργάζεται
有些人查考了這段話的一部分,問道:當亞述來到我們靈魂的地上、踏入其境界時,怎能有平安呢?因為那時他所作的是攪擾。
Some have examined a portion of this passage, asking how there comes to be peace when Assyria comes upon the land of our soul and when he steps upon its borders; for then he works turmoil.
1:1794
καὶ ἔλεγον τοῦτο ὅτι ὅσον μακράν ἐστιν οὗτος ο····
他們又說:只要這一位還遠離……
And they said this: that as long as this one is far off...
1:1795
··–πονηρὰ δὲ δύναμίς ἐστιν̣, ?
……——它乃是一種邪惡的權勢……
...—and it is an evil power...
1:1796
α̣υ̣τ̣ὸς διάβολοςἡττᾶται πρὸς ὑμῶν
……就是魔鬼自己——他被你們所勝。
...the devil himself—he is worsted by you.
1:1797
ὅταν δὲ ἐγγίσῃ καὶ πλησιάσῃ καὶ ι̣σ̣χυ̣ροὺς εὑ´̣ρ̣ῃ, τότε καταλυ´̣ε̣τ̣α̣ι̣
但當他前來親近、遇見剛強的人時,那時他就被摧毀。
But when he draws near and approaches and finds strong men, then he is brought to nothing.
1:1798
τοιοῦτόν τι καὶ πρὸ ὀλίγου μνημονευθέντος τοῦ ἐν σαΐᾳ εἶπον·
類似的話,我在稍早提到以賽亞書中那段時也曾說過。
Something similar I said also a little earlier concerning what is in Isaiah, which was mentioned.
1:1799
πρὶν γνῶναι τὸ παιδίον καλεῖν πατέρα μητέρα, λήμψεται δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ καὶ τὰ σκῦλα τῆς Σα μαρίας ἀπέναντι Ἀσσοὺρ τοῦ βασιλέως
「在這孩子還不曉得叫父叫母之先,他必在亞述王面前奪取大馬士革的財力和撒瑪利亞的擄物。」
'Before the child knows how to call father or mother, he shall take the power of Damascus and the spoils of Samaria, in the presence of the king of Assyria.'
1:1800
οὐ μέγα ἦν, εἰ εἰλήφει τὴν δύναμιν Δαμασκοῦ, τουτέστιν τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ τὰ σκῦλα τῆς Σαμαρίας λαβὼν παραδώσει, εἰ ἀπῇ ̓Ασσύριος
他若奪取了大馬士革的財力,就是那些邦國,並奪取撒瑪利亞的擄物加以交付,倘若那時亞述人不在場,這也算不得什麼大事。
It would be no great thing if he had taken the power of Damascus, that is, the nations, and having taken the spoils of Samaria should hand them over, if the Assyrian were absent.
1:1801
ὡς ἐάν τις κρατῇ χώρας ἀπόντος τοῦ κρα τοῦντος βασιλέως καὶ λάβῃ αὐτήν, οὐ μέγα ἐστὶν οὐδὲ εἰ ρήνη ἐστὶν ἀσφαλής·
這就好像有人趁掌權的王不在時佔據一地並奪取它:這算不得什麼大事,那平安也不牢靠。
It is as when someone seizes a country while the ruling king is absent and takes it: it is no great thing, nor is the peace secure.
1:1802
ἐπελθὼν γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐκδικήσει τὰ λημφθέντα τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ
因為當那一位回來時,他必為那趁他不在時被奪去的加以報復。
For when that one comes, he will avenge what was taken in his absence.
1:1803
ὅταν δὲ παρόντος τοῦ ὑπερασπίζοντος ληφθῇ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ἰσχυροί εἰσιν καὶ εἰ ρήνην βαθυτάτην ἔχοντες ο̣ι̣ ἀφαιροῦντες τὰ ἐκείνου
但當那護衛者在場時,仍有東西從他手中被奪去,那時那些奪取他之物的人就是剛強的,並享有最深的平安。
But when in the presence of the one who shields it something is taken from him, then they are strong and have the deepest peace, those who take away what belongs to that one.
1:1804
τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὅτι αὕτη εἰρήνη ἐστὶν ἀληθῶς
所以他所說的正是這個:這才是真正的平安。
This, then, is what he says: that this is the peace that is truly peace.
1:1805
αὕ τη εἰρήνη ἐστίν, ὅταν ἐπελθὼν Ἀσσύριος εἰς τὴν γῆν ὑμῶν ἡττηθῇ, ὅταν ἀπορηθῇ μηδὲν δυνάμενος σκυλεῦ σαι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς διὰ ἀσθένειαν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ
這就是平安:當亞述人來到你的地卻被打敗時;當他窮困無措,因自己的軟弱而無法從那地掠奪任何東西時。
This is peace: when the Assyrian, having come upon your land, is defeated; when he is at a loss, able to plunder nothing from the land because of his own weakness.
1:1806
καὶ ἐπεγερθήσονται, φησίν, ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἑπτὰ ποιμέ νεςτοὺς πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας ἁγίους, ὡς εἶπον, διὰ τὸ σάββατον ἑπτὰ ὠνόμασενκαὶ ὀκτὼ δήγματα ἀν θρώπων μετὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν πιστεύσαντα
他說:「必有七個牧者興起攻擊他」——就是我所說的、降臨之前的眾聖徒,他因安息日的緣故稱他們為「七」——「還有八個人的咬齧」,就是降臨之後才信的人。
'And there shall be raised up against him,' he says, 'seven shepherds'—the saints before the coming, as I said, whom he named 'seven' because of the Sabbath—'and eight bites of men,' those who believed after the coming.
1:1807
δάκνουσιν οὗτοι καὶ πόνον αὐτῷ ἐνποιοῦσιν
這些人咬他,使他疼痛。
These bite him and cause him pain.
1:1808
λέξις γὰρ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τοῦτο σημαίνει·
因為聖經中這詞正表示這個意思。
For the word in Scripture signifies this.
1:1809
εἰ δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε·
「你們若彼此相咬相吞……」
'But if you bite and devour one another...'
1:1810
καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἁμβακοὺμ πάλιν περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τούτου τοῦ πονηροῦ λέγεται ὅτι ἐξαίφνης ἀναστήσονται δάκνοντες αὐτόν
在哈巴谷書中,論到這同一個惡者,又說:「必有咬他的忽然興起。」
And in Habakkuk again, concerning this same evil one, it is said: 'Suddenly there shall rise up those who bite him.'
1:1811
παρὰ προσδοκίαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν οἵ ποτε ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἀναστήσονται πόνον αὐτῷ ἐνποιοῦντες, δάκνοντες αὐτόν
出乎意料地,那些曾在他之下、從列邦而來的人必興起,使他疼痛,咬他。
Beyond expectation, those from the nations who were once under him shall rise up, causing him pain, biting him.
1:1812
λέγει οὖν ὅτι οἱ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας ἅγιοι ἐπεγερθή σονται ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀσσύριον ἑπτὰ ποιμένες, ἵνα πάντας τοὺς προφήτας πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας, αὐτοὺς τοὺς πατριάρ χας τούτους πρὸς τούτους ποιμένας λάβῃς, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμὸν ἱστάμενον τὸν τεμνόμενον εἰς πέντε καὶ δύο, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ μυςτικὸν τῆς ἑβδομάδος
所以他說,降臨之前的眾聖徒必興起攻擊亞述,就是七個牧者——好叫你把降臨之前的一切先知、就是這些列祖,當作這些牧者——不是把「七」這數目定在分為五加二的意義上,而是定在那第七日(七數)的奧祕上。
So then he says that the saints before the coming shall be raised up against the Assyrian, seven shepherds—so that you may take all the prophets before the coming, these very patriarchs, as these shepherds—not fixing upon the number seven as divided into five and two, but upon the mystical meaning of the Hebdomad.
1:1813
ἀπολειπόμενον σαββατισμὸν τῷ λαῷ τοῦ θε οῦ ἐσχηκότες εὕροντες διὰ Ἰησοῦ ψυχῆς ἀνάπαυ σινεὑρήσετε γὰρ ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶνοὗτοι ἐν τῷ ἀληθινῷ σαββάτῳ εἰσὶν καὶ παρονομάζονται ἀπ' αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦ ἑπτά
他們既已得著那為神的百姓存留的安息,並藉著耶穌尋得靈魂的安息——因為「你們必得享靈魂的安息」——這些人就在真安息中,並藉「七」而按此得名。
Having obtained the Sabbath rest that remains for the people of God, having found rest of soul through Jesus—for 'you shall find rest for your souls'—these are in the true Sabbath and are named after it by means of the 'seven.'
1:1814
λέγο̣νται̣ ὀκτὼ δήγματα ἀν θρώπων οἱ μετὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν τοῦ ςωτῆρος προσεληλυθότες τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ καὶ καταπονοῦντες καὶ δάκνοντες τὸν ἐχθρόν
所謂「八個人的咬齧」,指的是那些在救主降臨之後親近福音、消磨並咬齧仇敵的人。
The 'eight bites of men' are said to be those who, after the coming of the Saviour, drew near to the Gospel and wear down and bite the enemy.
1:1815
καὶ τὸν πόνον αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἔσχεν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου πάντας καλέσαντος, διαφόρως λόγος σημαίνει ὁτὲ μὲν συν τριβὴν αὐτοῦ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν σατανᾶν–, ὁτὲ δὲ τὸν πόνον αὐτοῦτὸ δάκνεσθαι–, ὁτὲ τὸ λελῦσθαι τὴν βλάβην αὐτοῦδέδωκα γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐξουσίαν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶ σαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, καὶ οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδική σει
至於仇敵在福音呼召萬人時所受的痛苦,經文以各樣方式表達:有時是他的被打碎——「賜平安的神必快快地把撒但踐踏在你們腳下」;有時是他的疼痛——就是被咬;有時是他所施之害被解除——「我已經給你們權柄,可以踐踏蛇和蠍子,又勝過仇敵一切的能力,斷沒有什麼能害你們」。
And the pain of the enemy, which he had when the Gospel called all men, the word signifies in various ways: sometimes his crushing—'the God of peace shall crush Satan'—; sometimes his pain—the being bitten—; sometimes the loosing of the harm he does—'for I have given you authority to tread upon serpents and scorpions and over all the power of the enemy, and nothing shall by any means hurt you.'
1:1816
τὸ ἀδικήσει ὧδε τὸ βλάψει σημαίνει
這裡「害」一詞乃是指「傷害」。
The word 'hurt' here signifies 'harm.'
1:1817
ὅτι οὐ γιγνώσκεις τί ἔσται πονηρὸν ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν
「……因為你不知道地上將有什麼禍患。」
'...for you do not know what evil there shall be upon the earth.'
1:1818
ἐὰν πληρωθῶ σιν τὰ νέφη ὑετοῦ, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐκχέουσιν
「雲若滿了雨,就必傾倒在地上。」
'If the clouds be full of rain, they pour it out upon the earth.'
1:1819
̣, ἐπεὶ ἀγνοεῖς τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πονηρὸν ἤτοι τὸ πραττόμενον ἐναντίως τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸν πόνον ἐνποιῆσαν τὸ πονηρὸν τὸ διαδεξάμενον τὰ ἀνθρώ πινα πράγματα–, διὰ τοῦτο ποίησον, ἐντέλλομαί σοι·
既然你不知道地上的禍患——無論是那與善相違而行的事,或是那掌管了人間諸事的惡者所造成的痛苦——因此你要照我所吩咐你的去行:
Since you are ignorant of the evil upon the earth—whether that which is done contrary to the good, or that which the evil one, having taken over human affairs, has wrought as pain—for this reason do what I command you:
1:1820
δὸς μερίδα τοῖς ἑπτὰ καὶ τοῖς ὀκτώ·
「你要分給七人,也要分給八人。」
'Give a portion to the seven and to the eight.'
1:1821
ἐξ αὐτῶν γὰρ τῶν δύο γραφῶν γνώσει τὸ πονηρῶς πραττόμενον καὶ τὸ ἐπελευσόμενον πονηρὸν κατὰ τῶν τὸ κακὸν ποι ούντων
因為單從這兩處經文,你就必認識那正在行的惡事,以及那將要臨到行惡之人身上的災禍。
For from these two very writings you shall know both the evil thing being done and the evil that is to come upon those who work wickedness.
1:1822
διὰ τοῦτο δὸς μερίδα τοῖς ἑπτὰ καὶ τοῖς ὀκτώ
正因如此:「要分給七人,也要分給八人。」
For this reason: 'Give a portion to the seven, and also to the eight.'
1:1823
σὺ οὖν διδοὺς τοῖς ἑπτά;οὐ δύναται ἄλλως γνῶναι
那麼你這分給七人的呢?——他無法用別的方法知道。
You, then, who give to the seven? — He cannot know otherwise.
1:1824
ἀνάγνω θι τὴν γραφήν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδας τί δεῖ πρᾶξαι καὶ τί οὐ
你要研讀經文,因為你不知道甚麼是當行的、甚麼是不當行的。
Read the Scripture, for you do not know what must be done and what must not.
1:1825
διὰ τοῦτο γνῶθι τίνα ἔστιν, τίνα δεῖ πράττειν καὶ τί να μή
所以要認清事物的本相,知道甚麼是當行的、甚麼是不當行的。
Therefore, know what things are, what must be done and what must not.
1:1826
τούτῳ ὅμοιόν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ πάντα δοκιμάζετε
與此相似的還有那句話:「凡事要察驗。」
Like to this also is the saying, 'Prove all things.'
1:1827
διὰ τί δὲ δοκιμάζετε; ἵνα τὸ καλὸν κατέχητε καὶ ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχησθε
但你們為何要察驗呢?為要持守那善的,並且遠避各樣的惡事。
But why do you prove them? That you may hold fast to the good and abstain from every form of evil.
1:1828
ἐὰν πληρωθῶσιν τὰ νέφη ὑετοῦ, ἐκχέουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν
「雲若滿了雨,就必傾倒在地上。」
'If the clouds be full of rain, they pour it out upon the earth.'
1:1829
καὶ πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν ἀληθές ἐστιν
按字面的意思說,這是真確的。
And with respect to the literal sense it is true.
1:1830
ὅτε εὖ ἔχει τὰ πράγματα, ὅτε οἱ διακονούμενοι ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας καλῶς ἔχουσιν, τὸ τηνικάδε τὰ νε´̣φ̣η πληρωθέντα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐκχέουσιν
當萬事順遂之時,當那些受神眷佑供養的都安好之時,那時雲便滿了,傾倒在地上。
When affairs are well, when those who are ministered to by Providence are in a good state, then it is that the clouds, being filled, pour out upon the earth.
1:1831
τὸ ὕδωρ, ἐὰν εἰς τὸ πέλαγος ῥέῃ, μὴ γὰρ χρησιμεύει πρὸς σπόρον
那水若流入大海,豈能對播種有甚麼益處呢?
The water, if it flow into the open sea — surely it is of no use for sowing.
1:1832
εἰ καὶ ἄλλως πως πάντα τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς προνοίας γινόμενα χρησιμεύει, ὅμως εἰς τὴν γῆν οὐδὲν λυσιτελεῖ, ἐν τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ ἐν τῷ πελάγει ἐὰν ῥέῃ
縱使凡出於神眷佑的事在別方面都有其用處,然而那水若流入亞得里亞海或汪洋大海,對這地卻毫無益處。
Even if in some other way all things brought about by Providence are useful, nevertheless it profits the earth nothing if it flow into the Adriatic or into the open sea.
1:1833
ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητόν, τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς διάνοιαν
以上是就字面意思而言;如今則就其屬靈的含義來說。
So much as regards the literal sense; but this now with respect to the deeper meaning.
1:1834
νέφη πληρούμενα ὑετοῦ τυγχάνουσιν αἱ διακονοῦσαι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς σωτηρίας ψυχαί
那滿了雨的雲,乃是那些服事救恩之道的眾靈魂。
The clouds being filled with rain are the souls that minister to the word of salvation.
1:1835
μία νεφέλη ὢν Μωϋσῆς λεγεν·
摩西身為一朵雲,曾說:
Being one cloud, Moses said:
1:1836
προσδοκάσθω ὡς ὑετὸς τὸ ἀπόφθεγμά μου
「願人切慕我的言語如切慕甘霖。」
'Let my speech be looked for as the rain.'
1:1837
καὶ περὶ πάντων τῶν βρεχόντων τὸν πνευματικὸν ἀμπελῶνα, τὸν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ οἶκον, ἐντολὴ δέδοται, ὅτε ἀντὶ σταφυλῆς ἀκάνθας ἠγίοχεν, μὴ βρέχειν εἰς αὐτόν
至於那澆灌屬靈葡萄園、就是以色列家的眾人,當那園子不結葡萄反倒結出荊棘之時,就有命令下達,不許降雨在其上。
And concerning all who water the spiritual vineyard, the house of Israel, a command is given — when instead of grapes it has borne thorns — not to rain upon it.
1:1838
καὶ ἔτι ἐν̣ α̣ὐτῷ τῷ Ἰσαΐᾳ λέγεται·
又在以賽亞書中也說:
And again in Isaiah himself it is said:
1:1839
αἱ νεφέλαι ῥανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνην, βλαστησάτω γῆ ἔλεος
「願諸天降下公義,願地滋長慈憐。」
'Let the clouds drop down righteousness, let the earth bring forth mercy.'
1:1840
βλάστη τοῦ ἐλέου οὐχ ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσθητῆς γῆς γίνεται, ἀλλ' ὑπὸ ἐκείνης τῆς λεγομένης ἀγαθῆς γῆς καλῆς καρδίας, ἔνθα πεσὼν Ἰησοῦ σπόρος ἐκαρποφόρησεν
慈憐的萌發並非出於那可見的土地,乃是出於那被稱為良善美好之地、就是好心田,主耶穌的種子落在其中,便結出果實。
The springing up of mercy comes not from the perceptible earth, but from that which is called the good and fair earth of a noble heart, where the seed of Jesus, having fallen, bore fruit.
1:1841
ταῦτα δὲ τὰ νέ φη πότε πληροῦται τοῦ ὑετοῦ, τουτέστιν τοῦ λόγου, ὅτε γίνεται τοῦ κυρίου λόγος πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὡς καστον λέγειν·
那麼這些雲甚麼時候滿了雨,就是滿了道呢?豈不是當主的話臨到他們、以致各人都說:
But when are these clouds filled with rain — that is, with the word — save when the word of the Lord comes to them, so that each one says:
1:1842
τάδε λέγει πρός με κύριος
「主如此對我說」的時候嗎?
'Thus says the Lord to me'?
1:1843
τότε δὲ πληροῦται τὰ νέφη ὑετοῦ, ὅτε ἐκ χέουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν
那時雲才滿了雨,就是當它們傾倒在地上之時。
And then the clouds are filled with rain, when they pour it out upon the earth.
1:1844
ἐάν τις μὴ πληρωθῇ τοῦ λόγου, οὐ δύναται βρέχειν·
人若沒有被那道充滿,就不能降雨;
If anyone be not filled with the word, he cannot rain;
1:1845
ἀλλὰ οὐ δύναται ἕτερον ποτίζειν·
他也不能給別人喝水。
but neither can he give another to drink.
1:1846
οἷοί εἰσιν οἱ ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι οἱ μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενοι καὶ δοκοῦντες πάντα κατέχειν
那些假師傅正是如此,他們甚麼都不明白,卻自以為掌握了一切。
Such are the false teachers, who understand nothing yet suppose that they possess all things.
1:1847
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν δὲ ἤτοι τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα τὴν καρ δίαν ἑκάστου, τὴν εὐτρεπισμένην πρὸς ὑποδοχήν·
而降在地上——就是降在人類身上,或降在各人那已預備好領受的心田裡。
And upon the earth — that is, either humanity or the heart of each one, made ready for reception.
1:1848
ἐὰν πέσῃ ξύλον ἐν τῷ νότῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ βορρᾷ, τόπῳ, οὗ πίπτει, ἐκεῖ μενεῖ
「樹若向南倒或向北倒,倒在何處,就存留在何處。」
'If a tree fall to the south or to the north, in the place where it falls, there shall it remain.'
1:1849
φανερὸν ὅτι ἀλληγορούμενον καὶ πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν τοῦτο
顯然這是用寓意來說的,並且旨在引向更高的屬靈意義。
It is plain that this is spoken allegorically and with a view to a higher sense.
1:1850
τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι, ὁπότε ἄν τις ἐκκόπτῃ ξύλα, ἐκεῖ μενεῖ τὸ ξύλον, ὅπου πίπτει; οὐδὲ τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀληθές ἐστιν·
有誰不知道,人砍伐樹木時,樹倒在何處便留在何處呢?然而按字面的歷史意義,連這也並非全然如此:
For who does not know that, whenever one cuts down trees, the tree remains where it falls? Yet even this is not true according to the plain history:
1:1851
μείνῃ, ὅπου πίπτει, ἀλλ' ἵνα μετενεχθῇ εἰς χρείαν τινά
樹並非留在倒下之處,乃是被搬走去作某種用途。
it does not remain where it falls, but is carried off for some use.
1:1852
ξύλον οὖν ὧδε λέγει τὸν ἄνθρωπον
所以「樹」在這裡是指人。
'Tree,' then, here means the man.
1:1853
καὶ λέγει ὅτι, ὅπου ἐὰν καταλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκεῖ εὑρίσκε ται κἀκεῖ κρίνεται, ἵνα ὅμοιον τὸ τοὺς πάντας δεῖ ἡμᾶς παραστῆναι ἔνπροςθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα κομίσηται ἕκαστος πρὸς διὰ τοῦ σώματος ἔπρα ξεν
經文的意思是說,人在何處被死亡追及,就在何處被尋見、在何處受審判,正如那句話:「我們眾人都必顯露在基督臺前,叫各人按著本身所行的,或善或惡受報。」
And it says that, wherever a man is overtaken, there he is found and there he is judged, so that it may be like this: that we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, that each may receive according to what he has done through the body.
1:1854
εἰ δὲ ἀγαθόν, πίπτει εἰς τὸν νότον·
樹若是好的,就向南倒;
And if good, it falls to the south;
1:1855
εἰ δὲ κακόν, εἰς τὸν βορρᾶν
若是壞的,就向北倒。
but if evil, to the north.
1:1856
πολλαχῶς διαστέλλεται νότος πρὸς τὸν βορρᾶν, καὶ τοπικῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἀναγωγήν
南方與北方有多重的分別——既按地理方位,也按其屬靈的含義。
In many ways is the south distinguished from the north — both locally, and also with respect to the higher meaning.
1:1857
νύμφη ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων λέγει·
雅歌中的新婦說:
The bride in the Song of Songs says:
1:1858
ἐξεγεί ρου, βορρᾶ, καὶ ἔρχου, νότε
「北風啊,興起!南風啊,吹來!」
'Awake, O north wind, and come, O south.'
1:1859
ἀποπέμπει τὴν πονηρὰν δύναμιν ἀπ' αὐτῆς
她把那惡的勢力從自己身上打發走。
She sends the wicked power away from herself.
1:1860
ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ ἦν πονηρὰ δύναμις
因為從前那惡的勢力曾住在她裡面。
For in her the wicked power once dwelt.
1:1861
ὅτε τὸ κακὸν ἐνήρ̣γ̣ε̣ι̣, τὸ κακο`̣ν πρὸ τῆς πίστεως, πρὸ τῆς̣ κλη´̣σεως, εἶχε τὸν βορρέαν κατασκηνοῦντα ἐν αὐτῇ
當惡在運作之時,就是在信心之前、在蒙召之前的那惡,她裡面便有北風安居其中。
When evil was at work — the evil that was before faith, before the calling — she had the north wind making its dwelling in her.
1:1862
ὅτε δὲ ἐξέκλινεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ποίησιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐλήλυθεν, προσκαλεῖται τὸν νότον
但當她離棄惡事、轉而行善之時,她便召喚南風:
But when she turned aside from evil and came to the doing of good, she calls upon the south:
1:1863
διάπνευσον κῆπόν μου καὶ ῥευσάτωσαν ἀρώματά μου τοῦ βορρᾶ τοῦτο οὐ ποιοῦντος
「吹過我的園子,使其中的香氣發散」——這卻是北風所不作的。
'Blow through my garden, and let my spices flow' — the north wind not doing this.
1:1864
καὶ φυσικώτερόν γε τοῖς ὀνόμασιν κέχρηται·
她運用這些名稱也頗合乎自然之理;
And she uses the names quite in accord with nature;
1:1865
ψυχρὸν γὰρ ἄνεμον εἶπεν τὸν βορρέαν
因為她稱北風為寒冷的風。
for she called the north a cold wind.
1:1866
ψυ χρὸς δὲ μύει τὰς ὀπὰς τῶν δένδρων, τοὺς ἀο ράτους λεγομένους σπόρους, ὥστε ἐπέχεσθαι ἔνδον τὰ μόρ̣ια
那寒冷封閉了樹木的孔隙,就是那被稱為看不見的種子,以致各部分都被禁錮在內。
And the cold closes up the pores of trees — the so-called invisible seeds — so that the parts are held fast within.
1:1867
ἐὰν δὲ θερμὸς νότος διαπνεύσῃ τὸν κῆ πον τῆς ταῦτα λεγούσης ψυχῆςκῆπον δὲ τὸν κατὰ ψυχήνἀραιοῦνται οἱ πόροι, τουτέστιν αἱ ἔννοιαι, ὅτι τὰ ἀρώματα τὰ εὐώδη νοήματα
但那溫暖的南風若吹過這說話之靈魂的園子——那園子就是屬乎靈魂的園子——孔隙便舒張開來,也就是那些思念,因為那香料乃是芬芳的意念。
But if the warm south blow through the garden of the soul that says these things — the garden being that which is according to the soul — the pores are opened wide; that is, the thoughts, since the spices are the fragrant conceptions.
1:1868
τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὅτι ὅπου πέσῃ τὸ ξύλον, ἐκεῖ μενεῖ
所以這正是它所說的:樹倒在何處,就留在何處。
This, then, is what it says: that where the tree falls, there it remains.
1:1869
ἐὰν διαπνεούσῃ τῇ ψυχῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ νότου, ῥεύσῃ τὰ ἀρώματα, εἰς τ̣όπον, ὅπου τὰ εὐώδη, πίπτει
當靈魂被南風吹拂、香氣發散之時,它便落入那有芬芳之物的所在。
If, when the soul is breathed upon by the south, the spices flow, it falls into the place where the fragrant things are.
1:1870
οὐκοῦν οὐκέτι ἔνι μετάθεσις;ἀλλὰ τέως τὴν εὐθέως γινομένην πτῶσιν λέγει, ὡς ἐὰν λέγω ὅτι πάντα τὰ ἔθνη παρασταθήσεται ἐπί προσθεν τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ ἐρχομένου ςωτῆρος, ὥστε ἀφορίσαι αὐτὸν τὰς ἐρίφους ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων·
那麼豈不再有改變了嗎?——但如今它所說的乃是立時發生的傾倒,正如我說萬民都要站在那將要來的君王、就是救主面前,好叫他把山羊從綿羊中分別出來;
Is there, then, no longer any change? — But for the present it speaks of the fall that happens immediately, as when I say that all the nations shall be set before the King, the Saviour who comes, so that he may separate the goats from the sheep;
1:1871
καὶ τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν στήσῃ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων
他要把綿羊安置在右邊,山羊安置在左邊。
and he shall set the sheep on the right hand, but the goats on the left.
1:1872
δέ, ὅπου ἔπεσεν, ἔμεινεν ἐξ εὐωνύμων τὸ ἐρί φιον, ἐκ δεξιῶν τὸ πρόβατον;οὐ μήν, εἰ ἀκούει τὰ ἐρίφια ὑπάγετε εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, οὐ λέγει ὅτι ἀεὶ ἐκεῖ μενεῖ οὐδὲ τὰ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν κεκλημένα ἀεὶ ἐκεῖνα μενεῖ καὶ οὐχὶ χωρήσῃ καὶ εἰς μείζονας καὶ ὑπεραναβεβηκότας καὶ ὑπερκοσμίους τόπους, ὥστε φθάσαι ἐπὶ τὴν δόξαν κείνην, ἣν εἶχεν πρὸ τοῦ κόσμου ςωτήρ
然而,山羊落在左邊、綿羊落在右邊,難道就永留其處了嗎?——並非如此;因為山羊縱使聽見「你們往那永火裡去」,經文並沒有說他們必永遠留在那裡,也沒有說那被召入國度的必永遠停在那裡、不再前進到更大更高、超乎世界之上的境界,以致達到救主在創世以前所擁有的那榮耀。
But was it that, where the goat fell on the left, and the sheep on the right, there it remained? — Not so; for if the goats hear, 'Depart into the everlasting fire,' it does not say that they will remain there forever, nor that those called into the kingdom will remain there forever and will not advance also into greater and loftier and supramundane places, so as to attain to that glory which the Saviour had before the world.
1:1873
καὶ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι ὅπου πίπτει, ἐκεῖ μενεῖ, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ φάσκων·
這也正是它所指的:樹倒在何處,就留在何處,正如那說此話的人所言:
And this too it means, that where it falls, there it remains, as when he who declares this says:
1:1874
ἐὰν σπουδαῖον , εἰς τὴν ἀρετὴν μενεῖ, ἐὰν φαῦλον, ἐν τῇ κακίᾳ
「人若殷勤向善,就必存留於德行;若卑劣行惡,就必存留於敗壞。」
'If a man be earnest, he shall remain in virtue; if base, in vice.'
1:1875
οὐκ ἔστιν δὲ τοῦτο ἀμφιβαλλόμενον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἑπόμενον δεικνύς·
這並非以疑惑不定的口吻說出,乃是顯明那必然隨之而來的結果;
This is not stated as a thing in doubt, but as showing what follows of necessity;
1:1876
εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀμφίβολον ε̣ἰρήκει, διὰ τὸ τρεπτὸν τῆς προαιρέσεως·
縱然他是以不確定的口吻說的,那也是因著人意志的可變性之故。
though even if he had spoken it as doubtful, it would be on account of the mutability of the will.
1:1877
τὸ ξύλον καὶ ἐν ἄλλῃ γραφῇ κεῖται; μακαριζόμενος ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ βεβαδικέναι ἐν βου λῇ ἀσεβῶν μηδὲ ἑστάσθαι ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν μηδὲ κε καθικέναι ἐν καθέδρᾳ λοιμῶν ἔσται, φησίν, ὡς τὸ ξύλον τὸ πεφυτευμένον παρὰ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὑδάτων
「樹」在別處經文中也有提及嗎?——那被稱為有福的人,因他不從惡人的計謀,不站罪人的道路,不坐褻慢人的座位,經上說,他要像一棵栽在溪水旁的樹。
Is the 'tree' set forth in another Scripture also? — He who is called blessed for not having walked in the counsel of the ungodly, nor stood in the way of sinners, nor sat in the seat of the pestilent, shall be, it says, like the tree planted by the streams of waters.
1:1878
εἶτα μεθ' ὁλίγα ἐπιφέρει·
接著過了幾句便補充說:
Then a little after it adds:
1:1879
καὶ πάντα, ὅσα ἐὰν ποιῇ, κατευοδωθήσεται, δεικνὺς ὅτι περὶ ἀνθρώπου λέγε̣ι·
「凡他所作的盡都順利」,這表明它乃是論到人而言;
'And whatsoever he does shall prosper,' showing that it speaks concerning a man;
1:1880
οὐ γὰρ φυτοῦ ἔστιν τὸ ποιεῖν καὶ κατευοδοῦσθαι
因為行事與亨通並非屬乎植物之事。
for it does not belong to a plant to act and to prosper.
1:1881
οὐχ οὕτως οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, οὐχ οὕτως, ὡς τὸ ξύλον
「惡人並不是這樣,並不是這樣」——不像那樹。
'Not so the ungodly, not so' — like the tree.
1:1882
καὶ πάλιν ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ λέγεται·
又在耶利米書中也說:
And again in Jeremiah it is said:
1:1883
εὐλο γημένος ἄνθρωπος, ὃς πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ·
「倚靠耶和華的人有福了;
'Blessed is the man who trusts in the Lord;
1:1884
ἔσται κύριος ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ·
耶和華必作他的指望;
the Lord shall be his hope;
1:1885
καὶ ἔσται ὡς ξύλον εὐθηνοῦν παρ' ὕδατα·
他必像栽在水旁茂盛的樹。」
and he shall be as a tree flourishing by the waters.'
1:1886
καὶ λέγει αὐτὸ εὐλογημένον ὑπὸ κυρί ου
並且它稱這樹為蒙耶和華賜福的。
And it calls it blessed by the Lord.
1:1887
καὶ πάλιν ἐν ψαλμοι῀̣ς̣ ἔχ̣εις·
又在詩篇中你也讀到:
And again in the Psalms you have:
1:1888
τότε ἀγαλλιάσονται πάντα τὰ ξύλα τοῦ δρυμοῦ πρὸ προσώπου κυρίου
「那時林中的樹木都要在耶和華面前歡呼。」
'Then shall all the trees of the wood rejoice before the face of the Lord.'
1:1889
τηρῶν ἄνεμον οὐ σπερεῖ, καὶ βλέπων ἐν ταῖς νεφέλαις οὐ θερίσει, ἐν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν γιγνώσ κων, τίς ὁδὸς τοῦ πνεύματος
「看風的必不撒種,望雲的必不收割」,在這等人中間,沒有一個知道風的道路如何。
'He who observes the wind will not sow, and he who regards the clouds will not reap,' among whom there is none who knows what is the way of the spirit.
1:1890
̣,α̣ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν ἀληθές ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ γὰρ σφοδρὸς ἄν̣εμος διαρίπτει τὸ σπειρόμενον σπέρμα καὶ οὐ χωρεῖ εἰς οὓς ἔδει αὔλακας τῆς γῆς
按字面的意思說,這也是真確的,因為那猛烈的風把所撒的種吹散四處,使它不落入本當落入的地上犁溝之中。
And with respect to the literal sense it is true, for since the violent wind scatters abroad the seed that is being sown, and it does not fall into the furrows of the earth where it ought.
1:1891
ὡς δὲ πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν ἄνεμος πολλάκις ἐπὶ ἀβεβαί ου πράγματος λαμβάνεται·
然而在屬靈的引申意義上,「風」往往被用來指那不穩定的事物;
But in an anagogical sense the 'wind' is often taken to signify an unstable thing;
1:1892
εἴρηται γὰρ ὅτι περιφέρουσιν παντὶ ἀνέμῳ
因為經上說,他們「被一切的風搖動飄來飄去」。
for it is said that they are 'carried about by every wind.'
1:1893
ἐὰν τηρεῖς τὸν ἄνεμον τοῦτον, οὐ σπε ρεῖς, ἀλλ' ὅταν καταπαύσῃ, ὅταν γένηται αἰθρία πολλῇ νηνεμίᾳ·
你若守候著這風,就不會撒種;倒要等到風止息了、天空晴朗、萬籟俱寂之時,才撒種。
If you keep watch for this wind, you will not sow; rather, sow when it has died down, when there is clear sky and a great calm.
1:1894
κἀκεῖσε, οὐ δύνῃ σπεῖραι ἐν δάκρυσιν, ἵν' ἐν γαλλιάσει θερίσῃς, οὐ δύνῃ σπεῖραι εἰς δικαιοσύνην
同樣在那裡:你不能流淚撒種,好叫你歡呼收割;你也不能為義撒種。
And likewise there: you cannot sow in tears, that you may reap in joy; you cannot sow unto righteousness.
1:1895
δυνατὸν δέ δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ τηρεῖν ἀντὶ τοῦ παρατηρεῖν λαμ βάνεσθαι
但「守候」(tērein)一詞也可以被理解為「密切窺察」(paratērein)之意。
But it is also possible for 'to keep' (tērein) to be taken in the sense of 'to observe closely' (paratērein).
1:1896
λαμβάνεται δὲ λέξις καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου, ὁτὲ μὲν ἐπὶ φυλακῆς, ὁτὲ δὲ ἐπὶ παρατηρήσεως
因為這個詞可用於兩種意思:有時指「看守」,有時指「窺伺觀察」。
For this word is used in both senses: sometimes for 'guarding,' and sometimes for 'watchful observation.'
1:1897
ὅταν λέγῃ ὅτι παρατηρήσεται ἁμαρτωλὸς τὸν δίκαιον καὶ ζητεῖ τοῦ θανατῶσαι, ἐπιτηρεῖ δὲ ὡς εἰ τοξότης τηροίη, ποῖον μέλος γυμνόν ἐστιν τοῦ ἀντιπαρατεταγμένου, ἵν' ἐκεῖ πέμψῃ τὸ βέλος
正如經上所說:「惡人窺伺義人,想要殺他」;他窺伺著,如同弓箭手窺看對陣之敵哪一肢體是裸露的,好將箭射向那處。
As when it says that 'the sinner watches the righteous man and seeks to put him to death'; he keeps watch as an archer might watch to see which limb of his opponent drawn up against him is exposed, that he may send his arrow there.
1:1898
ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ ὅτι διατηρήσεις ἡμᾶς, ἀντὶ τοῦ διαφυλάξῃς ἡμᾶς
但當經上說「你必保守我們」時,這乃是「你必護衛我們」之意。
But when it says 'you shall keep us,' this stands in the sense of 'you shall preserve us.'
1:1899
οὕτω καὶ ὄφις ···ου τὴν πτέρναν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπιτη ρε̣ῖ, εἰ ἔξω ἐστὶν τοῦ ὑποδήματος
照樣,那蛇也窺伺人的腳跟,看它是否露在鞋外。
So too the serpent watches the heel of man, to see whether it is outside the sandal.
1:1900
υ̣π̣οδεδεμέ νος τοὺς πόδας ἐν ἑτοιμασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου οὐ πλήττε ται τὴν πτέρναν ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως
那用福音的準備當鞋穿在腳上的人,腳跟就不被蛇所傷。
He who has his feet shod in the readiness of the gospel is not struck on the heel by the serpent.
1:1901
οὕτω γοῦν ἐν εὐλογίας τρόπῳ λέγεται πρός τινα·
故此,經上以祝福的方式對某人說:
Thus indeed it is said to someone by way of blessing:
1:1902
σίδηρος καὶ χαλκὸς τὸ ὑπό δημά σου
「鐵與銅要作你的鞋。」
'Iron and bronze shall be your sandal.'
1:1903
οἶδας δὲ ὅτι σίδηρος καὶ χαλκὸς οὐκ ἔστιν εὐλογία εἰς ὑποδήματα παραλαμβανόμενον·
然而你知道,鐵與銅若拿來作鞋,並不是祝福;
But you know that iron and bronze, when taken for sandals, are no blessing;
1:1904
ἕλκει γὰρ εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σχῆμα τὸ ὑπόδημα τὸν ὑποδεδεμένον καὶ τραῦμα γίνεται περὶ τὸν πόδα
因為鞋會把穿鞋者的腳扯成它自己的形狀,於是腳上便生出傷來。
for the sandal draws the one shod in it into its own shape, and a wound arises about the foot.
1:1905
τὸ ἄτρωτον οὖν δείκνυσιν λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ
所以那領受了權柄能踐踏蛇和蠍子並敵人一切勢力的人,便顯出他是不受傷的。
Therefore he who has received authority to tread upon serpents and scorpions and upon all the power of the enemy shows himself invulnerable.
1:1906
τὸ ἀκαταμάχητον καὶ τὸ ἄτρωτον διὰ τούτων τῶν ὑλῶν πολλάκι̣ς σημαίνεται
藉著這些材料,那不可戰勝、不能被傷的特質便屢屢被表明出來。
By these materials the unconquerable and the invulnerable are often signified.
1:1907
καὶ βλέπων ε̣ν ταῖς νεφέλαις οὐ θερίσῃ
「觀望雲彩的,必不收割。」
'And he that looks upon the clouds shall not reap.'
1:1908
ὅταν βλέπει ἐν ταῖς νε̣φέλαις, ὁρᾷ ὄμβρον ἐπι κείμενον, οὐ θερίζει
當人觀望雲彩時,便看見大雨將臨,於是他不收割。
When one looks upon the clouds, he sees rain impending, and he does not reap.
1:1909
ἐὰν̣ ?·····η̣ς ἐπικειμέ νου ὑετοῦ, κατενεχ̣θεὶς ὑετὸς βλάπτει τὰ θεριζό μενα ὑγραίνων καὶ εὐκόλως εἰς σῆψιν ἔρχονται
因為你若在大雨將臨之時收割,那降下的雨便會浸濕所收之物而使其受損,以致它們輕易就腐爛了。
For if [you reap] with rain impending, the rain, coming down, damages what is being reaped by soaking it, and it readily comes to rot.
1:1910
τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν, προστάττει·
所以,這正是他所吩咐的:
This, then, is what he commands:
1:1911
ἐν καταλλήλῳ και ρῷ ἕκαστον πρᾶγμα καὶ ἰδίῳ καὶ σὺ ποίει
你也要在合宜且恰當的時候,去作每一件事。
Do you also perform each thing in its fitting and proper season.
1:1912
διὰ δὲ τῶν δύο λέξεων τούτων με̣τ̣αφ̣έρει αὐτὰ εἰς πάντα
他藉著這兩個詞語,將這道理推及一切事上。
And by means of these two expressions he transfers them to all things.
1:1913
οἷον ει̣σ̣αγόμενος εἰς θεοσέβειαν, ἀπὸ γνώσεως θείας τύχῃ σπειρέτω, ὅτε καιρός ἐστιν, δεχόμενος μαθήματα, προσῆκεν τῷ εἰσαγομένῳ δέξασθαι
譬如,那被引進敬虔之道的人,當在時機成熟時,領受那些合宜於初學者領受的教訓,就當從屬神的知識中撒種;
For instance, let the one being introduced into godliness sow from divine knowledge when it is time, that is, receiving those lessons which it was fitting for the newcomer to receive;
1:1914
καὶ μὴ παραυτὰ θε ριζέτω, ἀλλ' ὅταν ἴδῃ ἐπικείμενον ὑετὸν δυνάμενον ποτίσαι, τότε θεριζέτω
他也不可立即收割,倒要等到看見那能澆灌之雨將臨時,才去收割。
and let him not reap at once, but when he sees rain impending that is able to water it, then let him reap.
1:1915
ἅμα γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀμ φότερα λαμβάνεται
因為在這類事上,兩者是同時並行的。
For in such matters both are taken together at once.
1:1916
σπουδαῖος ἄρχεται καὶ τέλος ἔχει ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ προ κόπτειν
那殷勤的人常在長進之中開始,也在長進之中達到終點。
The earnest man begins and reaches his end ever in the act of advancing.
1:1917
αἱ προλαβοῦσαι προκοπαὶ τέλος λαμβάνουσιν, ἀρχὰς̣ δὲ αἱ διαδεχόμεναι
先前的長進達到終點,而接續而來的長進則有其起頭。
The advances that went before reach their end, while those that follow after take their beginnings.
1:1918
τοιοῦτό ιουν τι οὖν καὶ ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ ςωτὴρ περὶ πνεύματος θεριζόντων καὶ σπειρόντων λέγει·
救主在福音書中論到收割者與撒種者的靈時,也說了類似的話:
Something of this sort the Saviour also says in the Gospel concerning the spirit of those who reap and those who sow:
1:1919
ἵνα σπείρων ἅμα χαίρῃ καὶ θερίζων
「叫撒種的和收割的一同快樂。」
'that the sower and the reaper may rejoice together.'
1:1920
οὐκ ἔστιν δὲ τοῦτο ἐπωφελὲς ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καιρῷ τὸ αἰσθητὸν σπείρειν καὶ θερίζειν
然而就有形之物而言,這卻不合宜——就是在同一時節既撒種又收割。
Now this is not profitable in the case of sensible things—to sow and reap at the same season.
1:1921
τὰ δὲ τῆς ρετῆς καὶ θεριζόμενα φύεται καὶ φυόμενα εἰς τὸ θε ρίζεσθαι ἔρχεται
但德行的果實,即使正被收割,仍在生長,且正在生長之際便進入被收割的境地。
But the things of virtue, even while being reaped, grow, and while growing they come to be reaped.
1:1922
εἶπον γὰρ ὅτι τῶν μὲν ἀπολείπεται, τοῖς δὲ ἐπέρχεται
因為我曾說過,它從某些事上離去,卻臨到另一些事上。
For I said that from some it departs, while to others it comes on.
1:1923
εἴρηται γοῦν ὅταν συντελέσῃ ἄν θρωπος, τότε ἄρχεται·
確實,經上說:「人作完了,那時才起頭」;
Indeed it is said, 'when a man has finished, then he begins';
1:1924
δὲ ἄρχεται καὶ συντε λεῖ ἅμα
並且他以怎樣的方式起頭,就在同一時候完工。
and in the manner in which he begins, he also finishes at the same time.
1:1925
σημαίνει δὲ τὴν σπορὰν ἀρχή, τὸ δὲ τέλος θερισμός
起頭表明撒種,終點則表明收割。
The beginning signifies the sowing, and the end the harvest.
1:1926
ἅμα χαίρει σπείρων καὶ θερί ζων
他在同時撒種與收割之中歡喜。
He rejoices in sowing and reaping at the same time.
1:1927
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως λαβεῖν·
也可以這樣理解:
It is also possible to take it thus:
1:1928
ὅτε τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ τελεσφορεῖται, οὐκ ἔχει τὸν θερίζοντα
當他的種子結出果實成熟時,他卻沒有收割的人。
When his seed is brought to maturity, he does not have the reaper.
1:1929
θερί ζων, ὅτε οὐκ ἔχει σπεῖραι, οὐκ ἔχει, θερίσῃ
那收割的人,若無可撒之種,便無可收之物。
The reaper, when he has nothing to sow, has nothing that he may reap.
1:1930
ἅμα οὖν δύναται α̣υ̣τ̣ὰ ὑπαρχθῆναι εὐλογίᾳ καὶ χάριτι θεοῦ
因此,藉著神的祝福與恩典,這些事能夠同時並存。
Therefore these things can subsist together at once by the blessing and grace of God.
1:1931
ἐν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν γιγνώσκων, τίς ὁδὸς τοῦ πνεύματος
「在那些無人知道靈之道路的人中間。」
'Among those in whom there is no one knowing what is the way of the spirit.'
1:1932
τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι ἐν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν γιγνώςκων τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ πνεύματος αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὗται χρησιμεύουσιν
他的意思是:在那些無人知道靈之道路的人中間,這些誡命是有用處的。
This he means: that among those in whom there is no one knowing the way of the spirit, these commandments are of use.
1:1933
εἶπον δὲ ὅτι σπουδαῖος καὶ τέλειός γε σπουδαῖος καὶ ἀεὶ ἐκ προκοπῶν εἰς προκοπὰς διαβαίνων ἀμφότερα ποι εῖ·
但我曾說過,那殷勤的人——是的,那殷勤且實在完全的人——他常從一個長進進到另一個長進,便兩樣都作;
But I said that the earnest man—yes, the earnest and indeed perfect man—who ever passes from advances to further advances, does both;
1:1934
οἶδεν γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ πνεύματος
因為那人知道靈的道路。
for that man knows the way of the spirit.
1:1935
οὕτως οὖν ἐστιν γιγνώσκων τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ πνεύ ματος·
所以,那知道靈之道路的人乃是如此:
Thus, then, is the one who knows the way of the spirit:
1:1936
τηρείτω, εἰ ἄνεμός ἐστιν, μὴ σπειρέτω, καὶ π̣ότε ἐπίκειται ὑετός, καὶ μὴ θεριζέτω
他要留意:若有風,就不撒種;當大雨將臨時,也不收割。
let him watch: if there is wind, let him not sow; and when rain is impending, let him also not reap.
1:1937
ὡς ὀστᾶ ἐν γαστρὶ τῆς κυοφο ρούσης, οὕτως οὐ γνώσῃ τὰ ποιήματα τοῦ θεοῦ
「如同懷孕者腹中的骨頭,照樣你也不能知道神的作為。」
'As the bones in the womb of her that is with child, so you shall not know the works of God.'
1:1938
το`̣ ἀκατάλημπτον τῶν ποιημάτων τούτων τὸ δυσκατά λημπτον σημαίνει
這表明神這些作為之不可測度,或難以測度。
This signifies either the incomprehensibility of these works or their difficulty of comprehension.
1:1939
οἱ περὶ φύσεως ζῴων πραγματευσάμε νοι ἑκάστου μορίου εἴρηκαν ὁδόν τινα καὶ ἀκολουθίαν μεταβολῆς·
那些研究動物本性的人,已為每一肢體描述出它形成與變化的某種途徑與次序;
Those who have busied themselves with the nature of animals have described, for each member, a certain way and sequence of its formation and change;
1:1940
περὶ ὀστέου οὐκ ἔσχον εἰπεῖν
唯獨論到骨頭,他們卻無話可說。
but concerning bone they had nothing to say.
1:1941
λέγουσιν ὅτι αἷμα συνίστα̣τ̣αι τ̣οιῶσδε·
他們說血是這樣形成的:
They say that blood is constituted in this way:
1:1942
τῆς τροφῆς τῆς προσενεχ θείσης δι̣αγευθείσηςὅταν διὰ τοῦ πεπέμφθαι φλέγ μα γένηται τροφὴ εἰς αἷμα μεταβάλλει·
當所攝取的食物被消化之後——當食物經傳送而生出黏液之際——那食物便轉化為血;
when the nourishment that has been taken in has been digested—when, through its being conveyed onward, phlegm has been produced—the nourishment changes into blood;
1:1943
τὸ δὲ ἄπεπ τον ἐκβλητέον ἐστίν, οὐκ ἀναλύεται εἰς τὴν σύνστασιν τοῦ βεβρωκότος, ἀλλ' ὡς περίττευμα ἀποβάλλεται
然而那未消化的則必須排出;它不能化入進食者的體質之中,倒要作為多餘之物而被丟棄。
but what is undigested must be cast out; it is not resolved into the constitution of the one who has eaten, but is discarded as a superfluity.
1:1944
ὅταν δὲ πεφθῇ, τότε κατὰ μεταβολὴν καθεξῆς γινομένην ἀναλύεται εἰς αἷμα
但當它被消化之後,便藉著按次序而發生的轉變,化為血。
But when it has been digested, then, by a change occurring in due order, it is resolved into blood.
1:1945
εἶτα ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος λέγουσιν πυκ νωθέντος καὶ παγέντος γίνεσθαι σάρκα καὶ ἐκ τῶν περιτ τευμάτων τῆς τροφῆς γίνεσθαι τρίχας, ὄνυχας καὶ τὰ τοι αῦτα, τἃ ὥσπερ περιττεύματά ἐστιν
他們又說,血凝結變稠之後,便生出肉來;而從食物的多餘之物則生出毛髮、指甲及諸如此類之物,這些彷彿都是剩餘之物。
Then from the blood, they say, when it has been thickened and congealed, flesh comes to be; and from the superfluities of the nourishment come hair, nails, and such things, which are as it were superfluities.
1:1946
περὶ δὲ τῆς γενέ σεως τοῦ ὀστέου οὐδεὶς ἐκείνων εὗρεν, ἵνα ἦν τοῦτο ὡς τὰ κρίματά σου ἄβυσσος πολλή
唯獨論到骨頭的起源,他們中間無一人查得出來,以致這事正應了「你的判斷如同深淵」之言。
But concerning the origin of bone, not one of them found it out, so that this should be 'as your judgments are a great deep.'
1:1947
τοιοῦτόν ε̣στιν καὶ τὸ ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ψαλμῶν λεγόμενον·
詩篇中某一處所說的,也是這一類:
Of such a kind also is that which is said in one of the psalms:
1:1948
οὐκ ἐκρύβη τὸ ὀσ τοῦν μου ἀπὸ σοῦ, ἐποίησας ἐν κρυφῇ
「我在暗中受造之時,我的骨頭並不能向你隱藏。」
'My bone was not hidden from you, which you made in secret.'
1:1949
καὶ τὸ ποίησας ἐν κρυφῇ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι κεκρυμμένη ἐστὶν αὐ τοῦ γένεσις·
而「你在暗中所造的」這句話,意思是:它的起源乃是隱藏的;
And the phrase 'which you made in secret' means this: that its origin is hidden;
1:1950
οὐκ ἐκρύβη δὲ τοῦτο ἀπὸ σοῦ
然而這事在你面前卻並不隱藏。
yet this was not hidden from you.
1:1951
λοιπὸν πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν τοῦτο λάμβανε
現在你要再以屬靈的引申意義來領會這事。
Now take this further in an anagogical sense.
1:1952
κυοφορεῖ συνλαβοῦσα ὑπὸ ἀνδρὸς σπέρματα δεξαμένη
那由丈夫而懷孕、領受了他精種的婦人,便懷了胎。
She who has conceived by a man, having received his seed, is with child.
1:1953
τὸ σπέρ μα δὲ καταβληθὲν εἰς τὴν ὑστέραν πρώτην μεταβολὴν δέ χεται εἰς φύσιν
那撒入子宮的種子,先領受第一次的轉變而成為「胚基」(physis)。
The seed, cast down into the womb, receives its first change into 'nature' (physis).
1:1954
οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερόν ἐστιν φύσις σπέρμα πεπυκνωμένον ἐγγὺς ἔχον τοῦ μεταβαλεῖν εἰς σάρ κα
因為「胚基」不外乎是變稠的種子,已臨近轉化為肉的地步。
For 'nature' is nothing other than seed thickened, being near to changing into flesh.
1:1955
μετὰ τὴν φύσιν μεταβο̣λὴ εἰς τὸ ἔν̣βρυον ἄγει, τὸ ἔνβρυον εἰς τὸ ζῷον, μεθ' ἀπότεξις εὐθέως γίνεται
在「胚基」之後,這轉變引向胚胎,胚胎又引向活的生命體,其後便立即產下。
After 'nature,' the change leads on to the embryo, the embryo to the living creature, after which the delivery immediately takes place.
1:1956
ὥσπερ οὖν οὐ γιγνώσκεται τὰ ἐν γαστρὶ τῆς κυοφο ρούσης, εἰ μὴ τύχοι ἀποκάλυψις υ̣π̣ὸ θεοῦ γε̣νέσθαι, οὕτως ψυχὴ προσηκαμένη τὰ σπέρματα καὶ τὰς γονὰς τὰς τοῦ νυμφίου τοῦ ςωτῆρος, περὶ οὗ λέγεται ἔχων τὴν νύμφην νυμφίος ἐστ̣ι´̣ν, κεκρυμμένας ἔχει τὰς γονάς
既然懷孕者腹中之物無法被知曉,除非蒙神的啟示得以顯明,照樣,那已領受了新郎救主之精種與後裔的靈魂——論到這新郎經上說:「娶新婦的就是新郎」——也將這後裔隱藏著。
As, then, the things in the womb of her that is with child are not known, unless a revelation from God should chance to come to pass, so the soul that has received the seeds and the offspring of the bridegroom, the Saviour—concerning whom it is said, 'He that has the bride is the bridegroom'—holds these offspring hidden.
1:1957
τότε δὲ γίνονται φανεραί, ὅταν εἰς ν̣οήμα τα καὶ ἔργα μεταβάλωσιν αἱ γοναί, ἃς ἔσπειρε θε ός
但當神所撒的後裔轉化為思念與作為之時,它們便顯明出來。
But they become manifest at that time when the offspring which God has sown change into thoughts and works.
1:1958
οὐ δεῖ οὖν ἀεὶ ἐν γασ̣τ̣ρ̣ὶ αὐτὰ ἔχειν
因此,人不當總把它們存留在腹中。
Therefore one ought not to keep them ever in the womb.
1:1959
ἐν γαστρὶ δὲ ἔχει αὐτὰ καὶ κυοφορεῖ μὴ μεταβάλλου σα τοὺς λόγους̣ κ̣αι`̣ τὰς νοήσεις τῶν ἔργων εἰς ἔργα καὶ θεωρήματα δογματικά
然而那不將話語與作為的意念轉化為實際作為和教義默想的人,便是把它們存於腹中、懷藏在內。
But she keeps them in the womb and carries them within who does not change the words and the conceptions of works into works and doctrinal contemplations.
1:1960
ὥσπερ οὖν ε̣κεῖνα οὐ γιγνώσκεις, εἰ μὴ μεταβάλωσιν εἰς ἔργα ἀγαθὰ καὶ θεω ρίας ευ̣σεβεῖς, οὕτ̣ως οὐδὲ τὰ ἄλλα ποιήματα τοῦ θεοῦ γνώσει, ἐὰν μὴ μεταβάλωσιν εἰς τ̣ὰ κατ' ἐνερ γείαν ἔργα
所以,正如你若非等它們轉化為善行與敬虔的默想便無法知曉,照樣,神其餘的作為,你也無法知曉,除非它們轉化為那按實際運行而成的作為。
As, then, you do not know those things unless they change into good works and pious contemplations, so neither will you know the other works of God, unless they change into works that are according to actual operation.
1:1961
ἵνα ὀστᾶ τῆς κυοφορούσης κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν τὰ ἰσχυρὰ δ̣ο´̣γ̣μ̣α̣τ̣α λάβῃς·
如此,你便能藉著靈意解經,將懷孕婦人的骨頭領會為那些堅固的教義;
so that, by way of anagogical interpretation, you may understand by the bones of the woman with child the strong doctrines;
1:1962
διακρατητικὰ γάρ ἐστιν τὰ ὀστέα λου τοῦ σω´̣μ̣ατος·
因為骨頭乃是支撐並維繫全身之物;
for the bones are what hold together the whole body;
1:1963
οὕτω κα̣ὶ ἀ´̣ν̣ευ τῶν δογμάτων τῆς εὐ σεβείας τὰ πάθη καὶ ἐπιτηδεύματα οὐκ̣ ἐ´̣στ̣ιν ὀρθῶς κείμενα
同樣地,若沒有敬虔的教義,人的情感與行為就不能被正確地安置。
in the same way, apart from the doctrines of true religion, the passions and pursuits of a man cannot be rightly ordered.
1:1964
διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται περὶ τούτων τῶν ὀστέων ὅτι καὶ γνῶσιν ἔχουσιν θεοῦ καὶ ἴσασιν ὅτι οὐδεὶς αὐτοῦ ὅμοιός ἐστιν
為此緣故,經上論到這些骨頭說,它們既有對神的認識,也知道無一能與祂相比。
For this reason it is said concerning these bones that they both have knowledge of God and know that none is like unto Him.
1:1965
οὐ καθάπαξ οὖν εἶπεν, ἀλλ' ὅσον ἐν τῇ γαστρὶ τῆς κυοφορούσης·
因此他並非絕對地說這話,乃是就其在懷孕婦人腹中的範圍而言;
He did not, then, say this absolutely, but only insofar as it is in the womb of the woman with child;
1:1966
ὡς ἐὰν λέγω ὅτι νυκτὸς οὔσης οὐδὲν ὁρᾶται τῶν ὁρατῶν, οὐ τοῦτο λέγω ὅτι οὐδὲν ὁρᾶται, ἀλλὰ νυκτὸς οὔσης·
正如當我說在黑夜中看不見任何可見之物時,我並非說絕對什麼都看不見,乃是說當黑夜時看不見;
just as when I say that in the night none of the visible things is seen, I do not mean that nothing at all is seen, but that nothing is seen while it is night;
1:1967
οὐ ταὐτὸν δέ ἐστιν τὸ μηδὲν ὁρᾶσθαι καὶ νυκτὸς μηδὲν ὁρᾶσθαι
因為說「什麼都看不見」與說「在黑夜中什麼都看不見」,並非同一回事。
for it is not the same thing to say that nothing is seen and that nothing is seen in the night.
1:1968
ἐν πρωΐᾳ σπεῖρον τὸ σπέρμα σου καὶ ἐν ἑσπέρᾳ μὴ ἀφέτω χείρ σου, ὅτι οὐ γιγνώσκεις, ποῖον στοιχήσεις τοῦτο τοῦτο
早晨你要撒你的種,晚上你的手也不可歇息,因為你不知道哪一樣會發旺,是這一樣或是那一樣。
In the morning sow your seed, and in the evening let not your hand rest, for you do not know which will prosper, this one or that one.
1:1969
̣, ἐπειδὴ πάνυ τρεπόμεθα ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖ στον πρὸς ῥητόν, καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς ἱστορίαν λημπτέον
既然我們大體上多半留意字面的意思,這一段也當按歷史的意義來領會。
Since for the most part we turn our attention to the literal sense, this too must be taken according to the historical meaning.
1:1970
πολλαχοῦ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ἡμέρας οὐ τὸν πεφωτισμέ νον ἀέρα μόνον, ὅταν ὑπὲρ γῆς ἦν ἥλιος, σημαίνει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅλον τὸν βίον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ ὑμνῳδὸς καὶ σὲ ὑπέμεινα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν
在許多地方,「日」這詞不僅指太陽在地面之上時被照亮的空氣,也指人整個的一生,正如那作詩歌者所說:「我終日等候你。」
In many places the word 'day' signifies not only the air that is illumined when the sun is above the earth, but also the whole life of a man, as when the psalmist says: 'And You have I waited for all the day long.'
1:1971
πολλάκις δὲ λέγεται ἡμέρα καὶ καιρός τις ἀρχόμενος καὶ λή γων
並且「日」也常用來指某個開始又結束的時期。
And often 'day' is used also of a certain season that begins and ends.
1:1972
λέγει οὖν ὅτι ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ καιροῦἵνα τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ σπόρου καὶ τοῦ θερισμοῦ λάβῃς μέραν μίανλέγει ἀρχομένου τοῦ καιροῦ ἐκείνου, καθ' ὃν ἔστιν σπεῖραι, μὴ ἀργὸς ἔσο, σπεῖρον τὸ σπέρμα σου
他因此說,在那時期的起初—好叫你將「一日」領會為撒種與收割的時期—他說:在那可以撒種之時期的起初,不要懶惰,要撒你的種。
He says, then, that at the beginning of the season — so that you may understand by 'one day' the season of sowing and of reaping — he says: at the beginning of that season in which it is possible to sow, do not be idle, but sow your seed.
1:1973
οὕτω γὰρ ἐν τῇ ἑσπέρᾳ οὐκ ἀφῆται χείρ σου εὑρίσκουσα τί θερίσει·
照樣,到了晚上,當你的手尋得所要收割的,也不可歇息;
So too in the evening let not your hand rest as it finds what it will reap;
1:1974
πληρωθέντος τοῦ χρό νου θερισμὸς ἐνστήσεται
及至時候滿足,收割就臨到了。
when the time is fulfilled, the harvest will come.
1:1975
καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς πρὸς ῥητόν
以上這些乃是就字面的意思所說的。
And these things, then, are said with reference to the literal sense.
1:1976
ὡς δὲ πρὸς διάνοιαν οι̣ ἐν δάκρυσιν σπείροντες, οἱ σπείροντες εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα, ἵνα θερίσουσιν ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἡμέρας σπείρουσιν, ἡμέρας δὲ ἐκείνης, ἧς ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον ἔλαβεν Ἀβραάμ, ἵνα δῃ καὶ δε̣ι̣χ̣θῇ αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ ςωτῆρος·
但就其深意而言:那些流淚撒種的人,那些順著聖靈撒種、為要收割永生的人,乃是在日子的起初撒種—就是亞伯拉罕所渴望切慕的那日子,好叫他得見,並蒙救主向他顯明;
But with reference to the deeper meaning: those who sow in tears, those who sow to the Spirit that they may reap eternal life, sow at the beginning of the day — that day for which Abraham conceived longing and desire, that he might see it and it might be shown to him by the Saviour;
1:1977
καὶ ἡμέ ρα ἐκείνη, περὶ ἧς πως τῶν ἁγίων χόρος λέγει·
這也就是眾聖徒的班隊在某處所論到的那日子:
and that is the day concerning which the choir of the saints somewhere says:
1:1978
αὕτη ἡμέρα, ἣν ἐποίησεν κύριος
「這是耶和華所定的日子。」
'This is the day which the Lord has made.'
1:1979
τὴν αὐτὴν ταύτην ὑποσημαίνει καὶ ἀπόστολος Ῥωμαίοις γράφων·
使徒在給羅馬人書信中所指的,也正是這同一日子:
This same day the Apostle also indicates when writing to the Romans:
1:1980
ἡμέρα ἤνγισεν, ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατοῦμεν
「白晝將近了,我們就當端正地行事,好像行在白晝。」
'The day is at hand; let us walk becomingly, as in the day.'
1:1981
τέλος ἀπείληφεν τῆς ἀγν̣οίας καιρὸς νὺξ ὀνομαζόμενος·
那被稱為黑夜的無知時期已經結束了;
The season of ignorance, which is called night, has come to its end;
1:1982
τούτου προκό ψαντος διαδέχεται ἡμέρα
隨著這時期的過去,白晝便接續而來。
as this advances, the day succeeds it.
1:1983
ἀρχὴ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐστὶν πρωΐα, ἐν σπεύδουσιν πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι
白晝的起初就是清晨,眾聖徒都在其中殷勤奮起。
The beginning of the day is morning, in which all the saints make haste.
1:1984
τὸ πρωῒ παρα στήσομαί σοι καὶ ἐφόψομαι καὶ θεός, θεός μου, πρὸς σὲ ὀρθρίζω
「早晨我要向你陳明我的心意並仰望你」;又說:「神啊,我的神,我要切切地尋求你。」
'In the morning I will stand before You and will look up'; and: 'O God, my God, unto You do I rise early.'
1:1985
ἐκ νυκτὸς ὀρθρίζει τὸ πνεῦμά μου πρὸς σέ, θεός
「夜間我的靈切切地尋求你,神啊。」
'Out of the night my spirit rises early unto You, O God.'
1:1986
ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πρωϊνῇ σπεῖρον ἐν δάκρυσιν, σὺν πόνοις σπεῖρον τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς σπέρματα, σὺν ἱδρῶτι σπεῖρε εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα, ἵνα θερίσῃς ζωὴν αἰώνιον καὶ σπείρας ἐν δάκρυσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θερί σῃς καὶ ἔλθῃς ἀγαλλιώμενος φέρων τὰ δράγματα τοῦ σπόρου
在這清晨要流淚撒種,要辛勞地撒下美德的種子,要出汗順著聖靈撒種,好叫你收割永生;並要流淚撒種,好叫你歡呼收割,歡歡樂樂地帶著你撒種所得的禾捆而來。
In this morning sow in tears, sow the seeds of virtue with toil, sow to the Spirit with sweat, that you may reap eternal life; and having sown in tears, that you may reap in exultation and come rejoicing, bearing the sheaves of your sowing.
1:1987
μὴ ἀφέτω οὖν χείρ σου τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς σπο ρᾶς
因此,你的手不可放下撒種的起初;
Let not your hand, then, let go of the beginning of the sowing;
1:1988
ἐπ' ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς λόγους σπεῖρον
要就這兩重意義來撒種。
sow with respect to both meanings.
1:1989
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτω λαβεῖν·
也可以照這樣來領會:
It is also possible to take it in this way:
1:1990
ἐπεὶ ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐ σχημόνως περιπατεῖν δεῖ καὶ υἱοὶ φωτός εἰσιν καὶ υἱ οὶ ἡμέρας, οὗτοι τῆς ἀρετῆς πρωΐαν ἐ´̣χουσιν τὸν ἐνεστῶτα αἰῶνα, ἐν σπείρειν ὀφείλουσιν, ἵν' ἐν τῷ ἑσπερινῷ θερίσουσιν
既然人當像行在白晝一樣端正地行事,並且他們是光明之子、白晝之子,這些人就以今世為美德的清晨,理當在其中撒種,好叫他們在晚上收割。
since one must walk becomingly as in the day, and they are sons of light and sons of the day, these have as the morning of virtue the present age, in which they ought to sow, so that in the evening they may reap.
1:1991
οὐκ α̣υ̣τῶν δέ ἐστιν ἑσπε ρινὸς ἐκεῖνος, ἀλλὰ ἄλλων·
然而那晚上並不屬於他們,乃是屬於別人的;
But that evening is not theirs, but belongs to others;
1:1992
αὐτ̣ο̣ῖς̣ γ̣ὰρ̣ ἔσται φῶς αἰώνιον, ἥλιος τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀεὶ αὐτοὺς καταλάμ πων
因為對他們必有永遠的光,公義的太陽常常照耀他們。
for to them there will be eternal light, the Sun of righteousness ever shining upon them.
1:1993
ὅμοιον ἔχεις ἐν ψαλμῷ κείμενον·
你在一篇詩篇中有類似的話語:
You have something similar set down in a psalm:
1:1994
τὸ ἑσπέρας αὐ λισθήσεται κλαυθμὸς καὶ εἰς τὸ πρωῒ ἀγαλλίασις
「一宿雖然有哭泣,早晨便必歡呼。」
'In the evening weeping shall lodge, and in the morning exultation.'
1:1995
ἅμα ἀνατέλλει καὶ δύει ἥλιος, ἀλλ' οὐ τοῖς αὐτοῖς·
太陽同時升起又落下,卻不是為著同一等人;
The sun rises and sets at the same time, but not for the same people;
1:1996
οἷς ο̣ὖν̣ ἀνατέλλει, ἀγαλλιῶνται·
因為對那些太陽向之升起的人,他們便歡呼喜樂。
for those upon whom it rises, they exult.
1:1997
παραπλήσιον του´̣τ̣ῳ ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ φέρεται·
在耶利米書中也有與此極其相似的話:
Something closely resembling this is found in Jeremiah:
1:1998
ὀψὲ φωνὴ αὐτῆς ὠλόλυξεν, ὅτε ἔδυε αὐτῆς ἥλιος
「日落的時候,她的聲音哀號起來。」
'Late in the day her voice cried aloud, when her sun set.'
1:1999
ἀπειλῆς δὲ τρόπῳ εἴρηται·
這乃是以威嚇的方式所說的:
And it is spoken by way of threat:
1:2000
καὶ δύσεται ἥλιος ἐπὶ τοὺς προφήταςπροφήτας δὲ ὧδε λέγει τοὺς ψευ δοπροφήταςκαὶ συνσκοτάσει γὰρ ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἡμέ ρα
「日頭必在先知之上落下」—他在這裡所說的「先知」是指假先知—「日子必在他們身上變為黑暗。」
'And the sun shall go down upon the prophets' — and by 'prophets' here he means the false prophets — 'and the day shall grow dark over them.'
1:2001
σὺ οὖν, ἄνθρωπε, προτρεπόμενος πρωΐᾳ σπεῖρε, μὴ ἀφέτω χείρ σου μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας, ἵνα λάβῃς θερισμὸν ἄριστον παρὰ θεοῦ γνῶσιν·
所以,人哪,你既受了勸勉,就當在早晨撒種,你的手不可歇息,直到晚上,好叫你從神領受那至美的收成—就是知識;
You then, O man, being exhorted, sow in the morning, let not your hand rest until evening, that you may receive from God the best harvest — knowledge;
1:2002
φωτίσατε γὰρ ἑαυτοι῀̣ς φῶς γνώσεως, τρυγήσατε εἰς καρπὸν ζωῆς, ἕως οὗ ἔλθωσιν ὑμῖν γενήματα δικαιοσύνης
「你們要為自己點亮知識的光,收取生命的果實,直到公義的出產臨到你們。」
'for kindle for yourselves the light of knowledge, gather in a fruit of life, until there come to you the produce of righteousness.'
1:2003
ὅτι οὐ γιγνώσκεις, ποῖον στοιχήσεις τοῦ το τοῦτο
「因為你不知道哪一樣會發旺,是這一樣或是那一樣。」
'For you do not know which will prosper, this one or that one.'
1:2004
οὐ γιγνώσκεις, φησίν, ποῖον στοιχεῖ τοῦτο τοῦτο
他說:「你不知道哪一樣會發旺,是這一樣或是那一樣。」
'You do not know,' he says, 'which prospers, this one or that one.'
1:2005
ἐὰν σπείρας μὴ γεωργῇς, οὐκ οἶδας, εἰ φέρει καρπὸν οὐ φέρει
你若撒了種卻不加以耕耘,就不知道它結果子還是不結果子。
If, having sown, you do not tend the ground, you do not know whether it bears fruit or does not bear.
1:2006
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λαβεῖν ὅτι αυ̣τὸς ἅμα σπείρει καὶ θερίζει, ὡς μὴ στοιχῆσαι π̣ο̣ι̣ο`̣ν̣ πρῶτον καὶ π̣οιὸν δεύτερον ἅμα πάντων γινομένων
也可以照這樣來領會:即同一人同時撒種又收割,以致無法分辨哪一樣在先、哪一樣在後,因為一切都是同時發生的。
It is also possible to take it thus: that the same person sows and reaps at once, so that there is no distinguishing which comes first and which second, since all happen together.
1:2007
καὶ ἔλα βον χθὲς μαρτύριον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὅτι ἵνα σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ καὶ θερίζων, ὡς τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν εἶναι καὶ σπόρου καὶ θερισμοῦ, θερισμοῦ μὲν τῆς προ λαβούσης προκοπῆς, σπόρου δὲ τῆς μελλούσης δ̣ια δέχεσθαι
昨日我從福音書中領受了一個見證,就是「叫撒種的和收割的一同快樂」,以致撒種與收割的時候乃是同一時候—收割那已經得著的長進,並撒下那將要接續而來的種子。
And I received yesterday a testimony from the Gospel, that 'the sower and the reaper may rejoice together,' so that the time is one and the same both for sowing and for reaping — of reaping the progress already gained, and of sowing that which is to follow in succession.
1:2008
δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐπιδημία τοῦ ςωτῆρος τοῖς μὲν γεγονέναι πρωΐα, τοῖς δὲ ἑσπέρα·
救主的降臨,對有些人而言也可成為清晨,對另一些人卻成為晚上;
It is also possible that the coming of the Saviour became for some a morning, but for others an evening;
1:2009
ἑσπέρα μὲν τοῖς ἀπιστήσασιν, πρωΐα δὲ οἷς ἀνέτειλεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας
對那些不信的人是晚上,但對那些因信與敬虔而蒙祂升起照耀的人卻是清晨。
an evening for those who disbelieved, but a morning for those upon whom He rose through faith and true religion.
1:2010
ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ὀρθῶς διδάξαι μὴ μαθόντα
一個未曾學習的人,是不可能正確地施教的。
It is impossible for one who has not learned to teach rightly.
1:2011
ἐν τῇ οὖν ἀρχῇ τῆς εἰσαγωγῆς τῆς παιδεύσε ως σπεῖρε καὶ μὴ ἀφέτω χείρ σου ὥστε δυνηθῆναι πά λιν ἔχειν γένημα καὶ σπεῖραι καὶ θρέψαι ἄλλους
因此,在受教之引導的起初就要撒種,你的手不可歇息,好叫你能再有出產,並能撒種、養育別人。
At the beginning, then, of the introduction to instruction, sow, and let not your hand rest, so that you may be able again to have produce and to sow and to nourish others.
1:2012
τοιαύ τη τις εὐλογία φέρετα̣ι ἐν τῇ Γενέσει περὶ Παύλου·
在創世記中有這樣一段論到保羅的祝福:
Some such blessing is borne in Genesis concerning Paul:
1:2013
Βε νιαμίν, φησίν, λύκος ἅρπαξ τ̣ο`̣ πρωϊνὸν ἔδετα̣ι̣ καὶ τὸ ἑσπέρας διαδώσει τροφήν
經上說:「便雅憫是個撕掠的狼,早晨要吞吃,晚上要分食物。」
'Benjamin,' it says, 'is a ravening wolf; in the morning he shall devour, and in the evening he shall distribute food.'
1:2014
λύκος ἅρπαξ ἦν, ὅτε ἐδίωκεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν καὶ ἐπόρθει αὐτήν·
當他逼迫教會、毀壞教會的時候,他就是一隻撕掠的狼;
He was a ravening wolf when he persecuted the Church and laid it waste;
1:2015
τ̣η῀̣ς̣ καταστάσεως ἐκείνης καὶ λοιπὸν γέγονεν ἐκ τοῦ Βενιαμὶν τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς δεξίας, τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἡμέρας, τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως, τότε λοιπὸν τὸ πρωῒ ἤσθιεν, ἐπαιδεύετο ἐν τῇ εἰσαγωγῇ τ̣ῃ῀̣ κατὰ τὴν πίστιν, κ̣α̣ι`̣ τὸ ἑσπέρας διέδωκε τροφήν, ἀπόστολος γέγονεν, διδάσκαλος ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ἐθνῶν
他從那光景中,此後便從便雅憫而出—就是右手之子、白晝之子、安息之子—那時此後他就在早晨吃了,在按信而有的引導中受了教訓,又在晚上分了食物,作了使徒,在信與真理上作了列國的教師。
from that condition, and thereafter, he became, out of Benjamin — the son of the right hand, the son of the day, the son of rest — then thereafter in the morning he ate, he was instructed in the introduction according to the faith, and in the evening he distributed food, he became an apostle, a teacher of the nations in faith and truth.
1:2016
τὸ οὖν οὐ γιγνώσκεις;ἐπεὶ ἅμα εἰσίν, οὐκ ἔχεις γνῶσιν διαιροῦσαν τόδε ἀπὸ τοῦδε
所以那「你不知道」這話的意思是:既然它們是同時發生的,你就沒有一種能把這一樣與那一樣分別開來的知識。
The phrase 'you do not know,' then, means: since they occur together, you do not have a knowledge that separates this one from that.
1:2017
τὸ στοιχῆσαι ὧδε σημαίνει τὸ συν καταθέσθαι
這裡的「發旺」(στοιχῆσαι)一詞乃是表示「彼此相合、相配」的意思。
The word 'prosper' (stoichēsai) here signifies 'to agree together' (to accord).
1:2018
καὶ ἐὰν τὰ δύο ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἀγαθά
並且若兩者同在一處,它們就都是善的。
And if both are together, they are good.
1:2019
καὶ γ̣λ̣υκὺ τὸ φῶς καὶ ἀγα θὸν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῦ βλέπειν σὺν τὸν ἥλιον
「光乃是甘美的,眼見日光乃為美善。」
'And sweet is the light, and good it is for the eyes to see the sun.'
1:2020
̣,δ̣ ἐάν, φησίν, σπείρῃς ἀγαθῶς καὶ θερίσῃς, τὰ δύο ἀγαθὰ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ γέγονεν
他說:「你若善於撒種又收割,這兩樣善事就一同合而為一了。」
'If,' he says, 'you sow well and reap, the two good things have come together into one.'
1:2021
προλαβοῦσαν προκοπὴν καὶ τὴν διαδεχομένην κα λῶς παρε´̣λ̣α̣βες
那先前的長進,和那接續而來的長進,你都已經美好地領受了。
You have well received both the progress that went before and that which follows in succession.
1:2022
αὐτὸς οὖν Ἰησοῦς λέγει εἶναι ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος·
因此,耶穌自己說祂就是起初與末後;
Jesus Himself, then, says that He is beginning and end;
1:2023
ἐγώ, φησίν, εἰμι τὸ ἄλφα καὶ τὸ , ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέ λος, πρῶτος καὶ ἔσχατος, ζῶν καὶ ἐγενάμην νε κρὸς καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶν εἰμι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας
祂說:「我是阿拉法,我是俄梅戛,是首先的,是末後的,是初,是終,是那存活的;我曾死過,看哪,我是活著的,直到永永遠遠。」
'I am,' He says, 'the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last, the living One; and I became dead, and behold, I am alive unto the ages.'
1:2024
ὅρα πῶς αὐτὰ τα`̣ δοκοῦντα ἀντικείμεν̣α κ̣αὶ πρότερα κατ̣' ὕστε ρα αὐτὸς εἶναι λέγει
你看,祂怎樣說祂自己就是這些看似相反的事物,既是那在先的,也是那在後的。
See how He says that He Himself is these very things that seem to be opposites, both the former and the latter.
1:2025
λέγει γοῦν ὅτι ἐγὼ πρῶτος καὶ ἐγὼ ἔσχατος, πρῶτον ἐγὼ τὸ ἄλφα καὶ ἐγὼ τὸ
無論如何,祂說:「我是首先的,我是末後的」,或說「先者,我是阿拉法,我也是俄梅戛」。
He says, at any rate: 'I am the first and I am the last,' or 'First, I am the Alpha, and I am the Omega.'
1:2026
ἔστιν γράμματα, χαράττει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῶν οὕτω παρεσκευασμένων
有些文字乃是聖靈刻寫在那些如此預備好之人心中的。
There are letters which the Holy Spirit inscribes in the heart of those thus prepared.
1:2027
οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ' ἐν πλαξὶν σαρκίναις ἐπιγράφω·
「不是寫在石版上,乃是寫在肉版上」;
'Not on tablets of stone, but on tablets of flesh do I write';
1:2028
καὶ λέγει ταύτας γράφεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ὑπὸ τοῦ ζῶντος πνεύματος
他又說,這些乃是被聖靈、被那活的靈所寫的。
and he says that these are written by the Holy Spirit, by the living Spirit.
1:2029
αὐτὸς οὖν ἐστιν καὶ τὰ γράμματα τὰ θεῖα·
因此,祂自己也就是那神聖的文字;
He Himself, then, is also the divine letters;
1:2030
ἐν γράφεται βίβλος τῶν ζώντων, ἐν χαράττονται τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἐκεῖ ἐνπολιτογραφοῦσιν
生命冊就寫在其中,使徒的名字也刻寫在諸天之上—他們在那裡被登記為天上的公民。
in which is written the book of the living, in which the names of the apostles are inscribed in the heavens — there they are enrolled as citizens.
1:2031
λέγει οὖν ἐγὼ τὸ ἄλφα καὶ ἐγὼ τὸ
所以祂說:「我是阿拉法,我是俄梅戛。」
He says therefore, 'I am the Alpha and I am the Omega.'
1:2032
διὰ τ̣ῶν ἄλλων ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι κ̣α̣ι`̣ τ̣ὰ ἄλλα ἐστίν
祂藉著其餘的字母表明,其餘的一切也都是祂。
By means of the other letters He made it plain that He is the other things as well.
1:2033
ἀρχὴ οὖν καὶ τέλος αὐτός ἐστιν
所以祂既是開端,也是終結。
He is therefore both beginning and end.
1:2034
ἐξὸν οὖν αὐτοῦ μετέχειν ἅμα, καθ' ἀρχή ἐστιν καὶ τέ λος·
所以人能同時分享祂,因為祂既是開端,也是終結;
It is possible therefore to partake of Him at once, insofar as He is beginning and end;
1:2035
κατὰ ἄλλο μὲν ἀρχή, κατὰ ἕτερον δὲ τέλος
在一方面祂是開端,在另一方面祂是終結。
in one respect He is beginning, in another respect end.
1:2036
καὶ ὥσπερ τὸν αὐτὸν λέγομεν ἀμνὸν καὶ ποιμένα καὶ οὐ μάχεται ταῦτα, οὕτω λέγομεν καὶ ὁδὸν καὶ θύ ραν καὶ οὐκ ἀντίκειται ταῦτα
正如我們稱同一位既為羔羊又為牧人,而這些並不衝突;照樣,我們也稱祂既為道路又為門,而這些並不對立。
And just as we call the same one both Lamb and Shepherd, and these do not conflict, so also we call Him both Way and Door, and these are not opposed.
1:2037
οὕτως αὐτὸς λέγεται ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος
祂就是這樣被稱為開端與終結。
In this way He Himself is called beginning and end.
1:2038
ἀρχή ἐστιν ὡς θεμέλιος τῆς θείας οἰκοδομῆς καταβαλλόμενος·
祂是開端,如同神聖建築所奠立的根基;
He is beginning as the foundation of the divine building that is laid down;
1:2039
θεμέλιον γὰρ ἄλ λον οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον
因為除了已經立好的根基以外,沒有人能另立根基。
for no one can lay another foundation than the one that is laid.
1:2040
αὐτὸς δέ ἐστιν κεφαλὴ τῆς γωνίας·
祂自己就是房角的頭塊石頭;
And He Himself is the head of the corner;
1:2041
αὐτὸς τεθει`̣ς̣ θεμέλιος γέγονεν κεφαλὴ τῆς γωνία̣ς̣ συνάπτων·
那被立為根基的,成了房角的頭塊石頭,將兩下連接起來。
the very one who was laid as foundation has become the head of the corner, joining together.
1:2042
γωνία δὲ δύο τοίχων συναφή ἐστιν
因為房角乃是兩面牆的接合處。
For a corner is the joining together of two walls.
1:2043
ὡς οὖν συνήχθη σαν αἱ δύο διαθῆκαι καὶ οἱ δύο λαοὶ καὶ ἐκκλησία μία γέγονεν κεφαλῇ τῷ Χριστῷ χρωμένη, γέγονεν καὶ τέλος
所以當那兩約與那兩族的百姓被聯合起來,教會成為一體,以基督為元首時,祂也就成了終結。
So when the two covenants were brought together, and the two peoples, and the Church became one, using Christ as its head, He became also the end.
1:2044
ἰδοὺ ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος, πρῶτος καὶ ἔσχατος
看哪,開端與終結,首先的與末後的。
Behold, beginning and end, first and last.
1:2045
τὸ πρῶτον ὧδε κατὰ τιμὴν λάβε·
在此可按尊榮的意思領會「首先的」;
Take the 'first' here in the sense of honour;
1:2046
εἰσὶν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τὰ πρωτεῖα φερόμενοι οἷον ἀπόστολοι, προφῆται·
在教會中有承擔首要職分的,例如使徒、先知;
there are in the Church those who bear the first ranks, such as apostles and prophets;
1:2047
εἰσὶν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἔχοντες οἷον χάρισμα ἰαμάτων, ἀντίλημψιν, κυβέρνησιν, γλῶτταν
也有領受其他恩賜的,例如醫病的恩賜、幫助、治理、方言。
and there are those who have the other gifts, such as the gift of healings, of helps, of governments, of tongues.
1:2048
αὐτὸν γ̣ὰρ μιμούμενοι γίνονται ταῦτα
因為他們正是藉著效法祂,才成為這些的。
For it is by imitating Him that they become these things.
1:2049
καὶ οὕτω λέγεται καὶ πρῶτος κατὰ τιμὴν καὶ ἔσχατος κατὰ τιμ̣ήν
祂就這樣既按尊榮被稱為首先的,又按尊榮被稱為末後的。
And in this way He is called both first in honour and last in honour.
1:2050
εἰ δὲ θέλεις καὶ βαθύτερον λόγον ἀκοῦσαι·
但你若也願意聽一番更深的解說:
But if you wish to hear a deeper account as well:
1:2051
Ἰη σοῦς διερχόμενος τοὺς οὐρανοὺς οὐ μόνον ἐν τῇ ἀν όδῳ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ καθόδῳ πάντας ἐμιμήσατο τοὺς λογι κο̣ύς, ὡς ἐν Ἰσαΐᾳ φέρεται τῷ ἀναβατικῷ, ἵν' ὠφε λήσει πᾶν τάγμα·
耶穌不但在祂上升的時候,也在祂下降的時候經過諸天,效法了一切有理性的受造者,正如《以賽亞升天記》所載,好叫祂能益處每一等次;
Jesus, passing through the heavens not only in His ascent but also in His descent, imitated all the rational beings, as is set forth in the Ascension of Isaiah, so that He might benefit every order;
1:2052
οὐ διέβη γὰρ τόπον κ̣ατιω´̣ν, ἔνθα̣ οὐ πεποίηται ὠφέλειαν
因為祂降下時,並未經過任何一處而不在那裡施行益處。
for as He came down He crossed no place where He did not work a benefit.
1:2053
δύναται οὖν καὶ τὸ ὑπεραναβε βηκὸς ζῷον ε̣ἰ῀̣ναι, ἔσχατον δὲ τ̣άχα ἄνθρωπος κα̣ταχθόνιος
所以那升到最高之上的活物也可以存在,而末後的或許就是人,或是在地底下的。
So too the living creature that has risen above may exist, while the last is perhaps the human being or the one who is under the earth.
1:2054
πάντας̣ οὖν ἐμιμήσατο, ἵνα πᾶν̣ τ̣άγ μα ω̣φελήσει
所以祂效法了一切,好叫祂能益處每一等次。
He imitated all, therefore, so that He might benefit every order.
1:2055
ε̣ι̣ γὰρ ἀπόστολος αὐτο`̣ς τοῖς πᾶσιν πάντα γέγονεν, ἵνα πάντας κερ̣δήσῃἐκ̣είν̣οις δὲ πάντα γέγονεν καὶ ᾡ῀̣ ἔσχατοί εἰσιν, γέγονεν τοῖς ἀνόμοις ἄνομος, ἵνα τοὺς ἀνόμ̣ους κερδήσῃ, τοῖς Ἰο̣υδ̣αίοις̣ Ἰουδαίοις Ἰουδαῖος, τοῖς σοφοῖςσοφός–, εἰ οὖν μιμητὴς αὐτοῦ ταῦτ' ἐποίει, πολλῷ πλέον αὐτός
因為若那使徒自己向眾人成了眾人的樣式,為要得著眾人——他向那些人成了各樣的人,在其中他是末後的;向沒有律法的人,他成了沒有律法的,為要得著沒有律法的人,向猶太人他作猶太人,向智慧人他作智慧人——那麼,若祂的效法者尚且行這些事,祂自己豈不更是如此。
For if the Apostle himself became all things to all, that he might gain all—and to those he became all things and among whom he is last, he became lawless to the lawless, that he might gain the lawless, to the Jews a Jew, to the wise wise—if then His imitator did these things, much more did He Himself.
1:2056
εἶτα λοιπὸν εἰρηκὼς λέγει·
接著,祂既如此說了,又說:
Then, having spoken thus, He goes on to say:
1:2057
ζῶν καὶ ἐγενάμην νε κρός
「那活著的,我曾死過。」
'He who lives, and I became dead.'
1:2058
ἐγὼ ζῶν, οὐχ̣ γενάμενος ζῶν·
我是那活著的——不是後來才成為活著的;
I am the living one—not one who came to be living;
1:2059
ζῶν γάρ ἐστιν, ζωὴ γάρ ἐστιν, ἐγένετο δὲ νεκρός·
因為祂是活著的,祂就是生命,但祂卻成了死的;
for He is living, since He is life, yet He became dead;
1:2060
ἀλ λὰ τὸ μεσολαβῆσαι λύεται·
然而其間的中斷卻被消解了;
yet the interruption in between is dissolved;
1:2061
καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶν εἰμι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας
並且「看哪,我是活著的,直到永永遠遠。」
and 'behold, I am living unto the ages.'
1:2062
εἰ γὰρ καὶ ζῶν τυγχάνων νεκρὸς γέγονα, οὐ γέγονα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας νεκρὸς ἀναλαμπούσης ἐκείνης τῆς ζωῆς, ἧς εἶχον πρὸ τῆς νεκρώσεως
因為我雖然本是活著的卻成了死的,但我並沒有永遠成為死的,因為那我在死之前所擁有的生命重新發光。
For even if, being living, I became dead, I have not become dead unto the ages, since that life shines out again which I had before the deadening.
1:2063
καὶ γλυκὺ τὸ φῶς καὶ ἀγαθὸν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς
「光是甘美的,眼見日光乃為美好。」
'And the light is sweet, and it is good for the eyes.'
1:2064
ἑκατέρως τὸ φῶς γλυκύ ἐστιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ γαθόν
無論從哪一方面來說,光對眼睛都是甘美而美好的。
In both senses the light is sweet and good for the eyes.
1:2065
καὶ εἰ μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν λαμβάνεις, δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ὁρατά
你若按可感之物來領會,它便向人顯明可見之物。
And if you take it of sensible things, it shows him the things that are visible.
1:2066
εἰ δὲ περὶ του῀̣ θείου φωτὸς τοῦ ἀϊδίου, περὶ οὗ λέγεται ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον τοὺς φθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας̣ φωτίζον, γλυκύ ἐστιν αὐτοῖς
但若是指那論到「那光是真光,照亮凡生在世上的人」的神聖永恆之光,就是照亮心中之眼的光,那麼它對它們就是甘美的。
But if it be of the divine, eternal light, concerning which it is said, 'It was the true light, which enlightens every man,' enlightening the eyes of the heart, it is sweet to them.
1:2067
ἑκατέρως δὲ λημπτέον τὸ φῶς καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλ μούς, ω̣σ̣αύτως καὶ τὴν γλυκύτητα
光與眼睛都當按兩種意思領會,甘美也是如此。
In both senses the light and the eyes are to be understood, and likewise the sweetness.
1:2068
ὁμοίως ἐὰν πε ρὶ τῶν ὁρατῶν λέγῃ τῶν δεικνυμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ φωτός, τὸ γλυκ̣υ`̣ α̣ν̣τὶ του῀̣ ἡδύ ἐστιν̣
同樣,若是論到那被可感之光所顯明的可見之物,「甘美」便是指「愉悅」。
Likewise, if it speaks of the visible things shown by the sensible light, the 'sweet' stands for the 'pleasant.'
1:2069
κηρίον, φάγε μέλι, υἱέ, ἀγαθὸν γὰρ κηρίον, ἵνα γ̣λυ̣κανθ̣ῇ ο̣ φ̣άρ̣υ̣ν̣ξ
「蜂房:我兒,你要吃蜜,因為蜂房是美好的,好叫你的喉嚨得著甘甜。」
'A honeycomb: eat honey, my son, for the honeycomb is good, that your throat may be sweetened.'
1:2070
κα·····τ̣ο μέ λι, τὸ ἐσθιόμενον, τὸν ἀγαθόν, τὸ πνευματικὸν α̣π̣ο´̣σταγμ̣α̣ τ̣ῶν γρα̣φῶν ε̣···
……那蜜,就是所吃的,那美好的,聖經屬靈的精華……
And ... the honey, that which is eaten, the good, the spiritual distillation of the Scriptures ...
1:2071
τὸ κηρίον δέ, ἐν συνίσταται λέξις τῶν γραφῶν ···
而那蜂房,就是聖經字句所構成之處……
And the honeycomb, in which the literal wording of the Scriptures is composed ...
1:2072
τ̣ο̣υ῀̣ β̣λ̣ε´̣πειν̣ σὺν τὸν ἥλιον
「……得見日光。」
'... of seeing the sun.'
1:2073
ο̣ ἔχων τὸ φῶς τοῦτο τὸν ἥλιον βλέπει
那擁有這光的人,便得見日光。
He who has this light beholds the sun.
1:2074
τὰ ἄλλα̣ ο̣ρατὰ δείκ̣ν̣υται ὑπὸ ἡλίου καὶ φωτός·
其餘的可見之物是藉著太陽與光被顯明的;
The other visible things are shown by the sun and by light;
1:2075
αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ φῶς ο̣ὐχ̣ υ̣π̣ὸ ἄλλου δείκνυται, ἀλλ' αὐ τὸ ἑαυτὸ ε̣μφανίζει
但光本身卻不是被別的所顯明,而是自我彰顯。
but the light itself is not shown by another, but reveals itself.
1:2076
ὅπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τῆς ἱστορίας γίνεται τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς
凡在字義層面成立的,在靈意(上達)層面也照樣成立。
What holds true, then, in the case of the literal sense holds also in the case of the anagogical.
1:2077
εἰς τὸ ἁρμονίως ἰδεῖν δεῖ ὄψιν εἶναι καὶ φῶς καὶ ὁρατά
因為要和諧地觀看,就必須有視力、有光、也有可見之物。
For seeing harmoniously requires that there be sight, and light, and things visible.
1:2078
ἐ´̣σ̣τι̣ν̣ γάρ π̣οτε τη῀̣ς̣ ὄψε̣ω̣ς οὔσης̣ τὰ ο̣ρατὰ μὴ θεωρεῖσθαι, ὅταν νὺξ
因為有時視力雖在,可見之物卻看不見,就是在黑夜的時候。
For sometimes, though the sight exists, the visible things are not beheld, when it is night.
1:2079
καὶ πάλιν τ̣οῦ φω τὸς ὄν̣το̣ς̣ ὅτ̣αν τι̣ς̣ μ̣ὴ σ̣κ̣οπῇ, κἀ`̣ν̣ μ̣ὴ στερηθῇ αὐτοῦ, οὐχ ὁρᾷ αὐτά
再者,光雖然存在,若有人不去注視,即使他並未失去光,他也看不見它們。
And again, though the light exists, when someone does not look, even if he is not deprived of it, he does not see them.
1:2080
τότε οὖν τ̣αυ῀̣τ̣α ὁρᾶτα̣ι, ὅτε ?
所以,惟有當……的時候,這些事物才被看見……
Then, therefore, are these things seen, when ...
1:2081
εἰς ἀντίλημψιν αὐτῶν καὶ αὐτὰ ?
為要領會它們,它們自身也……
for the apprehension of them, and they themselves ...
1:2082
τὸ δεικνύον φῶς καὶ ἄλλο τὰ δεικνυόμενα ὁρ̣α̣τ̣ὰ καὶ ἕτερον δεικνύουσα ὄψις
那顯明之光是一回事,那被顯明的可見之物是另一回事,那觀看的視力又是另一回事。
The light that shows is one thing, and the visible things that are shown are another, and the sight that beholds is yet another.
1:2083
περι`̣ μ̣ε´̣ντοι τῶν νοητῶν οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει
然而,在可理解之物的情形中,卻不是這樣。
In the case of intelligible things, however, it is not so.
1:2084
τὸ φῶςοὐχ ὑπ̣ὸ φωτὸς δείκν̣υται καίτοι̣ ὂν̣ ὁρατόν, ἀλ̣λ' ἑαυτὸ φανεροῖ
那光雖是可見的,卻不是被光所顯明,而是自我彰顯。
The light is not shown by light, although it is visible, but reveals itself.
1:2085
τοῦτο μέν τοι Μω̣ϋσῆς θ̣εασ̣··ε̣··ς καὶ ει?···κ̣ρως ἔλεγεν·
摩西正是觀看了這事……說:
This indeed Moses, beholding ..., said:
1:2086
ἐμ φάνισόν μοι̣ σεαυτόν, οὐκ ἄλλος δὲ δύναταί μοι ἐμφανίσ̣α̣ι, ὡς εἴ τις τῷ ἡλίῳ ἔλεγεν·
「求你將你自己顯給我看」,因為沒有別的能將你顯給我,正如有人對太陽說:
'Reveal Yourself to me,' since no other can reveal You to me, as though one were to say to the sun:
1:2087
ἐμφά νισόν μοι σεαυτόν, ἄλλο γὰρ οὐδὲν δύναται σὲ δεῖξαι
「求你將你自己顯給我,因為沒有別的能顯明你。」
'Reveal yourself to me, for nothing else is able to show you.'
1:2088
οὕτω καὶ ςωτὴρ ἐν εὐαγγελίοις ἔλεγεν·
救主在福音書中也照樣說:
So too the Saviour said in the Gospels:
1:2089
ο̣ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου̣ καὶ τηρῶν αὐτάς, ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ἀγαπῶν με·
「有了我的命令又遵守的,這人就是愛我的;
'He who has My commandments and keeps them, he it is who loves Me;
1:2090
δὲ ἀγαπῶν με ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ πα τρός μου, καὶ ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἑαυτῷ ἐμαυτόν
愛我的必蒙我父所愛,我也要向他顯明我自己。」
and he who loves Me shall be loved by My Father, and I will reveal Myself to him.'
1:2091
πάλιν ἐμφανίζω, οὐκ ἄλλος με δείκνυσιν
祂又說「我顯明」——沒有別的能顯明我。
Again, 'I reveal'—no other shows Me.
1:2092
ἀλλὰ λέγεις ὅτι ο̣ υἱὸς δείκνυσιν τὸν πα τέρα
但你說,是子顯明父。
But you say that the Son shows the Father.
1:2093
ἀλλὰ σκόπει ὅτι αὐτή ἐστιν πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ ου̣σία·
然而你當思想,父與子的本質乃是同一的;
Yet consider that the essence of Father and Son is the same;
1:2094
ὥσπερ γὰρ πατὴρ δείκνυται ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ, οὕτω καὶ υἱὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός·
因為正如父是藉著子被顯明,照樣子也是藉著父被顯明;
for just as the Father is shown by the Son, so too the Son is shown by the Father;
1:2095
ἑωρακὼς ἐμέ, φησίν, ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα
祂說:「人看見了我,就是看見了父。」
'He who has seen Me,' He says, 'has seen the Father.'
1:2096
καὶ ὅρα ὅτι ἀποκαλύπτει υἱὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἀποκαλύπτει δὲ καὶ πατὴρ τὸν υἱόν
你要留意,子啟示父,父也啟示子。
And observe that the Son reveals the Father, and the Father also reveals the Son.
1:2097
Παῦλος γοῦν λέγει ὡς εὐδόκησεν θεὸς ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί
保羅無論如何都說:「神樂意將祂的兒子啟示在我裡面。」
Paul at any rate says that 'it pleased God to reveal His Son in me.'
1:2098
καὶ Πέτρος ἐμαρτυρήθη ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψεν αὐτῷ τὸν υἱόν, ἀλλ' γεν νήσας αὐτὸν οὐράνιος πατήρ
彼得也蒙見證,說這不是屬血肉的將子啟示給他的,乃是那生他的天父。
And Peter was borne witness to, that flesh and blood did not reveal the Son to him, but the heavenly Father who begat Him.
1:2099
καὶ ἐὰν ἔτη πολλὰ ζήσεται ἄνθρωπος̣, ἐν πα῀̣σιν ···
「人若活多年,就當在其中一切的日子……」
'And if a man live many years, in all of them ...'
1:2100
εὐφραν θήσετ̣αι καὶ μνησθήσεται τὰς ἡμέ ρας τοῦ σκότους, ὁ´̣τι πολλαὶ ἔσονται
「……就當歡喜,也當記念黑暗的日子,因為這些日子必多。」
'... let him rejoice, and let him remember the days of darkness, that they will be many.'
1:2101
̣, κἂν μυρία ἔτη ζήσει ἄνθρωπος, ἦν δὲ ἄνθρωπος φυλάττων τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν καὶ οὕτω ἄνθρωπος ὡς εὐθὴς γέγονεν ὥστε εἰδέ ναι τὴν εὐθύτητα τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ τὸ πρωῒ σπείρειν καὶ τὸ ἑσπέρας μὴ ἀφιέναι τῇ χειρὶ μηδέν, εὐφρανθήσε ται
縱使一個人活了千萬年,只要他仍是保守著神的形像與樣式的人,只要這人成為如此正直,以致認識了光的正直,並且早晨撒種、晚上也不叫自己的手閒著,他必歡喜快樂。
Even if a man should live ten thousand years, provided he was a man keeping the image and likeness, and provided the man had so become upright as to know the uprightness of the light, and to sow in the morning and in the evening not to let his hand rest from anything, he shall rejoice.
1:2102
̣, κἂν πολλὰ ἔτη ζήσεται, εὐφρανθήσεται
縱使他要活許多年,他必歡喜快樂。
Even if he should live for many years, he shall rejoice.
1:2103
ἔτη δὲ πολλὰ γίνεται ἐκ περιόδου τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης
而許多年是由公義之日頭的運行而生出的。
And many years come to be from the circuit of the Sun of righteousness.
1:2104
ὡς γὰρ αἰσθητὸς ἥλιος περιοδεύων κύ κλους τινὰς ἔτη καὶ ἐνιαυτοὺς κατασκευάζει, οὕτω καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν
因為正如那可感知的太陽,運行過某些軌道,造成年歲與季節,那真光也是如此。
For just as the perceptible sun, coursing through certain circles, produces years and seasons, so also does the true light.
1:2105
περὶ τούτων οὖν λέγει ἅγιος φωτισθεὶς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ·
那被祂光照的聖者,就論到這些事說:
Concerning these things, then, the holy one who has been enlightened by it speaks:
1:2106
ἔτη αἰώνια ἐμνήσθην καὶ ἐμελέτησα
「我追想古時的年日,並默想思念。」
'I remembered the years of old, and I meditated.'
1:2107
εἰ πρόσκαιρά ἐστιν πάντα τὰ καθ̣' ἡμᾶς, πῶς αἰώνια ἔτη ῥητέα τὰ παρ' ἡμῖν γινόμενα; καὶ ἔτι·
倘若我們一切的事都是暫時的,那麼在我們中間所發生的,怎能稱為永恆的年日呢?並且還說:
If all our affairs are temporal, how are the things that come to pass among us to be called eternal years? And further:
1:2108
ἐμνήσθην ἡμερῶν αἰωνίων, σύνετε γενεὰς γε νεῶν
「我追想永恆的日子;要思念歷代歷世。」
'I remembered the days of eternity; consider the generations of generations.'
1:2109
ἐξ αἰωνίων ἡμερῶν κατασκευάζεται τὰ αἰώ νια ἔτη
由永恆的日子,構成了那永恆的年歲。
From eternal days the eternal years are constructed.
1:2110
κἂν πολλὰ οὖν ἔτη ζήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, εὐφρανθή σεται ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἐὰν οὕτως ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἐνεργῇ, ἐὰν μὴ σ̣υνπαραβληθ̣εὶς γένηται κτηνώδης, ἐὰν μὴ ἵππος θηλυμανής, μὴ συνετὸς κατὰ τὴν ἡμίονον
所以,縱使一個人活了許多年,只要他這樣行事為人配得上「人」,只要他不因與獸相比而變得如牲畜,不像發情狂躁的公馬,不像無知的騾子,他就必在這些年日中歡喜。
Even though a man should live for many years, then, he shall rejoice in them, provided he acts thus as a man, provided he does not, by comparison, become like a beast, nor like a mad-mettled stallion, nor lacking understanding like the mule.
1:2111
τὸ καὶ ἐάν;ἐπεὶ οὐ πάντες ζῶσιν ταῦτα τὰ ἔτη·
為何說「縱使」呢?因為並非所有人都活出這些年日。
Why 'even if'? Because not all live out these years.
1:2112
ἀλλ' οὐ δὲ κατὰ φύσιν ζῶν ζῇ, ἀλλὰ ἐὰν θελήσῃ, ζῇ
然而,活著的人並非單憑本性而活,乃是若他願意,他才真正地活。
But he who lives does not live by nature merely, but he lives if he so wills.
1:2113
κἂν τοῦτο οὖν ὑπαρχθῇ, εὐφρανθήσεται ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις
所以,若這一點得以成就,他必在他一切的日子中歡喜。
If this, then, be granted, he shall rejoice in all his days.
1:2114
ἐπὶ τοῦ ῥητοῦ οὖν οὐκ ἀναφέρεται τὸ ἀληθές οὐκ, ἐὰν μυρία τις ἔτη ζήσῃ, ἐν πᾶσι̣ν αὐτοῖς εὐφραν θήσεται, εἰ μὴ ἄρα οὕτως εἴποις·
所以,若按字面的意思來領會,其中的真理便無從指向——並非說一個人若活了千萬年,就必在其中每一日都歡喜——除非你這樣說:
Taken according to the literal sense, therefore, what is true is not referred to—it is not the case that, if someone should live ten thousand years, he will rejoice in all of them—unless indeed you should speak thus:
1:2115
σοφὸς οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡδέσιν μόνοις χαίρει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀηδέσιν γενναίως αὐτὰ φέρων·
智慧人不僅在順心之事上歡喜,也在不順心之事上歡喜,以高尚的心志承擔這些。
The wise man rejoices not only in things pleasant, but also in things unpleasant, bearing them nobly.
1:2116
εὐλογήσω γοῦν τὸν κύριον ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ, λέγει, κἂν ἀηδῆ ἦν τὰ περιεστηκότα, κἂν ἀνιαρὰ ἦν·
他說:「我要時時稱頌耶和華」,縱使環繞他的境遇是不愉快的,縱使是令人愁苦的;
'I will bless the Lord at all times,' he says, even though the circumstances surrounding him were unpleasant, even though they were grievous;
1:2117
ὥσπερ Ἰὼβ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ εὐ φραίνετο
正如約伯在一切時候都歡喜。
just as Job at all times rejoiced.
1:2118
καὶ μνησθήσεται τὰς ἡμέρας τοῦ σκότους, ὅτι πολλαὶ ἔσονται
「並且他要記念黑暗的日子,因為這日子必多。」
'And he shall remember the days of darkness, that they will be many.'
1:2119
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐν κακίᾳ ὢν οὐ μνημονεύει τῶν αἰωνίων φωτῶν, δὲ ἐν ἀρετῇ ὢν οἶδεν καὶ τὴν̣ κακίαν καὶ μνημονεύει αὐτῆς·
大體而言,處在惡中的人不記念那永恆的光,惟有處在德行中的人,既認識惡,也記念它;
For the most part the man who is in wickedness does not remember the eternal lights, whereas the man who is in virtue knows also wickedness and remembers it;
1:2120
οὕτω γοῦν ἐκ κλίνει ἀπ' αὐτῆς ···σ̣κ̣ο̣···················
他就這樣轉離惡……黑暗……
and thus indeed he turns away from it ... darkness ...
1:2121
μέχρ̣ι̣ γ̣ὰρ̣ τ̣οῦ παρόντος ζῆν ἐνεργοῦσιν, ἀλλ' οἱ κακοὶ παραδίδονται καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τῷ σκότῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀηδέσιν, ταῖς τιμωρίαις πάσαις
因為直到如今,他們仍在活著行事,但惡人在這些事之後,卻被交付於黑暗,並交付於其餘不愉快之事,交付於一切的刑罰。
For up to the present time they are active in living, but the wicked are handed over even after these things to darkness and to the other unpleasant things, to all the punishments.
1:2122
μνημονεύων οὖν οὐ πειραθήσεται αὐτῶν
所以,那記念的人必不至於嘗到這些。
The one who remembers, therefore, shall not make trial of them.
1:2123
ἑτέρως δὲ τὸ μνημονεύειν λαμβάνομεν·
然而,我們也以另一種意思領會「記念」;
But we take 'to remember' in another sense also;
1:2124
λαμβάνο μεν δὲ καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν πολλάκις μνήμην καὶ τὸ μὴ χρᾶσθαι λήθην
因為我們常把「運用」當作記念,把「不運用」當作遺忘。
for we often take 'use' as memory, and 'not using' as forgetfulness.
1:2125
ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ περὶ τῶν δικαίων τῶν τὰς θείας ἐπαγγελίας ἀπολαμβανόντων ὅτι ἐπιλήσον ται τῆς θλίψεως αὐτῶν τῆς πρώτηςἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ πειραθήσονται αὐτῆς ἔτιοὐδὲ ἐπέλθῃ αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν
因為當論到那些領受神聖應許的義人時,經上說「他們必忘記從前的患難」——意思是他們必不再嘗到它——「也必不再上他們的心。」
For when it says concerning the righteous who receive the divine promises that 'they shall forget their former affliction'—meaning that they shall no longer make trial of it—'neither shall it come upon their heart any more'.
1:2126
διὰ τί; ἔσται γὰρ οὐρανὸς και νὸς καὶ γῆ καινή·
為什麼呢?「因為必有新天新地。」
Why? 'For there shall be a new heaven and a new earth.'
1:2127
μεταστοιχειωθέντος τοῦ κόσ μου καὶ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν ἀποδοθησομένων, οὐκέτι μνήμη ἔσται θλιβηροῦ
當世界被更換、應許得以償還之時,便不再有任何愁苦之事的記憶了。
When the world has been transformed and the promises rendered, there will no longer be memory of anything grievous.
1:2128
καὶ οὕτως εἰώθαμεν λέγειν·
我們也習慣這樣說:
And thus we are accustomed to speak:
1:2129
ὅταν μεταβολὴ γένηται, λέγομεν λήθην τῶν προτέ ρων λαμβάνειν, κἂν ἀγαθὰ κἂν μὴ ἀγαθὰ ὦσιν
當有變遷發生時,我們就說我們對從前的事取了遺忘,無論那些事是好的或不好的。
when a change occurs, we say that we take forgetfulness of former things, whether they be good or not good.
1:2130
ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἀγαθῇ ἀμνηστία κακῶν
「在美好的日子裡,惡事被遺忘。」
'In a good day there is a forgetting of evils.'
1:2131
μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι πειραθεὶς ἡμερῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ φωτεινῶν ἐπελάθετο ὅτι πεπείραται κακῶν
因為它的意思並不是說:那經歷過美好、充滿光明之日的人,已忘記他曾經歷過惡事;
For it does not mean this—that the one who has experienced good and light-filled days has forgotten that he experienced evils;
1:2132
ἀλλ' οὐκέτι οὕτω μνημονεύει αὐτῶν κατὰ πεῖραν
乃是說他不再照著經歷去記念它們。
but rather that he no longer remembers them by way of experience.
1:2133
πᾶν τὸ ἐρχόμενον ματαιό της
「凡將來的都是虛空。」
'All that comes is vanity.'
1:2134
εὐφραίνου, νεανία, ἐν νεότητί σου, καὶ ἀγαθυνάτω σε καρδία σου ἐν ἡμέραις νεότητός σου, καὶ περιπάτει ἐν ὁδοῖς ἄμωμος καὶ ἐν ὁράσει ὀφθαλμῶν σου
「少年人哪,你在幼年時當快樂,在你幼年的日子,讓你的心使你歡暢,並在道路上與你眼所見的中間,行事純全無瑕。」
'Rejoice, O young man, in your youth, and let your heart cheer you in the days of your youth, and walk blameless in the ways and in the sight of your eyes.'
1:2135
̣, τὸ ἐρχόμενον οὐκ ἔστιν αἰώνιον·
凡將來的都不是永恆的;
That which comes is not eternal;
1:2136
πρόσκαιρά εἰσιν πρὸς ταῦτα τὰ βλεπόμενα, τὰ ρατὰ δημιουργήματα·
與這些相比,那些可見的事物,就是眼所能見的受造之物,乃是暫時的;
temporal in respect of these are the things that are seen, the visible creatures;
1:2137
οὐ βλεπόμενα δὲ καὶ αἰώνια, σπουδάζουσιν ἔχειν οἱ ἅγιοι λέγοντες·
但那些不被看見的乃是永恆的,是眾聖徒切慕要得著的,他們說:
but the things not seen are also eternal, which the saints are eager to possess, saying:
1:2138
σκοπούν των ἡμῶν οὐ τὰ βλεπόμενα·
「我們原不是顧念所見的;」
'While we look not at the things that are seen;'
1:2139
τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα πρόσ καιρα, τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια
「因為所見的是暫時的,所不見的是永恆的。」
'for the things that are seen are temporal, but the things that are not seen are eternal.'
1:2140
εἰ αἰώνιά εἰ σιν, οὐκ εἰσὶν μέλλοντα, κἄν π̣οτε μέλλουσαν εἴ πῃς ἀρετὴν γνῶσιν·
它們若是永恆的,就不是將來之物;縱使你有時說到某種德行或某種知識是「將來的」。
If they are eternal, they are not things to come; even if you should ever speak of a virtue or a knowledge as being 'to come'.
1:2141
εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐγεγόνειμεν ἐν κακίᾳ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ, οὐκ εἴ χαμεν μέλλοντα φωτισμὸν μέλλουσαν ἀγαθωσύνην
因為我們若不曾陷在惡中或無知中,我們就不會有將來的光照,或將來的良善。
For if we had not come to be in wickedness or in ignorance, we should not have had a future enlightenment or a future goodness.
1:2142
τῇ φύσει οὖν τὰ θεῖα ἔξω εἰσὶν τοῦ μέλλειν εὶ π̣α̣ρ̣ο´̣ντα
所以按本性而言,神聖之事乃是在「將來成就」的範疇之外,因為它們永遠是現前的。
By nature, then, divine things are outside the realm of 'coming to be', being ever present.
1:2143
καὶ μέμνημαι ὅτι κέχρημαι τοιούτῳ παρα δείγματί ποτε
我記得我曾用過這樣一個比喻。
And I recall that I once made use of such an illustration.
1:2144
καὶ ἐχρησάμην τοιούτῳ παραδείγματι ὅτι ἡμέρας οὔσης ἐν οἴκῳ τι̣ς̣ θύραν κατα κλείσας φραξάτω πᾶσαν ὀπήν, οὐ πάρεστιν αὐτῷ τὸ φῶς, πάρεστιν δέ
我曾用過這樣一個比喻:當白日之時,若有人在屋內關上門,堵住每一個孔隙,光對他就不是現前的——然而光其實仍是現前的。
And I used such an illustration: that, while it is day, if someone in a house should shut the door and block up every opening, the light is not present to him—yet it is present.
1:2145
ἐὰν οὖν ἀνοίξῃ τὰς θυρίδας, ἐὰν τὴν γνοιαν ἀποβάλῃ, εὑρίσκει παρὸν τὸ φῶς·
所以,他若打開窗戶,若他除掉自己的無知,他就發現光是現前的;
If, then, he should open the windows, if he should cast off his ignorance, he finds the light present.
1:2146
τὸ ἐρχόμενον οὖν πᾶν τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν μάται όν ἐστιν, τῆς τῶν ματαίων φύσεως
所以凡將來的都是這一類的——它是虛空的,屬於虛空之物的本性。
Everything that comes, therefore, is of this sort—it is vain, of the nature of vain things.
1:2147
μάταιον γὰρ οὐ λοιδορούμενον, εἰ μὴ ἐκ συνκρίσεως τῶν ὑπεραναβεβη κότων
因為它被稱為「虛空」並非受到貶斥,乃只是與那些超越它的事物相比而言。
For it is called 'vain' not as being reviled, but only in comparison with the things that surpass it.
1:2148
τοιαῦτα μὲν ἐλέχθη ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ βιβλίου·
所以,這樣的話在本書的開頭已經說過了;
Such things, then, were said at the beginning of the book;
1:2149
τότε δὲ παραδείγμασιν τοιούτοις ἐχρώμεθα ὅτι δᾷδα καὶ λαμπὰς φωτίζει·
那時我們用過這樣的比喻,說火把和燈都發光;
and at that time we used such illustrations as: that a torch and a lamp give light;
1:2150
ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον δὲ καὶ τὸ φῶς ἐκεῖ νο τὸ ἡλιακὸν ματαία ἐστὶν αὕτη, οὐ ψεγομένη ἀλλ' ὑποδεεστέρα
但與太陽並那日光相比,這光乃是虛空的——不是受責備,乃是次等而已。
but in comparison with the sun and that solar light, this light is vain—not blamed, but inferior.
1:2151
ἀμέλει γοῦν τινες θέλουσιν περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς φρο νεῖν, καὶ περὶ τῆς κακίας διανοοῦνται·
確實有些人願意對德行持守他們對惡所懷的同樣看法;
Indeed, then, some wish to hold concerning virtue the very things which they also conceive concerning wickedness;
1:2152
εἴρηται γὰρ περὶ τῆς κακίας ὅτι οὐδὲ ἦν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, οὐδὲ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἔσται
因為論到惡曾有話說:它從起初就不存在,也必不存到永遠。
for it has been said concerning wickedness that neither was it from the beginning, nor shall it be unto the age.
1:2153
περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς εἰδωλολατρίας καὶ πορνείας εἴρηται, συνεκδοχικῶς δὲ περὶ πάσης κα κίας τοῦτο ἐκλαμβάνεται
因為這話原是論到拜偶像與淫亂而說的,但藉著提喻法,這便被領會為論及一切的惡。
For it has been said concerning idolatry and fornication, but by synecdoche this is understood concerning all wickedness.
1:2154
καὶ λέγεται ὅτι ἀδικία ψεύσατο ἑαυτήν
並且經上說,不義自己欺哄了自己。
And it is said that iniquity lied to itself.
1:2155
τὸ ψεύσασθαι δέ, ὡς λέγομεν γῆν ἐψεῦσθαι, ὡς σῖτον, ὡς ἄμπελον
但這「說謊」,是我們說土地欺哄、五穀欺哄、葡萄樹欺哄那種意思。
But this 'lying', in the sense in which we say that land has lied, or grain, or the vine.
1:2156
καὶ λέγουσίν τι νες οἱ περὶ τὴν συνσπορὰν τῆς ψυχῆς ἔχοντες ὅτι ρετὴ τοιαύτη ἐστίν·
還有些人——就是主張靈魂與身體同時被種下之說的人——說德行是這樣的:
And some—those who hold to the notion of the soul's co-sowing—say that virtue is of this kind:
1:2157
οὐχ ὑφέστηκεν ἄνευ τοῦ ἐνερ γοῦντος
它離了那在其中運行的人便無法存立。
it does not subsist apart from the one who is active in it.
1:2158
ψεῦδος δέ ἐστιν τοῦτο ἐν τῷ θεῷ γὰρ στιν κἀκεῖθεν αὐτὴν ἀρυόμεθα
但這是假的;因為它在神裡面,我們乃是從那裡汲取它。
But this is false; for it is in God, and from thence we draw it.
1:2159
κἂν ἡμεῖς οὖν ἀποστῶ μεν, ἔστιν ἐν θεῷ τὸ ἀγαθόν
所以,縱使我們背離了,善仍然在神裡面。
Even if, then, we should fall away, the good is in God.
1:2160
τὸ δὲ κακόν, ἐὰν μὴ ἐνεργῇ τις, οὐκέτι ἔστιν·
但惡,若無人在其中運行,它就不再存在了;
But evil, if no one is active in it, no longer exists;
1:2161
καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ γοῦν τοῦ ἀρχεκάκου τοῦ μετὰ ἄρθρου ὀνο μαζομένου πάντα τὰ κακά·
並且確實論到那惡的元兇本身,就是那用冠詞稱呼、作萬惡之源的。
and indeed concerning that very author of evil himself, named with the article as the source of all evils.
1:2162
λέγεται γὰρ καὶ πονη ρὸς καὶ ἐχθρὸς καὶ θάνατος καὶ ἁμαρτω λός
因為他既被稱為「那惡者」,又被稱為「那仇敵」、「那死亡」和「那罪人」。
For he is called both 'the wicked one' and 'the enemy' and 'death' and 'the sinner'.
1:2163
λέγεται γοῦν σύντριψον τὸν βραχίονα τοῦ μαρτωλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ, σύντριψον αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον βραχίονα ὀνομαζόμενον εἶτα εὐθέως λέγει·
確實經上說:「求你打斷那罪人和惡人的膀臂」——就是打斷他的工作,那被稱為「膀臂」的;接著立刻說:
Indeed it is said: 'Break the arm of the sinner and wicked one'—break his work, which is called an 'arm'; then immediately it says:
1:2164
ζητη θήσεται ἁμαρτία αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ δι' αὑτήν
「他的罪必被追究,卻因它自身之故尋不著。」
'His sin shall be sought out, and shall not be found because of itself.'
1:2165
δι' ἑαυτὴν οὐκ εὑρίσκεται·
它就其自身而言,是尋不著的;
By itself it is not found;
1:2166
οὐκ ἔστιν γὰρ τῶν ὑφ εστηκότων, συμβεβηκός ἐστιν δυνάμενον ἀποβληθῆναι
因為它不屬於那些自有其存立的事物;它乃是一種偶性,是可以被除去的。
for it is not among the things that subsist; it is an accident, capable of being cast off.
1:2167
ἔστιν ἀχώριστον συμβεβηκός·
有一種是不可分離的偶性;
There is an inseparable accident;
1:2168
οὐδὲν δ̣ε`̣ τῶν̣ χωρίστων̣ ἐπιγίνεται, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἀποβ̣άλλεται ο̣ὐδ̣έν̣
但那些不可分離之物,沒有一樣是後來附加上去的,因為它們也沒有一樣是被除去的。
but none of the inseparable things is a later accretion, since neither is any of them cast off.
1:2169
ο̣ὕτω οὐδὲν πολλάκις ἐπιγενόμενον μένει
照樣,凡屢次附加而來的,都不能長存。
Thus nothing that has often supervened remains permanently.
1:2170
καὶ κάκωσις τί;μένει ἀχώριστον·
那麼苦難又如何呢?——它作為不可分離的而存留。
And what of affliction? It remains inseparable.
1:2171
πλὴν οὐκ ἀεὶ ἦν ἀχώριστον, ἀλλὰ ἀφ' οὗ ἐβεβαιώθη, ἀφ' οὗ ἕξιν ἔσχεν παράμονον
然而它並非一向都是不可分離的,乃是從它被堅固的時候起,從它獲得了持久不變的品性的時候起,才是如此。
Yet it was not always inseparable, but only from the time when it was made firm, from the time when it acquired an abiding habit.
1:2172
εὐφραίνου οὖν, νεανίσκε, ἐν νεότητί σου
「所以,少年人哪,你在幼年時當快樂。」
'Rejoice, therefore, O young man, in your youth.'
1:2173
λοιπὸν πρὸς τὸν νεανίσκον ἀποτείνεται
接下來他把話語轉向那少年人。
From here on he directs his words to the young man.
1:2174
ἐὰν δὲ ἐπὶ νεανίσκον, μὴ χαρακτῆρας περιβλεπώ μεθα σώματος·
但倘若這話是對一個少年人說的,我們就不當四處尋看身體的外貌特徵。
But if the words are addressed to a young man, let us not look around for the outward features of the body.
1:2175
αἱ ἐντολαὶ γὰρ καὶ αἱ ἀπαγορεύσεις καὶ αἱ προτροπαὶ ἀπαρεμφάτως γίνονται·
因為誡命、禁令與勸勉,都是以不指名的方式頒佈的。
For commandments, prohibitions, and exhortations are given in an impersonal manner.
1:2176
καὶ λέγουσιν εἰς ἄλλας διαλέξεις τὰς προστά ξεις ἑτέρως γίνεσθαι πρὸς θηλείας, ἑτέρως πρὸς ἄρρε νας, παρ' Ἑβραίοις καὶ παρ' Αἰγυπτίοις·
有人在別的討論中說,在希伯來人與埃及人當中,向女性下的命令是一種方式,向男性下的命令又是另一種方式。
And people say, in other discussions, that commands are given in one way to females and in another way to males, among the Hebrews and among the Egyptians.
1:2177
παρ' ἡμῖν δὲ οὐ παρενφαίνει τὸ πρόσωπον
然而在我們這裡,語法上的人稱並不顯出這樣的分別。
But among us the grammatical person makes no such distinction.
1:2178
ἐὰν λέγω ὅτι εὐφραί νου, οὐκ ἄλλως τῇ θηλείᾳ λέγεται καὶ ἄλλως τῷ ἀν δρί
我若說「你當快樂」,這話對女性與對男子並沒有兩樣的說法。
If I say 'rejoice,' it is not said one way to the female and another way to the man.
1:2179
οὕτω καὶ τὸ νεανίσκε λέγω κ̣α̣ὶ συνήθειαν λέ γω τῆς χρήσεως τῶν τοιούτων
照樣,我說「少年人」時,也是在指這類用語慣常的用法。
So too I say 'young man,' and I am speaking of the customary usage of such expressions.
1:2180
ἐάν τις ἅμα ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν μνημονεύῃ, εἰς τὸ ἀρρενικὸν συνπεραίνει τὸν λόγον·
人若同時提到男人與女人,就要以陽性作結來收束這句話。
If one mentions men and women together, one concludes the statement in the masculine.
1:2181
λέγομεν ὅτι πάρεισιν ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες ἀκροασόμενοι, οὐκ ἀκροασόμεναι·
我們會說,有男人與女人在場「要來聽(用陽性的『聽者』)」,而不用陰性的「聽者」。
We say that there are present men and women who will listen (masculine 'listeners'), not who will listen (feminine 'listeners').
1:2182
ὕβριν γὰρ φέρει τὸ συναπενεχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα τῇ γυναικί, τὴν δὲ γυ ναῖκα τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἀποδοθῆναι μᾶλλον ἔπαινον φέρει·
因為叫男子隨從女子,這是帶來羞辱的;反倒叫女子歸屬於男子,這更是帶來讚譽的。
For it brings dishonour that the man should be assimilated to the woman, whereas that the woman be assigned to the man rather brings praise.
1:2183
καὶ ἔτι προηγεῖται ἐντρέχεια τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τῆς γυ ναικός·
再者,男子的才幹是居於女子之先的。
And moreover the man's capability takes precedence over the woman's.
1:2184
καὶ ἔτι, ἐὰν αὐτὴ γυνὴ σύνζυγος τῷ ἀνδρί, ἓν σῶμά εἰσιν καὶ οὐκ ἀποδίδοται εἰς τὸ σῶμα τῆς γυναικὸς ἀνὴρ ἀλλ' γυνὴ εἰς τὸ τοῦ ἀνδρός·
此外,那女子若與男子結為夫妻,二人便成為一體;並非男子歸入女子的身體,乃是女子歸入男子的身體。
And further, if the woman herself is joined in wedlock to the man, they are one body, and the man is not assigned to the body of the woman, but the woman to that of the man.
1:2185
ἐὰν οὖν λέγῃ εὐφραίνου νεα νίσκε, εἰς ἡλικίαν σκοποῦμεν·
既然如此,他若說「少年人哪,你當快樂」,我們所著眼的乃是人生的階段。
If, then, he says 'rejoice, O young man,' we are looking to the stage of life.
1:2186
συναποδίδοται γὰρ καὶ γυνή
因為那女子也一併被包含在這稱呼之中。
For the woman too is included together in the address.
1:2187
καὶ ἐπὶ ῥητοῦ δὲ δύναταί τις εἰπεῖν τοῦτο ὅτι νεανίσκε, ὅτε ἀρχὴν ἔλαβες τοῦ εἰδέναι ἐφ' οἷς εὐφρανθῆναι δεῖ, εὐφραίνου
在字面的層次上,人也可以這樣說:「少年人哪,從你開始曉得應當在哪些事上快樂的時候起,你就當快樂。」
And on the literal level too one can say this, that 'O young man, from the time when you took the beginning of knowing in what things you ought to rejoice, rejoice.'
1:2188
μὴ ποτὲ τοῦτο ποίει, ποτὲ δὲ μή
不要一時如此行,一時又不如此行。
Do not do this at one time and not at another.
1:2189
ὡς ἐὰν λέγω τῷ σωφρονοῦντι σωφρόνει, οὐ λέγω ὅτι ποτὲ ποίει, ποτὲ δὲ μή
正如我若對那節制的人說「你當節制」,我並不是說「一時如此行,一時又不如此行」。
Just as, if I say to the self-controlled man 'be self-controlled,' I do not mean 'do it at one time and not at another.'
1:2190
καὶ δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον δίωκε
並且「你當公義地追求那公義的事」。
And 'pursue what is just, justly.'
1:2191
εἶπον δὲ πολλάκις ὅτι τὸ ἀποπαύεσ θαι τῶν ἐπαινετῶν ψόγον φέρει
我曾多次說過,止息於那些值得稱讚的事,反倒帶來責備。
I have often said that to cease from things worthy of praise brings blame.
1:2192
καὶ πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν δὲ πολλῷ πλέον·
而在屬靈提升的解釋層面上,就更是如此了。
And on the anagogical level much more so.
1:2193
εἰσὶν γὰρ νεα νίσκοι οἱ ἰσχυροὶ γινόμενοι ἐκι̣ τοῦ ἔχειν τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον καὶ δυνατοὶ γινόμενοι κατὰ τοῦ πονηροῦ
因為有些少年人,因擁有神的道而變得剛強,並且變得有能力來抵擋那惡者。
For there are young men who become strong from having the word of God, and who become mighty against the evil one.
1:2194
γράφει γοῦν Ἰωάννης καὶ λέγει ὅτι ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι ἰσχυροί ἐστε καὶ λό γος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει καὶ νενικήκατε
所以約翰寫信說:「少年人哪,我曾寫信給你們,因為你們剛強,神的道常存在你們心裡,你們也勝了那惡者。」
So John indeed writes and says, 'I have written to you, young men, because you are strong, and the word of God abides in you, and you have overcome.'
1:2195
καὶ οὐ δήπου μιᾷ ἡλικίᾳ γράφει σωματικῇ, ἀλλὰ τῇ νεαζούσῃ ψυχῇ τῇ ἐνδυσαμένῃ τὸν νέον ἄνθρωπον
他寫信所指的,斷不是身體上某一個年齡階段,乃是那穿上了新人、正當青春的靈魂。
And surely he does not write to one bodily stage of life, but to the youthful soul that has put on the new man.
1:2196
περὶ οὗ νεανίσκου λέγεται·
論到這樣的少年人,經上說:
Concerning which young man it is said:
1:2197
νεανίσκος μετὰ ὁσίου, καὶ εὐ θεῖα ὁδὸς αὐτοῦ
「與聖潔者同行的少年人,他的道路是正直的。」
'A young man with a holy one, and straight is his way.'
1:2198
ἐὰν γὰρ μετὰ ὁσίου, τῆς ἀρε τῆς, ὑπάρχῃ, οὗτος εὐθεῖαν ἔχει τὴν ὁδόν, οὐκ ἔχει καμπύλην ὁδόν, οἵαν εἶχον πρὸς οὓς λόγος οἱ ἐνκαταλείποντες ὁδοὺς εὐθείας, ὧν αἱ ὁδοὶ τρα χεῖαι καὶ καμπύλαι
因為他若與聖潔者,就是與美德同在,這人便有正直的道路;他沒有彎曲的道路,不像那些被這話所指責的人:「你們這離棄正直道路的人哪,你們的路是崎嶇彎曲的。」
For if he is with a holy one, that is, with virtue, this man has a straight way; he does not have a crooked way, such as those had to whom the word was directed: 'O you who forsake straight ways, whose ways are rough and crooked.'
1:2199
καὶ ἀγαθυνάτω σε καρδία ἐν ἡμέραις νεό τητός σου
「在你幼年的日子,願你的心使你歡暢。」
'And let your heart cheer you in the days of your youth.'
1:2200
καρδία σου ἀγαθυνάτω σε, μὴ τὰ ἔξω
願你的心使你歡暢,而不是那些外在的事物。
Let your heart cheer you, not the things outside.
1:2201
πολλάκις ἐλέχθη ἡμῖν περὶ διαφορᾶς εὐδαιμονίας καὶ μακαριότητος ὅτι τίθενταί τινες εὐδαιμονίαν τὴν συνπληρουμένην ἐκ τῶν τριῶν γενῶν τῶν ἀγαθῶν
我們曾多次論到「福樂」(eudaimonia)與「有福」之間的分別,說有些人把福樂安置於那由三類善所共同構成的東西上。
It has often been said by us concerning the difference between well-being (eudaimonia) and blessedness, that some place well-being in that which is made complete out of the three kinds of goods.
1:2202
οὐκ ἀγαθύνει δὲ πλοῦτος, ἀγαθὸν ἀληθῶς οὐ ποιεῖ, οὐ δὲ τὸ ὑγιαίνειν τῷ σώματι οὐδὲ τὸ ἀξίωμα καὶ δοξά ριον ἔχειν
然而財富並不使人為善,它實在不能造就一個善良的人;身體康健、擁有地位與些微的虛榮也都不能。
But wealth does not make one good; it does not truly produce a good man; nor does being healthy in body, nor having rank and a bit of glory.
1:2203
ἔχειν δὲ ψυχῆς ἀρετὴν εὐφραίνει
唯有擁有靈魂的美德,才使人歡喜。
But to possess virtue of soul brings gladness.
1:2204
τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν καρδία σου ἀγαθυνάτω σε, μὴ τὰ ἐκτός, μὴ τὰ περὶ σῶμα·
所以「願你的心使你歡暢」的意思就是這個,不是那外在的事物,不是那些關乎身體的事物。
This, then, is the meaning of 'let your heart cheer you,' not the outward things, not the things concerning the body.
1:2205
μὴ ἐπὶ τούτοις μέγα φρό νει καὶ ταῦτα θηρᾶν σπεῦδε
不要因這些事物而自高自大,也不要急切地去追逐它們。
Do not think great things upon these, nor be eager to hunt after them.
1:2206
καὶ περιπάτει ἐν ὁδοῖς ἄμωμος
「並要在你的道路中無可指摘地行走。」
'And walk in your ways blameless.'
1:2207
βάδιζε, ἃς εἶπον εὐθείας ἀρτίως ὁδούς·
你要行走在我方才所說的那些正直的道路上。
Walk in those straight ways which I just now spoke of.
1:2208
αἱ ἀρε ταὶ δὲ καὶ αἱ κατ' αὐτὰς ἐνέργειαι καὶ αἱ θεωρίαι τῆς ἀληθείας ὁδοὶ ἀγαθαὶ καὶ εὐθεῖαί εἰσιν
因為眾美德,以及與它們相符的活動,並對真理的默觀,都是良善而正直的道路。
For the virtues, and the activities that accord with them, and the contemplations of the truth, are good and straight ways.
1:2209
αὐτίκα γοῦν πρὸς τὸν Ἐλύμαν τὸν μάγον τὸν διαστρέψαντα τὸν ἀνθ ύπατον Παῦλος λέγει·
舉例來說,保羅對那迷惑了方伯的術士以呂馬說:
So, for instance, Paul says to Elymas the magician, who had perverted the proconsul:
1:2210
οὐ παύῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας; οὐχ ὅτι διαστρέφονται ἐκεῖ ναι, ἀλλ' ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον διαστρέφει αὐτάς
「你這混亂主正直道路的,還不止住嗎?」——並不是說那些道路本身被扭曲了,乃是就那人所能及的而言,他是在扭曲它們。
'Will you not cease perverting the straight ways of the Lord?' — not that those ways are being perverted in themselves, but insofar as it lay with that man, he was perverting them.
1:2211
ὡς εἴ τις νέον ἀναπείθοι λέγων ὅτι οὐ δεῖ σωφρονεῖν καὶ ψόγους φέρει τῆς σωφροσύνης, μὴ γὰρ ψεκτὴν αὐτὴν ποιεῖ
這就好比有人要慫恿一個少年人,說人不當節制,並且對節制大加詆毀——其實他這樣做並不能使節制成為可責的。
As if one were to try to persuade a young man, saying that one ought not to be self-controlled, and were to bring reproaches against self-control — for he does not thereby make it blameworthy.
1:2212
τινὲς γοῦν συναγορεύουσιν τῇ ἀδικίᾳ·
確有一些人為不義辯護。
Some, indeed, plead the cause of injustice.
1:2213
οἱ δὲ ταύ τῃ συναγορεύοντες διαβάλλουσιν τὴν δικαιοσύνην
然而那些為不義辯護的人,卻是在誹謗公義。
But those who plead the cause of it slander righteousness.
1:2214
ἀγαθυνέτω σε οὖν καρδία σου, μὴ τὰ τυχηρά, μὴ τὰ σωματικά
所以願你的心使你歡暢,而不是那些偶然的事物,不是那些屬身體的事物。
Therefore let your heart cheer you, not the things of chance, not the things of the body.
1:2215
τότε δὲ ἀμώμους ὁδοὺς ἕξεις ὡς καὶ μακαρισμοῦ τυχεῖν·
那時你就必有無可指摘的道路,甚至得以獲得那有福的境地:
Then you will have blameless ways, so as even to attain blessedness:
1:2216
ἄμωμοι ἐν δῷ καὶ πορευόμενος ἄμωμος καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαι οσύνην
「在道中純全的人」,並「行為純全、作事公義的人」。
'Blameless in the way,' and 'he who walks blameless and works righteousness.'
1:2217
καὶ θεώρει ὅτι τὸ περιπατεῖν οὐ μάτην κεῖ ται·
你要留意,「行走」這詞並非徒然安置於此。
And observe that the word 'walk' is not set down in vain.
1:2218
ἠδύνατο γὰρ εἰπεῖν καὶ στῆθι ἄμωμος καὶ κά θου ἄμωμος·
因為他本也可以說「無可指摘地站立」和「無可指摘地坐下」。
For he could also have said 'stand blameless' and 'sit blameless.'
1:2219
προκοπὴν δὲ περίπατος σημαίνει
但「行走」所表示的乃是長進。
But walking signifies progress.
1:2220
περιπάτει οὖν ἄμωμος, ἀρξάμενος ἄνυε τὴν ὁδὸν μετὰ τοῦ ἀμώμου
所以你要無可指摘地行走;既已起步,就當與那純全者一同走完這道路。
Walk, then, blameless; having begun, accomplish the way together with the blameless one.
1:2221
τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ παρὰ Παύλῳ γραφόμενον·
保羅所寫的也是這樣的:
Such too is what is written by Paul:
1:2222
ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιεπατήσομεν, ἵνα προκόπτωμεν ἐν τῇ καινότητι τη῀̣ς̣ ζ̣ω̣η῀̣ς̣
「我們一舉一動有了新生的樣式」,好叫我們在這新生命的樣式中長進。
'We walked in newness of life,' so that we might make progress in the newness of life.
1:2223
τὸ ἱμάτ̣ιον μὲν τῆς παλαιᾶς ζωῆς τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρω πον ἀποδυσάμενοι ἐνδυσόμεθα τὸν νέον
我們既脫去了舊生命的衣裳,就是那舊人,便要穿上那新人。
Having stripped off the garment of the old life, the old man, we shall put on the new.
1:2224
καινὴν ζω ὴν ἔχομεν, προκόπτομεν ἐν αὐτῇ, μὴ ἀπογευσάμενοι ἀπ' αὐτῆς ἀναχαιτίσομεν
我們有了新生命,就在其中長進;除非我們一嘗了它之後,反倒退縮不前。
We have a new life; we make progress in it; unless, having once tasted of it, we rein ourselves back.
1:2225
καὶ ἐν ὁράσει ὀφθαλμῶν σου
「並要按你眼目所見的而行。」
'And in the sight of your eyes.'
1:2226
ὅταν ἀγαθύνῃ σε καρδία σου, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχεις καλῶς ὁρῶντας
當你的心使你歡暢時,你的眼目也就看得端正。
When your heart cheers you, you also have your eyes seeing rightly.
1:2227
οὐ περιεργάζῃ κάλλος ἀλλότριον, ἀποστρέφεις τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἀπὸ γυναικὸς πόρνης, οὐχ ὁρᾷς γυναῖκα πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν αἰσχράν·
你不去窺探別人的美色,你轉眼不看淫婦,你也不為著羞恥的情慾去注視婦人。
You do not busy yourself with another's beauty; you turn your eye away from a harlot woman; you do not look upon a woman for shameful desire.
1:2228
ἔχεις δὲ ἄμω μον τὴν ὅρασιν τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν
這樣,你就使你眼目所見的無可指摘。
And you have the sight of your eyes blameless.
1:2229
ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τοὺς τῆς διανοίας λάβῃς τοὺς πεφω τισμένους ὀφθαλμοὺς καρδίας καλουμένους, πολλῷ πλέ ον τὸ ἄμωμον συνίσταται
但你若也取用那被光照的悟性之眼,就是所謂心靈的眼睛,那無可指摘的境地就更加穩固地確立了。
But if you also take the enlightened eyes of the understanding, which are called the eyes of the heart, then far more is the blamelessness established.
1:2230
εαβ καὶ γνῶθι ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τούτοις ἄξει σε θεὸς ἐν κρί σει, καὶ ἀπόστησον θυμὸν ἀπὸ καρ δίας σου καὶ παράγαγε πονηρίαν ἀπὸ σαρκός σου
你當知道,為這一切的事,神必審問你;所以你當從心中除掉愁煩,從肉體上除去邪惡。
And know that in all these things God will bring you into judgement; and put away anger from your heart, and remove wickedness from your flesh.
1:2231
̣,ε̣ ποίει προστάττω σοι μετὰ τοῦ εἰδέ ναι ὅτι ἐν πᾶσιν τούτοις θεὸς ἄξει σε εἰς κρί σιν
你要遵行我所吩咐你的事,並且要曉得:為這一切的事,神必帶你進入審判。
Do the things I command you, with the knowledge that in all these things God will bring you into judgement.
1:2232
κρίσις φαύλοις κόλασιν ἐπιμετρεῖ, τοῖς δὲ σπουδαίοις ἐπαγγελίαν καὶ ἀγαθά
審判把刑罰量給那卑劣的人,卻把應許與美善量給那殷勤的人。
The judgement metes out punishment to the base, but to the diligent, promise and good things.
1:2233
ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀμισθὶ κα ταλύεις, ἐὰν πορευθῇς ἄμωμος ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς σου καὶ εὐφρανθῇς ἐν ἡμέραις νεότητός σου, σπούδαζε·
既然你若在你的道路中無可指摘地行走,並在你幼年的日子快樂,你離世時就不至於得不到賞賜——所以你當殷勤!
Since you do not depart from life unrewarded if you walk blameless in your ways and rejoice in the days of your youth — be diligent!
1:2234
ἄξει γὰρ θεός σε εἰς κρίσιν περὶ τούτων
因為神必為這些事帶你進入審判。
For God will bring you into judgement concerning these things.
1:2235
εἰ ἦν φαῦλα, περὶ ὧν κρίσις αὐτῷ ἐγίνετο, κόλασις ἦν προσδοκητέα·
那受審判所關乎的事若是卑劣的,就當預料要受刑罰。
If the things concerning which the judgement upon him took place were base, punishment would be to be expected.
1:2236
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀγαθά ἐστινἐπιτηδεύμα τα γὰρ καὶ πράξεις αἱ ὁδοί εἰσιν καὶ θεῖαι νοή σεις–, ἐὰν οὕτως ἄμωμος βαδίσῃς, οὐκ ἀμισθὶ καταλύεις·
但既然它們是善的——因為這些道路乃是志業、行為與屬神的思念——你若這樣無可指摘地行走,你離世時就不至於得不到賞賜。
But since they are good — for the ways are pursuits and actions and divine thoughts — if you walk thus blameless, you do not depart from life unrewarded.
1:2237
ἄγει σε γὰρ θεὸς ἐν τούτοις εἰς κρίσιν
因為神在這些事上帶你進入審判。
For God brings you in these things into judgement.
1:2238
καὶ ἀπόστησον θυμὸν ἀπὸ καρδίας σου
「你當從心中除掉愁煩(忿怒)。」
'And put away anger from your heart.'
1:2239
θυμὸς οὐκ ἔστιν ἀρετὴ καρδίας ἀλλὰ τοῦ θυμοειδοῦς
忿怒並非心(理智)的美德,乃是屬於那血氣(激情)部分的。
Anger is not a virtue of the heart, but of the spirited part.
1:2240
μὴ τῷ λογιστικῷ σου καὶ τῷ νῷ καταχρῶ εἰς θυμόν, ἀλλά, κἄν ποτε παρα στῇ αὕτη κίνησις ἐν τῷ θυμοειδεῖ, τῇ καρδίᾳ σου κώλυε
不要濫用你的理性官能與心思去發怒;即或有時這樣的衝動在那血氣的部分裡湧現,你也當用你的心去約束它。
Do not misuse your reasoning faculty and your mind for anger, but, even if at some time this movement should arise in the spirited part, restrain it by your heart.
1:2241
οὕτω ἀφίσταται ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας σου οὐ ψαύων αὐτῆς
如此,它便從你的心離去,不再觸動它。
In this way it departs from your heart, no longer touching it.
1:2242
τριδύναμός ἐστιν ψυχή, ὡς πολλοὶ εἰρήκασιν
正如許多人所說的,靈魂具有三重能力。
The soul is threefold in its powers, as many have said.
1:2243
αἰσθήσεις ἔχομεν διαφό ρους
我們擁有各樣不同的感官。
We possess various senses.
1:2244
καὶ ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀκοῇ ὁρᾶν οὐδὲ τῇ νο ήσει ἅπτεσθαι ὀσφραίνεσθαι, οὕτω φαινόμεθα κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον καὶ αὐτὴν̣ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔχοντες
正如人不能用聽覺去看,也不能用思想去觸摸或嗅聞,照樣,我們就內在的人並靈魂本身而言,顯然也擁有這些不同的能力。
And just as it is impossible to see by hearing, nor to touch or to smell by thought, so likewise we appear, according to the inner man and the soul itself, to possess these very things.
1:2245
δύναμιν θυμικὴν ἔχομεν δὲ καὶ λογιστικὴν καὶ ἐπιθυ μητικήν
我們有血氣(激情)的能力,也有理性的能力和情慾的能力。
We have a spirited power, and also a rational and an appetitive one.
1:2246
πόθεν δέ; ὅτι ἑτέρα ἐστὶν λογιστικὴ τῆς θυμικῆς καὶ ἐπιθυμητικῆς ἐκ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων θεώρη σον·
何以見得?理性的能力與血氣的和情慾的能力有別——你可從無理性的動物身上察看這一點。
How so? That the rational power is distinct from the spirited and the appetitive—consider this from the irrational animals.
1:2247
ἔχουσιν θυμικὴν δύναμιν καὶ θυμὸν τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα καὶ ἐπιθυμητικὴν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν, λογισμὸν δὲ οὐκ ἔχουσιν
無理性的動物有血氣的能力和血氣,也有情慾的能力和情慾,但牠們卻沒有理性。
The irrational animals have a spirited power and spiritedness, and an appetitive power and appetite, but they do not have reason.
1:2248
μὴ ἔχοντα γὰρ λογισμὸν δηλονότι οὐκ ἔχουσιν λογιστικόν, οὐκ ἔχουσιν νοῦν
既然牠們沒有理性,顯然牠們就沒有理性的官能,也沒有心思(理智)。
For since they do not have reason, it is clear that they do not have a rational faculty; they do not have a mind.
1:2249
σημαίνεται δὲ νοῦς τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς καρδίας συνεχῶς ἐν τῇ γραφῇ
在聖經中,「心」這名稱常常用來指稱心思(理智)。
And in Scripture the mind is continually signified by the name of the heart.
1:2250
τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὅτι, κἄν ποτε θυμωθῇς, μὴ με ταγάγῃς τὸν θυμὸν εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ διά θεσις γένηται θυμός
所以他的意思是:縱使你有時發怒,也不要把怒氣帶入心中,免得怒氣成為根深柢固的性情。
So this is what he means: even if at some time you are angered, do not carry the anger over into the heart, lest the anger become a settled disposition.
1:2251
κἂν ἐπιθυμίαν σχῇς ἄφνω γενομένην ἐν τῷ ἐπιθυμητικῷ, μὴ μετενέγκῃς αὐτὴν εἰς τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὸ λογιστικόν·
縱使你在情慾之中突然生出一個慾望,也不要把它轉移到心思和理性的官能裡;
And even if you have a desire that has suddenly arisen in the appetitive part, do not transfer it into the mind and the rational faculty;
1:2252
διάθεσις γὰρ ἔσται καὶ οὐκέτι πάθος προπάθεια ἀλλὰ κακία
因為它會成為固定的性情,不再只是情感或情感的萌動,而是成了惡(罪惡)。
for it will become a settled disposition, and no longer a mere passion or pre-passion, but vice.
1:2253
καὶ παράγαγε πονηρίαν ἀπὸ σαρκός σου
又要從你的肉體除去邪惡。
And put away wickedness from your flesh.
1:2254
καὶ ἀπ̣ὸ τῆς σαρκός σου παράγαγε τὴν πονηρί αν
從你的肉體,除去那邪惡。
And from your flesh put away wickedness.
1:2255
κακία δὲ δοκεῖ ἐπιθυμίας εἶναι ἀκ̣ολασία·
惡似乎屬於情慾——就是放縱(無節制);
Now vice seems to belong to desire—namely, licentiousness;
1:2256
ταύτην οὖν παράγαγε ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκός σου
所以要把這放縱從你的肉體除去。
so put this away from your flesh.
1:2257
ἐὰν ἀποστῇ θυμὸς ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας σου, οὐ πράττεις διὰ τῶν μελῶν καὶ τοῦ σώματος πονηρίαν·
倘若怒氣從你心中離去,你就不會藉著肢體和身體去行邪惡;
If anger departs from your heart, you do not commit wickedness through the members and the body;
1:2258
θυμούμενος τύπτει πολλάκις καὶ ἐπιτίθησιν καὶ φονεύειν
因為發怒的人常常打人、攻擊人,甚至殺人。
for the angry man often strikes, and assaults, and even kills.
1:2259
ὅταν οὖν ἀποστῇ θυμὸς ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας σου, παρέρχεται καὶ τὰ διὰ τῶν πράξεων πονηρὰ γινόμενα
所以當怒氣從你心中離去,那藉著行為所生的諸惡也就消逝了。
So when anger departs from your heart, the evils that come about through deeds also pass away.
1:2260
ὅτι νεότης καὶ νοια ματαιότης·
因為年少與愚昧都是虛空;
For youth and folly are vanity;
1:2261
καὶ μνήσθητι τοῦ κτίσαντός σε ἐν ἡμέραις νεότητός σου, ἕως οὗ μὴ ἔλθωσιν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς κακίας σου
當趁你年幼的日子記念造你的主,趁那罪惡(患難)的日子還未來到。
and remember your Creator in the days of your youth, before the days of your evil come.
1:2262
̣, ἐὰν νέος μὴ πορεύηται ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς ἄμωμος μηδὲ τὰ ἄλλα ποιῇ, προσετάγη ποιεῖν, ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ἐστίν
少年人若不在道路上行事無可指摘,也不行那些吩咐他當行的事,他便是處在無知之中。
If the young man does not walk blameless in the ways, nor do the other things which he was commanded to do, he is in ignorance.
1:2263
εἴρηται γοῦν καὶ ἐν παροιμίαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τούτου τοῦ σοφοῦ·
這位智者在箴言中也確曾說過:
It has indeed been said also in the Proverbs by this same wise man:
1:2264
ἄνοια ἐξῆπται καρδίᾳ νέου
愚昧在少年人的心中被點燃。
Folly is kindled in the heart of a young man.
1:2265
παραφύεται τῇ νεότητι ἄγνοια
無知與年少一同滋長。
Ignorance grows up alongside youth.
1:2266
εἰ μή τις γοῦν ὑπερβάλῃ τὴν τῆς νεότητος κίνησιν καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν νεό τητι πρεσβυτικῶς κινῆται, ἄγνοιαν πολλὴν ἔχει
所以,人若不勝過年少的衝動,不能在年少之時就像老年人那樣持重行事,便滿有無知。
Unless, then, one surpasses the impulse of youth and, while yet in youth, conducts himself with the gravity of an old man, he has much ignorance.
1:2267
ἵνα δῷ ἀκάκῳ πανουργίαν, παιδὶ δὲ νέῳ αἴσθησίν τε καὶ ἔννοιαν
為要使愚蒙人靈明,使少年人有知識和謀略。
That it may give cunning to the simple, and to the young child perception and understanding.
1:2268
εἰ δίδοται τῷ παιδὶ τῷ νέῳ ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας αἴσθησις καὶ ἔννοια, δῆλον ὅτι ἀπέβαλεν τὴν ἄγνοιαν
少年人若從智慧得著知識和謀略,顯然他已脫去了無知。
If perception and understanding are given to the young child by wisdom, it is clear that he has cast off ignorance.
1:2269
ὅτε μὴ ἔχει ἐπιστήμην, ἐν ἀνοησίᾳ ἐστίν
當他沒有知識時,他便處於愚昧之中。
When he does not have knowledge, he is in senselessness.
1:2270
διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν ψαλμοῖς τῇ νεότητι προσῆψεν τὰ τοιαῦτα·
為此,在詩篇中他也把這樣的事歸於年少:
For this reason also in the Psalms he attached such things to youth:
1:2271
ἁμαρτίας νεότητός μου καὶ τὰς ἀγνοίας μου μὴ μνησθῃ῀̣ς
求你不要記念我幼年的罪愆和我的過犯(無知)。
Remember not the sins of my youth and my ignorances.
1:2272
ὅρα ὅτι νεότης μάλιστα τούτων δεκτική ἐστιν καὶ ταῦτα ἔχει
你要看見,年少最容易受這些事的沾染,也最容易染上這些。
See that youth is especially receptive of these things and possesses them.
1:2273
διὰ τοῦτο εὐφραίνου, ἵνα μὴ ἔχῃς ἄνοιαν·
為此,你要歡喜,好使你沒有愚昧;
For this reason, rejoice, that you may not have folly;
1:2274
διὰ τοῦτο πορεύου, ἵνα μὴ μα ταιότητα ἔχῃς καὶ πονηρίαν σαρκός
為此,你要行走(行事),好使你沒有虛空,也沒有肉體的邪惡。
for this reason, walk, that you may not have vanity and wickedness of the flesh.
1:2275
ἐν ἡμέρᾳ οὖν τῆς νεότητός σου μνήσθητι τίς ἔκτισέν σε
所以在你年幼的日子,當記念那造你的是誰。
So in the day of your youth, remember who created you.
1:2276
οὐ κτίζει δὲ θεὸς με τὰ κακίας·
然而,神並不創造那屬乎惡的事;
But God does not create the things of vice;
1:2277
διὰ τοῦτο σκόπει ὅτι ἔκτισέν σε ἐν νεό τητι, οὐχ ἵνα ἄγνοιαν ἔχῃς, οὐχ ἵνα ἀφραίνῃς, οὐχ ἵνα ἀνεπιστήμων ᾖς, ἀλλ' ἵνα δεκτικὸς ὢν ἐπιστήμης ἀναλάβῃς αὐτήν
為此,你要思想:他在你年少時造了你,並不是要你懷有無知,不是要你愚昧,也不是要你無知識,乃是要你既能領受知識,就把知識取得過來。
for this reason consider that he created you in youth, not that you might have ignorance, nor that you might be foolish, nor that you might be without knowledge, but that, being receptive of knowledge, you might take it up.
1:2278
ἕως οὗ ἔλθωσιν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς κακίας σου
直到你那罪惡(患難)的日子來到。
Until the days of your evil come.
1:2279
ἐὰν τὴν κακίαν λέγῃ ταύτην τὴν ἐναντίαν τῇ ἀρε τῇ τὴν ψόγον φέρουσαν τῷ ἔχοντι, λέγει·
他若是指那與美德相對、給擁有它的人帶來責備(羞恥)的惡,他就是說:
If he speaks of that vice which is opposed to virtue and brings reproach upon the one who possesses it, he says:
1:2280
ἕως μὴ ἔλ θωσιν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς κακίας σου, ἐς ὅσον δεκτικὸς εἶ ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας, μὴ προσδόκα τὴν κακίαν, μὴ ἕτοιμον σε̣αυτὸν πρὸς ταύτην παρασκεύαζε
趁你罪惡的日子還未來到——就是說,在你既能接受美德也能接受惡的時候,不要盼望那惡,不要豫備自己去趨向它。
Until the days of your evil come—that is, so long as you are receptive of both virtue and vice, do not look forward to vice, do not prepare yourself ready for it.
1:2281
ὅταν γὰρ ἀρετὴν ἔχῃς, οὐκ ἔχει χώραν ἔν σοι κακία
因為你既有了美德,惡在你裡面就沒有立足之地。
For when you have virtue, vice has no place in you.
1:2282
ἐν τοῖς ἄγαν νηπίοις δύναμις ἀμφοτέρων ἐστίν, καὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας·
在極幼小的嬰孩裡,二者的可能性都存在,既有美德的、也有惡的可能;
In very young infants there is the potentiality for both, both virtue and vice;
1:2283
ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὑπερβᾶσιν τὴν νέαν ἡλικίαν τὴν κομιδῇ νηπίων οὕτως οὐκ ἔνι κακία τῷ ἀρετὴν εἶναι ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἐκείνῃ
但在那些已越過幼年、脫離全然嬰孩之年的人身上,卻沒有惡,因為那靈魂裡已有了美德。
but in those who have passed beyond the young age—that of complete infancy—there is no vice, inasmuch as virtue is present in that soul.
1:2284
καὶ τὸ βρέφος ἀμοι ρεῖ κακίας καὶ σπουδαῖος ἀνήρ, ἀλλ' ἑτέρως καὶ ἑτέρως ἐκτός εἰσιν κακίας
嬰孩沒有惡,殷勤(賢良)的人也沒有惡,只是二者脫離惡的方式各不相同。
Both the infant is free from vice and the earnest man, yet they are outside vice in different ways.
1:2285
μὲν γὰρ σπουδαῖος τῷ διάθεσιν ἔχειν ἐναντίαν τῇ κακίᾳαὕτη δέ ἐστιν πρακτικὴ ἀρετή, ἁπαξαπλῶς ἀρετή·
因為那殷勤的人之所以無惡,是由於他有一種與惡相反的性情——這就是實踐的美德,也就是純然的美德;
For the earnest man is so by having a disposition contrary to vice—and this is practical virtue, virtue simply speaking;
1:2286
οὐ δύνανται δὲ συνυπάρξαι τὰ ἐναντία–, ἐν δὲ τῷ βρέφει οὐ διάθε σίς ἐστιν τὸ μὴ ἔχειν κακίαν, ἀλλὰ ἀπόφασις κα κίας
而相反的事物不能並存——但在嬰孩裡,無惡並不是一種性情,只不過是惡的付之闕如(否定)而已。
and contraries cannot coexist—whereas in the infant the absence of vice is not a disposition, but a mere negation of vice.
1:2287
ἐὰν οὖν τὴν κακίαν λέγῃ̣ ταύτην τὴν χειρίστην ἕξιν, ἕως μὴ ἔλθωσιν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς κακίας σου, ποί ει τὰ προςτεταγμένα σοι, ἄμωμος βάδιζε
所以,他若把惡稱為這最壞的習性,那麼:趁你罪惡的日子還未來到,當行那吩咐你的事,要無可指摘地行走。
If, then, he calls vice this worst habit, then: until the days of your evil come, do the things commanded you, walk blameless.
1:2288
ἕως οὗ ἔλθωσιν ὡς ἀναγκαίως ἐρχομένων αὐτῶν;οὔ, ἀλλ' ἡμῶν ἐπισπωμένων τὴν κακίαν
「直到它們來到」——豈是說它們是必然要來的嗎?不然,乃是因為我們自己招惹了惡臨到自己身上。
'Until they come'—as though they came of necessity? No, but because we ourselves draw vice upon us.
1:2289
ἐὰν λέ γω ὅτι ἐς ὅσον ὑγιαίνει τὸ τοῦ ζῴου σῶμα, οὐκ ἔρχε ται νόσος, μὴ γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον λέγω
我若說:只要動物的身體健康,疾病就不來到,我斷不是在說這是必然之事。
If I say that, so long as the body of the animal is healthy, sickness does not come, I am surely not saying it is a matter of necessity.
1:2290
πάλιν λέγω ὅτι ἐς ὅσον νήπιός τίς ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔρχεται αὐτῷ ἐπιστή μη
我再說:只要一個人還是嬰孩,知識就不臨到他。
Again I say that, so long as one is an infant, knowledge does not come to him.
1:2291
οὐχ ἡλικία γὰρ κωλύει τὴν νόσον τὴν ὑγίειαν, ἀλλὰ θα τέρου τῶν ἐναντίων λέξις
因為攔阻疾病或健康的並不是年齡,而是對相反二者其中之一的陳述(判定)。
For it is not age that hinders sickness or health, but the statement of one or the other of the contraries.
1:2292
ἐὰν δὲ κακίαν λέγει ὅπερ λέγει τὴν κάκωσιν κάκωσις δὲ καὶ κόλασις εἶναι δύναται–, πρὶν ἔλ θῃ κόλασις, κακία, ποίησον λέγω σοι, ἵνα ἐλ θοῦσα κάκωσις κολαστικὴ μὴ εὕρῃ σε ὑπεύθυνον
但他若以惡指他所稱的「苦害」——而苦害也可以是懲罰——那麼:趁那懲罰、那惡尚未來到,當行我所吩咐你的,好叫那施行懲罰的苦害來到時,不至於發現你是該受罰的。
But if by vice he means what he calls maltreatment—and maltreatment can also be chastisement—then: before the chastisement, the evil, comes, do what I tell you, so that when the punishing maltreatment comes, it may not find you liable.
1:2293
πρὶν ἔλθῃ κόλασις; θεὸς προσάγει τιμωρίαν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν, ἀλλ' ὅταν κρίνῃ συμφερόντως αὐτὴν ἐπενεγ κεῖν·
「趁那懲罰未來」——神向世人施行刑罰並非隨意,乃是當祂判定施行是有益的時候才施行;
'Before the chastisement comes'—God brings punishment upon men not at random, but when he judges it profitable to inflict it;
1:2294
κύριος γὰρ κριτὴς δίκαιος, ἰσχυρὸς καὶ μακρό θυμος μὴ ὀργὴν ἐπάγων καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν·
因為主是公義的審判者,是剛強且忍耐的,不天天發怒;
for the Lord is a righteous judge, strong and longsuffering, not bringing wrath every day;
1:2295
ἐὰν μὴ πιστραφῆτε, τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ στιλβώσει
你們若不回轉,祂必磨快祂的刀劍。
if you do not turn back, he will whet his sword.
1:2296
κριτοῦ δικαίου ὄντος τοῦ θεοῦ πῶς ἁμαρτόντες ἄνθρωποι οὐχ ὑποπίπτουσιν τιμωρίᾳ καὶ ἀνταποδόσει; ἆρα πα ρὰ ἀσθένειαν μὴ ε̣π̣ήγαγεν; οὔ·
既然神是公義的審判者,何以犯了罪的人卻不立刻遭受刑罰和報應呢?難道是因祂軟弱,才沒有施行嗎?不然;
Since God is a righteous judge, how is it that men who have sinned do not fall under punishment and recompense? Is it perhaps out of weakness that he has not brought it? No;
1:2297
ἰσχυρός ἐστιν καὶ η̣δ̣ύνατο παραυτὰ τιμωρήσασθαι, ἀλλὰ σὺν τῇ ἰσχύι καὶ μακρόθυμός ἐστιν καὶ οὐκ ἐπάγει ὀργὴν καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν·
祂是剛強的,本能當下就施行刑罰,但祂在剛強之外也滿有忍耐,並不天天發怒;
he is strong and was able to punish on the spot, but together with his strength he is also longsuffering and does not bring wrath every day;
1:2298
μὲν ἐπάγει, δὲ οὔ, δι' οὓς οἶδεν α̣ὐ τὸς βαθυτάτους λόγους
祂向這人施行,卻不向那人施行,這都是出於祂自己所知那極深的緣由。
upon one he brings it, upon another he does not, for reasons most profound which he himself knows.
1:2299
ὅταν οὖν μὴ ἐπάγοντος αὐτοῦ ὀργὴν καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν καταφρονοῦσιν τῆς πειλῆς, ἐπεὶ λάθῃ τὰ τῆς κακίας, ὡς χρείαν λοιπὸν γενέσθαι τιμωρηθῆναι, τότε, ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιστραφῶσιν οἷς ἐμακροθύμησεν, τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ στιλβώσει
所以,當人因祂不天天發怒而藐視那警告——因為惡行未被察覺,以致最終需要施行刑罰——那時,那些祂曾向他們忍耐的人,若不回轉,祂就必磨快祂的刀劍。
So when, because he does not bring wrath every day, men despise the threat—since the deeds of vice escape notice, so that in the end there comes a need for punishment—then, if they do not turn back, for whom he was longsuffering, he will whet his sword.
1:2300
αὕτη ἐστὶν κακία ἐρχομ̣ένη, οὐ χειρί στη ἕξις οὖσα, ἀλλὰ κολαστική, σφοδροτάτη οὖσα κάκω σις
這就是那要來到的惡——不是那最壞的習性,而是那施行懲罰的,是極其猛烈的苦害。
This is the evil that comes—not the worst habit, but the punishing kind, being a most severe maltreatment.
1:2301
ἐν τῷ καιρῷ οὖν τῆς κρίσεως, ἐπὶ καθένα καιρόν, πάντας κρίνει
所以,在審判的時候,在每一個定期,祂審判眾人。
So in the time of judgment, at each appointed time, he judges all.
1:2302
κρίσεως ὁτὲ δὲ ἡμέραν ὀρ γῆς καὶ ἡμέραν ἀνταποδόσεως
關乎審判——而在另一處,則稱為忿怒的日子和報應的日子。
Of judgment—and at another time a day of wrath and a day of recompense.
1:2303
ἕως οὗ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κακίαν ταύτην, ἕως οὐκ ἦλ θεν κακία, μετανόησον
趁這惡尚未來到,趁那惡還沒有臨到,當悔改。
Until this evil comes, while the evil has not yet come, repent.
1:2304
οὐ βραδύνει κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται, ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ' αὐτοῖς μὴ βουλόμενός τινα ἀπολέσαι, ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς με τάνοιαν χωρῆσαι
主所應許的並不遲延,像有人以為祂是遲延的,其實祂是向他們忍耐,不願一人沉淪,乃願人人都悔改。
The Lord is not slow concerning the promise, as some count slowness, but is longsuffering toward them, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.
1:2305
ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὑπέρθεσίς σοι δέδοται μετανοίας, μετανόησον πρὶν ἐλθεῖν τὴν κακίαν
所以,既然已賜給你悔改的寬延,就當趁那惡未到以先悔改。
Since, therefore, a postponement for repentance has been granted you, repent before the evil comes.
1:2306
καὶ φθάσουσιν ἔτη ἐν οἷς ἐρεῖς·
並且必有那些年日臨到你,在其中你要說:
And years will come upon you in which you will say:
1:2307
οὐκ ἔστιν μοι ἐν αὐτοῖς θέ λημα·
我在這些年日毫無喜悅。
I have no pleasure in them.
1:2308
ἕως οὗ μὴ σκοτισθῇ ἥλιος καὶ τὸ φῶς καὶ σελήνη καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν τὰ νέφη ὀπίσω τοῦ ὑετοῦ
趁日頭、光明、月亮、星宿尚未黑暗,趁雨後雲彩還未返回。
Before the sun and the light and the moon and the stars are darkened, and the clouds return after the rain.
1:2309
̣, ἐὰν ἔλθῃ κακία κακωτική, ἔτη ἐνίστανται ἐν οἷς οὐκ ἔχεις ἐν αὐτοῖς θέλημα
那施行苦害的惡若來到,就有那些年日臨到,在其中你毫無喜悅。
If the maltreating evil comes, years set in during which you have no pleasure in them.
1:2310
οὐδεὶς δὲ θέλει κολασθῆναι
沒有人願意受懲罰。
And no one wishes to be chastised.
1:2311
ἐὰν ἐνστῇ τὰ ἔτη τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν, ἔχουσιν οἱ σπουδαῖοι ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ θέ λημα·
當應許之年臨到時,殷勤之人的心意便定在其上;因為他們渴望享受這些應許,乃是已經作成了帶來應許的工作。
When the years of the promises come to pass, the diligent have their will set upon them; for they wish to enjoy the promises, having accomplished the works that bring them about.
1:2312
θέλουσιν δὲ ἀπολαῦσαι τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν ἐργα σάμενοι τὰ φέροντα αὐτά
他們渴望享受這些應許,乃是已經成就了帶來應許的工作。
They wish to enjoy the promises, having performed the works that bring them to pass.
1:2313
οἷον οἱ φιλήδονοι καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὰ αἰσθητὰ μόνα ἀποδεχόμενοι μὴ ἔχουσιν θέ λημα εἰς καιρὸν λιμοῦ, ἔχουσιν δὲ εἰς εὐετηρίας καιρόν
例如那些貪愛宴樂、只接受這些可感之物本身的人,在饑荒之時並無心意所繫,卻在豐年之季有其所願。
For example, those who love pleasure and who accept only these sensible things for their own sake have no will set upon a time of famine, but rather upon a season of plenty.
1:2314
τοῦ δικαίου οὖν ἐστιν θέλημα ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς ἐκείνοις, ὅτε αἱ ἀνταποδόσεις γίνονται
因此,義人的心意乃是定在那些施行報應的時節。
The will of the righteous man, then, is set upon those seasons when the recompenses are made.
1:2315
θέλημα ἐν Ἰσαΐᾳ γέγραπται·
「意願」一詞寫在以賽亞書中:
The word 'will' is written in Isaiah:
1:2316
θελήσουσιν, φη σίν, εἰ ἐγενήθησαν πυρίκαυστοι οἱ κακοί
他說:「惡人若被火焚燒,他們必願意如此。」
'They shall will it,' he says, 'if the evildoers become consumed by fire.'
1:2317
μὴ θέ λων ὀργῆς ἐπικειμένης πυρίκαυστος γένηται; ἔχει ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκε̣ι´̣νῳ τὸ θέλημα ἑαυτοῦ
那存此願意的人,當忿怒臨到之時,難道自己會被火焚燒麼?在那時他有他自己的心意。
Surely the one who wills it, when wrath is impending, does not himself become consumed by fire? In that season he has his own will.
1:2318
ἕως οὗ μὴ σκοτισθῇ ἥλιος καὶ τὸ φῶς καὶ σελήνη καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες
「直到日頭、亮光、月亮、星宿還未變為黑暗。」
'Until the sun and the light and the moon and the stars be not darkened.'
1:2319
δύναται καὶ ἐπὶ ῥητοῦ ληφθῆναι τὸν καιρὸν καὶ τὰ ἔτη ἐν οἷς οὐκ ἔχει θέλημα ἁμαρτωλός·
這段話也可以按字面來領會,指罪人毫無心意的那段時候與歲月;
It is also possible to take the passage literally, of the time and the years in which the sinner has no will;
1:2320
τότε γενήσεται, ὅταν οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ παρ έλθῃ
這將要成就,就在天地廢去之時。
this shall come to pass when heaven and earth pass away.
1:2321
παρερχομένου δὲ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς ἥλιος, φησίν, σκοτισθήσεται καὶ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φῶς αὐτῆς
當天地廢去之時,經上說,日頭要變黑,月亮也不放光。
And when heaven and earth pass away, the sun, he says, shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light.
1:2322
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕ τως λαβεῖν·
然而也可以這樣領會:
But it is also possible to understand it in this way:
1:2323
ὅσον ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ καὶ τὸ αὐτε ξούσιον ἀκώλυτον ἔχομεν, δυνάμεθα καταλάμπεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ φω τὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ τῆς σελήνης καὶ τῶν ἀστέρων
當我們還在今生、並且不受攔阻地保有自主之權時,我們就能被公義的日頭、被真光、以及被月亮和星宿所光照。
As long as we are in this present life and possess our free will unhindered, we are able to be illumined by the Sun of righteousness and by the true Light, and by the moon and the stars.
1:2324
σελήνην δὲ ἀλληγορικώτερον λαμβάνομεν τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν γνώμην·
至於月亮,我們更寓意地領會為教會的心思;
The moon we understand more allegorically as the mind of the Church;
1:2325
πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἥλιον τῆς δι καιοσύνης σελήνη δύναται λεχθῆναι διδασκαλία δυναμένη ἐνταῦθα φωτίσαι
而相對於公義的日頭,月亮可稱為那能在此世發出光照的教導。
and in relation to the Sun of righteousness, the moon can be said to be the teaching that is able to give light here below.
1:2326
καὶ καταλλήλως καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας λάμβανε τοὺς διακόνους τῆς θείας δωρεᾶς, τοὺς ἀγγέλους, ἐν οἷς θεὸς λαλεῖ τὸν λόγον ἑαυτοῦ
與此相應,你也當把星宿領會為神聖恩賜的執事,就是眾天使,神藉著他們述說自己的道。
And correspondingly, understand the stars as the ministers of the divine gift, the angels, through whom God speaks his own word.
1:2327
σκοτίζονται οὖν, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ σοῦ·
所以它們變黑,也就是說,只是對你而言;
They are darkened, then—that is, in relation to you;
1:2328
οὐδὲ γὰρ καθάπαξ σβέννυται ἥλιος
因為日頭並非一次永遠地熄滅了。
for the sun is not once and for all extinguished.
1:2329
καὶ ὥςπερ ἐν ταῖς νυ ξὶν δοκεῖ σκοτίζεσθαι ἡμῖν ἥλιος αὐτὸς οὐ τοῦ το πάσχων, ἀλλὰ πόρρω ἡμῶν γινόμενος μακρὰν τῆς ὄψεως, οὕτως καὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιος σκοτίζε ται ἐκείνοις τοῖς μηκέτι ἀξίοις τοῦ φωτίζεσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ
正如在夜間,日頭在我們看來似乎變黑了,其實它本身並未受此改變,不過是離我們遠去、超出我們視線之外罷了;照樣,公義的日頭對那些不再配受祂光照的人也就變黑了。
And just as in the night the sun seems to us to be darkened, though it itself suffers nothing of the kind but has merely gone far from us, beyond our sight, so too the Sun of righteousness is darkened to those who are no longer worthy to be illumined by him.
1:2330
καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν τὰ νέφη ὀπίσω τοῦ ὑετοῦ
「雨後雲彩反回。」
'And the clouds return after the rain.'
1:2331
νέφη πολλάκις ἐλέχθησαν τὰ διακονοῦντα τὸν πνευματικὸν ὑετόν, ἤτοι ἄνθρωποι ἄγγελοι
雲彩常被說為那些施行屬靈之雨的執事,或是人,或是天使。
The clouds have often been said to be those who minister the spiritual rain, whether men or angels.
1:2332
ἐπι στρέφει δὲ ταῦτα ὀπίσω τοῦ ὑετοῦ, οὐκέτι διακονεῖ τὸν ὑετόν·
但它們在雨後轉回去,不再供應那雨;
But they turn back after the rain; they no longer minister the rain;
1:2333
οὐδὲ γὰρ συμφέρει τότε τὸν ὑετὸν κατ ελθεῖν
因為那時降下這雨對人已不再有益。
for it is no longer profitable at that time for the rain to come down.
1:2334
ἔχεις ἀποστολικὸν ῥητὸν τοιοῦτον·
你有一句這樣的使徒之言:
You have an apostolic saying of this kind:
1:2335
συμβουλεύει σπουδαίους εἶναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ θείας γνώμης ἐπιμέλεσθαι καὶ ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀντι κειμένων·
他勸勉眾人要殷勤,要留心德行與神聖的心思,並要遠離那與此相違背的事;
He counsels men to be diligent, to take care for virtue and divine understanding, and to abstain from what is opposed to these;
1:2336
καὶ λαμβάνει παράδειγμα τοιοῦτο εἰπὼν τοῦτο ὅτι ἐς ὅσον θεία διδασκαλία ἐστίν, προσέχειν δεῖ καὶ ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ ἀποστῆναι τῆς κακίας·
他舉出這樣一個例子,說:只要神聖的教導還在,人就當留意、當持守德行、當離棄邪惡。
and he takes such an example, saying this: that as long as the divine teaching is present, one must give heed and take up virtue and depart from evil.
1:2337
γῆ δὲ πιοῦσα τὸν ἐπ' αὐτῆς πολλάκις ἐρ χόμενον ὑετὸν καὶ τίκτουσα βοτάνην εὔθετον ἐκείνοις δι' οὓς καὶ γεωργεῖται μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας παρὰ θεοῦ·
「就如那吸收屢次降在其上之雨的地,若長出合用的菜蔬給那為之耕種的人,就從神得福;
'For the earth which drinks in the rain that often comes upon it, and brings forth herbs fit for those for whom it is also tilled, receives blessing from God;
1:2338
ἐκφέρουσα δὲ ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους ἀδόκιμος καὶ κατάρας ἐγγὺς εἰς τὸ τέλος·
但那長出荊棘蒺藜的,就被廢棄、近於咒詛,其結局就是焚燒。」
but that which brings forth thorns and thistles is rejected, and near to being cursed, whose end is to be burned.'
1:2339
πεπείσμεθα δὲ περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀγαπητοί, τὰ κρείσσονα̣ τ̣ὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, ἀντὶ τοῦ·
「親愛的弟兄啊,我們深信你們有更美的事,就是那與救恩相連的事」——這意思就是說:
'But, beloved, we are persuaded better things of you, things that accompany salvation'—that is to say:
1:2340
δεόντως τῷ ὑε τῷ χρησάμενοι καὶ ποτισθέντες τὰ δέοντα ἠνέγκατε, εἴρηκεν σωτηρίας βοτάνην
你們既正當地運用了那雨、又得了澆灌,就結出了當結的果子,就是他所稱為救恩之菜蔬的。
having used the rain rightly and been watered, you brought forth the things you ought, which he has called the herb of salvation.
1:2341
οὐκέτι διακονοῦσίν σοι τὸν ὑετόν·
它們不再向你供應那雨;
They no longer minister the rain to you;
1:2342
οὐδὲ γὰρ συμφερόντως σοι γίνεται τοῦτο·
因為這事對你已不再有益處;
for it is no longer profitable to you that this should happen;
1:2343
ἔχεις ἐνκείμενα σπέρματα τῶν ἀκανθῶν καὶ τριβόλων
你裡面已埋藏著荊棘與蒺藜的種子。
you have lying within you the seeds of the thorns and thistles.
1:2344
πάθη εἰς κακίας καὶ δια θέσεις μεταβάλωσιν
情慾轉變為惡行與固定的心態。
The passions turn into vices and settled dispositions.
1:2345
εἰ τοίνυν οὕτως ἐσμὲν ὡς γῆ δόκι μος εἶναι κα̣ὶ τίκτουσα βοτάνην εὔθετον, ῥεῖ τὰ νέφη τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν αὐξητικὸν τῶν πνευματικῶν βοτανῶν
因此,我們若能成為蒙悅納的地、長出合用的菜蔬,雲彩便會傾下那使屬靈菜蔬生長的雨。
If, then, we are such as to be approved earth, bringing forth fit herbs, the clouds pour down the rain that makes the spiritual herbs grow.
1:2346
τοὺς διακονοῦντας ἀγγέλους;οὐχὶ πάντες ἐστὲ λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονο μεῖν σωτηρίαν; καὶ ἄνθρωποι δὲ διακονοῦσιν τὸν θεῖον ὑετόν, καὶ τούτοις προστάττεται ῥαίνειν δικαιοσύνην, οὐ ῥαίνειν ὕδωρ, οὐ ῥεῖν ὄμβρον
那供職的天使——他們豈不都是服役的靈、奉差遣為那將要承受救恩的人效力麼?人也同樣供應神聖的雨,並且吩咐這些人要降下公義,而非降下雨水,也非傾下大雨。
The ministering angels—are they not all ministering spirits sent forth for service on behalf of those who are to inherit salvation? And men too minister the divine rain, and these are commanded to rain down righteousness, not to rain down water, not to pour down a downpour.
1:2347
ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἂν σαλευθῶσιν φύλακες τῆς οἰκίας
「看守房屋的發顫的日子。」
'In the day when the keepers of the house shall tremble.'
1:2348
τὸ τῆς οἰκίας ὄνομα ἐν τοῖς θεοπνεύστοις λο γίοις κατὰ διαφόρων κεῖται
「房屋」一詞在受神默示的聖言中用來指種種不同的事物。
The word 'house' is used in the God-inspired oracles for various things.
1:2349
ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ τὸν τοὺς Ἰησοῦ λόγους ἀκηκο ότα καὶ μεταβαλόντα εἰς ἔργα οἰκοδομεῖν τὴν ἑαυ τοῦ οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, τὴν πολιτείαν καὶ τὸν βίον τὸν πρακτικὸν καὶ θεωρητικὸν οἰκίαν λέγει τοῦ ἐνεργήσαντος
因為當經上說那聽了耶穌的話又化為行為的人,把自己的房屋建在磐石上時,它就是把那實行之人的操守、以及他實踐與默觀兩方面的生活,稱為房屋。
For when it says that the one who has heard the words of Jesus and turned them into deeds builds his own house upon the rock, it calls the man's conduct and his life—both practical and contemplative—the house of the one who has thus acted.
1:2350
καὶ τὸ οἰκίαι παρανόμων ὀφειλήσουσιν κα θαρισμόν, οἰκίαι δὲ δικαίων δεκταὶ τοὺς βίους καὶ τὰς πολιτείας οἴκους ὀνομάζει
又當經上說「不法之人的房屋必欠潔淨,義人的房屋卻蒙悅納」時,它就是把生活與操守稱為房屋。
And when it says 'the houses of the lawless shall owe cleansing, but the houses of the righteous are acceptable,' it names lives and conducts as houses.
1:2351
καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐφοβοῦντο αἱ μαῖαι τὸν θεόν, ἐποίησαν ἑαυταῖς οἰκίας, φοβηθεῖ σαι αὐτὸν τὸν φόβον ἔσχον καὶ οἶκον καὶ ὀχύρωμα·
又因收生婆敬畏神,就為自己造了房屋;她們既存那敬畏而懼怕祂,就既有房屋又有堅固的營壘;
And since the midwives feared God, they made themselves houses; having feared him with that fear, they had both a house and a stronghold;
1:2352
ὀχύρωμα γὰρ ὁσίου φόβος κυρίου
因為對主的敬畏乃是虔敬之人的堅壘。
for the fear of the Lord is the stronghold of the holy man.
1:2353
σημαίνεται δὲ τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς οἰκίας πολλάκις περὶ γῆν τόπος·
然而「房屋」一詞也常指地上的處所;
But by the word 'house' there is often signified the place about the earth;
1:2354
ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ ὅτι ἐν μεγάλῃ οἰκίᾳ οὐ μόνα χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ σκεύη τυγχάνουσιν, ἀλλὰ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα καὶ ἐάν τις, φησίν, ἑαυτὸν ἐκκαθάρῃ ἀπὸ τούτωντῶν εἰς ἀτιμίαν σκευῶν–, ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, εὔχρηστον τῷ δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον, τοῦτο οὖν λέγει·
因為當經上說「在大戶人家,不但有金器銀器,也有木器瓦器;人若自潔、脫離這些——就是那卑賤的器皿——就必作貴重的器皿,合乎主用,預備行各樣的善事」,它所指的乃是這意思:
for when it says that 'in a great house there are not only vessels of gold and silver, but also of wood and of earthenware, and if anyone, he says, purge himself from these—the vessels unto dishonour—he shall be a vessel unto honour, useful to the Master, prepared for every good work,' this then is what it means:
1:2355
ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσὶν σπουδαῖοι ἄνδρες·
在世上有殷勤的人;
In the world there are diligent men;
1:2356
οὗτοι δὲ σκεύη εἰσὶν χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ
這些人就是金器與銀器。
and these are vessels of gold and silver.
1:2357
καὶ ὅσοι τὸν νοῦν ἑαυτῶν καθαίρουσιν καὶ ἐργάζονται διὰ πυρώσεως σκεύη εἰσὶν χρυσᾶ, οἱ περὶ τὰ νοητὰ ἔχοντες τὴν σπουδήν, οἱ περὶ τὰ ὑπερκόσμια ἠκονημένοι
凡潔淨自己心思、藉著熬煉之火作工的人,都是金器,就是那些把殷勤用在悟性之事上、被磨礪以趨向超越世界之事的人。
And all those who purify their own mind and labour through the refining fire are vessels of gold—those who direct their diligence toward things intelligible, those who are sharpened upon things above the world.
1:2358
ἀργύρεα δὲ σκεύη εἰσὶν οἱ τὸν λόγον διακονούμενοι
銀器則是那些供應道的人;
But vessels of silver are those who minister the word;
1:2359
πολλάκις γὰρ ἀποδέδεικται ὅτι λόγος τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ ἀργύρου παρίσταται
因為屢次已顯明,「道」是以「銀」的名稱來表示的。
for it has often been shown that the word is represented by the name of silver.
1:2360
καὶ λέγω ἀπὸ ἀπο στολικοῦ ῥητοῦ σαφῶς εἰρημένου, ἵνα τὸ αἴν̣ιγ̣μα τοῦτο φανῇ·
我引一句明白說出的使徒之言,好叫這隱謎得以顯明:
And I speak from an apostolic saying clearly expressed, that this riddle may be made plain:
1:2361
τὸ πνεῦμα δίδωσιν λόγον σοφίας καὶ λόγον γνώ σεως
「聖靈賜下智慧的言語與知識的言語。」
'The Spirit gives a word of wisdom and a word of knowledge.'
1:2362
καὶ ἔχεις διαφορὰν ταύτην·
你便有這樣的區別:
And you have this distinction:
1:2363
λόγον ἔχων σο φίας καὶ λόγον γνώσεως καὶ νοεῖ ὀρθω῀̣ς̣ καὶ θεωρεῖ τὰ ἐπιστημονικὰ καὶ λέγειν αὐτὰ δύναται διδασκαλικῶς·
那有智慧言語與知識言語的人,既能正確地思想、又能默觀那些屬乎知識的事,並能以教導的方式將它們講說出來;
He who has a word of wisdom and a word of knowledge both thinks rightly and contemplates matters of understanding, and is able to speak of them in a teacherly way;
1:2364
εἰσὶν γὰρ λόγον γνώσεως ἔχοντες, οὐχ ἱκανοὶ δὲ δι δάξαι·
因為有些人雖有知識的言語,卻不足以教導人;
for there are those who have a word of knowledge but are not competent to teach;
1:2365
καί εἰσιν τῷ ὄντι ἀκριβῆ νόησιν ἔχοντες καὶ γνῶσιν ἀδιάπτωτον, οὐχ οἷοι δέ εἰσιν τὰ νοηθέντα αὐτοῖς εἰς ἑτέρους μεταγαγεῖν διδασκαλικῷ τρόπῳ
也有些人實在具有精確的悟性與毫無差錯的知識,卻不是那能以教導之法將所領會的傳給他人的人。
and there are those who in truth have precise understanding and unfailing knowledge, but are not of such a kind as to transfer what they have understood to others in a teacherly manner.
1:2366
εἰσὶν οὖν νοῦν ἔχοντες ἠκριβωμένον καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χρύσεα σκεύη εἰσίν, οὐχ οἷοι δέ εἰσιν διακονεῖν εἰς ἄλλους τὰ νοη θέντα αὐτοῖς
所以有些人具有精準的心思,因此便是金器,卻不是那能將所領會之事供應給別人的人;
There are, then, those who have an exact mind and for this reason are vessels of gold, but are not of such a kind as to minister to others the things they have understood;
1:2367
ἄλλοι δὲ ἀργύρεά εἰσιν δυνάμενοι λόγῳ τὰ νοηθέν τα αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀναγιγνώσκουσιν σαφηνίσαι
另有些人是銀器,能藉言語把他們所領會的、以及他們所誦讀的講解明白。
and others are vessels of silver, being able to make plain by word the things they have understood and the things they read.
1:2368
εἰσὶν δὲ ἄλλα σκεύη ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα
還有別的器皿,是木器和瓦器;
And there are other vessels, of wood and of earthenware;
1:2369
καὶ τούτων τὰ μὲν εἰς τιμήν, τὰ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν ἐστίν
在這些器皿中,有的是作貴重之用,有的是作卑賤之用。
and of these some are unto honour, others unto dishonour.
1:2370
τίμια δέ εἰσιν τὰ χρύσεα καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, ἀτιμί ας δὲ τὰ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα
金器與銀器是尊貴的,木器與瓦器卻是卑賤的。
The vessels of gold and silver are honourable, but those of wood and earthenware are of dishonour.
1:2371
τὰ μὲν ξύλινα δύνα ται ὑπὸ πυρὸς δαπανηθῆναι, τὰ δὲ ὀστράκινα οἷά τέ ἐστιν συντριβῆναι
木器能被火燒盡,瓦器則能被打碎。
The wooden ones can be consumed by fire, while the earthen ones are such as to be shattered.
1:2372
ἀλλ' οὐ φύσεις εἰσηγεῖται ὧδε ἀμεταβλήτους, ὡς βούλεται τῶν ἑτεροδόξων μῦθος
但他在此並非引入那不可改變的本性,像異端者的謬說所主張的那樣。
But he does not here introduce natures that are unchangeable, as the myth of the heretics would have it.
1:2373
ἐπηγίοχεν γοῦν ὅτι ἐάν τις ἐκκαθάρῃ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς ἀτιμίας αὑτὸν δη λονότι σκευῶν, ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμὴν τῷ δεσπότῃ ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν·
無論如何,他既接著說:人若自潔、脫離這些——顯然是指那卑賤的器皿——就必向主人作貴重的器皿,預備行各樣的善事;
At any rate he has added that if anyone purge himself from these—clearly the vessels of dishonour—he shall be a vessel unto honour to the Master, ready for every good work;
1:2374
ὥστε παρ' ἑαυτόν τις γίνεται τί μιον καὶ ἄτιμον σκεῦος
如此,人成為貴重或卑賤的器皿,乃在乎他自己。
so that one becomes an honourable or a dishonourable vessel by his own doing.
1:2375
ἔστιν γοῦν καὶ μετάπτωσις γινομένη ἀπὸ τιμίων εἰς τὸ ἄτιμον·
無論如何,也確有一種墮落發生,就是從尊貴之物跌落到卑賤之地;
There is, at any rate, also a falling away that takes place, from things honourable to what is dishonourable;
1:2376
εἴρηται γοῦν ἐν τοῖς Ἰηρεμίου θρήνοις μεταβολῆς πολλῆς γενομένης τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ εὐσεβ̣είας εἰς ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀπὸ πρακτικῆς ἀρετῆς εἰς πρακτικὴν κακίαν·
無論如何,在耶利米哀歌中,當以色列大大轉變、從虔敬變為不敬、從實踐的德行變為實踐的邪惡時,經上就這樣說:
for it is said, at any rate, in the Lamentations of Jeremiah, when a great change had come over Israel from godliness to ungodliness, and from practical virtue to practical vice:
1:2377
υἱοὶ Σιὼν οἱ τίμιοι ἐπηρμένοι χρυ σίῳ καὶ ἀργ̣ύρῳ, πῶς ἐλογίσθησαν εἰς ἀγγεῖα ὀστρά κινα
「錫安寶貴的眾子,好比精金銀子的,如今怎麼算為瓦器呢!」
'The precious sons of Zion, valued as fine gold and silver, how are they counted as vessels of earthenware!'
1:2378
θεωρεῖς ὅτι τὰ τίμια ἐκ χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου πεποιη μένα ἐλογίσθησαν εἰς ὀστράκινα
你看那用金銀所造的寶貴之物,如今竟算為瓦器了。
You see that the precious things, made of gold and silver, were counted as earthenware.
1:2379
ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ τὸ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ γένος, ὅτε ἠπίστησεν τῷ ςωτῆρ̣ι, ὡς σκεύη κεραμέως συντρίβονται, ποιμανεῖς αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ·
誠然,以色列的族類,當他們不信救主時,也就像窰匠的瓦器被打碎了:「你必用鐵杖牧養他們;」
Indeed, at any rate, the race of Israel too, when it disbelieved the Saviour, are shattered like the potter's vessels: 'Thou shalt shepherd them with a rod of iron;'
1:2380
ὅτε ἦσαν πρόβατα, χρυσᾶ ἦσαν καὶ ὑπὸ ῥάβδου ποιμαντικῆς ἤγοντο, νῦν δὲ ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, καὶ συν τρίβονται ὡς σκεύη κεραμέως
當他們作羊群時,是金子的,被牧人的杖引領;如今卻在鐵杖之下,像窰匠的瓦器被打碎了。
when they were sheep, they were golden, and were led by the shepherd's staff, but now they are under a rod of iron, and are shattered like the potter's vessels.
1:2381
αὐτ̣ίκ̣α̣ γο̣υ῀̣ν κ̣αὶ ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ μυστικόν τι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων κεῖται·
無論如何,在耶利米書中也記載了關於這類事情的某種奧祕:
At any rate, there is also in Jeremiah something mystical laid down concerning such things:
1:2382
οἶκον τοῦ κεραμέως, καὶ καταβὰς εἶδεν σκεῦος πλατ τόμενον, πηλὸν σχηματιζόμενον εἰς σκεῦος·
窯匠的家;他下去,看見一個器皿正被塑造,泥土正被塑成器皿。
the house of the potter; and going down he saw a vessel being fashioned, clay being shaped into a vessel.
1:2383
καὶ ἐπει δὴ οὐκ εἶχεν τὸ οἰκεῖον σχῆμα τοῦ σκεύους τοῦ τιμί ου, διέπεσεν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ·
由於那貴重器皿還沒有本身應有的形狀,它便從他手中散落了。
And since it did not have the proper form of the precious vessel, it fell apart from his hands.
1:2384
κεραμεὺς διέ πεσεν αὐτό, ἵνα ἀναπλάσηται αὐτὸ κεραμεύς
窯匠任它散落,為要重新塑造它。
The potter let it fall apart, so that the potter might re-fashion it.
1:2385
ὅτε οὖν χώραν τις ἔχει μετανοίας, πήλινόν ἐστιν σκεῦος δυνάμενον ἀναπλασθῆναι, μετασχηματισθῆναι
所以,當一個人還有悔改的餘地時,他就是泥製的器皿,能夠被重新塑造、被改變樣式。
So then, when someone still has room for repentance, he is a vessel of clay able to be re-fashioned, to be transformed.
1:2386
ὅταν δὲ λοι πὸν βεβαιότητα σχῇ ἐν ἕξει σχεδὸν ἀδιαπτώτῳ δυσμετα πτώτῳ, τότε λοιπὸν ὀστράκινόν ἐστιν
但當他最終在一種幾乎不會偏離、或難以更改的習性中變得堅固時,那時他就成了燒製的陶器了。
But when at last he attains firmness in a habit that is nearly unfailing or hard to alter, then at last he is a vessel of baked earthenware.
1:2387
λοιπὸν προφήτης μετὰ τὸ ἰδεῖν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ κεραμέως τὴν διάπλασιν τοῦ σκεύους λαμβάνει βῖκον στράκινον καὶ συντρίβει αὐτόν
於是,先知在窯匠的家中看見器皿被塑造之後,就拿起一個陶製的瓶子,將它摔碎。
Then, after seeing in the house of the potter the fashioning of the vessel, the prophet takes an earthenware jar and shatters it.
1:2388
οὕτως φθερῶ τὴν ὕβριν Ἰακώβ
「我要這樣毀壞雅各的驕傲。」
'Thus will I destroy the pride of Jacob.'
1:2389
τότε λοιπὸν ἀπεδοκιμάσθησαν, τότε ἐκβέβληνται
那時他們終於被棄絕了,那時他們被丟棄了。
Then at last they were rejected, then they were cast out.
1:2390
καὶ λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν Ἰσαΐᾳ τούτου τοῦ συντρι βέντος σκεύους ὀστρακίνου ὅτι οὕτω συνετρίβη ὡς μὴ εὑρεθῆναι μέρος αὐτοῦ ἐν τις δύναται ὀλίγον δωρ λαβεῖν πῦρ, τουτέστιν ἀχρήσιμον παντελῆ γενό μενον οὐδὲ τὸ ὕδωρτὸ ὀλίγον τὸ ποτίζον ἔτι δυ νάμενον δέξασθαι, οὐδὲ τὸ πῦρ ἐκεῖνο τὸ εἰς ὀστρά κινον αὐτὸ καὶ στερεότητα ἀγαγόν
關於這被摔碎的陶器,他在以賽亞書中說:它被摔碎得如此徹底,以致找不到一塊碎片可供人取一點點水或火——就是說,它已變得全然無用,連那一點點水、或那供飲用的水都不能再盛裝,也不能承受那曾把它燒成陶土並使之堅硬的火。
And concerning this shattered earthenware vessel he says in Isaiah that it was so shattered that no part of it could be found in which one could take a little water or fire — that is, having become utterly useless, no longer able to receive even that little water, or the water for drinking, nor that fire which had brought it into an earthen state and to solidity.
1:2391
ὧδε οὖν οἰκίαν λέγει τὸν κόσμον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν;εἰσὶν καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τὰ διάφορα σκεύη τα`̣ εἰς τιμὴν καὶ εἰς ἀτιμίαν
那麼在此處,他把世界或教會稱為家嗎?——因為在這家裡也有各樣的器皿,有作為貴重之用的,也有作為卑賤之用的。
Here, then, does he call the world or the Church a house? — For in this too there are the various vessels, some for honour and some for dishonour.
1:2392
καὶ ὅτι εἰσὶν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλη σίᾳ τ̣ο̣ι̣οῦτο̣ι̣ θεῖος λ̣ο´̣γος λέγει·
至於教會中有這樣的人,神聖的話語如此說:
And that there are such people in the Church, the divine word declares:
1:2393
ἐξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀτιμίας σκεύη κ·····?
「你們要把那惡人從你們中間趕出去」——卑賤的器皿……
'Remove the evil one from among yourselves' — vessels of dishonour ...
1:2394
πάλιν ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία, καὶ τοιαύτη πορνεία ἥτις οὐ δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἐ´̣θνεσιν, ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πα τρὸς ἔχειν
「又聽說你們中間有淫亂的事,這樣的淫亂連外邦人中也沒有,就是有人收了他父親的妻子。」
'Again there is heard among you fornication, and such fornication as is not even among the Gentiles, that a man should have his father's wife.'
1:2395
καὶ ἐκβάλλεσθαι τοῦτον κελεύε̣ι̣
他吩咐要把這人趕出去。
And he commands that this man be cast out.
1:2396
καὶ ἐκκλησία ··–ν δ̣ύνατα̣ι̣ εἶναι μεγάλη οἰκία καὶ περι`̣ γῆν τ̣όπος̣
教會……可以是那大宅,也可以是地上的處所。
And the Church ... can be the great house, and the place upon the earth.
1:2397
φύλακες δὲ ταύτης τῆς οἰκίας εἰσὶν οἱ τεταγμένοι φρουρεῖν αὐτὴν η········ι̣ διδασκαλι´̣ᾳ
而這家的守衛者,就是那些被指派看守它的人……或藉著教導。
And the guardians of this house are those appointed to watch over it ... whether by teaching.
1:2398
ἐα`̣ν μὲν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν λάβῃς, οἱ διδάσκαλοι
若你把它理解為教會,那守衛者就是教師們。
If you take it to mean the Church, [the guardians are] the teachers.
1:2399
παρ̣έπονταί γ̣ε τούτοις καὶ ἄγγελοι
天使也伴隨著這些人。
Angels too accompany these.
1:2400
περὶ γοῦν τοῦ Πέτρου εἴρηκαν·
至於彼得,他們曾這樣說過:
Concerning Peter, at any rate, they have said:
1:2401
καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ μικροὶ ἔχουσιν ἀγγέλους βλέποντας διὰ παντὸς τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός
教會中那些小子,也有天使常常仰望父的面。
And the little ones in the Church have angels who continually behold the face of the Father.
1:2402
ε̣ι̣ δὲ οἱ μικροί, πόσῳ οἱ τέ λειοι
但若小子們尚且如此,何況那些完全的人呢!
But if the little ones do, how much more the perfect!
1:2403
οὗτοι ···ε̣αν σ̣αλε̣υθῶσιν;ἐπίτασις γεγένητ̣αι τῆς κακίας τῶν φρουρουμένων·
倘若連這些人也動搖了——那便是那些受守護之人的惡已然加劇了。
If these are shaken — an intensification of the wickedness of those being guarded has come about.
1:2404
καταλείψ̣ουσιν οἱ φρουροί, κἄν γ̣ε̣ ἄνδ̣ρ̣ες ἦσαν τέλειοι κἂν ἄγγελοι
守衛者將要離棄他們,即便他們曾是完全的人或是天使。
The guardians will forsake them, even if they were perfect men or angels.
1:2405
δεῦτε γὰρ καὶ ἐνκαταλεί πομεν αὐτήν·
「來吧,讓我們也離棄它。」
'For come, let us also forsake it.'
1:2406
ὡς προαναφωνεῖν τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα καὶ λέ γειν·
正如聖靈預先宣告說:
as the Holy Spirit foretells and says:
1:2407
ἐνκαταλειφθήσεται θυγάτηρ Σιὼν ὡς σκηνὴ ἐν ἀμπελῶνι
「錫安的女子必被撇下,好像葡萄園中的草棚。」
'The daughter of Zion shall be left like a booth in a vineyard.'
1:2408
γέγονέν τις Ἰουδαϊκὸς ἱστοριογράφος Ἰώσιππος·
有一位猶太的歷史學家,名叫約瑟夫。
There was a certain Jewish historian, Josephus.
1:2409
ἐκεῖνος ἐν ταῖς θεοσημίαις ταῖς γενομέναις μετὰ τὸ προ δοθῆναι τὸν ςωτῆρα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τοιαύτην ἔθηκεν ἣν λέγει·
他在敘述救主被猶太人出賣之後所發生的神蹟異兆時,也記載了如下這一件事,說:
In [describing] the divine signs that occurred after the Saviour was betrayed by the Jews, he set down also such a one as this, which he relates:
1:2410
μόλις ἔκλειον ἰσχυροὶ ἄνδρες τριάκοντα, καὶ μοχλοὶ ἐπέκειντο ἵν' ἀσφαλισθῇ κλεισθεῖσα·
「三十個壯漢才勉強能關上那門,還加上門閂,使它關閉後得以牢固。」
'Thirty strong men could scarcely shut [the gate], and bars were laid upon it that it might be secured when closed.'
1:2411
ἄφνω, λέγει, ἐν νυκτὶ μιᾷ οἱ ἱερεῖς̣ περιερχόμενοι ἤκουσαν, λέγει, φωνὴν ὡς πολλῶν λεγόντων·
他說:「忽然在一夜之間,四處巡行的祭司們聽見」他說「有聲音好像許多人在說:」
'Suddenly,' he says, 'on one night the priests going about heard,' he says, 'a voice as of many saying:'
1:2412
καὶ ἄφνω, λέγει, αὐ τομάτως ἠνεῴχθησαν αἱ πύλαι
他說:「忽然那些門自動開了。」
'And suddenly,' he says, 'the gates opened of their own accord.'
1:2413
καὶ τοῦτο ἦν τὸ ἐνκαταλειφθήσεται θυγάτηρ Σιὼν ὡς σκηνὴ ἐν ἀμπελῶνι
這正應驗了「錫安的女子必被撇下,好像葡萄園中的草棚。」
And this was [the fulfilment of] 'The daughter of Zion shall be left like a booth in a vineyard.'
1:2414
καὶ τότε μάλιστα τοῦτο ὑπῆρκται, ὅτε ςωτὴρ ἐνκαταλέλοιπεν λέγων·
而這事尤其是在救主離棄他們、說以下這話的時候應驗的:
And this above all came to pass when the Saviour forsook [them], saying:
1:2415
ἐνκατέλειψα τὸν οἶκόν σου, ἀφεὶς τὴν κληρονομίαν μου·
「我離棄了你的家,撇下了我的產業。」
'I have forsaken your house, abandoning my inheritance.'
1:2416
ἰδοὺ ἀφίεται ὑμῖν οἶκος ὑμῶν ςωτὴρ πάλιν αὐτοῖς τοῖς Ἰου δαίοις
「看哪,你們的家留給你們了」——救主又對那些猶太人說了這話。
'Behold, your house is left unto you' — the Saviour [says this] again to those same Jews.
1:2417
τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν τὸ σαλευθῆναι τοὺς φύλακας τῆς οἰκίας, τὸ μεταστῆναι τοὺς φρουρούς, τὸ μηκέτι περιέ πειν τὸν οἶκον
所以,這就是那家的守衛者被動搖,守望者被撤離,家不再被護衛環繞的情形。
This, then, is the shaking of the guardians of the house, the removal of the watchmen, the no longer surrounding of the house [with protection].
1:2418
ἐν ἡμε´̣ρᾳ οὖν ποίᾳ;····ε·?λ········ι̣ν τ̣ῆς κρίσεως̣ ··λε ·········οι̣
那麼是在哪一日呢?——……審判的……
In what day, then? — ... of judgement ...
1:2419
εἰ δὲ περὶ γῆν τόπος, τί;πάλιν ··········ιωδε ἐπιτραπέντες δι̣····
但若指的是地上的處所,那又如何呢?——再者……被交付……
But if [it means] the place upon the earth, what then? — Again ... being handed over ...
1:2420
καὶ διαστραφῶσιν ἄνδρες τῆς δυνάμεως·
「有能力的人也必被扭曲彎折。」
'And the men of power shall be bent aside.'
1:2421
καὶ ἤργησαν αἱ ἀλήθου σαι, ὅτι ὠλιγώθησαν·
「推磨的女子也停下了,因為她們稀少了。」
'And the women who grind cease, because they have grown few.'
1:2422
καὶ σκοτά σουσιν αἱ βλέπουσαι ἐν ταῖς ὀπαῖς
「那些從窗戶往外看的女子也昏暗了。」
'And those who look through the windows shall be darkened.'
1:2423
̣, οἱ ἄνδρες τῆς δυνα´̣μεως οὗτ̣οί εἰσιν, οἳ ὡσανεὶ στρατηγοὶ ἄρχουσι̣ν τ̣ῆς οἰκίας, οἱ ἄρχον τ̣ες
有能力的人就是這些人,他們彷彿將領一般管轄那家,就是那些掌權者。
The men of power are these, who as it were like generals rule over the house, the rulers.
1:2424
διαστροφὴν δὲ οὐ κακίαν αὐτῶν λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὴν μετάθεσιν τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἧς ἦσ̣αν ἐνκεχει ρισμένοι
他所說的「扭曲彎折」,並不是指他們的惡,而是指他們被免去了原先所受託付的職分。
By 'bending aside' he does not mean their wickedness, but rather the removal from the office with which they had been entrusted.
1:2425
οὐκέτι στρατηγὸς στρατηγός ἐστιν, οὐκέτ̣ι̣ ἱπ πεὺς ἱππεύς ἐστιν
將領不再是將領,騎兵也不再是騎兵。
The general is no longer a general, the horseman is no longer a horseman.
1:2426
καὶ ἤρ̣γησα̣ν αἱ ἀλήθουσαι, ὅτι ὠλιγώθησαν
「推磨的女子停下了,因為她們稀少了。」
'And the women who grind ceased, because they had grown few.'
1:2427
ἐκ π····ς̣ τρόπου ···α······χει ἱσ̣τορι´̣ αν
以各樣的方式……有一段記載……
In every manner ... has [an] account ...
1:2428
καὶ τὰ βρώματα αὐτῆς, ὅταν ······
還有她的食物,當……
And her foods, when ...
1:2429
βίος ····ς καὶ κόσμος περιτ τὸν το······
生活……以及環繞四周的世界……
Life ... and the world round about ...
1:2430
ἤργησαν αἱ ἀλήθουσαι ······
「推磨的女子停下了……」
'The women who grind ceased ...'
1:2431
οὐκε´̣ τι ὄντων τῶν ἀληθομένων λ·············τ̣ο ὅτι οὐ τοῦ θεοῦ ········?
推磨的女子既不再存在……說那不是屬於神的……
the women who grind being no longer [present] ... that it is not of God ...
1:2432
λέγει γοῦν ἐν ηρεμίᾳ πρὸς τοὺς ψευδοπροφήτας τοὺς ἐπιμειγνύοντας τὰ λογικὰ ἀχύροις·
無論如何,他在耶利米書中對那些把屬理性之物與糠秕相混的假先知說:
At any rate he says in Jeremiah to the false prophets who mingle rational things with chaff:
1:2433
εἰ τὸ ἄχυρον πρὸς τὸν ἄνεμον σῖτονλέγει κύριος, οὐχ ὥσπερ σῖτος οἱ λόγοι μου;–, οἱ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγοι σῖτός εἰσιν
「糠秕怎能與麥子相比呢?——耶和華說。我的話豈不像麥子嗎?」——神的話就是麥子。
'What is the chaff to the wheat? — says the Lord. Are not my words like wheat?' — The words of God are wheat.
1:2434
οἱ δυνάμενοι διαιρεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ λεπτύνειν καὶ παρασκευάζειν, οὗτοι ἀλήθοντές εἰσιν ἀλήθουσαι, ἵνα θηλυκῶς εἴπω κατὰ τὴν λέξιν
那些能夠分辨這些話、將它們磨細並加以預備的人,就是那推磨的人,或推磨的女子——為要照著經文的用語以陰性稱之。
Those who are able to divide them and grind them fine and prepare them, these are the men who grind, or the women who grind, that I may say it in the feminine according to the wording.
1:2435
οἱ ἐκκλησιαστικῶς διαιροῦντες τοὺς λόγους τοῦ θεοῦ, σῖτον ὄντα, τροφίμους ἄρτους ποιοῦσιν καὶ σιμίδαλιν προςάγουσιν εἰς τὸ θυσιαστήριον·
那些以合乎教會的方式分辨神之話語的人——那話語就是麥子——他們用它作成滋養人的餅,並把細麵獻到祭壇上。
Those who divide the words of God in an ecclesiastical manner — which are wheat — make of them nourishing loaves and bring fine flour to the altar.
1:2436
εἰσὶν γὰρ καὶ θυσίαι διὰ σιμιδά λεως προσφερόμεναι
因為也有藉著細麵所獻上的祭物。
For there are also sacrifices offered by means of fine flour.
1:2437
οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων οὐχ ὡς δεῖ διαιροῦντες τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους ἀλλ' ἐσφαλμένως καὶ εἰς ἀσέβειαν αὐτοὺς α··ν̣τες κακῶς ἀλήθουσιν
那些出於異端者的人,他們分辨神的話語,不是照著當有的方式,而是錯謬地、把它們引向不敬虔,這就是磨得不好。
Those from among the heterodox, who divide the words of God not as they ought but erroneously and [drawing] them into impiety, grind badly.
1:2438
τούτων τὸ ἄλευρον ἐκβλητόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲ εἰς θυσίαν οὐδὲ εἰς τροφὴν χρησιμεῦον
他們的麵粉是該丟棄的,既不能作祭物,也不能作食物。
Their flour is to be cast out, useful neither for sacrifice nor for food.
1:2439
ἐν Ὠσῆε γοῦν τῷ προφήτῃ λέγει·
無論如何,在何西阿先知書中他說:
At any rate, in the prophet Hosea he says:
1:2440
ἵνα τί παρεσιωπήσατε ἀσέβειαν καὶ τὰς ἀδικίας αὐτῆς ἐτρυ γήσατε, ἐφάγετε καρπὸν ψευδῆ; εἶτα λέγει·
「你們為何靜默不言那不敬虔的事,反倒收割了她的不義,吃了虛謊的果子呢?」接著他說:
'Why have you passed over impiety in silence, and reaped her iniquities, and eaten lying fruit?' Then he says:
1:2441
ἀνεμό φθορα ἔσπειραν, καὶ καταστροφὴ αὕτη·
「他們所種的是被風吹壞的,這就是那傾覆。」
'They sowed things blasted by the wind, and this is the overthrow.'
1:2442
δράγμα οὐκ ἔσχον ἰσχὺν τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἄλευρον
「那禾捆沒有力量作成麵粉。」
'The sheaf had no strength to make flour.'
1:2443
τοῦτο κακῶς λήθεται παρὰ τὴν ἀλήθουσαν
這禾稼被磨得很壞,與那正確推磨的女子所行的相反。
This [grain] is badly ground, contrary to [the work of] the woman who grinds [rightly].
1:2444
ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν νοητῶν καὶ ···········
在同一段中,關於屬理智之事也……
In the same [passage], with respect to intelligible things also ...
1:2445
δύο̣ εἶναι ἐν τ̣ῳ῀̣ ἀγρ̣ῷ, ἕνα παραλαμβανόμεν̣ο̣ν̣ κ̣α̣ι`̣ ἕν̣α̣ ἀφ̣ιε´̣μενον·
有兩個人在田裡,一個被接去,一個被撇下。
that there are two in the field, one being taken and one being left.
1:2446
και`̣ δ̣ύο ἀλήθουσα̣ι, μία παραλαμβάνεται ······
又有兩個女子在推磨,一個被接去……
And two women grinding, one is taken ...
1:2447
οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ σπείροντες ··ο?
這些就是那撒種的人……
These are the ones who sow ...
1:2448
·········ν̣ αὐτοῖς δεδωκότος ·····ην ····
……已將……賜給他們……
... having given to them ...
1:2449
σπείροντες καὶ ἐξ αὐτη̣············ν ἀφίενται πάλιν ·····α̣γ̣α······?·······ρ············
撒種,並且從她……他們又被撇下……
sowing, and from her ... they are left again ...
1:2450
α̣υτω··············τη αὐτῇ γραφῇ καὶ α······
……在同一段經文中,並且……
... in the same Scripture, and ...
1:2451
ἀφίεται ὡς ἀνε μόφ̣θορα̣ σπείρασα ··χ̣υν··················
它被釋放,彷彿撒下的是不受風損壞的種子……
It is released, as having sown things free from any corruption by the wind ...
1:2452
ἄλευρα ου̣κ ἄλευρα αληθ̣······
麵粉——卻不是真正的麵粉……
Meal — not meal in the true sense ...
1:2453
γενε´̣σθαι καὶ εἰς θυσίαν προσενεχθῆναι
……得以成形,並被獻上作為祭物。
... to come into being and to be offered up as a sacrifice.
1:2454
περὶ τῆς ματαίας ταύτης σιμιδάλεως ἐν Ἰσαΐᾳ λέγει·
關於這無用的細麵,經上在以賽亞書中說道:
Concerning this vain fine flour Scripture speaks in Isaiah, saying:
1:2455
ἐὰν προσφέρητε σιμίδαλιν, μάταιον, θυμίαμα μάταιόν μοί ἐστιν
「你們若獻上細麵,乃是枉然;香品於我為可憎。」
'If you bring fine flour, it is vain; incense is an abomination to me.'
1:2456
οὐδὲ τὸ θυμίαμα ἔχει τὴν θυμιάματος εὐωδίαν·
那香品也沒有香料應有的馨香;
Nor does the incense have the fragrance proper to incense;
1:2457
οὐδὲ σιμίδαλις ἔχει τι χρήσιμον πρὸς τὸ ἀρτοποιηθῆναι εἰς θυσίαν προσενεχθῆναι·
那細麵也沒有任何用處,無論是用來做餅,還是獻上作為祭物。
nor does the fine flour have anything useful, whether for being made into bread or for being offered up as a sacrifice.
1:2458
αὗται οὖν αἱ ἀλήθουσαι αἱ ἐπαινεταὶ ἤργησαν·
因此,這些推磨的婦人——那些值得稱讚的——已經停止了勞作;
These women who grind, then — the praiseworthy ones — have ceased from their labor;
1:2459
οὐκέτι γὰρ σαφηνίζουσιν τὰς γραφὰς συνσταλέντος τοῦ χω ρίου, τέλος ἀπολαβόντος τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου
因為她們不再解明聖經,既然那地已被收攏,這現今的世代已到了盡頭。
for they no longer make the Scriptures clear, since the field has been drawn in and this present age has received its end.
1:2460
ἤργησαν οὖν αἱ ἀλήθουσαι, ὅτι ὠλιγώθησαν·
所以那推磨的婦人已經停下,因為她們變少了;
The grinding women, then, have ceased, because they have been made few;
1:2461
τὸ ὅσον ἐφ' ὑμῖν, ὀλίγας αὐτὰς πεποιήκατε, ἀσθενεῖς αὐ τὰς κατεσκευάσατε
「就你們而言,你們使她們變少,使她們變得軟弱。」
'As far as it lay with you, you have made them few, you have rendered them weak.'
1:2462
οὐ διὰ τοῦτο ὡς τοῦ καιροῦ μηκέτι ἐπιτρέ ποντος ἀλήθειν;τὸ ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τούτους ἠλαττώθησαν·
豈不是因這緣故——因為時候不再容許推磨了嗎?就這些人而言,她們被減少了;
Is it not for this reason — because the season no longer permits grinding? Insofar as it touched these, they were diminished;
1:2463
τὴν ὀλίγω σιν ὧδε μὴ ἐλάττωσιν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ἡγοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῆς δυνά μεως καὶ ἰσχύος αὐτῶν
此處所說的「變少」,你當理解的不是數目的減少,而是她們能力與力量的減少。
understand the 'becoming few' here not as a diminution of number, but of their power and strength.
1:2464
ἀλλὰ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν παρὰ τὸν καιρὸν γέγονεν;νομίζεις γὰρ ὅτι ὡς οἷόν τέ ἐστιν αἱ ἀλήθουσαι αὗται οὐκ ἀλήθουσιν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τοῖς δυναμένοις τρέ φεσθαι παρ' αὐτῶν
然而她們的力量豈不是隨著時候而生的嗎?難道你以為,就其可能而言,這些推磨的婦人不再推磨,此後也不再為那些能靠她們得養活的人推磨嗎?
But has their strength come to pass in accordance with the season? For do you suppose that, as far as is possible, these grinding women do not grind, and thereafter for those able to be nourished by them?
1:2465
ὠλιγώθησαν δέ, ἐπειδὴ τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τῶν τρεφομένων ἠλαττώθη καὶ ἔξω γέγονεν τοῦ ζητεῖν τοιαύτην τροφήν
她們變少了,是因為那些受養育之人的大部分已被減少,並已落在尋求這樣食糧之外了。
They were made few because the greater part of those being nourished was diminished and came to be outside the seeking of such nourishment.
1:2466
οὐ καταλλήλως λαμβάνομεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐκεί νῳ τῷ καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἥλιος;καὶ περὶ τοῦ φωτὸς οὖν καὶ τοῦ ἡλίου εἴπομεν ὅτι με`̣ν εἰς ἐκείνους ἔδοξα̣ν σκοτίζεσθαι, οὐκ ἐσκο τώθησαν δέ
我們豈不是也照著那「日頭變黑」的話來領會這事嗎?那麼關於光和日頭,我們曾說過,就那些人而言它們看似變黑,其實並沒有變黑。
Do we not take this too in a manner corresponding to that saying, 'and the sun was darkened'? Concerning the light, then, and the sun we said that they seemed to be darkened with respect to those people, but were not actually darkened.
1:2467
πάλιν οὖν λέγω ὡς πρὸς τούτους τοὺς ἀν αξίους̣ τῆς τροφῆς η··········?
所以我再說,就如同對這些不配得食糧的人而言……?
Again, then, I say, as with reference to these who are unworthy of the nourishment ...?
1:2468
καὶ σκοτάσ̣ουσιν αἱ βλε´̣π̣ο̣υ̣σ̣αι ἐν ταῖς ὀπαῖς
「那些從窗孔中觀看的必變昏暗。」
'And those who look through the openings shall be darkened.'
1:2469
αἱ βλέπουσαι̣ ἐν ταῖς ὀπαῖς ψυχαὶ αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ ταῖς α̣ἰσθήσεσιν χρώμεναι
那些從窗孔中觀看的,就是這些運用感官的靈魂。
Those who look through the openings are these souls that make use of the senses.
1:2470
ὀπὰς γὰρ τὰς αἰσθή σεις λάβε
因為你當把窗孔理解為感官。
For take the openings to be the senses.
1:2471
σκοτάσουσιν οὖν αἱ βλέπουσαι ἐν τα̣ῖς ο̣παῖς
「所以那些從窗孔中觀看的必變昏暗。」
'They shall be darkened, then, those who look through the openings.'
1:2472
ὅταν γὰρ παρέλθῃ τ̣ὰ αἰσθητά, τότε τὸ σκότος κρατήσει·
因為當可感之物消逝時,黑暗便要掌權;
For when the sensible things pass away, then the darkness will prevail;
1:2473
οὐκέτι ὁρῶσιν τ̣α`̣ αἰσθ̣η̣τα`̣ ὡς δεῖ, ἔξω γέ γοναν λοιπὸν ?
她們不再照著當有的方式看見可感之物,此後她們已落在外面了……?
they no longer see sensible things as they ought; they have come to be outside from now on ...?
1:2474
δυνατο`̣ν δ̣ε`̣ καὶ οὕτως λαβεῖν·
不過也可以這樣來理解:
But it is possible to take it in this way also:
1:2475
οἱ ἐρευνῶντες τὰς γραφὰς καὶ προσέχοντες τῇ ἀναγνώσει αὐτῶν εὑ ρίσκουσιν ὀπάς, δι' ὧν δύνανται φωτισθῆναι καὶ ρᾶν τὸ ἔνδον ὑπάρχον φῶς
那些查考聖經、留心誦讀的人,會找到窗孔,藉此他們得以被光照,並看見那內在的光。
those who search the Scriptures and give heed to the reading of them find openings, through which they are able to be enlightened and to see the light that is within.
1:2476
ἐσκοτίσθησαν οὖν αὗται αἱ ἐν̣ ταῖς ὀπαῖς βλέπουσαι οὐκέτι οὐσῶν τῶν ἀλη θουσῶν
所以這些——那些從窗孔中觀看的——變昏暗了,既然那些推磨的婦人不再存在。
These, then — those who look through the openings — were darkened, since the grinding women were no longer present.
1:2477
καταλλήλως λάβε τῇ σχίσει τῶν σπερμά των τὴν ὀπὴν τὴν ἔρευναν τῶν γραφῶν, τὴν σαφήνει αν αὐτῶν·
你當對應於種子的裂開,把窗孔理解為對聖經的查考、對它們的解明;
Take, corresponding to the splitting of the seeds, the opening to be the searching of the Scriptures, their clarification;
1:2478
αὕτη δέ ἐστιν τὸ καὶ ἀλήθεσθαι αὐτάς
而這正是她們的推磨。
and this very thing is also their grinding.
1:2479
δοκοῦσιν, φησίν, αἱ βλέπουσαι ἐν ταῖς ὀπαῖς ἰδεῖν πολλά·
他說:「那些從窗孔中觀看的,似乎看見許多事物」;
'They seem,' he says, 'those who look through the openings, to see many things';
1:2480
καὶ εἰσίν τινες δυνάμεναι προσβάλλειν τῷ φωτί·
並且有些人能夠仰望那光;
and there are some able to fix their gaze upon the light;
1:2481
καὶ παρὰ τὴν δύ ναμιν καὶ τὴν ἀςθένειαν τῆς ὄψεως ἀντίλημψις γίνεται τοῦ φωτός
又照著視力的強弱,對光的領受也就有所不同。
and according to the power or the weakness of the sight, the apprehension of the light comes about.
1:2482
ὅταν οὖν πάλιν τὸ φῶς κεκρυμμένον γένη ται, αἱ βλέπουσαι δι' ὀπῶν τινων σκοτίζονται
所以當那光再度隱藏時,那些藉著某些窗孔觀看的人便變昏暗;
When, therefore, the light again becomes hidden, those who look through certain openings are darkened;
1:2483
οὐ δύνανται ἰδεῖν τὸ φῶς τὰς μικρὰς ὀπὰς ἐκείνας ἔχο̣ν̣τες
他們既只有那些小小的窗孔,就不能看見那光。
they cannot see the light, having those small openings.
1:2484
ὅταν μέντοι μεταβάλῃ αὐτῶν τὸ σῶμα ἀπὸ τοῦ φθαρτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄφθαρτον καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχικοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ πνευματικόν, οὐκ ἔχουσιν οὐκέτι αἰσθήσεις σκοτιζομέ νας ἀλλὰ ἀναλαμπούσας καὶ αὐξομένας
然而,當他們的身體從必朽壞的變為不朽壞的,從屬血氣的變為屬靈的,他們就不再有變昏暗的感官,而是有發光並增長的感官。
When, however, their body is changed from the corruptible to the incorruptible, and from the natural to the spiritual, they no longer have senses that are darkened, but ones that shine forth and increase.
1:2485
οὐ παντελῆ οὖν ὕβριν φέρει τὸ σκοτισθῆναι τὰς βλεπούσας ἐν ταῖς παῖς·
因此,那些從窗孔中觀看的變昏暗,並不帶來全然的羞辱;
It does not, then, bring utter dishonor that those who look through the openings should be darkened;
1:2486
ὅταν γὰρ σκοτισθῶσιν, κατὰ τὸ μέτρον τῆς παρ ούσης αἰσθήσεως μειζόνως ὄψονται τὰ πράγματα κατ αργουμένου τοῦ ἐκ μέρους, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἐκ μέρους αὐτῶν ὀπὴ καταργηθῇ γινομένης μεγάλης ἀνοίξεως
因為當他們變昏暗時,按著現今感官的度量,隨著那部分的被廢去,他們反倒要更大地看見諸事,免得當更大的開啟臨到時,連他們那部分的窗孔也被廢去。
for when they are darkened, according to the measure of the present sense they shall see things more greatly, as the partial is abolished, lest their partial opening too be abolished when a great opening comes to be.
1:2487
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτω λαβεῖν διὰ τὸ πληθυντικῶς εἰ ρῆσθαι τα̣ῖς ὀπαῖς
也可以這樣來理解,因為「窗孔」是以複數說的。
It is possible also to take it in this way, because it is said in the plural, 'the openings.'
1:2488
φέρεται ἐπαινετὴ ὀπὴ ἑνικῶς ἐν τοῖς Μωσαϊκοῖς γράμμασιν, ὅτε πόθον ἔλαβεν τοῦ ἰδεῖν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐμφανῆ αὐτὸν γνωστ̣ῶς ἰδεῖν
在摩西的著作中,曾以單數提到一個值得稱讚的窗孔,就是當他得了渴望要見神的面,並清楚可辨地看見他顯現的時候。
A praiseworthy opening is mentioned in the singular in the Mosaic writings, when he received a longing to see the face of God and to see him manifestly and knowingly.
1:2489
εἶπεν αὐτῷ θεὸς ὅτι ἄνθρωπος ἔτι ὠ`̣ν οὐ δύνασαι τὴν αὐγ̣ὴν ἔχει̣ν·
神對他說,你既仍是人,就不能承受那光輝;
God said to him that, being still a man, you cannot have the radiance;
1:2490
τίθημι δέ σε ἐν τῇ ὀπῇ τῆς πέτρας, μιᾶς πέτρας εἶπεν ὀπήν
「但我要把你安置在磐石的孔隙中」——他說的是一塊磐石的孔隙。
'but I will place you in the opening of the rock' — he spoke of the opening of a single rock.
1:2491
ἔστιν δὲ πέτρα Χρι στὸς ἐκ τῆσ̣δε τῆς πέτρας καὶ ενδεχομ̣ε̣·····σ̣ις τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐντ̣α̣υ῀̣θ̣α̣ ······
這磐石就是基督;從這磐石以及基督在此……的……
And the rock is Christ; from this rock and the ... of Christ here ...
1:2492
κ̣αι`̣ λ̣ε´̣γ̣ονται γ̣ὰρ π̣ε´̣τ̣ρα̣ι ψεκταὶ πληθυντικῶς καὶ ὀπαί·
因為那該受責備的磐石也是以複數說的,窗孔也是如此;
For blameworthy rocks too are spoken of in the plural, and openings;
1:2493
καὶ λέγεται πρὸς τὸν διάβολον·
又有話對魔鬼說道:
and it is said to the devil:
1:2494
ὑπερηφανία τῆς καρδίας σου ἐπῆρέν σε κατασκηνοῦντα ἐν ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῶν πετρῶνοὐκ ἐν τῇ ὀπῇ τῆς πέτρας, μακάριον γὰρ τοῦτο–, ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ ἀντιχρίστοις προςέχουσιν καὶ ψευδοδι δασκάλοις καὶ ψευδοπροφήταις, ὀπὴ ἐκείνων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐφοπτικὴ ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον βλαπτική
「你心中的驕傲把你高舉了,你這住在諸磐石孔隙中的」——不是住在那磐石的孔隙中,因為那是有福的——而是因為他們留意敵基督、假教師和假先知,他們的孔隙不是能使人看見的,反倒是使人受害的。
'The pride of your heart has lifted you up, you who dwell in the openings of the rocks' — not in the opening of the rock, for that is blessed — but since they give heed to antichrists and false teachers and false prophets, their opening is not one that grants vision but rather one that harms.
1:2495
σχισμαὶ πετρῶν γοῦν ἐν ἀ´̣λλοις ὀπαὶ λέγονται·
無論如何,磐石的裂縫在別處被稱為窗孔;
Clefts of rocks, at any rate, are in other passages called openings;
1:2496
τὸ ἀσύμφωνον δὲ τῆς διδασκαλίας σχίσμα ἐστὶν καὶ ὀπῶν πλῆθος
而教訓的不合一,就是裂縫,就是眾多的窗孔。
and the discord of teaching is a cleft and a multitude of openings.
1:2497
οὐκ αἱ βλέπουσαι οὖν ἐν τῇ ὀπῇ συνσκοτάζουσιν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον φωτίζονται
所以,並不是那些從那一個孔隙中觀看的人一同變昏暗,反倒是他們被光照;
It is not, then, those who look through the one opening who are darkened together, but rather they are enlightened;
1:2498
αἱ δὲ ἐν ταῖς πολλαῖς παῖς δοκοῦσαι ὁρᾶν σκοτίζονται
而那些看似藉著眾多孔隙觀看的人卻變昏暗了。
but those who seem to see through the many openings are darkened.
1:2499
ὅταν δὲ ἀλήθεια εἰς μέσον ἔλθῃ, πᾶσα ἀπάτη λύεται·
然而當真理來到當中時,一切的欺騙都被解除;
But when the truth comes into the midst, every deception is dissolved;
1:2500
ἐν τῇ ἀπάτῃ δὲ ἦσαν αἱ πολλαὶ ὀπαί
那眾多的孔隙原是在那欺騙之中。
and the many openings were in the deception.
1:2501
καὶ ὡς ἔλεγον πολλάκις τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς διαψηφίσεως ὅτι ο̣ἱ ἀποτυγχάνοντες τοῦ διαψηφισμοῦ μυρίας πέτρας λέγουσιν
正如我屢次所說那計算的比喻:那些在計算上出錯的人,說出無數的磐石。
And as I have often said the image of the reckoning: that those who fail in the reckoning speak of countless rocks.
1:2502
ἐὰν οὖν ἐπι λάμψῃ ο̣ρθὴ ψῆφος, οἱ διαψηφίζοντες ἐσφαλμένως ἔλεγον λύεται
所以,若那正確的計算發出光來,那些計算之人所錯誤說出的話便被解除。
If, then, the correct reckoning shines forth, the things that those who reckon spoke erroneously are dissolved.
1:2503
οὕτως αἱ ψευδοδοξοῦσαι ἀπούσης τῆς ἀληθείας γίνονται·
那些持守錯謬意見的人,在真理缺席時也是如此;
So it is with those who hold false opinions when the truth is absent;
1:2504
ὅταν ταὕτη φανῇ καὶ ἀναλάμψῃ, λύονται ὅλαι αἱ ψευδοδοξοῦσαι
當真理顯現並發光時,一切持守錯謬意見的人都被解除。
when it appears and shines forth, all those who hold false opinions are dissolved.
1:2505
καὶ κλείσουσιν θύρας ἐν ἀγο ρᾷ ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ φωνῆς τῆς ἀληθούσης
「他們必在市上關上門,因那推磨女子聲音的微弱。」
'And they shall shut the doors in the marketplace, in the weakness of the voice of her that grinds.'
1:2506
̣, εἶπον περὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων τῶν τε βλεπομένων καὶ προσκαίρων
……我曾論到人間的事,就是那些可見的和暫時的事。
..., I spoke concerning human affairs, both those that are seen and those that are temporary.
1:2507
περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος καὶ τοῦ τέλους τοῦ παρόντος αἰῶνος διδάσκει καὶ λέγει ὅτι κλείσουσιν θύρας ἐν ἀγορᾷ
他教導有關將來的世代和現今世代的終結,並說他們必在市上關上門。
He teaches concerning the age to come and the end of the present age, and says that they shall shut the doors in the marketplace.
1:2508
ἀγορὰν δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν λέγει, ὡς οἱ ῥή τορες λέγουσιν
此處他所說的「市場」是指教會,正如演說家們所言。
By 'marketplace' here he means the Church, as the orators speak.
1:2509
ὅσον ἐνέστηκεν βίος οὗτος, αἱ ἀγοριαὶ τυγχάνουσιν ἀγορά, ἐκκλησία, ἐν ἀγορεύουσιν οἱ ἀγορεύοντες
只要今生存續,那些市集便存在——或說那市場、那教會,在其中那些發言者公開講論。
As long as this life stands, the marketplaces exist — or the marketplace, the Church, in which those who address the assembly speak publicly.
1:2510
κλεισθήσεται δὲ μετὰ ταῦ τα οὐκ ἐν̣ούσης ἔτι διδασκαλίας ἐν τῷ τῆς κρίσεως καιρῷ
但這事以後,那門必被關閉,既然在審判的時候教導不再存在。
But it shall be shut after these things, since teaching is no longer present at the time of the judgment.
1:2511
οὐ τοῦτο λέγω ὅτι οὐκ ἐνίοτε ἔσται παίδευσις ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσιν αἰῶσιν, ἀλλὰ κατ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν καθ' ὃν παρίστανται οἱ κρινόμενοι τῷ βήματι τοῦ Χρισ τοῦ·
我這樣說,並不是指在將來的世代中永不會有教導,而是指在那些受審判的人站在基督臺前的那個時刻;
I do not say this, that there will never at any time be instruction in the ages to come, but that at that very time in which those being judged stand before the tribunal of Christ;
1:2512
τὸν λόγον γὰρ πρὸς τὰ πραχθέντα ἔχουσιν, πρὸς τὸ παιδευθῆναι διδαχθῆναι
因為他們要就所行的事交帳,為要受管教或受教導。
for they render an account with respect to the things done, with a view to being instructed or taught.
1:2513
εἰ δέ ποτε πόνος ἐκ τῆς ····ε̣·σ̣···ε̣?·········ε̣σ̣?·ν ἄλλος λόγος οὐ διδασκαλία ἐστὶν παρὰ ἀνθρώπων προφερομένη ἀγγέλων ·······?·············
但若那從……而來的勞苦,另有一種言語,並不是由人或天使所傳講的教導……
But if ever the toil that comes from ... another word is not a teaching brought forth by men or angels ...
1:2514
π̣ε̣ρ̣ὶ τῶν δέκα παρθένων ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ λέγεται ὅτι αἱ πέντε αι̣ ἔχουσαι συ̣ναχθὲν ἔλαιον τρυγηθὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλαίας τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἐκεῖναι ἔχ̣ο̣υσαι τὸ χορηγούμενον θρεπτικὸν ἐκφωτί ζουσαι δᾳδουχοῦσαι εἰσῆλθον μετὰ τοῦ νυμφίου εἰς τὸν παστόν, ὅτε μέσον νυκτὸς κραυγὴ γέγονεν
關於那十個童女,比喻中說道:那五個有油的——就是從那真橄欖樹上收取、聚集而來的油——她們既有那供應的滋養之物,發出光來,手執火炬,就與新郎一同進入洞房,那時半夜有呼聲發出:
Concerning the ten virgins it is said in the parable that the five who had oil gathered together, harvested from the true olive tree — those who had the nourishing supply that was furnished, giving light and bearing torches — entered with the bridegroom into the bridal chamber, when at midnight a cry arose:
1:2515
ἦλθεν νυμ φίος, ἐξέλθατε εἰς ὑπάντησιν
「新郎來了,你們出來迎接他。」
'The bridegroom has come, go out to meet him.'
1:2516
οὐκέτι γὰρ ἦν τότε διδασκαλεῖον, οὐκέτι οἱ πω λοῦντες τοὺς θείους λόγους ἦσαν
因為那時不再有學堂,也不再有那些販賣神聖言語的人。
For there was no longer a school then, no longer were there those who sell the divine words.
1:2517
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπέ μειναν ἔξω
因這緣故,她們就被留在外面。
And for this reason they remained outside.
1:2518
καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὖν συνσταλέντος τοῦ χωρίου κλείονται αἱ ἀγοραί, οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐκείνας τὰς θύρας ἠνεῳγμέ νας περὶ ὧν γράφουσιν οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι
所以在此處也是如此,當那地被收攏時,市集便被關閉;她們不再有那些敞開的門,就是神聖的言語所論述的那些門。
And here too, then, when the field has been drawn in, the marketplaces are shut; they no longer have those doors open concerning which the divine words write.
1:2519
αὐτίκα γοῦν ἀπόστολος λέγει·
無論如何,使徒隨即說道:
Immediately, at any rate, the Apostle says:
1:2520
θύρα δέ μοι ἠνέῳγεν μεγάλη καὶ ἐν εργὴς καὶ ἀντικείμενοι πολλοί
「有寬大又有功效的門為我開了,並且反對的人也多。」
'A great and effectual door has been opened to me, and there are many adversaries.'
1:2521
ἐὰν μεγάλη θύ ρα τοῦ λόγου ἀνοιγῇ καὶ ἐνεργῇ, τότε οἱ ἀντι κείμενοι πολλοί εἰσιν
倘若道的大門被開啟並發生功效,那時敵對者便為數眾多。
If the great door of the word be opened and made effectual, then the adversaries are many.
1:2522
τότε δὲ ἐνεργεῖ, ὅτε οἱ κούοντες εἰς ἔργα μεταβάλλουσιν τὰ παιδεύματα
唯有當聽者將所受的教訓化為行動時,道才發生功效。
And it becomes effectual whenever the hearers turn the teachings into deeds.
1:2523
καὶ ἀντικείμενοι γίνονται πολλοί·
於是敵對者便為數眾多。
And the adversaries become many.
1:2524
ἀμέλει γοῦν ἐὰν πα ρατηρησώμεθα τὰς γραφάς, οὐκ ἄλλοτε εὑρίσκονται ψευ δοπροφῆται ὅτε προφῆται εἰσίν, καὶ οὐκ ἐν ἑτέρῳ και ρῷ εἰσὶν οἱ ψευδαπόστολοι ὅτε ἀπόστολοι καὶ διδάσ καλοι εἰσίν
確實,我們若仔細察考聖經,就會發現:假先知出現的時候,正是有真先知的時候;假使徒存在的時節,也正是有真使徒和教師的時節。
Indeed, if we observe the Scriptures closely, false prophets are found at no other time than when there are prophets, and the false apostles exist at no other season than when there are apostles and teachers.
1:2525
φθονοῦντες γὰρ ἀντίκεινται καὶ πειρῶν ται τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀντιλέγειν, πειρῶνται τοῖς καλῶς διδάσ κουσιν ἀντιλέγειν, ἐνίοτε γοῦν καὶ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν αὐ τοῖς καὶ εἰς θάνατον αὐτοὺς ἄγουσιν
因他們出於嫉妒而敵對真理,企圖與之爭辯;他們企圖反駁那些正確施教的人,有時甚至謀害他們,將他們置於死地。
For out of envy they set themselves against the truth and attempt to gainsay it; they attempt to contradict those who teach rightly, and sometimes indeed they even plot against them and lead them to death.
1:2526
θύρα οὖν μοι ἠνέῳγεν μεγάλη καὶ ἐνεργής
如此,一扇又大又有功效的門已為我敞開了。
A great and effectual door, then, has been opened to me.
1:2527
οὐκ ἐκέκλειστο δὲ ἀγορά, οὐκ αἱ θύραι τῆς ἀγο ρᾶς ἦσαν ἠνεῳγμέναι
然而市場並未關閉,市場的門也並未敞開。
But the marketplace was not shut up, nor were the doors of the marketplace opened.
1:2528
καὶ ἐν ἑτέρᾳ ἐπιστολῇ αὐτοῦ λέγει·
他在自己另一封書信中又說:
And in another of his epistles he says:
1:2529
ἐλθόντος δέ μου καὶ θύρας ἀνεῳχθείσης οὐκ ἔσχον ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου τῷ μὴ εὑρεῖν Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν
「我來到時,門雖已為我開了,我心裡卻不得安寧,因為沒有遇見我的弟兄提多。」
When I came and a door was opened, I had no relief in my spirit, because I did not find Titus my brother.
1:2530
πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἀνοιγείσης οὐκ ἔσχεν ἄνεσιν ὥστε τὸν λόγον προενέγκασθαι οὐχ εὑρὼν τὸν συνεργοῦν τα
在門開啟之前,他因未找到同工,不得安寧,以致無法傳講道理。
Before the door was opened he had no relief, so as to bring forth the word, since he had not found his fellow-worker.
1:2531
καὶ ἐν ταῖς παροιμίαις δὲ λέγεται·
在《箴言》中也同樣說道:
And in the Proverbs it is likewise said:
1:2532
μακάριος ἀνήρ, ὃς εἰσακούσεταί μ̣ου, καὶ ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἐὰν τὰς ἐμοῦ ὁδοὺς φυλάξῃ ἀγρυπνῶν ἐπὶ ἐμαῖς θύραις καθ' ἡμέ ραν
「聽從我的人便為有福;謹守我道路的人也是如此,就是天天在我門口儆醒守候的人。」
Blessed is the man who will hearken to me, and the person who shall keep my ways, keeping watch daily at my doors.
1:2533
αἱ θύραι τῆς σοφίας αἱ θύραι τῆς ἀγορᾶς εἰ σιν
智慧的門就是市場的門。
The doors of wisdom are the doors of the marketplace.
1:2534
κλείονται οὖν αἱ θύραι ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ, ὅταν συνσταλῇ τὸ παιδευτήριον
所以,每當教學之所被解散時,市場中的門便關閉了。
The doors in the marketplace are therefore shut whenever the school of instruction is disbanded.
1:2535
καὶ ὅρα γε ὅτι ἑκουσίως κλείουσιν τὰς θύρας
更當留意,他們是甘心情願地關閉那些門。
And observe indeed that they shut the doors willingly.
1:2536
οὐ βίᾳ κλῇσις τῶν θυ ρῶν γίνεται
門的關閉並非出於強迫。
The closing of the doors does not come about by force.
1:2537
τάχα δὲ τοῦτο, ἐπεὶ προστάττει εναις κρούειν ἵνα ἀνοιγῇ, ὅταν ὀκνῶσιν οἱ ἄνθρω ποι μὴ κόπτωσιν τὰς θύρας, κλείονται
或許這是因為,既然他吩咐人叩門叫門開,那麼每當人們懶惰而不叩門時,門便關閉了。
Perhaps this is because, since he commands men to knock that it may be opened, whenever people are slothful and do not knock at the doors, the doors are shut.
1:2538
̣, κλεισθεισῶν δὲ τῶν θυρῶν τῆς ἀγορᾶς σκόπει, τί γίνεται ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ φωνῆς τῆς ἀληθούσης
但當市場的門關閉之後,且思想那推磨者的聲音在其軟弱中所生的情形。
But when the doors of the marketplace have been shut, consider what comes to pass in the weakness of the voice of her that grinds.
1:2539
ἐλέγετο ἡμῖν ὅτι ἔστιν ἀλήθουσα παραλαμβανομένη κα λῶς ἀλήθουσα καὶ ἄλευρον καὶ σιμίδαλιν ἐπωφελῆ ποιοῦσα, ἄλλη δὲ ἀφιεμένη ἀνεμόφθορα σπείρασα·
曾有話對我們說:有一個推磨的婦人被善加接納,磨出有益的麵粉與細麵;另有一個卻被打發走,因她所撒的是被風損壞之物。
It was said to us that there is a woman grinding who is well received, grinding out meal and fine flour that is profitable; but there is another who is dismissed, having sown things blighted by the wind.
1:2540
καὶ ἄλευρον ἔχει οὐ δυνατὸν ποιῆσαι ἄρτον
她所有的麵粉,是無法用來做餅的。
And she has meal from which it is not possible to make bread.
1:2541
μία οὖν παραλαμβανομένη ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τὴν φωνὴν ἔχει
那被接納的婦人,她的聲音是在軟弱之中。
The one, then, who is received has her voice in weakness.
1:2542
θέλω δέ τι καινότερον εἰπεῖν, προτρέπομαι μὴ καταδραμηθῆναι
但我願說一件較為新奇的事,並勸勉不可因此輕率非難。
But I wish to say something rather novel, which I urge should not be run down.
1:2543
ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φησίν, φωνὴ τῆς ἀληθούσης, τῆς παραλαμβανομένης, οὐ τῆς ἀφιεμένης
他說:「那推磨者的聲音是在軟弱之中」——指那被接納的婦人,而非那被打發走的。
'In weakness,' he says, 'is the voice of her that grinds' — of her who is received, not of her who is dismissed.
1:2544
οὐ πάντῃ δὲ ἀφωνίαν ἀναδέχεται·
然而她並非全然陷於失聲;
Yet she does not altogether take on voicelessness;
1:2545
ἁγία γάρ ἐστιν ψυχὴ ἐκκλησία ἁγία·
因為那靈魂是聖潔的,或說教會是聖潔的;
for the soul is holy, or the Church is holy;
1:2546
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα γάρ, ὡς ἐνδέχεται, λαλεῖ
因為即便在這些事之後,她仍照著所能的說話。
for even after these things she speaks, so far as is possible.
1:2547
τὸ δὲ παράδοξον, ἔλεγον ἐρεῖν, τουτέστιν·
但我先前所說要講出的那奇異之言,便是這個:
But the paradox which I said I would utter is this:
1:2548
περὶ Μωϋσέως εἰρήκαμέν ποτε ὅτι οὐ προθέσει κατηγόρου ἔλεγεν κατὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων
論到摩西,我們曾說過:他並非懷著控告者的用意來斥責猶太人。
Concerning Moses we once said that it was not with the intent of an accuser that he spoke against the Jews.
1:2549
τοῦτο γὰρ ςωτὴρ εἴρηκεν ὅτι μὴ νομίσητε ὅτι ἐγὼ κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν πρὸς τὸν πατέ ρα·
因為救主曾如此說:「不要以為我要在父面前告你們;
For the Saviour said this: 'Do not think that I will accuse you to the Father;
1:2550
ἔστιν Μωϋσῆς κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλ πίσατε
有一位控告你們的,就是你們所仰望的摩西。」
there is one who accuses you, Moses, in whom you have set your hope.'
1:2551
εἰ γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε Μωσεῖ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί
「你們若信摩西,也必信我;
For if you believed Moses, you would have believed me.
1:2552
εἰ δὲ τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασι πιστεύετε; οὐ προθέσει οὖν τοῦ κατ ειπεῖν αὐτῶν ἐκατηγόρει, εἴ γε καὶ περὶ μοσχο ποιησάντων ἠξίωσεν λέγων·
你們若不信他的書,怎能信我的話呢?」如此,他控告他們並非出於要譴責他們的用意,因為就連論到那些造牛犢的人,他也曾懇求說:
But if you do not believe his writings, how will you believe my words?' It was not, then, with the purpose of denouncing them that he accused them, seeing that even concerning those who had made the calf he made his plea, saying:
1:2553
εἰ μὲν ἀφεῖς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτῶν, ἀφῇς·
「你若肯赦免他們的罪就好;
'If you will forgive them their sin, forgive it;
1:2554
εἰ δὲ μή γε, κἀμὲ ἐξάλει ψον ἐκ τῆς βίβλου σου, ἧς ἔγραψας
不然,求你將我從你所寫的冊上塗抹了吧。」
but if not, then blot me also out of your book which you have written.'
1:2555
ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὐδὲ τοῖς γράμμασιν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολογεῖται ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν χρηματισθέντων μοι ἀπεσιώπησα, ἀλλ' εἰπόντος τοῦ θεοῦ·
既然他們連他的書也不信,他便為自己辯白說:「凡所啟示於我的,我一樣也沒有隱瞞;乃是神既說:
Since they did not believe even his writings, he makes his defence: that 'I kept silent nothing of the things declared to me, but when God said:
1:2556
τάδε ἐρεῖς τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακὼβ καὶ ἀγγελεῖς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, εἴρη-κα, καὶ οὐδέν ἐστιν τῶν χρηματισθέντων, ἀπεσιώπησα
『你要對雅各家這樣說,向以色列人這樣宣告』——我已說了,凡所啟示的,我一樣也沒有隱瞞。」
"Thus shall you say to the house of Jacob, and shall proclaim to the sons of Israel" — I have spoken, and there is nothing of the things declared which I kept silent.'
1:2557
ἀπολογία ο̣ὐ῀̣ν, ἣν ἐ´̣λ̣ε̣γεν, ἐδ̣όκει ἐκείνων εἶναι κατηγορία, ἐπεὶ εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ τὰ πρὸς πίστιν καὶ ἀπόδειξιν̣ ἀ´̣γ̣οντα̣ οὐ π̣ροσήκαντο
因此,他所作的辯白似乎成了對他們的控告,因為當他說出那引向信心與證明的話時,他們卻不肯領受。
The defence, then, which he made seemed to be an accusation of them, since, when he had spoken the things leading to faith and proof, they did not receive them.
1:2558
οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀσθενής ἐστιν φωνὴ τῆς ἀλη θούσης
照樣,在此處那推磨者的聲音也是軟弱的。
So also here the voice of her that grinds is weak.
1:2559
οὐχ οὕτω τεθαρρηκότως λέγει, ὡς ὅταν ὠφελῶν ται οἱ ἀκούοντες καὶ οἱ τρεφόμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀληθου σῶν, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ ἀπολογεῖται
她不像聽者得益、並像那些受這推磨婦人餵養之時那般滿有膽量地說話,反倒帶著幾分辯白的口吻。
She does not speak with such confidence as when the hearers are being benefited and those who are nourished by the women that grind, but in a certain way she is making a defence.
1:2560
καὶ εἰ οἷόν τε ἦν, ἤθελεν, εἰ δυνατὸν ἦν, κρύψαι τὴν ἀπολογίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἐκεῖνοι ὑπόποδες γένωνται·
倘若可行,她會情願——若有可能——將自己的辯白隱藏起來,免得那些人成為腳凳;
And if it were possible, she would have wished, were it feasible, to conceal her defence, so that those men might not become footstools;
1:2561
ἀλλὰ ἀναγκάζεται διὰ τῆς ἀληθείας εἰπεῖν πέφυκεν
然而她被真理所催逼,不得不說出那些理所當然之言。
but she is constrained by the truth to speak the things that are natural.
1:2562
κλείοντες οὖν τὴν ἀγοράν;οἱ διδάσκαλοι
那麼,關閉市場的是誰呢?——就是那些教師。
Who, then, are those that shut the marketplace? — the teachers.
1:2563
ὅμοιόν ἐστιν τοῦτο τῷ ἐν Ἰσαΐᾳ λεγομένῳ κατὰ ἄλλην διάνοιαν μᾶλλον δὲ λέξιν·
這與《以賽亞書》中所說的相似,只是意義有別,或更確切地說是措辭有別:
This is like that which is said in Isaiah with a different sense, or rather a different wording:
1:2564
ἐν τελοῦμαι ταῖς νεφέλαις τοῦ μὴ βρέξαι εἰς αὐτὸν ὑε τόν·
「我必吩咐雲彩不降雨在其上。」
'I will command the clouds that they rain no rain upon it;'
1:2565
ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ δέχεσθαι τὸν ὑετὸν τὰς ἀκάν θας καὶ τοὺς τριβόλους εἰς φυτὰ μετέβαλλον, πρόθεσις δὲ τῶν νεφελῶν καὶ τὸ ἐντειλάμενον αὐ ταῖς ἦν, ἵνα ἀμπελὼν βραχεὶς σταφυλὴν ἐνέγκῃ·
因為既然這園子藉著承受雨水,把荊棘和蒺藜化為植物,而雲彩的用意及所受的吩咐,本是要葡萄園得澆灌後結出葡萄;
for since, by receiving the rain, it changed the thorns and thistles into plants, whereas the intention of the clouds and the charge given to them was that the vineyard, being watered, might bring forth grapes;
1:2566
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀντὶ σταφυλῆς ἀκάνθας ἠγίοχεν, οὐ θέλων δὲ αὐτῶν αὐξήσειν τὸ κακὸν φειδῷ πάλιν καὶ ἀγα θότητι ἐνετείλατο αὐταῖς μὴ βρέχειν
然而它竟結出荊棘來代替葡萄,於是神因不願增添他們的惡,就出於寬容並出於良善,吩咐雲彩不再降雨。
but since instead of grapes it had brought forth thorns, and God, not wishing to increase their evil, out of forbearance and again out of goodness charged the clouds not to rain.
1:2567
οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι, ἐπεὶ οὐκέτι εἶχον οὓς δεῖ διδασκαλίαν δέ χεσθαι, ἔκλεισαν τὰς θύρας ἐν ἀγοραῖς
照樣,這些人既然不再有應當領受教訓的人,便關閉了市場中的門。
So also these men, since they no longer had those who ought to receive teaching, shut the doors in the marketplaces.
1:2568
καὶ ὧδε δὲ γίνεται τοῦτο πολλάκις, ὅταν γὰρ οἱ διδάσκαλοι ἀκούωσιν·
在此處這事也常常發生;因為每當那些教師聽見:
And here too this often happens; for whenever the teachers hear:
1:2569
μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ἔνπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ καταπατήσωσιν
「不要把聖物給狗,也不要把你們的珍珠丟在豬前,恐怕牠們轉過來咬你們,又踐踏你們」——
'Do not give what is holy to the dogs, neither cast your pearls before the swine, lest they turn and rend you and trample you underfoot' —
1:2570
πρὸς καλοῦ πάλιν οὐ δίδοται ἐκείνοις
如此,那些人因著正當的緣故便不得領受了。
for a good reason again it is not given to those men.
1:2571
ἔμελλον γὰρ ἀσεβεῖν μειζόνως πατοῦντες τοὺς θείους λόγους ὄν τας μαργαρίτας, κόσμησιν τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου εν δοντος·
因為他們將更嚴重地行不敬虔的事,踐踏那作為珍珠的神聖言語,就是那內在之人肯降服時所得的裝飾;
For they were about to commit greater impiety by trampling the divine words, which are pearls, an adornment of the inner man when it yields;
1:2572
οὐδὲ τὸ κάλλος οὐδὲ τὸ τίμιον αὐτῶν ἐπιστά μενοι ἔμελλον αὐτοὺς πατεῖν, ἀντὶ τοῦ καταφρονεῖν
他們連那些話的美麗與寶貴也不認識,竟要踐踏它們,而不只是輕看而已。
not even knowing their beauty or their preciousness, they were about to trample them, instead of merely despising them.
1:2573
τρόπον οὖν τινα καὶ ὧδε ἐν ἀγορᾷ κλείουσιν τὰς θύρας·
如此,在某種意義上,此處在市場中他們也關閉了那些門;
In a certain way, then, here too in the marketplace they shut the doors;
1:2574
εἰ δὲ ὧδε, πολλῷ πλέον ἐκεῖ, ἕως τὸ κριτήρι ον καὶ τὸ βῆμα ἠνεῳγμένον γένηται
既在此處如此,何況在那裡更是如此,直到那審判之所與審判台被開啟為止。
and if here, much more there, until the tribunal and the judgment seat be opened.
1:2575
καὶ ἀναστήσεται εἰς φωνὴν τοῦ στρουθίου καὶ ταπεινωθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ ᾄσματος
「他必因雀鳥的聲音起來,歌唱的眾女子也都衰微。」
'And he shall rise up at the voice of the sparrow, and all the daughters of song shall be brought low.'
1:2576
̣, ἀναστήσεται ἀγορὰ εἰς φωνὴν τοῦ στρουθίου
那市場必因雀鳥的聲音而興起。
The marketplace shall rise up at the voice of the sparrow.
1:2577
οἱ ἐκ μέρους γιγνώσκοντες καὶ προφη τεύοντες ἔκλεισαν τὴν ἀγορὰν καὶ τὰς θύρας αὐ τῆς
那些只知道有限、也只作有限預言的人,關閉了市場並其門戶。
Those who know in part and prophesy in part shut the marketplace and its doors.
1:2578
οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ἀπόστολοι, οἱ προφῆται, οἱ ἐν ἀνθρώποις διδάσκαλοι
這些人就是使徒、先知,並人間的教師。
And these are the apostles, the prophets, the teachers among men.
1:2579
δῶμεν ὅτι καὶ τὰ πνευμα τικὰ τὰ εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα εἰς φωνὴν τοῦ στρουθίου κα·
讓我們承認:連那為服事而差遣出去的屬靈之物,也因雀鳥的聲音而興起。
Let us grant that even the spiritual things sent forth for ministry rise up at the voice of the sparrow.
1:2580
δύναται στρουθίον ἐνταῦθα ςωτὴρ λέγεσθαι κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον κατὰ το·····
救主在此可按其人性被稱為雀鳥,正如所說的:
The Saviour can here be called a sparrow, according to his manhood, according to that which is said:
1:2581
καὶ ἐγενήθην ὡς στρουθίον ἐπὶ δώματος
「我像房頂上孤單的雀鳥。」
'And I became as a sparrow upon a housetop.'
1:2582
καὶ ἕκαστος δὲ τῶν ο̣ρνίθων, ὅταν ἀκούσας τοὺς Ἰησοῦ λόγους εἰς ἔργα μετα βάλῃ καὶ οἰκίαν οἰκοδομήσῃ καὶ πληρώσῃ τὴν οἰκοδο μὴν καὶ στεφανοῖ τὴν οἰκοδομήν, τὸ τηνικάδε ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος βοᾷ ἐπαγρύπνως τὴν φωνὴν ἐγείρων
每一隻鳥也是如此:每當牠聽了耶穌的話便化為行動,建造房屋、完成建築、又為那建築加冠時,牠就在那時於房頂上儆醒地高聲呼喊,揚起牠的聲音。
And each of the birds too, whenever, having heard the words of Jesus, he turns them into deeds and builds a house and completes the building and crowns the building, then at that moment upon the housetop he cries out watchfully, lifting up his voice.
1:2583
δύναται δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ κήρυγμα τῆς ἀληθείας στρου θίον τότε λεχθῆναι, ὑψιπετὲς τότε γινόμενον, ὅτε μὲν γὰρ κάτω ἐγίνετο πρὸς τοὺς ἀκροατάς
連那真理的宣講本身,也可在那時被稱為雀鳥,因牠那時高飛起來;因為從前牠原是在下面、在聽者中間,
The very preaching of the truth too can then be called a sparrow, becoming high-soaring at that time; for whereas before it was down below among the hearers,
1:2584
ἐπειδὴ δὲ νῦν καὶ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ οἱ τέλειοι ἐπηρμένοι γεγένηνται καὶ μεταδιώκουσιν τὰ ὑπερκόσμια, ἐκεῖ αὐτοῖς βοᾷ τὸ στρουθίον ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος·
然而如今那些完全的聽者也已被高舉,並追求超乎世界之上的事,那雀鳥便在房頂上向他們呼喊;
yet since now the perfect hearers too have been lifted up and pursue the things above the world, there the sparrow cries out to them upon the housetop;
1:2585
ἄνω τοῦ κόσμου γενόμενον κέκραγεν τὸ τέλειον, τὸ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον προσ βαλεῖν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ
那完全者既已臨到世界之上,便呼喊起來,要面對面地迎向真理。
having come to be above the world, the perfect one has cried out, to set face to face against the truth.
1:2586
ἀναστάντες εἰς φωνὴν τοῦ στρουθίου, ἐπειδὴ δὲ δυνατὸν καὶ ἀναστῆναι αὐτουςτοὺς περὶ ὧν λόγος κατὰ τὴν προσδοκωμένην ἀνάστασιν
「因雀鳥的聲音而起來」——但既然那些論題所涉及的人也可能起來,這便合乎那所盼望的復活。
Rising up at the voice of the sparrow — but since it is possible also for those concerning whom the discourse is to rise up, according to the awaited resurrection.
1:2587
πολυτρόπως δὲ κή ρυγμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως σημαίνεται ἓν ὄν
復活的宣講雖是一,卻以多樣的方式被表明出來。
In manifold ways the preaching of the resurrection, though one, is signified.
1:2588
ὅτε μὲν γὰρ σάλπιγγι παραβάλλεταισαλπίσει καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἀνα στήσονται ἄφθαρτοι–, σαλπικτὴς οὗτος καὶ κῆ ρυξ τῆς ἀναστάσεως βοῶν ἵνα τοῦ συνθέματος πάντες ἀκούσαντες ἀναστῶσιν
因為有時它被比作號筒——「號筒要響,死人要復活成為不朽壞的」——這位吹號者、這位復活的傳報者呼喊,好叫眾人聽見那號令都復活起來;
For at one time it is compared to a trumpet — 'the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible' — this trumpeter and herald of the resurrection who cries out, so that all, having heard the signal, may rise;
1:2589
διὰ τοῦτο σάλπιγγι παραβέ βληται
為此緣故,它被比作號筒。
for this reason it has been compared to a trumpet.
1:2590
μεγαλόφωνον δὲ τὸ ὄργανον τοῦτο καὶ πανταχοῦ ἐξηχούμενον
這樂器聲音洪亮,且四處迴響。
And this instrument is loud-voiced and resounds everywhere.
1:2591
οὕτως καὶ ἐνταῦθα στρουθίον εἶπεν πά λιν τὸ κήρυγμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως, δοκεῖ οὐ χαμαίζηλον
照樣,這裡他又用「麻雀」來指復活的宣講,這宣講看來並非卑微於地的。
So here too by 'sparrow' he again meant the preaching of the resurrection, which seems to be no earth-bound, lowly thing.
1:2592
ἐγείρονται οἱ ἐγειρόμενοι, ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ φθαρτῶν ἄφθαρτοι, ἀντὶ ἀτίμων καὶ ἀσθενῶν ἰσχυροὶ καὶ ἔνδοξοι, ἀντὶ ψυχικῶν πνευματικοί
那些被復活的人固然得以復活,然而不是朽壞的而是不朽壞的,不是卑賤軟弱的而是強壯榮耀的,不是屬血氣的而是屬靈的。
Those who are raised are indeed raised, yet in place of corruptible they rise incorruptible, in place of dishonored and weak they rise strong and glorious, and in place of natural they rise spiritual.
1:2593
ἀναστήσεται οὖν εἰς φωνὴν τοῦ στρουθίου
所以他必在麻雀的聲音中復活。
He shall rise, then, at the voice of the sparrow.
1:2594
ἀγορὰ ἐκείνη κλεισθεῖσα ἀναστή σεται;ἀναστήσεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ
那被關閉的市集會復活嗎?——它必在全世界中復活。
Will that marketplace which was shut up rise again? — It will rise throughout the whole world.
1:2595
τοῦτο λέγω ὅτι τὸ κήρυγμα ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὧδε δημοσιευόμενον τὸ ἐνεργούμε νον μεταβαλεῖ, ὥστε μηκέτι ἐκ μέρους εἶναι προ φητείαν γνῶσιν ἀλλὰ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον
我所說的是:那在此公開傳揚、正在運行的宣講必要改變,以致預言或知識不再是部分的,而是面對面。
This is what I mean: that this preaching which here is being made public and is at work will be transformed, so that prophecy or knowledge will no longer be in part, but face to face.
1:2596
τοῦ τό ἐςτιν τὸ ἀναστῆναι τὴν κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀπό δοσιν
這就是照先前的解釋所說的「復活」。
This is what the 'rising' means according to the former interpretation.
1:2597
ἵνα ποῖον καιρὸν λάβωμεν;τὸν τῆς κρίσεως
好叫我們得著哪一個時機呢?——就是審判的時機。
So that we may grasp what season? — That of the judgment.
1:2598
ποίῳ καιρῷ κλείεται;ὅταν τέλος λάβῃ παρὼν αἰών
它在甚麼時候被關閉呢?——就是當現今的世代到了盡頭之時。
At what season is it shut up? — When the present age reaches its end.
1:2599
····ενοις ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος ἕν ἐστιν
……起初與終結乃是一。
...the beginning and the end are one.
1:2600
τὸ τέλος τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης ἀρχὴν φέρει τῆς ε̣ξη῀̣ς σ̣υν·χη·····
這一日的終結帶來次日的開端……
The end of this day brings the beginning of the next...
1:2601
οὐκ ἔστιν διαστῆσαι χρόνον ἀπὸ χρόνου
時間與時間之間是無法分割的。
It is not possible to set one time apart from another.
1:2602
σημειῶδες καὶ πέρας χρόνου, τοῦ μὲν παρεληλυθότος τέλος ἐστίν, τοῦ δὲ ἐνεστῶτος μέλλων καὶ πάλιν τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος τέλος, ἀρχὴ δὲ τοῦ μέλλοντος
作為時間的一個點與界限,它既是過去的終結,又是現今的開端;又是現今的終結,並是將來的開端。
As a point-like mark and boundary of time, it is at once the end of the past and the beginning of the present; and again the end of the present and the beginning of what is to come.
1:2603
τοῦτο ἐὰν οὖν λέγω, κρίσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν ἅμα λέγω·
所以我若說這話,我就是同時說審判與復活。
If, then, I say this, I am speaking of judgment and resurrection at once.
1:2604
δοκεῖ δὲ τέλος εἶναι τῆς ἀνα στάσεως ἀρχὴ τῆς κρίσεως·
而審判的開端似乎就是復活的終結。
And the beginning of the judgment seems to be the end of the resurrection.
1:2605
προεπινοοῦμεν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐγειρομένους, οὐ κρινομένους, κἂν ἅμα γίνηται
因為我們在思想中先設想他們被復活,而非被審判,縱然二者同時發生。
For we conceive of them first as being raised, not as being judged, even if the two occur simultaneously.
1:2606
ὡς ἔλεγον πολλάκις ὅτι τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὸ χρῶμα ἅμα εἰσίν
正如我常說的,身體與顏色是同時存在的。
As I have often said, the body and its color exist together.
1:2607
οὐκ ἔστιν θάτερον πρὸ θατέρου εἰπεῖν·
不能說其中之一先於另一。
One cannot say that the one is prior to the other.
1:2608
προεπινοεῖται γὰρ τὸ σῶμα·
因為身體是在思想中先被設想的。
For the body is conceived first.
1:2609
δεῖ εἶναι σῶμα, ἵν' οὕτω χρῶμα·
必須先有身體,然後才有顏色。
There must be a body, so that there may thus be color.
1:2610
οὐδὲ γὰρ προεπινοῶ τὸ χρῶμα, ἵνα τὸ σῶμα
因為我並不先設想顏色,好使身體得以存在。
For I do not conceive of the color first, in order that the body may then exist.
1:2611
καὶ ταπεινωθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ ᾄσματος
「歌唱的眾女子都必衰微。」
'And all the daughters of song shall be brought low.'
1:2612
κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἀποδοθείσας εἰς τὸ ἀναστήσεται εἰς φωνὴν τοῦ στρουθίου τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῶν θυγα τέρων τοῦ ᾄσματος λέγω
按著所有為「他必在麻雀的聲音中復活」所作的解釋,我說到歌唱之女子的衰微。
In accordance with all the interpretations given for 'he shall rise at the voice of the sparrow,' I speak of the abasement of the daughters of song.
1:2613
οἱ ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι ᾄσματός εἰσιν θυγατέρες, φωνῆς μόνης εἰσὶν θυγατέρες, οὐ νοῦ, οὐ σοφίας, οὐκ ἐπιστήμης, οὐ φωτός
那些假教師乃是歌唱之女子,他們僅是聲音的女子,而非心思、智慧、知識或光明的女子。
The false teachers are daughters of song; they are daughters of mere voice, not of mind, nor of wisdom, nor of knowledge, nor of light.
1:2614
καὶ διὰ τὸ καὶ διὰ τὸ ἄναν δρον αὐτῶν καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐκτεθηλυμμένον περὶ τὰ πρόσ καιρα ἐχουσῶν θυγατέρες εἴρηνται
並且因著她們的不像男子、以及她們對短暫之事的柔弱耽溺,她們才被稱為女子。
And because of their unmanliness, and because of their effeminate absorption in temporal things, they are called daughters.
1:2615
ταπεινωθήσονται οὖν αὗται·
所以這些女子必要衰微。
These, then, shall be brought low.
1:2616
οἵῳ δὲ τρόπῳ παρ όντος φωτὸς λύεται τὸ σκότος, οὕτω παρόντος τοῦ ἀνα στάντος εἰς φωνὴν τοῦ στρουθίου τῆς ἀγορᾶς τοῦ ςωτῆρος τῶν θείων διδασκάλων τὸ μηδὲν οὖσαι ἐλέγχονται
正如光一出現,黑暗就消散,照樣,那在麻雀的聲音、或市集、或救主、或神聖教師的聲音中復活者一出現,她們就被顯明為虛無。
And in the very way that darkness is dissolved when light is present, so, when he who rises at the voice of the sparrow — or of the marketplace, or of the Savior, or of the divine teachers — is present, they are convicted of being nothing.
1:2617
δείκνυται ὅτι διδασκαλία αὐτῶν μέ χρι τοῦ παρόντος ζῆν τὴν ὕπαρξιν εἶχεν καίἵνα μι κρὸν εἴπω πτωχότερον πολλάκις λεγόμενον ὑπό τινωνὅτι ἀνθρωπίνη σοφία εὐγλωττίαν ἐπαγγελλομένη καὶ σύνθεσιν λέξεων μέχρι φωνῆς ἔχει τὴν ὕπαρξιν
這就顯明:她們的教訓不過存留到今生為止;並且——容我略提一句常被人說得更淺薄的話——人的智慧雖應許口才與言辭的鋪陳,其存在也不過止於聲音而已。
It is shown that their teaching had its existence only for the present life; and — to put it in the rather poorer way often said by some — that human wisdom, which promises eloquence and a fine arrangement of words, has its existence only as far as voice.
1:2618
ἐπειδὴ δὲ παρελεύσεται φωνὴ αὕτη οὐκέτι κρουο μένου ἀέρος, ὅταν ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀέρα γένωνται, οἱ περὶ ὧν λόγος ταπεινοῦνται
但因這聲音必要過去,空氣不再被震動,當他們超越了空氣之時,這些所論及的人便衰微了。
But since this voice will pass away once the air is no longer being struck, when they come to be above the air, those of whom the discourse speaks are brought low.
1:2619
τὸ μηδὲν εὑρίσκονται αἱ θυγα τέρες τοῦ ᾄσματος οὐκ ἂν λεχθέντων τῶν σοφῶν διδασ κάλων θυγατέρων ᾄσματος θυγατέρων ἀλλ' υἱῶν φωτός, υἱῶν σοφίας
歌唱之女子被發現為虛無;反之,智慧的教師卻不被稱為女子,或歌唱之女子,乃被稱為光明之子、智慧之子。
The daughters of song are found to be nothing — whereas the wise teachers would not be called daughters, or daughters of song, but sons of light, sons of wisdom.
1:2620
ἐξ ἄλλης γραφῆς ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν ψεκτῶς;μετάστησον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ ἦχον ᾠδῶν σου καὶ ψαλμὸν ὀρ γάνων σου οὐκ ἀκούσομαι·
我們能否從別處經文以責備的口吻說話呢?——「使你歌唱的聲音遠離我,你琴瑟的曲調我不要聽。」
Can we speak in a censorious sense from another Scripture? — 'Remove from me the sound of thy songs, and the psalm of thy instruments I will not hear.'
1:2621
ἐνοχλουμένην τὴν ᾠδὴν αὐτῶν ἡγεῖται
他視他們的歌為煩擾。
He regards their song as a vexation.
1:2622
ᾠδὴ δὲ καὶ ᾆσμα ταὐτόν ἐστιν
「頌歌」與「歌曲」乃是同一回事。
And 'ode' and 'song' are one and the same thing.
1:2623
κα̣ι`̣ ἐ´̣τι̣ μεταστρέψω, φησίν, τὰς ἑορτὰς αὐτῶν εἰς πένθος καὶ τὰς ᾠδὰς αὐτῶν εἰς θρήνους·
他說:「我還要使他們的節期變為悲哀,他們的歌曲變為哀哭。」
'And moreover I will turn,' he says, 'their feasts into mourning and their songs into lamentations.'
1:2624
καὶ οἱ λέγοντες δὲ ὕμνον ᾄσατε ἡμῖν ἐκ τῶν ᾠδῶν Σιὼν χλευάζοντες ἔλεγον
而那些說「從錫安的歌中給我們唱一首讚美詩吧」的人,是帶著嘲弄說的。
And those who said, 'Sing us a hymn from the songs of Zion,' spoke it in mockery.
1:2625
ηδε ἐπὶ τῶν ποταμῶν Βαβυλῶνος ἐκεῖ ἐκαθίσαμεν καὶ ἐκλαύσαμεν·
「……在巴比倫的河邊,我們坐在那裡哭泣。」
'...by the rivers of Babylon, there we sat down and wept.'
1:2626
φθάσαντες ἐπὶ τὴν Βαβυλῶνα καὶ τὰ ἄστατα αὐτῆς ῥεύματα πο ταμοὺς καλούμενα ἐκαθίσαμεν·
我們既到了巴比倫和它那被稱為河流的不定漂流的水流,就坐了下來。
Having come to Babylon and its unstable currents, called rivers, we sat down.
1:2627
οὐκέτι περαιτέρω ἠθε λήσαμεν ἀπελθεῖν μνήμην λαβόντες τῆς πατρίδος ἑαυτῶν
我們不願再往前走了,因為想起了自己的故鄉。
We no longer wished to go any further, having taken to remembrance of our own homeland.
1:2628
ἐν τῷ μνησθῆναι ἡμᾶς τῆς Σιὼν τοῦτο γέγονεν·
這是在我們記念錫安的時候發生的。
This came about in our remembering Zion.
1:2629
οὐκέτι προσωτέρω τῆς Βαβυλῶνος ἠθελήσαμεν
我們不願再走到巴比倫以外去。
We no longer wished to go beyond Babylon.
1:2630
ἐπὶ ταῖς ἰτέαις ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς ἐκρε μάσαμεν τὰ ὄργανα ἡμῶν, τὰ ὄργανα τὰ μουσικά, τὰ τοῦ ᾄσματος τοῦ καινοῦ
「我們把我們的樂器掛在它中間的柳樹上」——就是那些音樂的樂器,那屬於新歌的樂器。
'Upon the willows in the midst of it we hung up our instruments' — the musical instruments, those of the new song.
1:2631
αἱ ἰτέαι δὲ φυτόν ἐστιν ἀκάρπους κατασκευάζον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους
柳樹是一種使人不能生育的植物。
The willow is a plant that renders men barren.
1:2632
λέγουσιν δὲ ὅτι, ἐὰν τὸ ἄνθος αὐτοῦ ἐκτριβῇ εἰς ὕδωρ καὶ ποθῇ, ἀγό νους ποιεῖ τοὺς πεπωκότας
據說,若把它的花磨碎在水中飲下,就使飲的人不能生育。
They say that if its blossom is ground into water and drunk, it makes those who have drunk it infertile.
1:2633
διὰ τοῦτο ποιητὴς εἶπεν ὠλεσικάρπους τὰς ἰτέας, ὅτι εὐνουχίζει τρόπον τι νὰ τοὺς πιόντας
因此那詩人稱柳樹為「毀果的」,因為它在某種意義上使飲用者成了閹人。
For this reason the poet called the willows 'fruit-destroying,' because in a certain way it emasculates those who drink of it.
1:2634
τὰ ὄργανα οὖν, τουτέστιν τὰ σώματα, ἐξήρτουν τῶν ἰτεῶν, τῶν κλάδων τῆς ἁγνείας
所以他們把樂器,就是身體,掛在柳樹上,掛在貞潔的枝子上。
The instruments, then — that is, the bodies — they hung upon the willows, upon the branches of chastity.
1:2635
εἶτ' ἐκεῖνοι ὥσπερ ἐπικερτομοῦντες ἔλεγον·
隨後那些人就彷彿譏誚地說:
Then those men, as if jeering, said:
1:2636
ὕμνον ᾄσατε ἡμῖν ἐκ τῶν ᾠδῶν Σιών, ὑβριστικώτερον ᾠδὰς λέγοντες πληθυντικῶς
「從錫安的歌中給我們唱一首讚美詩吧」——他們用複數說「歌」,更是出於侮辱。
'Sing us a hymn from the songs of Zion' — saying 'songs' in the plural, all the more insolently.
1:2637
μία γὰρ ᾠδή ἐστιν τῆς Σιὼν καὶ εἷς ὕμνος·
因為錫安的歌只有一首,讚美詩也只有一首。
For the song of Zion is one, and the hymn is one.
1:2638
λέγεται γὰρ τοῦτο ὅτι θεός, δὴν καινὴν ᾄσομαί σοι, μίαν ᾠδήν
因為經上這樣說:「神啊,我要向你唱新歌」——只一首歌。
For this is said: 'O God, a new song will I sing to thee' — one song.
1:2639
οὗτοι οὖν, ἐπεὶ τὸ διάφωνον ποιεῖ πολλὰς ᾠδάς, ἠρέμα τοῦτο λέγου σιν·
所以這些人,既然不和諧才產生眾多的歌,就暗暗地這樣說:
These men, then, since discord makes many songs, quietly say this:
1:2640
διάφωνα λέγεται ἐκ τῶν ᾠδῶν ὑμῶν ᾄσατε ἡμῖν ὕμ νον
「從你們的歌中給我們唱一首讚美詩」——這是以不和諧的口吻說的。
It is said in a discordant sense: 'From your songs sing us a hymn.'
1:2641
εἶτα ἐκεῖνοι γνόντες ὅτι κακοήθως τὰς ᾠδὰς εἶ πον πληθυντικῶς λέγουσιν·
然後那些人,既知道他們是惡意地用複數說「歌」,就說:
Then those others, recognizing that they had maliciously spoken of 'songs' in the plural, say:
1:2642
πῶς ᾄσομεν τὴν ᾠδὴν κυρί ου ἐπὶ γῆς ἀλλοτρίας; ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ ἐσμὲν τῇν ὑμῶν
「我們怎能在外邦之地唱耶和華的歌呢?」我們是在外邦之地,就是你們的地。
'How shall we sing the song of the Lord in a foreign land?' We are in a foreign land, one that is yours.
1:2643
ὥστε ἔστιν ψεκτὸν ᾆσμα καὶ ἐπαινετόν
因此有可責的歌,也有可讚的歌。
So there is a blameworthy song and a praiseworthy one.
1:2644
καὶ ἐὰν λέγῃ μετὰ ψαλλούσης μὴ ἐνδελέχιζε, ψε κτὸν ᾆσμα σημαίνει, ψαλμὸν οὐκ ὀρθῶς προφερόμενον
若經上說「不要常與歌唱的女子在一起」,這是指可責的歌,就是不正當唱出的詩篇。
And if it says, 'Do not keep constant company with a woman who sings,' it signifies a blameworthy song, a psalm not rightly uttered.
1:2645
καί γε ἀπὸ ὕψους ὄψονται καὶ θάμβοι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ·
「他們也必從高處觀看,道路上盡是驚恐。」
'And they shall also look down from on high, and terrors shall be in the way.'
1:2646
καὶ ἀνθήσῃ τὸ ἀμύγδαλον, καὶ παχυνθῇ ἀκρίς
「杏樹必開花,蝗蟲肥壯。」
'And the almond tree shall blossom, and the locust shall grow fat.'
1:2647
νόμενος, ἄνω τὴν καρδίαν ἔχῃ, ἄνω τὸ φρόνημα, ὁρᾷ ὅτι ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς θάμβοι εἰσίν, φόβοι εἰσίν
……如此的人,把心放在高處,把念慮放在高處,便看見在道路上有驚恐,有懼怕。
...being such, he keeps his heart on high, his mind on high, and he sees that in the ways there are terrors, there are fears.
1:2648
σ̣υνχεῖ τ̣ὴν διάνοιαν τ̣ὰ πε ρ̣ι`̣ τῆς χρήσεως ἀπαγγελλόμενα·
那些關乎將來之事所傳報的話,攪亂了人的思想。
The things reported concerning what is to come confound the understanding.
1:2649
καὶ μάλιστα, ὅταν πι στευθῇ ἐγγὺς εἶναι, συνχεῖ τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ θάμβος γίνεται·
尤其當人相信它已臨近時,更攪亂人的思想,叫人驚恐。
And especially when it is believed to be near, it confounds the understanding, and terror arises.
1:2650
θαμβοῦνται ἐκ τῶν λεγομένων, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ἐὰν προσδοκηθῇ κεραυνοῦ βολή, πάντες φοβοῦν ται, βροντῆς γινομένης πάντες δεδίασιν
他們因所聽見的話而驚恐;正如在可感之事上,若預料有雷擊,眾人都懼怕,雷聲一響,眾人都戰兢。
They are terrified by the things spoken; and just as with things perceptible, if a lightning bolt is expected, all are afraid, and when thunder comes, all are in dread.
1:2651
τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ὑμνῳδὸς εἶπεν·
因此那作詩歌的人也如此說:
This indeed the psalmist too has said:
1:2652
ἀπὸ φωνῆς βροντῆς σου δειλι άσουσιν
「因你雷轟的聲音,他們就驚惶。」
'At the voice of thy thunder they shall be afraid.'
1:2653
καὶ ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τῆς αἰσθητῆς φωνῆς δέος λαμ βάνουσιν συνχεόμενοι, οὕτως ἀπὸ τοῦ μεγαλοφώνου θε οῦ λόγου, περὶ οὗ λέγεται ὡς βροντῆς·
正如他們因可感的聲音而受驚、被攪擾,照樣,他們也因大聲的神之道而受驚——關乎這道,經上說它如同雷聲:
And just as they take fright and are confounded by the perceptible voice, so also by the loud-voiced Word of God, of which it is spoken as of thunder:
1:2654
θεὸς τῆς δόξης ἐβρόντησεν καὶ ἔτι καὶ ἐβρόντησεν ἐξ οὐρα νοῦ κύριος
「榮耀的神打雷」,又說「耶和華從天上打雷」。
'The God of glory thundered,' and again, 'And the Lord thundered from heaven.'
1:2655
ταύτης τῆς βροντῆς ἤκουσαν οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἰά κωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην·
這雷聲,雅各和約翰那一夥人也聽見了:
This thunder those around James and John heard:
1:2656
ἐχρημάτισαν γὰρ υἱοὶ βροντῆς
因為他們被稱為「雷子」。
For they were surnamed 'sons of thunder.'
1:2657
καὶ ὡς Πέτρος διὰ τὸ στερρὸν τῆς πίστεως ἧς ἔσχεν πέτρας καλουμένης παρωνομάσθη Πέτρος, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι ἀπὸ τῆς μεγαλοφωνίας ἐχρημάτισαν υἱοὶ βροντῆς
正如彼得因他所持信心的堅固——這信被稱為磐石——而得名「彼得」,照樣,這二人也因其大聲而得名「雷子」。
And just as Peter was renamed 'Peter' because of the firmness of the faith he had, which was called a rock, so also these were surnamed 'sons of thunder' from their great-voicedness.
1:2658
ἀλλ' ἴσως τις ἐνστήσεται πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὅτι ναί, βροντάτω μεγάλα Ἰωάννης θεολογῶν καὶ λέγων ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν λόγος καὶ ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν καὶ μονογενὴς θεὸς ὢν εἰς κόλπον τοῦ πατρός·
但也許有人要向我們反駁說:「不錯,讓約翰講論神學、大發雷聲吧,他說『太初有道』,又說『那光是真光』,又說『在父懷裡的獨生神』;」
But perhaps someone will object to us: 'Yes, let John thunder great things, doing theology and saying, "In the beginning was the Word," and "there was the true light," and "the only-begotten God who is in the bosom of the Father";'
1:2659
ποίαν βροντὴν Ἰάκωβος ἐνήνοχεν; εὐθέως γὰρ ἀφῃρέθη
「但雅各發出了甚麼雷聲呢?因為他隨即就被殺了。」
'but what thunder has James brought forth? For he was straightway taken away.'
1:2660
λέγομεν ὅτι συνλημπτικῷ τρόπῳ δύναται εἰρῆσθαι ὅτι ἀμ φότεροι μὲν κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν εἴχοντο μεγαλοφώνων, οὐκ ἐπετράπη δὲ Ἰάκωβος γράψαι ταχέως ἀπαλλαγεὶς ἅμα τῇ ἀναλήμψει τοῦ σωτῆρος τοῦ βίου
我們說:這話可以按包括的方式來理解;或者說,他們二人在思想上都持守大聲之言,只是雅各未蒙允許寫作,因為救主升天後不久,他就迅速地離世了。
We say that it can be spoken in a comprehensive manner; or that both indeed held, in their understanding, to loud-voiced things, but James was not permitted to write, being removed from life quickly, soon after the ascension of the Savior.
1:2661
ὥσπερ οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς βροντῆς τῆς αἰσθητῆς θάμ βος λαμβάνει τοὺς ἀκούοντας καὶ διὰ προσδοκίας ἄλ λου τινὸς σκηπτροῦ φοβοῦνται, οὕτως, ὅταν ὑψωθῶ σιν οὗτοι οἱ κήρυκες τῆς ἀληθείας, θάμβος λαμβά νει τοὺς ἔτι ἐν τῷ ὁδεύειν ὄντας·
正如那可感的雷聲使聽見的人心生驚駭,他們因懼怕雷聲或別的雷擊而戰慄;照樣,當這些真理的傳報者被高舉時,那些仍在旅途中的人也被驚駭所抓住。
Just as, then, the perceptible thunder strikes those who hear it with amazement, and they are terrified by the expectation of it or of some other thunderbolt, so, when these heralds of the truth are exalted, amazement seizes those who are still on the way.
1:2662
δεῖ δὲ αὐτοὺς ἀναβάντας εἰς τὸ ὕψος ἤδη εἶναι
然而他們既已登上高處,就必須已經身在其中了。
But it is necessary that they, having ascended to the height, should already be there.
1:2663
οἱ περὶ φύσεως φυτῶν εἰρηκότες περὶ τοῦ ἀμυγ δάλου τοῦτο λέγουσιν·
那些論述植物本性的人,對杏樹說了這樣的話:
Those who have written concerning the nature of plants say this about the almond tree:
1:2664
πρὸ πάντων φυτῶν ἐν τῷ ἔαρι ἐκφέρει φύλλα καὶ ἀποβάλλει αὐτὰ μετὰ τὴν ἀποβο̣ λ̣ὴν πάντων τῶν ἄλλων δένδρων·
它在春天先於一切植物長出葉子,卻在眾樹都落葉之後才落下它的葉子。
Before all plants in the spring it puts forth leaves, and it sheds them after the shedding of all the other trees.
1:2665
παράμονον οὖν ἐστιν τοῦτο
所以這是持久長存的。
This, then, is enduring.
1:2666
διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ῥάβδος ἱερατικὴ καρυΐνη εἴ ρηται
因此那祭司的杖也被稱為「杏木的」。
For this reason also the priestly rod is called 'of the almond.'
1:2667
οὐ μέχ̣ρι γὰρ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν διέμεινεν·
因為它並非僅存留了短短幾日。
For it did not remain merely for a few days.
1:2668
ἀπὸ Μωσέως ἕως τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ ςωτῆρ̣ος̣ ἐφάνη
從摩西直到救主降臨,它一直顯明存在。
From Moses until the coming of the Saviour it was manifest.
1:2669
ἐγεγόνεσαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλης διδασκαλίας ἀντὶ Ἰουδαί ων παραδόσεις
然而也曾興起了另一種教訓的傳統,取代了猶太人的傳統,
But there had also arisen traditions of another teaching in place of the Jewish ones,
1:2670
ε̣ν̣τολὰς ἀν θρώπων̣ ············α···
就是人的誡命……
commandments of men ...
1:2671
διάκονο̣ι τούτων τῶν παραδόσεων
這些傳統的執事。
ministers of these traditions.
1:2672
καὶ ταχὺ ἤνθησαν καὶ ταχὺ ἐμαράνθησαν
它們很快開花,也很快枯萎。
And they quickly blossomed and quickly withered away.
1:2673
μέντοι ῥάβδος ἱερατικὴ καρυΐνη οὐ῀̣σ̣α̣ παρέμεινεν ἕως πολλοῦ, ἕως διαδοχὴ γένηται ἀπὸ τῆς μείζονος καὶ πνευματικωτέρας ἱερωσύνης·
然而那杏木的祭司之杖卻長久存留,直到有一個繼承出自那更大、更屬靈的祭司職分。
The priestly rod, however, being of almond wood, remained for a long time, until a succession should come from the greater and more spiritual priesthood.
1:2674
καὶ προήν θησεν τῶν ἄλλων
並且它先於其他的先開了花。
And it blossomed before the others.
1:2675
καὶ τοῦτο δὲ λεκτέον ὅτι οὔσης ἀληθοῦς διδασκα λίας ἔσται καὶ ψευδὴς καὶ ἠπατημένη
還須說明這一點:凡有真教訓之處,也必有虛假並受迷惑的教訓。
And this too must be said: that where there is true teaching, there will also be false and deceived teaching.
1:2676
ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς τῶν προφητῶν εὑρίσκονται ψευδοπρο φῆται·
在眾先知的時代,也有假先知被發現。
In the times of the prophets false prophets are found.
1:2677
μιμηλὸν γάρ ἐστιν τὸ κακὸν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς
因為惡是對真理的模仿。
For evil is an imitation of what is true.
1:2678
ἀφ' οὗ βεβόηται Χριστὸς ἐπιδημίᾳ, πολλοὶ ψευδόχριστοι ἐπηγγείλαντο ἐλεύσεσθαι
自從基督在祂降臨時被傳揚以來,許多假基督便宣稱他們要來到。
From the time that Christ was proclaimed at his coming, many false christs announced that they would come.
1:2679
τοῦτο οὖν λέγομεν ὅτι, κἂν ἐκεῖνα φυτὰ ἦσαν τὰ τῶν ἄλλων διδασκαλιῶν, καὶ ὕστερον ἀνθεῖ μετὰ τὴν ὀρ θὴν διδασκαλίαν καὶ πρὸ αὐτῆς λήγει·
所以我們如此說:縱然那些是屬於別種教訓的植物,它們也在正確教訓之後才開花,卻在它之前就凋零了。
This, then, we say: that even if those were plants belonging to the other teachings, they too blossom afterward, after the right teaching, and cease before it.
1:2680
ἐπιφανείσης γὰρ αὐτῆς σζβέννυνται
因為當它一顯現,它們就熄滅了。
For when it appears, they are extinguished.
1:2681
αὕτη οὖν ῥάβδος τὰς τῶν ἄλλων ῥάβδους ἔλυσεν, τῶν ψευδαποστόλων, τῶν ψευδοπροφη τῶν
所以這杖廢除了其他的杖,就是那些假使徒、假先知的杖。
This rod, then, dissolved the rods of the others — of the false apostles and the false prophets.
1:2682
ἀνθήσει οὖν τὸ ἀμύγδαλον;τοῦτο·
那麼杏樹要開花嗎?——正是此意。
Will the almond then blossom? — This.
1:2683
ὅταν αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ ᾄσματος ταπεινωθῶ σιν αἱ ἐπαγγελλόμεναι διδασκαλίας ψευδεῖς, ῥάβ δους ψευδεῖς, τότε ἔτι μᾶλλον ἀνθήσει τὸ ἀμύγ δαλον
當那歌唱的女子被降卑,就是那些應許虛假教訓、虛假之杖的,那時杏樹就更要開花。
When the daughters of song are brought low — those that promise false teachings, false rods — then all the more will the almond blossom.
1:2684
εἰς τὴν ἀποστολικὴν λέξιν εἴπομεν ὅτι τότε σύνστα σι̣ς ἔσται τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ὅταν κρατήσῃ ἐν ἀνθρώ ποις ἀδικία
關於那使徒的話語,我們已說過:當不義在人中間得勢時,那時義的確立便要成就。
Concerning the apostolic saying we have said that then there will be a constitution of righteousness, when injustice prevails among men.
1:2685
λύουσα τὴν ἀδικίαν καὶ τ̣ο̣ὺς πρεσ βεύοντας αὐτὴν ἀναδείκνυται μεγάλη τις οὖσα, οὐκ ἂν δειχθέντο̣ς τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτῆς εἰ μὴ ἦν συνστᾶσα πολλὴ ἀδικία, ἣν ἔλυσεν
義既廢除了不義以及那些擁護不義的人,就顯明自己是何等偉大;然而若非先有大量的不義確立起來、供它去廢除,它的偉大也就無從顯明。
Dissolving the injustice and those who champion it, it is shown to be something great; but its greatness would not have been displayed unless there had first been established much injustice, which it dissolved.
1:2686
καὶ ἐλέγομεν ὅτ̣ι ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ ψεύδει ἐπερίσ σευσεν
我們又說過,神的真理在人的虛謊之中格外顯多。
And we said that the truth of God abounded in the midst of human falsehood.
1:2687
καὶ ἐφάσκομεν τότε ὅτι τότε μάλιστα τ̣ὸ κα̣·
我們那時也肯定說,正是在那時候,那……
And we were then asserting that precisely then the ...
1:2688
···ν ἐφάνη τῆς ἀληθείας, ὅτε πολλοὶ σοφι̣σ̣τα̣ι`̣ εἰς μέσον ἦλθαν ψευδεῖς καὶ ἐριστικοὺς λόγους ἐπαγγελλό μενοι
……真理便顯明了,就是當許多虛假的詭辯者出來,應許虛假而好爭辯的言論之時。
... of the truth appeared, when many false sophists came forward into the midst, promising false and contentious arguments.
1:2689
ἔσ̣τ̣ω̣ τις̣ βασιλεὺς ἱκανὸς καὶ χεῖρα π̣ολ λ̣ὴν ἔχων καὶ ἐμπειροπόλεμος
設想有一位能幹的王,擁有龐大的軍力,並且久經沙場。
Let there be some king who is competent, possessing a large force, and experienced in war.
1:2690
συνστάντος τριάκοντα ἀνθρώ ποις ε̣π̣ε´̣λ̣θῃ καὶ περιγένηται αὐτῶν; καὶ οὑ´̣τως ὑπ̣ὸ τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ, μᾶλλον δ̣ὲ ὑπ̣ο`̣ τ̣ο̣ῦ Ἔσ-δρα προβλήματα προυβλ̣η´̣θησαν περὶ τὸν βασιλέα
難道他要出去對付一群結黨的三十人,並勝過他們嗎?如此,藉着那傳道者,或更確切地說藉着以斯拉,就有關乎那王的難題被提了出來。
Should he go out against a band of thirty men banded together and prevail over them? And thus, by the Preacher — or rather by Ezra — problems were propounded concerning the king.
1:2691
καὶ εἰρήκασ̣ιν οι̣ πρότεροι δύο καλῶς, ἴσχυσεν δὲ δευτέρα ἑρμηνεία τοῦ τρίτου·
先前那兩位說得都好,但第三位的、即那第二個解釋卻得了勝。
And the former two spoke well, but the second interpretation, that of the third, prevailed.
1:2692
καὶ εἴρηται̣ ὅτ̣ι νικᾷ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἰσχύει
並且經上說:真理得勝,且大有能力。
And it has been said that the truth conquers and prevails.
1:2693
εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἰσχύουσιν αἱ γυναῖ κες καὶ τοιοῦτος οἶνος καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ἀλλὰ ὑπερισχύει ἀλήθεια
因為縱然婦女有力,那樣的酒有力,王和其他的事物有力,但真理卻勝過這一切。
For even if women are strong, and such wine, and the king, and the other things, yet the truth prevails over all.
1:2694
ὑπερίσχυ σις τῆς ἀληθείας ἐφάνη ἐκείνων ἰσχυρῶν ὄντων τῶν ἑρμ̣η̣νευθε´̣ν̣των ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων
真理那超越的能力顯明了出來,因為那些被別人所解說的事物本身也是強大的。
The superior strength of the truth appeared, since those things interpreted by the others were themselves strong.
1:2695
εξευ̣τ̣ελης ησαν μνημονευκότες μνημονευκότες δὲ ουτοςτὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἐφαίνετο
†……他們被貶為卑賤,曾記念……然而既記念了這一位†真理的偉大就未曾顯明。
† ... they were made contemptible, having called to mind ... but having called this one to mind † the greatness of the truth did not appear.
1:2696
ἐν τῷ ἀποστολικῷ ἐλέγετο πάλιν τοῦτο ὅτι ὅπου νό μος, ἐκεῖ καὶ πα̣ράβασις
在那使徒的經文中,也曾這樣說:哪裏有律法,哪裏就有過犯。
In the apostolic passage this too was said: that where law is, there also is transgression.
1:2697
εἰ μὴ ἐληλυθὸς ἦν εἰς μέσον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, οὐκ ἐγ̣ίνετο μεγάλ̣η τιμωρία κα τὰ τῶν μὴ παραλαμβανόντων αὐτό
倘若福音未曾來到人中間,就不會有嚴厲的刑罰臨到那些不領受它的人。
If the gospel had not come into the midst, there would not have been great punishment against those who do not receive it.
1:2698
αὐτίκα γοῦν λέγει ὅτι δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο τῆς βασιλεί ας ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὅπως μηδεὶς πρόφασιν ἕλῃ τὸ ἀνήκοον
所以祂隨即說:這天國的福音必須傳遍全世界,向萬民作見證,好叫無人能以「未曾聽見」為藉口。
Immediately, therefore, he says that this gospel of the kingdom must be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all the nations, so that no one may take the pretext of not having heard.
1:2699
ὅταν οὖν ἀνθήσει τὸ προειρημένον ἀμύγδαλον, παχύνεται ἀκρίς·
所以當前面所說的杏樹開花時,那蝗蟲就肥胖起來。
When, then, the aforesaid almond blossoms, the locust grows fat.
1:2700
ἀκρὶς δὲ ἀντὶ κολάσεως παρα λαμβάνεται·
而那蝗蟲則被視為刑罰的表徵。
And the locust is taken to signify chastisement.
1:2701
τὰ κατάλοιπα τῆς κάμπης κατέφαγεν ἀκρίς
「剪蟲所剩的,蝗蟲來吃。」
'What the caterpillar left, the locust devoured.'
1:2702
παχύνεται δὲ τότε πολλὴν τροφὴν δεχομένη·
它那時肥胖起來,因為得了豐富的食物。
And it grows fat then, receiving much nourishment.
1:2703
τροφὴ δὲ αὐτῆς εἰσιν οἱ παραδιδόμενοι αὐτῇ ἄνθρωποι
它的食物就是那些被交付給它的人。
And its nourishment is the men handed over to it.
1:2704
δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ εἰς ἦθος λαβεῖν τὸ ἀνθήσει τὸ ἀμύγδαλον
也可以按道德的意義來理解「杏樹要開花」這話。
It is possible also to take 'the almond will blossom' in a moral sense.
1:2705
τὸ ἀμύγδαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἐδωδίμου δύο περιβολὰς ἔχει·
杏子在那可食的部分之外,有兩層外殼。
The almond, outside of the edible part, has two coverings.
1:2706
ὀστρακώδη καὶ ἔπειτα πικρά, τὸ λέπος τὸ ἔξωθεν
一層像硬殼的,其次是苦的,就是那最外面的皮。
A shell-like one, and then a bitter one — the outer rind.
1:2707
δύναται τὸ ἔξω λέπος εἶναι τὸ σῶμα·
那最外層的皮可以代表身體。
The outer rind can be the body.
1:2708
πικρὸν γάρ ἐστιν, ἐπιτρεπῶς ἔχον πρὸς ἡδονάς
因為它是苦的,傾向於種種享樂。
For it is bitter, being inclined toward pleasures.
1:2709
τὸ δὲ ὀστρακῶδες ἐκεῖνο λέπος ψυχή, εὔτονος γὰρ καὶ μεγάλη·
而那像硬殼的一層則是靈魂,因為它堅韌而偉大。
But that shell-like covering is the soul, for it is firm and great.
1:2710
ἔνδον δὲ τὸ δώδιμον τὸ πνεῦμα
在其內的可食部分,就是靈。
And within is the edible part — the spirit.
1:2711
ὅταν οὖν πληρωθῇ ἐκεῖνο τὸ τῆς ἐπευχῆς τοῦ ἀποστόλου γράφοντος·
所以當那使徒禱告的話成就時,他所寫的是:
When, therefore, that of the apostle's prayer is fulfilled, where he writes:
1:2712
δὲ τῆς εἰρήνης θεὸς ἁγιάσα̣ι ὑμᾶς, ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἤνθησεν τὸ ἀμύγδαλον·
「願賜平安的神使你們成聖,又願你們的靈、魂、體全然」——那杏樹便開了花。
'May the God of peace sanctify you, and may your whole spirit and soul and body' — the almond has blossomed.
1:2713
ἐν τῷ ἀνθεῖν γὰρ ἔχει τὰ τρία ταῦτα
因為在開花之時,它便具備這三者。
For in blossoming it has these three.
1:2714
ἀνθεῖ τοίνυν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτε προκόπτει ἐν ἀρετ̣ῇ, ὁ´̣τ̣ε μετασχηματιζόμενον ἔχει τὸ σῶμα ὥσ τε σύνμορφον γενέσθαι τῷ σώματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ
所以人開花,是當他在美德上長進之時,是當他的身體被改變,以致與基督的身體相似之時。
The man blossoms, then, when he advances in virtue, when he has his body transformed so as to become conformed to the body of Christ.
1:2715
καὶ διασχεδασθῇ κάππαρις, ὅτι ἐπορεύθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς οἶκον αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ
「並且那續隨子被驅散,因為人已往他永遠的家去了。」
'And the caper is dispersed, because the man has gone to his eternal home.'
1:2716
̣,ε̣ οἶκος τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ ταῦτα ζωή ἐστιν
人那永遠的家,就是在這些事之後的生命。
The eternal home of the man is the life that comes after these things.
1:2717
πάντα τὰ εἰρημέν̣α γίνεται·
凡所說的一切都要成就。
All the things spoken of come to pass.
1:2718
καὶ κλείονται ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ αἱ θύραι, καὶ ἀνίσταν ται εἰς φω̣νὴν τοῦ στρουθίου οἱ εἰς τοῦτο κα λούμενοι, καὶ ταπεινοῦνται αἱ θυγατέρες τοῦ ᾄσμα τος
「街門也關閉了,那些為此蒙召的人一聽見雀鳥的聲音就起來,歌唱的女子也都衰微。」
'And the doors in the street are shut, and they rise up at the voice of the sparrow — those called for this purpose — and the daughters of song are brought low.'
1:2719
οἱ ὀ´̣ντ̣ες ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ αἰῶνός εἰσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι
那些在永遠之家中的,就是眾人。
Those who are in the eternal home are the men.
1:2720
περὶ γῆν δὲ τόπος οὗτός ἐστιν τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ πονηροῦ οἶκος
而這環繞地上的處所,就是這現今邪惡世代的居所。
And this place around the earth is the house of this present evil age.
1:2721
τὰ εἰ ρημένα πάντα γίνεται
凡所說的一切都要成就。
All the things spoken of come to pass.
1:2722
ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον αἰῶνα, αφεἰς τὸν τοῦ οἴκου ἑαυτοῦ αἰῶνα, εἰς τὸν μετὰ ταῦτα, λύεται ὅλα τὰ ὧδε φθάσαντα
既然他已進入另一個世代,離開了自己居所的世代,進入那在這些事之後的世代,凡在此處已達其終的一切便都消解了。
Since, then, he has journeyed into another age, leaving the age of his own house, into the one that comes after these things, all that had reached its end here is dissolved.
1:2723
δυνατὸν καὶ οὕτως αὐτὸ λαβεῖν, ἐπεὶ ἄνθρω πο̣ς ··········
也可以這樣理解,既然那人……
It is possible also to understand it thus, since the man ...
1:2724
ε̣σ̣τιν κατὰ τὴν ψυχη····?
……是按着靈魂……?
... is according to the soul ...?
1:2725
ὅταν λυθῇ πάντα τὰ προσγενάμενα τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, τὰ ψεκ τά, τὰ φαῦλα, εἰς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λοιπὸν οἶκον πορεύ εται ἀφεὶς τὸν τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου
當一切附加在人身上的事物都被消解——就是那些可責備的、卑劣的——他此後便進入自己的家,離開這現今世代的家。
When all the things that have accrued to the man are dissolved — the blameworthy, the base — he journeys henceforth into his own home, leaving that of this present age.
1:2726
αἰὼν δὲ κατάλληλος καὶ οἶκός ἐστιν τῷ ἀνθρώ πῳ τῷ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγονότι θεία κατάστασις, ἐν ἐπορεύθη ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος τού του
而那與人相稱的世代與居所——就是那按神的形像與樣式受造之人的——乃是那神聖的境界,他已從這現今世代進入其中。
And the age and home suited to the man, who has come into being according to the image and likeness of God, is the divine state into which he has journeyed from this present age.
1:2727
ἐκεῖνα λύεται, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ τις ὅτι πεπαύσεται πορνεία
那些事物都消解了,就如同有人說淫亂必要止息一般。
Those things are dissolved, as if one should say that fornication will cease.
1:2728
ἐπορεύθη γὰρ ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν τῆς ἀφθαρσίας χῶρον
因為那人已進入那不朽壞之地。
For the man has journeyed into the region of incorruption.
1:2729
φ καὶ ἐκύκλωσαν ἐν ἀγορᾷ οἱ κοπ τόμενοι
「並且那些哀悼的人在街上繞行。」
'And those who mourn go about in the street.'
1:2730
λοιπὸν διασχεδασθείσης τῆς καππάρεως καὶ τῆς κρίδος πληθυνούσης οἱ πάλαι ἀγορεύοντες ὑπὲρ σωτηρί ας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὥσπερ θρηνοῦσιν αὐτούς
至於其餘的,當那續隨子被驅散、蝗蟲繁增之時,那些從前為人的救恩而發言的人,彷彿在為他們哀哭。
For the rest, when the caper has been dispersed and the locust is multiplying, those who of old used to plead on behalf of the salvation of men lament them, as it were.
1:2731
λοιπὸν ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ οἱ κοπτόμενοι ἐκύκλωσαν
此外,在市集上那些哀哭捶胸的人四圍環繞。
Furthermore, in the marketplace the mourners went about in a circle.
1:2732
ἔχεις καὶ ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ ςωτῆ ρος·
你在福音書中也有救主所說的話:
You have also what is said in the Gospel by the Saviour:
1:2733
τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην; καὶ λέγει·
「我可用甚麼比這世代呢?」祂又說:
'To what shall I liken this generation?' And He says:
1:2734
μοία ἐστὶν παιδίοις ἐν ἀγορᾷ καθημένοις, προσφωνεῖ ἕτερα πρὸς ἕτερα λέγοντες·
「這世代好像孩童坐在市集上,彼此招呼,說:」
'It is like children sitting in the marketplace, who call out to one another, saying:'
1:2735
ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρ χήσασθε, ἐθρηνήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε
「我們向你們吹笛,你們不跳舞;我們向你們舉哀,你們不捶胸。」
'We piped to you, and you did not dance; we sang a dirge to you, and you did not mourn.'
1:2736
ἦλθεν Ἰωάννης μήτ̣ε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων
「約翰來了,也不吃也不喝。」
'John came neither eating nor drinking.'
1:2737
σῶμα τῆς ἐκκλησίας, τὸν ἀποστολικὸν καὶ εὐαγγελικὸν χορόν
教會的身體,就是使徒與福音的歌隊。
the body of the Church, the apostolic and evangelical choir
1:2738
λέγει οὖν ὅτι τὰ παιδία αὐλεῖ δέον τοὺς ἀκούοντας τοῦ αὐλοῦ ὀρ χεῖσθαι
所以祂說,孩童吹笛,因為聽見笛聲的人本應跳舞。
He says, then, that the children pipe, since those who hear the pipe ought to dance.
1:2739
ὄρχησι̣ς δὲ λόγων μίμησιν ἐπαγγέλλεται διὰ χειρῶν γινομένην
而這跳舞乃是藉著雙手所表達出來、對言語的一種摹仿。
But the dance signifies an imitation of words carried out by means of the hands.
1:2740
ὅταν τοίνυν ἀκο̣υ´̣ω̣σιν τῶν τῆς σωτηρίας σοφῶν καὶ τὸν τῆς εὐσεβείας προφερομέ νω̣ν λόγον καὶ συνσχηματισθῶσιν τοῖς ἀπαγγελλομένοις τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ ὀρχοῦνται ἐπαινετῶς κατὰ τὴν ὄρχησιν, ἣν ὠρχήσατο Δαυὶδ ἔνπροσθεν τῆς κιβωτοῦ
所以每當人聽見那些在救恩上有智慧、傳講敬虔之道的人,並在行為與心思上都與所宣講的相符,他們便以可稱讚的方式跳舞,正如大衛在約櫃前所跳的舞一樣。
Whenever, therefore, men hear those who are wise unto salvation and who set forth the word of godliness, and are conformed in their works and in their mind to the things proclaimed, they dance in a praiseworthy manner, according to that dance which David danced before the ark.
1:2741
ὅταν γὰρ θρηνοῦσιν εἰς μετάνοιαν καλοῦν τες, εἰς αἴσθησιν ἐγείροντες κ̣όπτονται, ὅτι τοῦτο αἴσθησιν ἐγείρει
因為每當他們舉哀,召人悔改、喚醒人的知覺,他們便捶胸,因為這能喚起知覺。
For whenever they sing a dirge, calling men to repentance and rousing them to awareness, they beat their breasts, because this rouses awareness.
1:2742
ὅταν ἄλλου ἁμαρτάνοντος ἄλλος θρη νῇ καὶ κόπτηται, εὐθέως λέγει ὅτι ὅσον οὗτος ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ κακίζει ἑαυτόν, ὀφείλω κἀγὼ τοῦτο ποιῆ σαι
當一人犯罪,另一人卻為他舉哀捶胸時,那犯罪的人立即說:「既然這人為我如此責備自己,我也理當這樣行。」
When one man sins and another laments and beats his breast, the sinner straightway says: 'Inasmuch as this man reproaches himself on my behalf, I too ought to do the same.'
1:2743
καὶ οὗτοι οὖν ἀκούοντες τὸν θρῆνον, ἐὰν κατὰ τοῦ στήθους φέρωσιν τὰς χεῖρας κοπτόμενοι, αἴσθησιν ἑαυτῶν ἀνεγείρουσιν
所以這些人聽見哀哭之時,若捶胸捶打自己的胸膛,便喚起了對自己的知覺。
These too, then, hearing the dirge, if they carry their hands against their breast in mourning, rouse an awareness of themselves.
1:2744
οὗτοι οὖν οἱ πάλαι ἀγορεύσαν τες καὶ πολλὰ εἰρηκότες περὶ τῶν μὴ ἀκουσάντων κόπ τονται
所以這些從前公開講論、對那些不肯聽的人說了許多話的人,就哀哭捶胸。
These, then, who of old made public discourse and said much concerning those who would not hear, beat their breasts in grief.
1:2745
οὕτω γοῦν καὶ Ἰηρεμίας μετὰ τὸ αἰχμαλω τισθῆναι τὸν Ἰςραὴλ καὶ Ἰερουςαλὴμ ἐρη-μωθῆναι καθίσας κλαίων ἐθρήνησεν τὸν θρῆνον
正如耶利米,在以色列被擄、耶路撒冷荒涼之後,也坐下哭泣,唱起了哀歌。
Thus indeed Jeremiah too, after Israel had been led captive and Jerusalem laid desolate, sat down weeping and lamented his lamentation.
1:2746
θρήνησον πρός με ὑπὲρ νύμφην περιεζωσμένην σάκκον ἐπὶ τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς τὸν παρθε νικόν
「你要向我舉哀,勝過新婦為她童貞的丈夫束上麻布哀哭。」
'Lament to me more than a bride girded with sackcloth over her virgin husband.'
1:2747
ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν ἐν ἀγορᾷ οἱ κοπτόμενοι
所以那些捶胸的人在市集上四圍環繞。
The mourners, then, went about in a circle in the marketplace.
1:2748
χαίρουσιν οἱ διδάσκαλοι κατορθούντων τῶν ἀκροατῶν·
當聽眾行事正直時,教師便歡喜;
Teachers rejoice when their hearers walk uprightly;
1:2749
λυποῦνται, ὅταν παρακούωνται τὰ θεσπίσματα τὰ θεῖα
當神聖的諭旨被人忽視時,他們便憂傷。
they grieve whenever the divine oracles are disregarded.
1:2750
πεὶ τοίνυν καὶ μετὰ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν τοὺς ἀκροατὰς φείδον ται αὐτῶν οἱ διδάσκαλοι ἐν τῷ ἀγορεύειν τὰ θεῖα, κυ κλοῦσιν κοπτόμενοι οὐχ ὁρῶντες ἐκείνους ποιοῦντας, προστάττονται ποιεῖν
所以,既然即使在聽眾犯罪之後,教師在傳講神聖之事時仍寬容他們,他們便四圍環繞哀哭,因為看不見那些人去行所吩咐他們當行的事。
Since, therefore, even after the hearers have sinned the teachers still spare them in proclaiming the divine things, they go about in a circle mourning, not seeing those men do what they are commanded to do.
1:2751
καὶ καινὴ διαθήκη οἶδεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀγοράν, ὡς καὶ Ἕλληνες
新約也如希臘人一樣,稱教會為「市集」。
The New Testament also knows the Church as a 'marketplace,' as do the Greeks.
1:2752
ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν γοῦν τῶν ἀποστόλων λέγει ὅτι ἔχουσιν ζήτημάτα τι, ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται, τουτέστιν ῥήτορες
無論如何,在使徒行傳中說到他們有某些爭訟的事,就把「市集之人」帶來,即是說辯士。
In the Acts of the Apostles, at any rate, it says that they have some matter of inquiry, and 'marketplace men' are brought in—that is to say, orators.
1:2753
δύνασθε, φησίν, δίκην περὶ τού του κινεῖν ἔχοντες τοὺς ἀγορεύοντας, τοὺς ῥητορεύον τας
他說:「你們可以為這事提起訴訟,有那些在市集上講論、操練辯才的人。」
'You are able,' he says, 'to bring a suit concerning this, having those who plead in the marketplace, those who practise oratory.'
1:2754
κοπτόμενοι οὖν ἐκύκλωσαν ἐν ἀγορᾷ οἱ ἀγορεύ οντες·
所以那些在市集上講論的人,一面哀哭,一面四圍環繞;
Mourning, then, those who speak in the marketplace went about in a circle;
1:2755
γεγηθότες ἂν καὶ ὀρχούμενοι κυκλώσαντες, εἰ τὰ λεγόμενα ὑπ' αὐτῶν εἰς ἔργα αἰώνων ἦν μετα βαλλόμενα
他們本可歡欣跳舞地環繞,倘若他們所講的話能轉化為永世的作為。
they would have gone about rejoicing and dancing, if the things spoken by them were being transformed into the works of the ages.
1:2756
ἕως οὗ μὴ ἀνατραπῇ τὸ σχοι νίον τοῦ ἀργυρίου καὶ συντριβῇ τὸ ἀνθέμιον τοῦ χρυσίου
「在銀鏈被扯斷、金罐被打破之先。」
'Before the silver cord is overturned and the golden bowl is broken.'
1:2757
σχοινίον τοῦ ἀργυρίου δύ ναται εἶναι δόσις καὶ λῆμψις περὶ τὰ συναλλάγ ματα
「銀鏈」可以指與交易有關的施與受。
The 'silver cord' may be the giving and receiving that pertains to transactions.
1:2758
ἐπεὶ λόγος κυρίου ἄργυ ρός ἐστιν καὶ τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ ἀργύριον πεπυρωμένον ἐστίν, σχοινία ἐκ τούτων πλέκεται·
既然主的言語是銀子,祂的諭旨是煉過的銀子,就用這些編成鏈子;
Since the word of the Lord is silver, and His oracles are silver refined by fire, cords are plaited out of these;
1:2759
ἤτοι καλῶς νοού-μενα ὑπὸ τῶν ὀρθοδόξων ἑτέρως, ἀμφοτέρως οὐκ ἀνατρέπεται τὸ σχοινίον τοῦ ἀργυρίου, ἐνεργεῖ
無論它們被正統之人正確理解,或以別的方式理解,這銀鏈在兩種情形下都不被扯斷,仍然運作。
whether they be rightly understood by the orthodox or otherwise, in either case the silver cord is not overturned; it remains active.
1:2760
ἐπειδὴ δὲ δεῖ πρὸς τὸ κείμενον λέγειν, δύ-ναται τοῦτο λέγεσθαι ὅτι ἕως τὸ σχοινίον τοῦ ἀργυρί-ου ἐνεργεῖ οὐκ ἀνατρεπόμ̣εν̣ον, οὐκ ἐκβαλλόμε-νονἐκβληθήσεται γὰρ μετὰ ταῦτα, ὅταν τὸ ἐκ μέ-ρο̣υς καταργηθῇ–, οἱ ἐν ἀγορᾷ οἱ κοπτόμενοι κυκλοῦσιν, ἕως ἔχουσιν τὸ σχοινίον τοῦ ἀργυρίου, ἕως πλέ-κουσιν τὰ λόγια κυρίου·
但既然必須就手頭的經文而論,可以這樣說:只要銀鏈仍在運作,未被扯斷,未被丟棄——因為此後它必被丟棄,就是等到那有限的被廢去之時——那些在市集上哀哭的人便四圍環繞,只要他們還握有銀鏈,只要他們還編織主的諭旨;
But since one must speak to the text at hand, this may be said: that so long as the silver cord is active, not overturned, not cast out—for it will be cast out afterward, when that which is in part shall be done away—those in the marketplace, the mourners, go about in a circle, as long as they have the silver cord, as long as they plait the oracles of the Lord;
1:2761
τότε γ̣α`̣ρ καὶ ἀγορεύ-ουσιν
因為那時他們也公開講論。
for at that time they also make public discourse.
1:2762
καὶ συντριβῇ τὸ ἀνθέμιον τοῦ χρυσίου
「金罐被打破。」
'And the golden bowl is broken.'
1:2763
θήκη τοῦ χρυσίου ο̣ὑ´̣τω καλεῖται, τάχα δὲ καὶ τὸ απανχρυσίου, μᾶλλον δὲ θήκη
盛金子的器皿如此稱呼,或許整體——就是金子——也如此稱,但更確切地說是那器皿。
The receptacle of the gold is so called, though perhaps also the whole—the gold—but rather the receptacle.
1:2764
ἀμ̣έλει γοῦν τοὺς θησαυροφυλακοῦντας λε············ς ἐσ-τιν ουτος ἀντὶ τοῦ φύλαξ χρυσίου
無論如何,那些看守寶庫的人……這一位就是金子的看守者。
At any rate, those who guard treasuries [...] this one is instead of a guardian of gold.
1:2765
χρυσι´̣ον οὖν ἐν τούτοις λημπτέον τὸν νοῦν·
所以在這些經文中,「金子」當理解為心智;
'Gold,' then, in these passages is to be taken as the mind;
1:2766
ἀργύριον δὲ εἰ τὸν προφορικὸν λόγον, χρυσὸν λαμ-βάνεις ὧδε τὸ νόημα, ἀνθέμιον δὲ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ···ς τ̣ο εἶναι θήκη καὶ φυλακὴ τοῦ χρυσίου
但若「銀子」指所說出的言語,這裡你便取「金子」為思想,取「罐」為那管轄的官能……以致成為金子的器皿與守衛所。
but if 'silver' denotes the uttered word, here you take 'gold' as the thought, and 'bowl' as the governing faculty [...] so as to be the receptacle and guardhouse of the gold.
1:2767
ἐὰν δὲ ἄργυ-ρον σημαίνῃ τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ γραφήν, πλοκή ἐστιν τὰ κατάλληλα καταλλήλοις λαμβάνειν ῥητὰ καὶ τὴν νόησιν εἴρειν τῶνδε πρὸς τάδε καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων πρὸς ταῦτα
但若「銀子」指神的話語與聖經,那編織便在於取彼此相稱的經文,並將這些與那些、那些與這些的悟解交織起來。
But if 'silver' should signify the word and the Scripture of God, the plaiting consists in taking texts suited to texts, and in weaving together the understanding of these with those, and of those with these.
1:2768
ἕως τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οὐ λέγει;τοῦτο λέγει·
「直到」——祂豈不是指教會嗎?——祂的意思是這樣:
'As long as'—does he not mean the Church?—this is what he means:
1:2769
ἐν ἀγορᾷ οἱ κοπτόμενοι κόπτονται κυκλοῦσιν
在市集上,那些哀哭的人捶胸,四圍環繞。
In the marketplace the mourners mourn, they go about in a circle.
1:2770
ἀγορὰ δέ ἐστιν ἐκκλησιαστικὴ διδασ-καλία
「市集」就是教會的教訓。
The 'marketplace' is the ecclesiastical teaching.
1:2771
ἐκκλησιαστικὴν δὲ λέγω οὐ πάντως τὴν Χριστι-ανῶν, ἀλλὰ τὴν συνελευστικήν
我說「教會的」,並非完全指基督徒的,而是指那聚集之會眾的。
And by 'ecclesiastical' I do not mean entirely that of the Christians, but that of the gathered assembly.
1:2772
τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὅτι ἐς ὅσον ἐνεργεῖ τὸ σχοινίον τοῦ ἀργυρίου, κυκλοῦσιν καὶ κόπτονται τοὺς μὴ πειθομένους
所以祂的意思是:只要銀鏈仍在運作,他們便四圍環繞,並為那些不肯聽從的人哀哭。
This, then, is what he means: that for as long as the silver cord is active, they go about in a circle and mourn over those who are not persuaded.
1:2773
μέρους, οὐκέτι κυκλοῦσιν κοπτόμενοι τὴν ἀγοράν·
﹝當那有限的被廢去時﹞,他們便不再哀哭地環繞市集;
[when that which is] in part [is done away], they no longer go about the marketplace in a circle mourning;
1:2774
οὐκέτι γὰρ κοπετὸς αὐτῶν ἐνεργήσει τι τότε ἀκουσομένου ἑκάστου·
因為那時他們的哀哭再也不能成就甚麼,因為各人都將﹝已經﹞聽見。
for their mourning will then no longer accomplish anything, since each one will [already] be about to hear.
1:2775
νῦν μετανοεῖς, ὅτε καιρὸς οὐκ ἔστιν. οὐ τοῦτο δέ φημι ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔσται μετάνοια, ἀλλὰ τότε, ὅτε καιρὸς τῆς κρίσεως ἐνεργεῖ, ὅτε τῷ βήματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ παρίστανται ἐπὶ τῷ κομίσασθαι ἕκαστος, ἔπραξεν διὰ τοῦ σώματος
如今你悔改,卻已不是時候。然而我並非說永遠不會有悔改,乃是說到了那時,就是審判的時刻運作、眾人站在基督審判台前之時,好使各人領受他藉身體所行的事。
Now you repent, when it is not the time. Yet I do not say this—that there will never be repentance—but rather that at that time, when the moment of judgement is active, when men stand before the judgement-seat of Christ, so that each may receive back the things which he did through the body.
1:2776
ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀνατραπῇ;τοῦτο·
「但若不被扯斷」——這是其意思:
'But if it be not overturned'—this is the meaning:
1:2777
τότε κυκλοῦσιν ἐν ἀγορᾷ οἱ κοπτόμενοι, ὅταν ἔτι ἐνεργῇ λόγος τῆς διδασκαλίας μὴ πειθο- μένων ἐκείνων, μὴ συνκατατιθεμένων, μὴ δεσμουμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ σχοινίου τοῦ ἀργυρίου·
當教訓之道仍在運作,而那些人卻不肯聽從、不肯應允、不被銀鏈所繫時,那些哀哭的人便在市集上四圍環繞;
Then do the mourners go about in a circle in the marketplace, when the word of teaching is still active, though those men are not persuaded, not assenting, not bound by the silver cord;
1:2778
δεσμεῖται γὰρ συνκατατιθέμενος
因為那應允的人便被繫住。
for he who assents is bound.
1:2779
ἐλέχθη ὅτι γραφὴ διὰ τοῦ χρυσοῦ σημαίνει τὰ νοήματα·
前面說過,聖經藉著金子指示那些思想;
It was said that Scripture signifies the thoughts by means of the gold;
1:2780
τὰ νοήματα οὖν τὰ κατειργ̣ασ̣μ̣ένα κ̣αὶ εὐτρεπισθέντα οὕτως ὥστε λ̣όγ̣ια α̣γ̣αθὰ γενέσθαι
就是那些被造成、被預備妥當、以致成為美善諭旨的思想。
the thoughts, then, that have been wrought and made ready in such a way as to become good oracles.
1:2781
καὶ γὰρ φαίνεται πε´̣τ̣αλα τὰ τεμνόμενα ἐν τοῖς ἱματίοις τ̣οῦ ἀρχιιερέως·
因為在大祭司的衣袍上確實顯出那些切製的金片;
For indeed there appear plates that are cut in the garments of the high priest;
1:2782
δύναται οὖν συντριβη῀̣ναι ····
所以它也可能被打破……
it is possible, then, for it to be broken [...]
1:2783
συνενῶσαι αὐτὰ καὶ ὥσπερ ἠλαθῆναι
把它們聯合起來,彷彿錘打成一。
to unite them and, as it were, to hammer them together.
1:2784
καὶ συντριβῇ ὑδρία ἐπὶ τὴν πηγήν, καὶ συντροχάσει τροχὸς ἐπὶ τὸν λάκκον
「瓶子在泉旁打破,輪子在井口損壞。」
'And the pitcher is broken at the fountain, and the wheel runs down at the cistern.'
1:2785
τινῶν ἐστιν ἀπ' αὐτῆς τῆς πηγη῀̣ς̣ ἀ´̣ν̣ευ το̣ῦ ἀγγείου πίνειν
有些人能從泉源本身直接飲用,不用器皿。
It belongs to certain men to drink from the fountain itself, without the vessel.
1:2786
Ῥεβέκκα ε̣πιμονὴ τῶν καλῶν, τελεία διδασκαλία, ἐπὶ τὴν πηγὴν κατα-βαίνουσα ὑδρίᾳ ἐλάμβανεν τὸ ποτόν, ἵνα ποτίσῃ παῖδα διψώμενον·
利百加,就是在善事上的堅忍、完全的教訓,下到泉旁,用瓶子打水,好給那口渴的僕人喝;
Rebecca, the perseverance in good things, the perfect teaching, going down to the fountain, drew the drink with a pitcher, that she might give drink to the thirsting servant;
1:2787
ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς πηγῆς δ̣ὲ αὐτὴ ἔπιεν ἄνευ ὑδρίας
但她自己卻是從泉源本身飲用,不用瓶子。
but from the fountain itself she herself drank, without a pitcher.
1:2788
οὕτως εὑρίσκεις καὶ περὶ τῆς Σαμαρίτιδος γε-γραμμέν̣ο̣ν̣ ὅτι καὶ ἐκείνη ἀφῆκεν τὴν ὑδρίαν, ἐν ει̣ληλύθει ἀρύσασθαι ὕδωρ, κα̣ι`̣ α̣πῆλθεν τοῖς πολίταις ἑαυτῆς εἰπεῖν ὅτι δεῦτε ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον, ὃς εἶπέν μοι πᾶν τ̣ο`̣ α̣μ̣άρτημά μου
照樣,你也看見關於那撒瑪利亞婦人所記的,她也撇下那來打水用的水罐,去對她本城的人說:「來看,有一個人將我所犯的一切罪都說了出來。」
Thus you find it written also concerning the Samaritan woman, that she too left the pitcher with which she had come to draw water, and went away to say to her fellow-citizens, 'Come, see a man who told me all my sin.'
1:2789
Ῥεβέκκα οὖν τὸν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ παῖδα ποτίζει καὶ οὐκ αὐτόν̣ γ̣ε̣ μ̣όνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάν̣τας τοὺς μετ' αὐ-τ̣ο̣υ῀̣
所以利百加給亞伯拉罕的僕人喝,且不僅給他一人,也給與他同來的眾人喝,
Rebecca, then, gives drink to Abraham's servant, and not to him alone, but also to all those with him,
1:2790
κ̣αὶ τ̣α̣ι῀̣ς καμήλ̣ο̣ι̣ς α̣υ̣τη···?·············
又給那些駱駝……
and to the camels [...]
1:2791
πίνουσακατέβη γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν πηγήν–, ἀλλὰ κἂν φέρῃ ὑδρία υ̣δ̣········
她飲用——因為她下到泉旁——但即使她提著一瓶水……
drinking—for she went down to the fountain—but even if she carries a pitcher of water [...]
1:2792
τὸ ἐκ μέρους γιγνωσκόμενον καὶ τὸ ἐκ μέρους προφητευόμενον ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς ὑδρία ἐστὶν πλη-ρωθεῖσα
那部分被認識的、部分被預言的,乃是從泉源盛滿的一瓶水。
That which is known in part and that which is prophesied in part is a pitcher filled from the fountain.
1:2793
ὅταν οὖν καταργηθῇ τὸ ἐκ μέρους, συν-τρίβεται ὑδρία
所以每當那有限的被廢去,這瓶子便被打破;
Whenever, then, that which is in part is done away, the pitcher is broken;
1:2794
καὶ οὐκ ἀπόλλυται, ἀλλ' εἰς τὴν πηγὴν ·······
它並不失喪,卻歸入泉源……
and it is not lost, but into the fountain [...]
1:2795
καὶ ὑπομιμνῄσκω ἄλλο θεώρημα λεχθὲν δι' ἑτέρων φωνῶν καὶ ση̣νων ὑλῶν ἐλέγομεν ὅτι τὸ ἐκ μέρους οὐκ ἀφανίζεται, ἀλλὰἐκ μέρους εἶναι·
我又想起另一項思考,是藉別的言語與……題材所講過的;我們曾說,那有限的並非歸於消失,而是﹝仍﹞作為有限的存留;
And I recall another consideration, spoken through other utterances and [...] matters; we were saying that that which is in part is not made to vanish, but [remains] as being in part;
1:2796
προσθήκης γὰρ τῆς λειπούσης τιμῆς γεγενημένης ·····
因為所缺欠之尊榮的補足既已成就……
for an addition of the honour that was lacking having come to pass [...]
1:2797
κα̣ὶ τὸ ἐκ μέρους ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις
而那有限的﹝存於﹞全體之中。
and that which is in part [subsists] in the whole.
1:2798
οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα, ὅταν μηκέτι χρεία τοῦ ἐξ ὑδρίας πο-τισμοῦ τοῦ ςωτῆρος ποτίσαντος καὶ πεποιηκότος ἐν τῷ πίνοντι ρ̣εύματα ὕδατος ζῶντος, ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν πηγὴν τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ζῶντος οὐχ ὑδρίας δεῖται
這裡也是如此:當人不再需要用瓶子供水之時——救主既已賜下飲用之水,並在那飲用者裡面造出活水的江河——那在自己裡面有活水泉源的人,便不需要瓶子了。
So also here: when there is no longer need of the giving of drink from the pitcher—the Saviour having given drink and having made in the one who drinks streams of living water—he who has within himself the fountain of the living water has no need of a pitcher.
1:2799
συντρίβει ἄρα κατ̣' αὐτήν
所以祂就在泉源那裡把它打破。
He breaks it, therefore, at the fountain itself.
1:2800
καὶ οὐκ ἔξω που συντρίβει, οὐκ ἔξω που βάλλων συντρίβει, ἀλ-λὰ ······
祂並非在外面某處把它打破;祂並非把它丟到外面某處而打破它,乃是……
And He does not break it somewhere outside; He does not break it by casting it somewhere outside, but [...]
1:2801
πηγὴν χύννεται τὸ μέρος τῷ ὅλῳ ···?
……如同泉源一般,部分被傾注入於全體之中……
...as a fountain, the part is poured out into the whole...
1:2802
τουτέστιν τὸ καταργεῖσθαι αὐτο`̣ κα̣ι`̣ τ̣ὸ συντρίβεσθαι τὴν ὑδρίαν, ἵνα μ̣η̣κ̣έτι ὑδρ̣ία̣ ᾐ῀̣
這就是說,它的被廢除,以及那水罐的被打碎,好使它不再是一個水罐。
That is to say, its being brought to nought and the pitcher being shattered, so that it may no longer be a pitcher.
1:2803
καταλλήλως δὲ τοῖς ὀνόμ̣ασι̣ν καὶ πράγ̣μασιν τὰ νοητὰ χρῶνται ταῖς λέξεσιν
他們以與名稱和事物相稱的方式,運用這些字詞來指稱那屬靈可悟的實在。
And in a manner fitting to the names and the things, they employ the words for the intelligible realities.
1:2804
ἐπεὶ γὰρ πηγῆς μνήμη ········ε̣?ν συντριβη τὸ ἐκ μέρους καὶ ε··
因為既然提到了泉源……當那『部分的』被打碎時,並且……
For since there is mention of a fountain... when that which is in part is shattered, and...
1:2805
περὶ γνώσεως ἦν τελείας ·······
這乃是論到那全備的知識……
It was concerning perfect knowledge...
1:2806
συντριβὴν ὑ-δρίας ε·····αλλ·
水罐的被打碎……但是……
the shattering of the pitcher... but...
1:2807
κατάργησιν τοῦ ἐκ μέρους ········
那『部分的』之被廢除……
the doing away of that which is in part...
1:2808
τὸ ἐκ μέρους κα̣ὶ ὑ-δρία ταὐτόν ἐστιν καὶ πηγὴ καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον ποι·····δε···κι ἡμεῖς πολλάκις ἐν-ταῦθα ··ασον ·αρ·······νο, οὗ παρουσία καταργεῖ τὸ ἐκ μέρους
那『部分的』與水罐乃是同一件事,泉源與那面對面的相見也是如此……我們在此也屢屢……祂的臨在便廢除了那『部分的』。
That which is in part and the pitcher are one and the same thing, as also are the fountain and the seeing face to face... and we here, many times... whose coming does away with that which is in part.
1:2809
πολλάκις ἐλέγομεν εἶναι ···
我們曾多次說,有……
We were saying many times that there is...
1:2810
··τα ἐπιπολαιότερα α̣·······κ̣ι̣νος ἀκοῦσαι, ἐξ ὧν ὠφεληθῆναι ······
那些較為淺顯的事……好叫他去聽,並從中得益處……
the more superficial matters... for him to hear, from which to be profited...
1:2811
ἐὰν ἴδωμεν αὐτόν, υ·········
倘若我們看見祂……
If we should see him...
1:2812
ἐπεὶ μείζονα θεω̣ροῦμεν, ἐκβάλλομεν αὐτά·
既然我們注目於更大的事,我們便把這些捨棄了。
Since we behold greater things, we cast these away.
1:2813
οὐκ ἀθετοῦμε̣ν̣ α̣ὐτά, ἀλ̣λ̣α`̣ συν-τρίβομεν αὐτὰ εἰς μείζονα
我們並非廢棄它們,而是把它們分解、化入於更大的事物之中。
We do not set them aside, but we break them up into greater things.
1:2814
καὶ συντροχάσε̣ι οὖν τροχὸς ἐπὶ τὸν λάκκον
於是那輪子必轉落在井上。
And so the wheel will run down upon the cistern.
1:2815
δύναται ἐκ παραλλήλου λάκκος καταληφθῆναι·
『井』可以按另一相對應的意思來領會。
The cistern can be understood in a parallel sense.
1:2816
ὥσπερ ἔστιν ὑδρίᾳ α̣πὸ πηγῆς ἀρύσασθαι, οὕτω καὶ ἀ-πὸ λάκκου τ̣ροχῷ ἀνιμήσασθαι ὕδωρ
正如人能用水罐從泉源打水,照樣人也能用輪子從井裡汲取水來。
Just as it is possible to draw water from a fountain with a pitcher, so also it is possible to draw up water from a cistern with a wheel.
1:2817
ὅταν οὖν μη-κέτι χρεία ἦν τοῦ οὕτως ἀνιμᾶσθα̣ι, τότε τρ̣οχ̣ο`̣ς̣ ἐπὶ τὸν λάκκον συντροχάσει ············ο̣λεις α̣ὐτὸν ·········ι
所以,當再也不需要如此汲水的時候,那輪子便要轉落在井上……
When, therefore, there was no longer any need to draw up water in this way, then the wheel will run down upon the cistern...
1:2818
στιχήριον γάρ ἐστιν καὶ ἕκαστος στίχος ἰδίαν ἔχει νόησιν
因為這是一段由詩句組成的經文,而每一句都有它自己的含義。
For it is a passage composed of verses, and each verse has its own meaning.
1:2819
λέγομεν τοίνυν τοῦτο ὅτι ἐν πολλοῖς τόποις τῆς γραφῆς ᾅδης λάκ-κος ὀνομάζεται
那麼我們要說這一點:在聖經的許多地方,陰間被稱為『井』。
We say, then, this: that in many places of Scripture Hades is called a cistern.
1:2820
ᾅδου τ̣ὴν ψυχήν μου, ἔσωσάς με ἀπὸ τῶν κατα-βαινόντων εἰς λάκκον
『你把我的性命從陰間救上來,救我脫離那些下入深坑的人。』
'You brought up my soul from Hades; you saved me from those who go down into the pit.'
1:2821
καὶ ςωτὴρ ἐνανθρωπήσας καὶ θάνατον ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων ἀναδεξάμενος λέγει·
救主既已成為人,又替眾人擔當了死亡,便說:
And the Savior, having become man and having taken upon himself death on behalf of men, says:
1:2822
προσ-ελογίσθην μετὰ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς λάκκον, ἐπεὶ ἐγενόμην ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀβοήθητος
『我被算在那些下入深坑的人中,我成了像無人扶助的人一樣。』
'I was reckoned with those who go down into the pit; I became as a man without help.'
1:2823
ἐσταυρώθη καὶ ἦσαν αἱ χεῖρες αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ πόδες ὡς ἀβοηθήτου·
祂被釘十字架,祂的手和腳就如同無人扶助之人的手腳。
He was crucified, and his hands and his feet were as those of one without help.
1:2824
ἤχθη ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγήν, ὡς ἀβοήθητος
『祂像羊被牽到宰殺之地』,如同無人扶助的人。
'He was led as a sheep to the slaughter,' as one without help.
1:2825
ἑαυτὸν δὲ εἰς τὸ ἀβοήθητον περιήγαγεν
祂使自己陷入那無人扶助的境地。
And he brought himself round into the condition of being without help.
1:2826
ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος, καὶ προσελογίσθην μετὰ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς λάκκον, κ̣αὶ ἄνθρω-πος ἀβοήθητος ἔδοξα εἶναι, ἀλλ' ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύ-θερός εἰμι
『在死人中得自由,我被算在那些下入深坑的人中』:我看似成了一個無人扶助的人,然而在死人中我卻是自由的。
'Free among the dead, and I was reckoned with those who go down into the pit': and I seemed to be a man without help, yet among the dead I am free.
1:2827
······ος δὲ δύναται νοεῖσθαι τὸ ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος, τουτέστιν ἄνευ ἁμαρτίας
……而『在死人中得自由』一語,可以領會為就是『沒有罪』的意思。
...and it can be understood as 'free among the dead,' that is, without sin.
1